2003 buell xb9r

2003 buell xb9r
2003 BUELL XB9R
SERVICE MANUAL
Part Number 99493-03Y
Section 1: Maintenance
Section 2: Chassis
Section 3: Engine
Section 4: Fuel System
Section 5: Starter
Section 6: Drive/Transmission
Section 7: Electrical
Appendices
1-2
Edit Me: Printed June 5, 2002 12:26 pm
HOME
APPENDIX A–TOOLS
A.1
Part No. B-41174 Rear Wheel Support Stand and
Part No. B-41174-2 Replacement Pad
Part No. B-45521 Steering Head Bearing Remover/
Installer
Part No. B-42887 Brake Caliper Piston Remover
Part No. 39302
Part No. B-43721 Front Fork Seal Driver
Part No. B-59000A Pro Level Oil Gauge
Part No. B-43993-7/-8 Wheel Bearing Collets
Part No. HD-01289 Rim Protectors
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix A
A-1
HOME
A-2
Part No. HD-21000 Tire Spreader
Part No. HD-94700-52C Shock Spanner Preload
Adjustment Tool
Part No. HD-28700 Tire Bead Expander
Part No. HD-44060
Part No. HD-33416 Universal Driver Handle
Part No. HD-99500-80 Wheel Truing
and Balancing Stand
Part No. HD-33418 Universal Puller Forcing Screw
Part No. HD-95637-46A Wedge Attachment for
Claw Puller. Use with HD-95635-46.
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix A
HOME
Part No. HD-96921-52A Oil Pressure Gauge
Part No. HD-34902-B
Part No. HD-35457 Black Light Leak Detector
Part No. HD-43984 Crankshaft Locking Tool
Part No. HD-33223-1 Cylinder Compression Gauge
Part No. HD-38362 Sprocket Locking Link
CYLINDER LEAKDOWN TESTER
Bdhgkjsbkdv ' ksjjlkn lk
knsdl hlno hslnsln nlslns finbp pffb
odlbndpob nponno[bho
knsdl hlno hslnsln nlslns finbp pffb
odlbndpob npdb ndbno[bho
knsdl hlno hslnslnnsdl hlno hso[bho
knsdl hlno hslnslp pffb
odlbndpob npond bndb ndbno[bho
Bdhgkjsbkdv ' ksjjlkn lk
knsdl hlno hslnsln nlslns finbp pffb
odlbndpob nponno[bho
knsdl hlno hslnsln nlslns finbp pklhb
Bdhgkjsbkdv
Majjlkn Nolk
knsdl hlno hslnsln
ndpob npond
Bdhgkjsbkdv
knsdl hlno hslnsln
ndpob npond
hlno hslnslp
CYLINDER LEAKDOWN TESTER
Bdhgkjsbkdv ' ksjjlkn lk
knsdl hlno hslnsln nlslns finbp pffb
odlbndpob nponno[bho
knsdl hlno hslnsln nlslns finbp pklhb
odlbndpob npdb ndbno[bho
knsdl hlno hslnslnnsdl hlno hso[bho
bs npond bpdk kznh
odlbndpob npond bndb ndbno[bho
JHYUY
Guibikhf iugu iu ptr td6rd
Foihjolm oijfollkop Yuooifoihfm
knsdl hlno hslnslnnsdl hlno
bs npond bpdk kznh
odlbndpob npond bndb n
Part No. HD-35667A Cylinder Leakdown Tester
Part No. HD-39964 Reamer Lubricant (Cool Tool)
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix A
A-3
HOME
A-4
Part No. HD-39782 Cylinder Head Support
Part No. B-45523 Valve Guide Reamer (7mm)
Part No. HD-39786 Cylinder Head Holding Fixture
Part No. B-45525 Valve Guide Hone
Part No. HD-34736B Valve Spring Compressor
Part No. HD-34751 Nylon Valve Guide Brush
Part No. B-45524 Valve Guide Installer
Part No. HD-94804-57 Rocker Arm Bushing Reamer
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix A
HOME
Part No. HD-33446A Cylinder Torque Plates
and Torque Plate Bolts Part No. HD-33446-86
Part No. HD-95952-33B Connecting Rod
Clamping Tool
Part No. HD-34623C Piston Pin
Retaining Ring Installer/Remover
Part No. HD-95970-32D Piston Pin Bushing Tool
Part No. HD-42322 Piston Support Plate
Part No. HD-94800-26A Connecting Rod Bushing
Reamers and Pilots
Part No. HD-96333-51C Piston Ring Compressor
Part No. HD-35102 Wrist Pin Bushing Hone (20 mm)
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix A
A-5
HOME
Part No. HD-38515-A Clutch Spring Compressing Tool
and Part No. HD-38515-91 Forcing Screw
Part No. HD-39965 Deutsch Terminal Crimp Tool
Part No. J-5586 Transmission Shaft
Retaining Ring Pliers
Part No. HD-41354
Part No. HD-97292-61 Two Claw Puller
Part No. HD-41609 Amp Terminal Crimp Tool
Part No. HD-95760-69A Bushing/Bearing Puller Tool Set.
Set includes items 1-7. Items 8 (HD-95769-69), 9 (HD95770-69) and 10 (HD-95771-69) are optional.
A-6
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix A
HOME
73
AMP MULTILOCK ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
REMOVING SOCKET/PIN
TERMINALS
B.1
inadvertently released. Repeat the step without releasing
the tang.
1.
Remove connector from the retaining device, either
attachment or rosebud clip.
2.
Depress the button on the socket terminal side of the
connector (plug) and pull apart the pin and socket
halves.
3.
Bend back the latch slightly and free one side of secondary lock, then repeat the step to release the other side.
Rotate the secondary lock outward on hinge to access
terminals in chambers of connector housing.
4.
Looking in the terminal side of the connector (opposite
the secondary lock), take note of the cavity next to each
terminal.
5.
See Figure B-1. With the flat edge against the terminal,
insert the pick tool (Snap-On TT600-3) into the cavity
until it stops. Pivot the end of the pick away from the terminal (locktab is inside housing) and gently tug on wire to
pull terminal from chamber. Do not tug on the wire until
the tang is released or the terminal will be difficult to
remove. A “click” is heard if the tang is engaged but then
●
●
NOTE
If pick tool is not available, a push pin/safety pin may be
used instead.
An ELECTRICAL TERMINAL CRIMP TOOL (Part No.
HD-41609) is used to install Amp Multi lock pin and
socket terminals on wires. If new terminals must be
installed, see Crimping Instructions on the next page.
INSTALLING SOCKET/PIN
TERMINALS
NOTE
For wire location purposes, numbers are stamped into the
secondary locks of both the socket and pin housings. See
Figure B-2.
1.
From the secondary lock side of the connector, insert the
terminal into its respective numbered chamber until it
snaps in place. For proper fit, the slot in the terminal
must face the tang in the chamber.
d0242x3x
Pin terminal
Secondary lock open
Pin housing
Socket housing
Latch
Secondary lock open
Button
Latch
Secondary lock open
Socket terminal
Figure B-1. 10-Place Amp Multilock Connector
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
B-1
HOME
d0243x8x
Socket terminal
Secondary lock open
4
Socket housing
2
Pick tool
1
3
Pin terminal
Secondary lock open
4
Pin housing
1
Pick tool
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
3
Open secondary lock.
Insert pick into cavity on inboard side
of connector.
Pivot end of pick to release tang.
Gently tug on wire to remove terminal
from housing.
Figure B-2. Release Tang and Back Out Terminals
●
●
NOTES
See Figure B-3. The tang in the chamber engages the
slot to lock the terminal in position.
On the pin side of the connector, tangs are positioned at
the bottom of each chamber, so the slot in the pin terminal (on the side opposite the crimp tails) must face downward.
●
On the socket side, tangs are at the top of each chamber, so the socket terminal slot (on the same side as the
crimp tails) must face upward.
●
Up and down can be determined by the position of the
release button (used to separate the pin and socket
halves). Consider the button to always be on top of the
connector.
2.
Gently tug on wire end to verify that the terminal is
locked in place and will not back out of chamber.
3.
Rotate the hinged secondary lock inward until tabs fully
engage latches on both sides of connector.
4.
Insert the socket housing (plug) into the pin housing
(receptacle) until it snaps in place.
5.
Install connector on retaining device, either attachment
or rosebud clip.
B-2
Pin housing
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
Socket housing
Button
Tang
Tang
d0244x8x
Figure B-3. Multilock Connector Cutaway View
HOME
Secondary locks open (socket housings shown)
3
4
9
10
2
1
Stamped numbers on secondary locks indicate wire color locations
– AMP
1
– AMP
2
1
3
3-place
2
3
4
5
6
5
6
6-place
7
8
12-place
Secondary lock
Pin terminal
Socket housing
Button
Pin housing
Secondary lock
Pin terminal
Secondary lock
Socket terminal
Latch
Button
Pin housing
Latch
Socket housing
Secondary lock
Socket terminal
d0245x2x
Figure B-4. 3-Place and 6-Place Amp Multilock Connectors
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
B-3
HOME
CRIMPING INSTRUCTIONS
1.
Squeeze the handles to cycle the crimp tool (Part No.
HD-41609) to the fully open position.
2.
Raise locking bar by pushing up on bottom flange. With
the crimp tails facing upward, insert contact (socket/pin)
through locking bar, so that the closed side of the contact
rests on the front nest (concave split level area of the
crimp tool). See Figure B-3.
3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Release locking bar to lock position of contact. When
correctly positioned, the locking bar fits snugly in the
space at the front of the core crimp tails.
Insulating crimp tail
Core crimp tail
Locking bar groove
Tang slot
4.
Strip lead removing 5/32 in. (4 mm) of insulation. Insert
wires between crimp tails until ends make contact with
locking bar. Verify that wire is positioned so that short
pair of crimp tails squeeze bare wire strands, while long
pair folds over insulation material.
5.
Squeeze handle of crimp tool until tightly closed. Tool
automatically opens when the crimping sequence is
complete. Raise up locking bar and remove contact.
6.
Inspect the quality of the core and insulation crimps. Distortion should be minimal.
1
3
2
2
1
4
3
4
1.
3.
Raise locking bar and seat contact
on front nest of crimp tool. Release
locking bar
Close and squeeze crimp tool.
2.
4.
Insert stripped lead until it
contacts locking bar.
Figure B-5. Amp Multilock Crimping Procedure
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
CRIMP TOOL
NEST
20
Front
16
Middle
18
Rear
Raise locking bar and remove contact.
d0246x8x
B-4
GAUGE
WIRE
HOME
DEUTSCH ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
GENERAL
B.2
4566
Deutsch Connectors feature a superior seal to protect electrical contacts from dirt and moisture in harsh environments.
The connector also provides superior pin retention.
See Figure B-8. This 12-pin connector illustrates the various
parts of the Deutsch connector. The following instructions
may be followed for all 2-pin through 12-pin Deutsch connectors.
Socket housing: alignment tabs and/or external latch, secondary locking wedge, internal seal, wire seal, seal pin.
NOTE
Seal pins or plugs are installed in the wire seals of unused pin
and socket locations. If removed, seal pins must be replaced
to maintain the integrity of the environmental seal.
Pin housing: alignment grooves and/or external latch cover,
attachment clip, secondary locking wedge, wire seal, seal
pin.
Figure B-6. Remove Secondary Locking Wedge
s0545x8x
REMOVING/DISASSEMBLING
Attachment clips are attached to the pin housings of most
connectors. The clips are then attached to T-studs on the
motorcycle frame. T-studs give positive location to electrical
connectors and wire harness. Consistent location reduces
electrical problems and improves serviceability.
1.
Push the connector to disengage small end of slot on
attachment clip from T-stud. Lift connector off T-stud.
2.
Depress the external latch(es) on the socket housing
side and use a rocking motion to separate the pin and
socket halves. Two-, three-, four- and six-pin Deutsch
connectors have one external latch, while eight- and
twelve-pin connectors have two, both of which must be
pressed simultaneously to separate the connector
halves.
NOTE
With few exceptions, the socket housing can always be found
on the accessory side, while the pin side of the connector is
connected to the wiring harness.
REMOVING/INSTALLING SOCKETS
1.
2.
See Figure B-7. Remove the secondary locking wedge.
Insert the blade of a small screwdriver between the
socket housing and locking wedge inline with the groove
(inline with the pin holes if the groove is absent). Turn the
screwdriver 90 degrees to pop the wedge up.
See Figure B-8. Gently depress terminal latches inside
socket housing and back out sockets through holes in
rear wire seal.
Figure B-7. Depress Terminal Latches/Back Out Pins
NOTE
An ELECTRICAL TERMINAL CRIMP TOOL (Part No. HD39965) is used to install Deutsch pin and socket terminals on
wires. If new terminals must be installed, follow the instructions included with the crimping tool or see Crimping Instructions in this section.
Fit rear wire seal into back of socket housing, if removed.
Grasp socket approximately 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) behind the
contact barrel. Gently push sockets through holes in wire seal
into their respective chambers. Feed socket into chamber
until it “clicks” in place. Verify that socket will not back out of
chamber; a slight tug on the wire will confirm that it is properly locked in place.
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
B-5
HOME
d0248x8x
Wire seal
Pin housing
Pin
terminal
Locking wedge
Locking wedge
Internal seal
Latch cover
Alignment grooves
Socket housing
Wire seal
Seal pin
Alignment tabs
External latch
Socket terminal
Figure B-8. 12-pin Deutsch Connector (Exploded View)
3.
●
●
Install internal seal on lip of socket housing, if removed.
Insert tapered end of secondary locking wedge into
socket housing and press down until it snaps in place.
The wedge fits into the center groove within the socket
housing and holds the terminal latches tightly closed.
NOTES
While rectangular wedges do not require a special orientation, the conical secondary locking wedge of the 3-pin
connector must be installed with the arrow pointing
toward the external latch. See Figure B-9.
Pin
housing
Arrow points to
external latch
If the secondary locking wedge does not slide into the
installed position easily, verify that all terminals are fully
installed in the socket housing. The lock indicates when
terminals are not properly installed by not entering its
fully installed position.
REMOVING/INSTALLING PINS
1.
Remove the secondary locking wedge. Use the hooked
end of a stiff piece of mechanics wire a needle nose pliers, or a suitable pick tool (Part No. HD-41475-100). See
Figure B-10.
2.
Gently depress terminal latches inside pin housing and
back out pins through holes in wire seal.
B-6
d0249x3x
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
Socket
housing
Figure B-9. Depress Terminal Latches/Back Out Pins
HOME
NOTE
An ELECTRICAL TERMINAL CRIMP TOOL (Part No. HD39965) is used to install Deutsch pin and socket terminals on
wires. If new terminals must be installed, see Crimping
Instructions in this section.
3.
4.
●
●
Fit wire seal into back of pin housing. Grasp crimped pin
approximately 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) behind the contact barrel. Gently push pins through holes in wire seal into their
respective numbered locations. Feed pin into chamber
until it “clicks” in place. Verify that pin will not back out of
chamber; a slight tug on the wire will confirm that it is
properly locked in place.
Figure B-10. Deutsch Connector Pick Tool
(Part No. HD-41475-100)
Insert tapered end of secondary locking wedge into pin
housing and press down until it snaps in place. The
wedge fits in the center groove within the pin housing
and holds the terminal latches tightly closed.
5893
Lock tab
NOTES
While rectangular wedges do not require a special orientation, the conical secondary locking wedge of the 3-pin
connector must be installed with the arrow pointing
toward the external latch. See Figure B-9.
Lock bar
If the secondary locking wedge does not slide into the
installed position easily, verify that all terminals are fully
installed in the pin housing. The lock indicates when terminals are not properly installed by not entering its fully
installed position.
5892
Pin housing
ASSEMBLING/INSTALLING
1.
Insert socket housing into pin housing until it snaps in
place. Two-, three-, four- and six-pin Deutsch connectors
have one external latch on the socket half of the connector. To fit the halves of the connector together, the latch
on the socket side must be aligned with the latch cover
on the pin side.
Attachment clip
For those connectors with two external latches (8-pin
and 12-pin), a different system is used to prevent
improper assembly. Align the tabs on the socket housing
with the grooves on the pin housing. Push the connector
halves together until the latches “click.” If latches do not
click (latch), press on one side of the connector until that
latch engages, then press on the opposite side to
engage the other latch.
5891
NOTE
Deutsch connectors are color coded for location purposes.
Those connectors associated with left side accessories, such
as the front and rear left turn signals, are gray. All other connectors, including those associated with right side accessories, are black.
If it should become necessary to replace a plug or receptacle,
please note that the 8-pin and 12-pin gray and black connectors are not interchangeable. Since location of the alignment
tabs differ between the black and gray connectors, plugs or
receptacles must be replaced by those of the same color. If
replacing both the socket and pin halves, then the black may
be substituted for the gray, and vice versa. The socket and pin
halves of all other connectors are interchangeable, that is, the
black may be mated with the gray, since the alignment tabs
are absent and the orientation of the external latch is the
same.
Attachment clip installed
Figure B-11. Attachment Clip Installation
2.
See Figure B-11. Fit the attachment clip to the pin housing, if removed. Place large end of slot on attachment
clip over T-stud on frame. Push assembly forward to
engage small end of slot.
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
B-7
HOME
d0250x8x
Locking bar
1.
Insert contact through middle
hole in locking bar.
2.
Insert stripped lead until it
contacts locking bar.
3.
Close and squeeze crimp tool
4.
Raise locking bar and remove
contact.
Insulation crimp
Core crimp
Figure B-12. Deutsch Crimping Procedure
CRIMPING INSTRUCTIONS
1.
See Figure B-12. Squeeze the handles to cycle the
crimp tool to the fully open position.
2.
Raise locking bar by pushing up on bottom flange. With
the crimp tails facing upward and the rounded side of the
contact barrel resting on the concave split level area of
the crimp tool, insert contact (socket/pin) through middle
hole of locking bar.
3.
B-8
Release locking bar to lock position of contact. If the
crimp tails are slightly out of vertical alignment, the crimp
tool automatically rotates the contact so that the tails
face straight upward. When correctly positioned, the
locking bar fits snugly in the space between the contact
band and the core crimp tails.
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
4.
Strip lead removing 5/32 in. (4 mm) of insulation. Insert
wires between crimp tails until ends make contact with
locking bar. Verify that wire is positioned so that short
pair of crimp tails squeeze bare wire strands, while long
pair folds over insulation material.
5.
Squeeze handle of crimp tool until tightly closed. Tool
automatically opens when the crimping sequence is
complete. Raise up locking bar and remove contact.
6.
Inspect the quality of the core and insulation crimps. Distortion should be minimal.
HOME
d0251x3x
11
10
9
8
7
6
2-pin connector
5
4
2
1
3
11
10
9
8
7
6
3-pin connector
5
4
2
1
11
3
10
9
8
7
6
5
4-pin connector
4
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SOCKET SIDE
Socket terminal
Wire seal
Socket housing
External latch
Internal seal
Locking wedge
PIN SIDE
7. Locking wedge
8. Latch cover
9. Pin housing
10. Wire seal
11. Pin terminal
1
3
Figure B-13. 2-Pin, 3-pin and 4-pin Deutsch Connectors
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
B-9
HOME
PACKARD ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
GENERAL
From a servicing standpoint, there are two basic types of
Packard electrical connectors, those with pull-to-seat terminals and those with push-to-seat terminals.
Look into the mating end of the connector. If it appears that
the terminal can be extracted from this side, then it is probably the pull-to-seat type.
At least one Packard pull-to-seat terminal can be easily recognized by the presence of a locking ear. The ear engages a
slot in the connector housing and prevents the terminal from
being removed from the wire end side of the connector. The
ear also acts as a strain relief in the event that the wires are
pulled and further inhibits movement of the terminal inside
the chamber. For an example of this type of connector, note
the MAP sensor connector [80].
Unlike most connectors, where the terminals are pulled out
the wire end of the connector, to remove the terminals from
the pull-to-seat connectors, the terminal is pushed out the
mating end of the connector. Once a new terminal is crimped
onto the end of the wire, the wire is pulled to draw the terminal back inside the chamber of the connector housing.
Two types of Packard pull-to-seat electrical connectors are
used. One type has an external latch to lock the pin and
socket halves together, while the other makes use of a wireform. See Figure B-14. The manner in which the terminals
are picked differs between these two types of connectors, as
further described below.
d0258x8x
A
C
Locate tang on latch side of chamber.
B
Push on wire end of lead to
remove terminal.
D
Pivot end of pin to depress tang.
Raise tang and re-install terminal.
Figure B-14. Packard Connectors
B-10
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
B.3
HOME
PULL-TO-SEAT TERMINALS
Removing External Latch Type
To remove a pull-to-seat terminal from connectors with external latches, proceed as follows:
1.
Remove the connector from the retaining device, if
present.
2.
Bend back the external latch(es) slightly and separate
the pin and socket halves of the connector.
3.
To free a pull-to-seat terminal from the connector housing, first look into the mating end of the connector to find
the locking tang. See A in Figure B-14. The tangs are
always positioned in the middle of the chamber and are
on the same side as the external latch. On those connectors with locking ears, the tang is on the side opposite the ear.
4.
●
Installing External Latch Type
NOTE
For wire location purposes, alpha characters are stamped
into the socket housings.
1.
To install a terminal back into the chamber of the connector housing, use a thin flat blade, like that on an XActo knife, and carefully bend the tang outward away
from the terminal body. See D in Figure B-14.
2.
Gently pull on the lead at the wire end of the connector
to draw the terminal back into the chamber. A click is
heard when the terminal is properly seated.
3.
Push on the lead to verify that the terminal is locked in
place.
4.
Push the pin and socket halves of the connector together
until the latches “click.”
At a slight angle, gently insert the point of a one inch
safety pin down the middle of the chamber (about 1/8
inch) and pivot the end of the pin toward the terminal
body. When a click is heard, remove the pin and repeat
the procedure. See B in Figure B-14. The click is the
sound of the tang returning to the locked position as it
slips from the point of the pin. Pick at the tang in this
manner until the clicking stops and the pin seems to slide
in at a slightly greater depth than it had previously. This is
an indication that the tang has been depressed.
NOTES
On those terminals that have been extracted on a previous occasion, no clicking sound may be heard when the
pin is pivoted to depress the tang, but proceed as if the
clicking is audible and then push on the wire end of the
lead to check if the terminal is free.
●
When picking multiple terminals, the end of the pin may
become malleable. For best results, continue the procedure with a new safety pin.
5.
Remove the pin and push on the wire end of the lead to
extract the terminal from the mating end of the connector. See C in Figure B-14. If necessary, pull back the conduit and remove the wire seal at the back of the
connector to introduce some slack in the wires.
NOTE
A series of Packard Electrical Terminal Crimp Tools are available to install Packard pin and socket terminals on wires. If
new terminals must be installed, see Crimping Instructions.
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
B-11
HOME
PUSH-TO-SEAT TERMINALS
Installing Push-to-Seat Terminals
The Packard push-to-seat terminal connectors found on Softail model vehicles are listed below.
●
Ignition Switch [33]
NOTE
For wire location purposes, alpha characters are stamped
onto the secondary locks or onto the wire end of the connector housing.
●
Fuse Terminals
1.
●
MAP Sensor [80]
To install a terminal back into the chamber of the connector housing, use a thin flat blade, like that on an XActo knife, and carefully bend the tang outward away
from the terminal body.
2.
Push the lead into the chamber at the wire end of the
connector. A click is heard when the terminal is properly
seated.
3.
Gently tug on the wire end to verify that the terminal is
locked in place and will not back out of the chamber.
4.
Close or install the secondary lock. Rotate the hinged
secondary lock inward until tabs fully engage latches on
both sides of connector.
5.
Push the pin and socket halves of the connector together
until the latches “click.”
6.
Install connector on retaining device, if present.
Removing Push-to-Seat Terminals
Like most connectors, Packard push-to-seat terminals are
pulled out the wire end of the connector. To remove a pushto-seat terminal, proceed as follows:
1.
Remove the connector from the retaining device, if
present.
2.
Bend back the external latch(es) slightly and separate
the pin and socket halves of the connector.
NOTE
Both the Ignition Light/Key Switch and the Main Power connectors are provided with secondary locks. The secondary
lock, which may be molded onto the connector or exist as a
separate piece, aids in terminal retention. Secondary locks
must be opened (or removed) before the terminals can be
extracted from the connector housing.
3.
Open or remove the secondary lock. Bend back the latch
slightly and free one side of the secondary lock, then
repeat the step to release the other side. Rotate the secondary lock outward on hinge to access the terminals in
the chambers of the connector housing.
4.
Looking in the mating end or terminal side of the connector (opposite the secondary lock), take note of the larger
cavity next to each terminal.
5.
Insert the pick (Snap-On TT600-3) into the cavity until it
stops. Pivot the end of the pick toward the terminal to
depress the locking tang. Remove the pick and gently
tug on the wire to pull the terminal from the wire end of
the connector. Repeat the step if the terminal is still
locked in place.
NOTE
A series of Packard Electrical Terminal Crimp Tools are available to install Packard pin and socket terminals on wires. If
new terminals must be installed, see Crimping Instructions.
B-12
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
HOME
CRIMPING INSTRUCTIONS
1.
Strip wire lead removing 5/32 in. (4 mm) of insulation.
2.
Compress handles until ratchet automatically opens.
d0259x8x
Tool tip
NOTE
Always perform core crimp before insulation/seal crimp.
3.
See Table B-1. Determine the correct dye or nest for the
core crimp.
NOTE
When the word “TIP” appears in the Crimp Table, use the tip
of the tool specified to perform the core crimp procedure. See
Figure B-15.
4.
Lay the back of the core crimp tails on the appropriate
nest. Be sure the core crimp tails are pointing towards
the forming jaws.
5.
Gently apply pressure to handles of tool until crimpers
slightly secure the core crimp tails.
6.
Insert stripped wire between crimp tails. Verify that wire
is positioned so that short pair of crimp tails squeeze
bare wire strands, while long pair folds over insulation or
seal material.
7.
Squeeze handle of crimp tool until tightly closed. Tool
automatically opens when the crimping sequence is
complete.
8.
Table B-1. Determine the correct dye or nest for the insulation/seal crimp.
9.
Lay the back of the insulation/seal crimp tails on the
appropriate nest. Be sure the insulation/seal crimp tails
are pointing towards the forming jaws.
10. Squeeze handle of crimp tool until tightly closed. Tool
automatically opens when the crimping sequence is
complete.
Packard 115
Packard 271
Figure B-15. Packard Terminal Crimp Tools
Table B-1. Packard Terminal Crimp Tools
SPECIFICATION
PACKARD 115
PACKARD 271
Part No.
HD-38125-8
HD-38125-7
Type of Crimp
Non-sealed
terminals,
butt splices
Non-sealed
terminals
F-G
A-E
Dye/nests
d0260x8x
1
2
3
11. See Figure B-16. Inspect the quality of the core (3) and
insulation/seal (2) crimps. Distortion should be minimal.
1.
2.
3.
Insulation
Insulation crimp
Core crimp
Figure B-16. Inspect Core and Insulation/Seal Crimps
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
B-13
HOME
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
GENERAL
B.4
Connector numbers are listed in [brackets] in this manual.
The following table provides a brief description of the connectors found on the Firebolt XB9R.
Table B-2. Electrical Connector and Location Table
CONNECTOR
COMPONENT(S)
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
[5]
main fuse
spade terminals
under seat
[7]
tail lamp harness
8-place Multilock
left side under tail section
[10]
ECM (black)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[11]
ECM (gray)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[14]
cam position sensor
3-place Deutsch
under sprocket cover
[18]
right rear turn signal
2 1-place bullet
under tail section
[19]
left rear turn signal
2 1-place bullet
under tail section
[22]
right hand controls
4-place Multilock
beneath right side of fairing
[24]
left hand controls
4-place Multilock
beneath left side of fairing
[30]
flasher
5-place Amp
in fairing
[31]
right front turn signal
2 1-place bullet
beneath right side of fairing
[31]
left front turn signal
2 1-place bullet
beneath left side of fairing
[33]
ignition switch
4-place Augat
beneath right side of fairing
[38]
headlamp connector
4-place Amp
beneath fairing
[39]
instrument module
20-place Multilock
in fairing
[46]
stator
4-place Deutsch
under sprocket cover
[61]
fuse and diode assembly
spade terminals
right side of fairing
[62]
relay assembly
spade terminals
left side of fairing
[65]
vehicle speed sensor
3-place Deutsch
under sprocket cover
[77]
voltage regulator
2-place Packard
under sprocket cover
[83]
ignition coil
3-place Packard
beneath airbox base
[84]
front fuel injector
2-place Packard
underneath airbox base
[85]
rear fuel injector
2-place Packard
underneath airbox base
[86]
fuel pump
4-place Multilock
left side of rear shock absorber
[88]
throttle position sensor
3-place Packard
right side of engine between cylinders
[89]
intake air temperature sensor
2-place Amp
in airbox base
[90]
engine temperature sensor
1-place bullet
beneath airbox base
[91A]
data link
4-place Deutsch
beneath left side fairing
[93]
tail light
2-place spade
B-14
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
1-place spade
(ground)
back of tail light
HOME
Table B-2. Electrical Connector and Location Table
CONNECTOR
COMPONENT(S)
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
[95]
clutch switch
2-place Multilock
beneath fairing
[97]
cooling fan
2-place Multilock
behind rear cylinder
[120]
oil pressure switch
post terminal
crankcase above oil filter
[121]
front brake switch
2-place Multilock
beneath fairing
[121]
rear brake switch
2-place Multilock
under seat
[122]
horn
spade terminals
in fairing
[128]
starter solenoid
spade terminals
top of starter
[131]
neutral switch
1-place bullet
under sprocket cover
[133]
sidestand switch
2-place Multilock
top of sidestand
[134]
bank angle sensor
6-place Sumitomo
in fairing
[137]
oxygen sensor
1-place Packard
behind rear cylinder head
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
B-15
HOME
INDEX TO WIRING DIAGRAMS
B.5
Table B-3. XB9R Wiring Diagrams
DIAGRAM
PAGE
Main harness
B-17
Engine management circuit
B-18
Lighting circuit
B-19
Horn and instruments circuit
B-20
Starting circuit
B-21
Starting and charging circuits
B-22
Component Circuits
B-23
B-16
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix B
HOME
bd0001xx
BATTERY CABLE
[121A]
BK
[11B]
IGNITION SWITCH
IGNITION SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM
GRAY
ECM
Switched Ignition
System Ground A
Fuel Pump
Check Engine Lamp
Injector Front
Front Coil Primary
Rear Coil Primary
Injector Rear
Unused
Bank Angle Sensor Input
System Ground B
Tachometer
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
R/W
V/Y
GN/W
V/GY
Y
BK/O
BK/W
W
PK/Y
LT.GN/Y
LT.GN/R
V/R
TO
BRAKE
SWITCH
1
1
2
2
[22B]
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
O
C
D
O
HORN
[122A]
LOCK
[121B]
[85A]
[84A]
[122A]
STARTER
SOLENOID
BK
[128B]
OFF
R/Y
O
BK/R
W/BK
W/BK
GY
PARK
B
REAR INJECTOR
R
R/GY
R/BK
R
BK/R
W/BK
W/BK
GY/O
[33A]
[22A]
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
ON
O
O
O
O
WIRE COLOR
R
R/BK
R
R/GY
[122B]
[122B]
1
R
R/GY
R/BK
R
BK
BK
[GRD1]
[84B]
Y/BK
[97A]
[97B]
[85B]
[GRD3]
[33B]
Y/BN
BK/O
1
2
COOLING FAN
Y/BN
BK
1
2
[GRD2]
30A MAIN FUSE
R/Y
R
Brake/Horn
Ignition
Accessory
Cooling Fan
Diode #1
Diode #2
7.5A
7.5A
Spare
7.5A
ECM
15A
15A
TOP VIEW
19
13
7
1
20
14
8
2
[10B]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
21
15
9
3
FUEL PUMP
10
4
16
22
23
17
11
5
24
18
12
6
Spare
15A
Diode #1
Spare
Diode #2
BANK
ANGLE
SENSOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
BK
R
[77A]
A
B
C
R/W
GN/W
BK/W
A
B
C
LT.GN/Y
BK/W
1
2
1
2
CAM POSITION
SENSOR
[14A]
1
GN/Y
1
[120B]
[120A]
LT.GN/Y
BK/W
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
IAT
[89A]
[89B]
[133B]
[133A]
V/BN
O/W
BK
TN/W
1
2
SIDESTAND
SWITCH
1
2
BK
[88B]
[88A]
R/W
V/Y
BK/W
R/W
LT.GN/GY
BK/W
Y/BE
GY
BE/O
Y/BE
C
B
A
C
B
A
A
B
C
IGNITION
COIL
1
1
1
1
[137B]
[137A]
PK/Y
#1 CYLINDER TRIGGER WIRE
A
B
C
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
SPARK
PLUGS
[83A]
DYNO LOOP
OXYGEN
SENSOR
[90A]
[90B]
ENGINE TEMP SENSOR
TO LH CONTROLS
[39A]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Y
BE
W
Y/BK
BE/W
V
BN
O
R
TN/Y
V
BN
W
BK/Y
GN/Y
[24B]
O/W
BK
PK
Y/R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RELAY CENTER
[24A]
CLUTCH SWITCH
[95A]
1
1
2
2
TN/LTGN
BK
BE
BK
1
1
2
2
V
BK
86
85
30
87A
87
1
1
9
9
5
5
4
86
85
30
87A
87
10
2
6
86
85
30
87A
87
11
11
19
15
1
3
9
TO HEADLAMP
TO DATA LINK
1
2
3
4
BK/R
TN/LT.GN
R/BK
LT.GN/R
BK
V/R
GY
2
2
1
1
1
2
3
4
BK
BN
[31B]
11
13
19
HEADLIGHT
SUB-HARNESS(ES)
14
1
2
3
4
TAIL HARNESS
YH350.02A8
[46B]
LH TURN SIGNAL
[19A]
V
H3-55W
HI AND LO
BEAMS
6
7
2
8
10
IGNITION
START
15
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Y
BK
W
BK
1
2
2
[93A]
1
2
POSITION
LAMPS
(HDI ONLY)
1
2
1
2
O/W
BK
[29B]
O/W
BK
1
2
1
[18A]
BN
BK
[18A]
1
1
[18A]
BK
O/W
R/Y
[93B]
[93A]
RH TURN SIGNAL
BK
[93B]
1
2
TAIL LIGHT
V
[19B]
1
1
2
[29A]
TOP VIEW
BK
[38HB]
[38HA]
[19B]
1
[19A]
[38LB]
[38LA]
R/BK
5
1
2
3
4
[46A]
[38B]
[38A]
[91A]
R/BK
R/BK
BK
R
14
STATOR
(HD 3-PHASE)
O/W
W
Y
BK
1
2
3
4
GN
7
4
O/W
W
Y
BK
KEY SWITCH
TO RH TURN SIGNAL
BK
BE
W/BK
W/BK
TN/W
TN/W
GY/O
GY/O
GY
[31B]
[31A]
[31A]
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
[62B]
[62A]
BE
W
Y/BK
V/BN
V
BN
O
TO LH TURN SIGNAL
[95B]
[39B]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
IGNITION
7
1
2
V/GY
Unused
Battery
Neutral
Left Turn
Right Turn
High Beam
Check Engine
Oil Pressure
Unused
Unused
Unused
Ignition
Ground
Tach In
Low Fuel Warning
Vss In
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
GY
W
BK
A
B
C
GN/Y
START
Ignition
15A
Accessory
7.5A
A
B
C
[14B]
KEY SWITCH
Lights
15A
TN/Y
R/W
GN/W
BK/W
Brake/Horn
15A
Key Switch
15A
1
2
[77B]
[83B]
Cooling Fan
7.5A
LOW
FUEL
SENSOR
TO VOLTAGE REGULATOR
7.5A
ECM
7.5A
MTR
Y/R
BK
BN/Y
GY
A
B
C
D
[65A]
GY
W
BK/W
[134B]
[134A]
A
B
C
D
TN/Y
[30B]
1
2
3
4
5
6
[86B]
[131A]
[65B]
R
R/BK
R/BK
R
R
FLASHER
FOOT BRAKE
SWITCH
[86A]
[131B]
Y
BE
R
BK
BK
1
2
3
4
5
R/Y
O
BK
BN
O/W
V
R/Y
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Y/R
BK
BN/Y
GY
TN/W
TN/LT.GN
TN/LT.GN
R/BK
Y/BN
R/BK
O/W
TN/LT.GN
TN/Y
TN/Y
O
R
GY/O
R/GY
BK
BK
[30A]
1
2
[7B]
BK
BN
O/W
V
R/Y
1 2
Key Switch
Lights
Spare
15A
1
2
TO TAIL HARNESS
[7A]
[61B]
15A
[121B]
[121A]
R/Y
O
TO FUSE & DIODE ASSY
7.5A
1
2
[5A]
BLACK
15A
GROUND
TO RH CONTROLS
LT.GN/GY
BK
PK
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
23
24
24
STARTER
MOTOR
BK
GY
BK
BN/Y
BK/Y
W/Y
Y/BE
BE/O
GN/GY
[10A]
GN
BATTERY
AB
A B
AB
A B
2
GY
GN/GY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
A
GY
5V Sensor Power
Throttle Position Sensor
Camshaft Position Sensor
Oxygen Sensor
Keep Alive
Fan Control
Sensor Ground
Vehicle Speed Sensor
Engine Temperature
Intake Air Temperature
Serial Data Receive
Serial Data Transmit
KEY POSITION
FRONT INJECTOR
W/Y
[11A]
BN
[18A]
2
2
BK
2003 XB9R Main Harness
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
B-17
HOME
[11A]
[11B]
FRONT INJECTOR
GRAY
ECM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
IGNITION SWITCH
KEY POSITION
A
PARK
O
B
C
[85A]
D
O
BK
LOCK
OFF
ON
O
O
O
O
WIRE COLOR
R
R/BK
R
R/GY
AB
A B
GY
Switched Ignition
System Ground A
Fuel Pump
Check Engine Lamp
Injector Front
Front Coil Primary
Rear Coil Primary
Injector Rear
Unused
Bank Angle Sensor Input
System Ground B
Tachometer
R/W
V/Y
GN/W
V/GY
Y
BK/O
BK/W
W
PK/Y
LT.GN/Y
LT.GN/R
V/R
TO RH CONTROLS
W/BK
GY
[22B]
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
R/BK 3
4
R
R
W/BK
GY/O
1 R
2
3 R/BK
4
R
W/Y
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
REAR INJECTOR
[84A]
IGNITION SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM
5V Sensor Power
Throttle Position Sensor
Camshaft Position Sensor
Oxygen Sensor
Keep Alive
Fan Control
Sensor Ground
Vehicle Speed Sensor
Engine Temperature
Intake Air Temperature
Serial Data Receive
Serial Data Transmit
AB
A B
[84B]
GY
GN/GY
bd0002xx
BK
[97A]
[97B]
[GRD1]
[85B]
Y/BN
BK/O
1
2
COOLING FAN
BATTERY
Y/BN
BK
1
2
[GRD3]
[33A]
[22A]
[33B]
GY
BK
BN/Y
BK/Y
W/Y
Y/BE
BE/O
GN/GY
[GRD2]
30A MAIN FUSE
R/Y
R
1
2
[5A]
LT.GN/GY
BK
[10A]
[10B]
FUEL PUMP
BLACK
[86A]
MTR
[86B]
TO FUSE & DIODE ASSY
Cooling Fan
Ignition
15A
7.5A
TOP VIEW
19
13
7
20
14
8
2
21
15
9
3
16
22
10
BK
BN/Y
GY
[131B]
Y/BN
R/BK
[131A]
TN/Y
TN/LTGN
TN/Y
TN/Y
TN/Y
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
[65A]
[65B]
GY
W
BK/W
R
GY/O
LOW
FUEL
SENSOR
A
B
C
R/W
GN/W
BK/W
Y
R
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
GY
W
BK
A
B
C
R/W
GN/W
BK/W
A
B
C
A
B
C
CAM POSITION
SENSOR
[14A]
[14B]
R
LT.GN/Y
BK/W
R
R
1
2
1
2
LT.GN/Y
BK/W
IAT
[89A]
[89B]
1
4
23
17
11
5
24
18
12
6
BANK
ANGLE
SENSOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
BK
TN/W
Diode #1
Spare
Diode #2
1
2
R/W
V/Y
BK/W
[134B]
Y/BE
GY
BE/O
C
B
A
C
B
A
DYNO LOOP
[137B]
#1 CYLINDER TRIGGER WIRE
Cooling Fan
7.5A
[90B]
1
SPARK
PLUGS
1
1
[137A]
OXYGEN
SENSOR
1
[90A]
HEAD TEMP SENSOR
Unused
Battery
Neutral
Left Turn
Right Turn
High Beam
Check Engine
Oil Pressure
Unused
Unused
Unused
Ignition
Ground
Tach In
Low Fuel Warning
Vss In
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
[39A]
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
R
TN/Y
CLUTCH SWITCH
BK/Y
[95A]
[95B]
1
1
2
2
86
85
30
87A
87
IGNITION
Ignition
15A
Accessory
7.5A
1
9
9
5
5
4
W/BK
TN/W
TN/W
GY/O
GY/O
GY
TN/LTGN
BK
RELAY CENTER
BK
[62B]
[62A]
TO HEADLAMP
W
KEY SWITCH
Lights
15A
PK/Y
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
[83A]
V/GY
Key Switch
15A
[88B]
A
B
C
A
B
C
IGNITION
COIL
[83B]
7.5A
Brake/Horn
15A
SIDESTAND
SWITCH
1
2
[88A]
R/W
LT.GN/GY
BK/W
Y/BE
Spare
15A
[133B]
[133A]
1
2
3
4
5
6
[134A]
ECM
7.5A
A
B
C
D
1 2
Key Switch
15A
A
B
C
D
BK
BN/Y
GY
TN/W
TN/LTGN
TN/LTGN
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
23
24
24
7.5A
ECM
Diode #1
Diode #2
[61B]
[39B]
86
85
30
87A
87
19
15
R/BK
BK
R
14
R/BK
11
TO DATA LINK
1
2
3
4
LT.GN/R
BK
V/R
GY
Y
BK
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
[38B]
HEADLIGHT
SUB-HARNESS
[91A]
1
3
9
4
5
6
7
2
8
10
IGNITION
Y
BK
[38A]
START
14
[38LB]
[38LA]
KEY SWITCH
11
13
19
H3-55W
HI AND LO
BEAMS
15
TOP VIEW
[38HA]
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Y
BK
BK
[38HB]
2003 XB9R Engine Management Circuit
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
B-18
HOME
bd0003xx
[121A]
IGNITION SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM
IGNITION SWITCH
KEY POSITION
A
PARK
O
B
C
D
O
BATTERY
LOCK
OFF
TO
BRAKE
SWITCH
1
1
2
2
[121B]
ON
O
O
O
O
WIRE COLOR
R
R/BK
R
R/GY
R/Y
BK
BK
O
R
R/GY
R
[33A]
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
R
R/GY
[GRD2]
R
[GRD3]
30A MAIN FUSE
R/Y
R
[33B]
1
2
[5A]
[121B]
[121A]
R/Y
O
1
2
1
2
R/Y
O
TO TAIL HARNESS
[7A]
BK
BN
O/W
V
R/Y
TO FUSE & DIODE ASSY
[61B]
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
23
24
24
Brake/Horn
15A
Accessory
7.5A
15A
Key Switch
Lights
15A
BK
BN
O/W
V
R/Y
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R/BK
O/W
O
R/GY
BE
R
R/BK
R
[30B]
[30A]
FLASHER
FOOT BRAKE
SWITCH
[7B]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
V/BN
O/W
BK
TOP VIEW
19
13
7
20
14
8
2
21
15
9
3
10
4
16
22
1
23
17
11
5
24
18
12
6
REFER TO ENGINE
MANAGEMENT LAYER
TAIL HARNESS
YH350.02A8
FOR CONNECTIONS
Diode #1
Spare
Diode #2
Unused
Battery
Neutral
Left Turn
Right Turn
High Beam
Check Engine
Oil Pressure
Unused
Unused
Unused
Ignition
Ground
Tach In
Low Fuel Warning
Vss In
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
7.5A
Brake/Horn
15A
ECM
7.5A
Cooling Fan
7.5A
Lights
15A
Ignition
15A
Key Switch
15A
Accessory
7.5A
[19A]
V
TO HEADLAMP
TO LH CONTROLS
Spare
15A
LH TURN SIGNAL
[39A]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
R
V
BN
W
O/W
BK
BE
W
BE/W
V
BN
O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
[24B]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TO DATA LINK
BE
W
1
2
3
4
V/BN
V
BN
O
GY
[91A]
O/W
W
Y
BK
1
2
3
4
BK
O/W
W
Y
BK
1
2
3
4
BE
BK
1
1
2
2
V
BK
[31A]
[38LB]
[38LA]
[31B]
H3-55W
HI AND LO
BEAMS
1
2
1
2
Y
BK
1
2
1
2
W
BK
1
2
1
2
TO RH TURN SIGNAL
BK
BE
[31A]
2
2
1
1
BK
BN
[31B]
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
O/W
R/Y
[93B]
1
BK
[18A]
1
1
[18A]
BN
[18A]
2
2
BK
O/W
BK
[29B]
[29A]
POSITION
LAMPS
(HDI ONLY)
BK
[93B]
[18A]
BK
V
[19B]
[38HB]
[38HA]
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
2
1
RH TURN SIGNAL
BN
[39B]
2
[93A]
HEADLIGHT
SUB-HARNESS(ES)
[24A]
TO LH TURN SIGNAL
1
[93A]
TAIL LIGHT
[38B]
[38A]
[19B]
1
[19A]
O/W
BK
2003 XB9R Lighting Circuit
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
B-19
HOME
bd0004xx
IGNITION SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM
[11A]
[11B]
IGNITION SWITCH
GRAY
ECM
5V Sensor Power
Throttle Position Sensor
Camshaft Position Sensor
Oxygen Sensor
Keep Alive
Fan Control
Sensor Ground
Vehicle Speed Sensor
Engine Temperature
Intake Air Temperature
Serial Data Receive
Serial Data Transmit
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Switched Ignition
System Ground A
Fuel Pump
Check Engine Lamp
Injector Front
Front Coil Primary
Rear Coil Primary
Injector Rear
Unused
Bank Angle Sensor Input
System Ground B
Tachometer
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
KEY POSITION
A
PARK
O
B
C
D
O
LOCK
BK
OFF
ON
O
O
O
O
WIRE COLOR
R
R/BK
R
R/GY
[122A]
HORN
[122A]
[GRD1]
[122B]
[122B]
R
R/GY
R/BK
R
BK/W
W
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
R
R/GY
R
BK
2
BK
BATTERY
[GRD3]
[33A]
[33B]
Y/BK
BK
GY
BK
[GRD2]
30A MAIN FUSE
R/Y
R
1
2
[5A]
BK
PK
[10A]
[10B]
BLACK
FUEL PUMP
[86A]
TO FUSE & DIODE ASSY
Y/R
BK
15A
Brake/Horn
Accessory
7.5A
TOP VIEW
15A
19
13
7
20
14
8
2
21
15
9
3
22
16
10
4
1
Key Switch
Diode #2
[61B]
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
23
24
24
GY
R/BK
[131B]
23
17
11
5
18
12
6
Spare
15A
Diode #1
Spare
Diode #2
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
MTR
Y/R
BK
GY
LOW
FUEL
SENSOR
[131A]
TN/Y
TN/Y
O/W
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
TN/Y
TN/Y
O
R/GY
[65A]
[65B]
GY
W
BK/W
A
B
C
A
B
C
GN/Y
1
1
GY
W
BK
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
R
R/BK
R
R
[120B]
24
[86B]
GN/Y
[120A]
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
7.5A
Brake/Horn
15A
ECM
7.5A
Cooling Fan
7.5A
Lights
15A
Ignition
15A
Key Switch
15A
Accessory
7.5A
TO LH CONTROLS
Y/BK
Unused
Battery
Neutral
Left Turn
Right Turn
High Beam
Check Engine
Oil Pressure
Unused
Unused
Unused
Ignition
Ground
Tach In
Low Fuel Warning
Vss In
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
[39A]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Y/BK
O
R
TN/Y
[24B]
[24A]
GN/Y
O/W
BK
PK
Y/R
W
[39B]
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
2003 XB9R Horn & Instruments Circuit
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
B-20
HOME
bd0005xx
BATTERY CABLE
BK
STARTER
SOLENOID
IGNITION SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM
IGNITION SWITCH
KEY POSITION
A
PARK
O
B
C
D
[128B]
O
LOCK
OFF
BK/R
W/BK
W/BK
GY
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
BK/R
W/BK
W/BK
GY/O
R
1
2
3
4
R/BK
R
[33A]
[22B]
1
2
3
4
O
O
O
O
WIRE COLOR
R
R/BK
R
R/GY
STARTER
MOTOR
BK
R
GROUND
R/BK
R
[GRD2]
30A MAIN FUSE
[33B]
[22A]
GN
BATTERY
ON
R/Y
R
TO RH CONTROLS
1
2
[5A]
TO FUSE & DIODE ASSY
TOP VIEW
8
2
21
15
9
3
22
16
10
4
23
17
11
5
24
18
12
6
Spare
15A
Diode #1
Spare
Diode #2
15A
7.5A
ECM
7.5A
Cooling Fan
7.5A
Lights
15A
Ignition
15A
Key Switch
15A
Accessory
7.5A
15A
Key Switch
Brake/Horn
15A
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
23
24
24
TN/W
TN/LT.GN
TN/LT.GN
R/BK
TN/LT.GN
[131B]
TN/Y
[131A]
TN/Y
TN/Y
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
GY/O
R
R
[133B]
[133A]
BK
TN/W
1
2
1
2
SIDESTAND
SWITCH
RELAY CENTER
[62B]
[62A]
CLUTCH SWITCH
[95A]
[95B]
1
1
2
2
TN/LTGN
BK
1
3
9
4
5
6
7
2
8
10
IGNITION
START
KEY SWITCH
11
13
19
14
86
85
30
87A
87
1
1
9
9
5
5
4
86
85
30
87A
87
10
2
6
86
85
30
87A
87
11
11
19
15
R/BK
14
R/BK
15
TOP VIEW
TOP VIEW
W/BK
W/BK
TN/W
TN/W
GY/O
GY/O
IGNITION
14
START
20
KEY SWITCH
1
Ignition
7
Diode #1
13
Diode #2
[61B]
19
7
BK/R
TN/LT.GN
R/BK
GN
BK
R
2003 XB9R Starting Circuit
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
B-21
HOME
bd0006xx
BATTERY CABLE
BK
STARTER
SOLENOID
BATTERY
STARTER
MOTOR
BK
GROUND
[GRD2]
30A MAIN FUSE
R/Y
R
1
2
[5A]
TO VOLTAGE REGULATOR
BK
R
[77B]
1
2
1
2
[77A]
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
STATOR
(HD 3-PHASE)
1
2
3
4
[46A]
1
2
3
4
[46B]
2003 XB9R Starting & Charging Circuit
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
B-22
HOME
bd0007xx
BATTERY CABLE
TO LH TURN SIGNAL
BE
BK
1
1
2
2
BK
V
BK
STARTER
SOLENOID
[31B]
[31A]
MAIN HARNESS
BK/R
W/BK
W/BK
GY
TO RH TURN SIGNAL
BK
BE
2
2
1
1
BK
BN
HORN
[122A]
TO LH CONTROLS
1
2
[38HA]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
[24B]
[122B]
[93A]
30A MAIN FUSE
2
1
1
2
BN
1
[18A]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BK
Y/BK
2
TO VOLTAGE REGULATOR
BK
1
2
1
2
[77A]
[77B]
[24A]
HEADLIGHT
SUB-HARNESS(ES)
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
STATOR
(HD 3-PHASE)
1
2
3
4
[29A]
LAMPS
[18A]
RH TURN SIGNAL
[5A]
Y/BK
1
2
POSITION
1
2
[GRD2]
R/Y
HI AND LO
BEAMS
[93A]
GROUND
BK
Y
BE
W
Y/BK
BE/W
V
BN
O
2
TAIL LIGHT
1
1
2
1
BK
STARTER
MOTOR
BK
[22B]
[122B]
H3-55W
[19A]
[19A]
TO RH CONTROLS
[38LA]
LH TURN SIGNAL
V
1
2
3
4
[122A]
[31B]
[31A]
TAIL HARNESS
YH350.02A8
BATTERY
1
2
1
2
3
4
[46B]
[46A]
FUEL PUMP
(HDI ONLY)
[86B]
FRONT INJECTOR
[85A]
[84A]
AB
A B
AB
A B
GY
[120B]
1
[65A]
[90A]
A
B
C
GN/Y
MAIN HARNESS
PK/Y
1
2
BK/W
[89B]
1
2
LT.GN/Y
BK/W
1 2
LT.GN/Y
LOW
FUEL
SENSOR
1
ENGINE TEMP SENSOR
[90B]
GY
SWITCH
W/Y
GN/GY
BK
BN/Y
OIL PRESSURE
[120A]
GY
Y/R
GN/Y
1
GN/GY
GY
1
[85B]
[84B]
W/Y
A
B
C
D
REAR INJECTOR
MTR
GY
W
BK
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
IAT
[89A]
2003 XB9R Component Circuits
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
B-23
HOME
APPENDIX C–METRIC CONVERSIONS
C.1
Table C-1. Metric Conversions
MILLIMETERS TO INCHES
(MM X 0.03937 = INCHES)
mm
.1
.2
in. mm
.0039 25
.0078 26
in. mm
.9842 58
1.024 59
INCHES TO MILLIMETERS
(INCHES X 25.40 = MM)
in. mm
2.283
2.323
91
92
in. in.
mm in.
mm in.
mm in.
3.582 .001
.025 .6
15.240 1 15/16
49.21 3 5/16
3.622 .002
.051
5/8
11/16
.3
.0118 27
1.063 60
2.362
93
3.661 .003
.076
.4
.0157 28
1.102 61
2.401
94
3.701 .004
.102 .7
.5
.0197 29
1.142 62
2.441
95
3.740 .005
.127
.6
.0236 30
1.181 63
2.480
96
3.779 .006
3/4
.152 .8
.7
.0275 31
1.220 64
2.519
97
3.819 .007
.178
13/16
.8
.0315 32
1.260 65
2.559
98
3.858 .008
.203
7/8
.9
.0354 33
1.299 66
2.598
99
3.897 .009
.229 .9
1
.0394 34
1.338 67
2.638 100
3.937 .010
1/64
2
.0787 35
1.378 68
2.677 101
3.976
3
.1181 36
1.417 69
2.716 102
4.016 .020
4
.1575 37
1.456 70
2.756 103
4.055 .030
1/32
15.875 2
2 1/16
50.80
3 3/8
mm
84.14
85.72
52.39 3.4
86.36
17.780 2.1
53.34 3 7/16
87.31
19.050 2 1/8
53.97 3 1/2
88.90
17.462
20.320
2 3/16
55.56
3 9/16
90.49
20.638 2.2
55.88 3.6
91.44
22.225 2 1/4
57.15 3 5/8
92.07
22.860 2.3
58.42 3 11/16
93.66
23.812
2 5/16
58.74 3.7
93.98
.397 1
25.40
2 3/8
60.32 3 3/4
95.25
.508 1 1/16
26.99
2.4
60.96 3.8
96.52
27.94
2 7/16
28.57
2 1/2
.254
15/16
.762 1.1
.794
1 1/8
61.91
3 13/16
96.84
63.50
3 7/8
98.42
5
.1968 38
1.496 71
2.795 104
4.094
6
.2362 39
1.535 72
2.834 105
4.134 .040
1.016 1 3/16
30.16
2 9/16
65.09 3.9
7
.2756 40
1.575 73
2.874 106
4.173 .050
1.270 1.2
30.48
2.6
66.04 3 15/16 100.01
8
.3149 41
1.614 74
2.913 107
4.212 .060
1.524 1 1/4
31.75
2 5/8
66.67 4
1.588 1.3
33.02
2 11/16
68.26
1/16
4 1/16
99.06
101.6
102.19
9
.3543 42
1.653 75
2.953 108
4.252
10
.3937 43
1.693 76
2.992 109
4.291 .070
1.778 1 5/16
33.34
2.7
68.58 4.1
104.14
11
.4331 44
1.732 77
3.031 110
4.331 .080
2.032 1 3/8
34.92
2 3/4
69.85 4 1/8
104.77
4 3/16
12
.4724 45
1.772 78
3.071 111
4.370 .090
2.286 1.4
35.56
2.8
71.12
13
.5118 46
1.811 79
3.110 112
4.409 .1
2.540 1 7/16
36.51
2 13/16
71.44 4.2
106.68
14
.5512 47
1.850 80
3.149 113
4.449 1/8
3.175 1 1/2
38.10
2 7/8
73.02 4 1/4
107.95
39.69
2.9
73.66 4.3
109.22
74.61
15
.5905 48
1.890 81
3.189 114
4.488
3/16
4.762
1 9/16
16
.6299 49
1.929 82
3.228 115
4.527 .2
5.080 1.6
40.64
2 15/16
17
.6693 50
1.968 83
3.268 116
4.567 1/4
6.350 1 5/8
41.27
3
76.20 4 3/8
111.12
18
.7086 51
2.008 84
3.307 117
4.606 .3
7.620 1 11/16 42.86
3 1/16
77.79 4.4
111.76
19
.7480 52
2.047 85
3.346 118
4.645
5/16
3/8
7.938 1.7
9.525
1 3/4
4 5/16
106.36
109.54
43.18
3.1
78.74
4 7/16
44.45
3 1/8
79.37
4 1/2
45.72
3 3/16
80.96 4 9/16
115.89
81.28 4.6
116.84
112.71
114.30
20
.7874 53
2.086 86
3.386 119
4.685
21
.8268 54
2.126 87
3.425 120
4.724 .4
10.160 1.8
22
.8661 55
2.165 88
3.464 121
4.764 7/16
11.112 1 13/16 46.04
3.2
1 7/8
47.62
3 1/4
82.55
48.26
3.3
83.82 4 11/16 119.06
23
24
.9055 56
.9449 57
2.205 89
2.244 90
3.504 122
3.543 123
4.803
1/2
12.700
4.842
9/16
14.288 1.9
4 5/8
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix C
117.47
C-1
HOME
FASTENER TORQUE VALUES
Torque specifications for specific components are listed in
each section at the point of use. When converting to Newtonmeters, use the formulas given under the metric chart. For all
other steel fasteners, use the values listed in one of the tables
below. In the English table, torque figures are listed in ft-lbs,
except those marked with an asterisk (*), which are listed in inlbs. In the metric table, figures are listed in Newton-meters.
C.2
1WARNING
1WARNING
The quality fasteners used on Buell motorcycles have
specific strength, finish and type requirements to perform
properly in the assembly and the operating environment.
Use only genuine Buell replacement fasteners tightened
to the proper torque. Substitution could cause fastener
failure, which could result in death or serious injury.
Table C-2. English Torque Values
FASTENER
BODY SIZE OR OUTSIDE DIAMETER
MINIMUM
TENSILE
STRENGTH
MATERIAL
SAE 2
STEEL
74,000
PSI
LOW
CARBON
SAE 5
STEEL
120,000
PSI
MEDIUM
CARBON HEAT
TREAT
SAE 7
STEEL
133,000
PSI
SAE 8
STEEL
TYPE
2
3
# (number)
4
5
6
8
in. (inches)
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
32
47
69
96
155
206
310
33
54
78
114
154
257
382
587
25
44
71
110
154
215
360
570
840
14
29
47
78
119
169
230
380
600
900
14
29
47
78
119
169
230
380
600
900
70*
140*
18
29
43
63
100
146
22.2
25.4
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
6
12
20
10
19
MEDIUM
CARBON
ALLOY
13
150,000
PSI
MEDIUM
CARBON
ALLOY
SAE 8
STEEL
150,000
PSI
MEDIUM
CARBON
ALLOY
SOCKET
SET
SCREW
212,000
PSI
HIGH CARBON
QUENCHED
TEMPERED
14*
9*
STUDS
16*
10
22*
30*
Use SAE 2, 5 and 8 values when grade is known, with nut of sufficient strength.
*Torque values in in-lbs.
Table C-3. Metric Torque Values
FASTENER
TYPE
MINIMUM
TENSILE
STRENGTH
MATERIAL
SAE 2
STEEL
5,202
kg/cm2
LOW
CARBON
SAE 5
STEEL
8,436
kg/cm2
MEDIUM
CARBON HEAT
TREAT
SAE 7
STEEL
9,350
kg/cm2
SAE 8
STEEL
2
3
# (number)
4
5
6
8
BODY SIZE OR OUTSIDE DIAMETER
mm (millimeters)
10
6.4
7.9
9.5
11.1 12.7 14.3 15.9
8.3
16.6
27.7
44.3
65.0
132.8 214.4 283.5
428.7
13.8
26.3
45.6
74.7
107.9 157.7 213.0 355.4 528.3
811.8
MEDIUM
CARBON
ALLOY
18.0
34.6
60.8
98.2
152.1 213.0 297.3 497.9 788.3 1161.7
10,545
kg/cm2
MEDIUM
CARBON
ALLOY
19.4
40.1
65.0
107.9 164.6 233.7 318.1 525.5 829.8 1220.0
SAE 8
STEEL
10,545
kg/cm2
MEDIUM
CARBON
ALLOY
19.4
40.1
65.0
107.9 164.6 233.7 318.1 525.5 829.8 1220.0
SOCKET
SET
SCREW
14,904
kg/cm2
HIGH CARBON
QUENCHED
TEMPERED
8.1
16.1
24.9
40.1
STUDS
1.6
1.0
1.8
2.5
3.4
59.5
95.4
87.1
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix C
138.3 201.9
Use SAE 2, 5 and 8 values when grade is known, with nut of sufficient strength.
foot-pounds (ft-lbs) x 1.356 = Newton-meters (Nm)inch-pounds (in-lbs) x 0.113 = Newton-meters (Nm)
C-2
19.1
HOME
HOSE AND WIRE ROUTING
D.1
b1114xax
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
D-1
Figure D-1. Front and Rear Brake Systems, Right Side View
HOME
D-2
b1115xbx
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
Figure D-2. Rear Brake Systems, Top View
HOME
b1116xcx
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
Figure D-3. Rear Brake Systems, Left Side View
D-3
HOME
D-4
b1117xax
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
Carbon canister
Figure D-4. Evaporative Emissions Control, California Models, Top View
HOME
b1118xbx
2
1
3
4
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
1.
2.
To induction module
From induction module (California)
3.
4.
From fuel tank (California)
From fuel tank to atmosphere (49 state)
Figure D-5. Evaporative Emissions Control, California and 49 State Models, Left Side View
D-5
HOME
D-6
b1119xax
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
1
2
3
1.
Intake air temperature sensor (IAT)
2.
Fuel pump
Figure D-6. Wiring Harness, Left Side View
3.
Sidestand switch
HOME
b1120xbx
1
2
3
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
1.
2.
Fuel injector (2)
Throttle position sensor (TPS)
4
3.
4.
Intake air temperature (IAT) sensor
Oxygen (O2) sensor
Figure D-7. Wiring Harness, Top View
D-7
HOME
D-8
b1121xcx
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
4
3
5
2
6
7
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Figure D-8. Wiring Harness, Right Side View
Speedometer sensor
Cable, starter to battery positive
Solenoid
Transmission vent line
Voltage regulator
Switch, oil pressure
Cam position sensor
HOME
b1122xax
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
5
4
1
2
1.
2.
3.
Vent line
Feed oil line
Return oil line
4.
5.
3
Feed oil line from the oil pump to the oil cooler
Return oil line from the oil cooler to the oil filter housing
Figure D-9. Oil Lines, Right Side View
D-9
HOME
D-10
b1123xbx
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
2
3
1
1.
Vent line
2.
Feed oil line
Figure D-10. Oil Lines, Bottom View
3.
Return oil line
HOME
b1124xax
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
D-11
Figure D-11. Clutch and Throttle Cables, Right Side View
HOME
D-12
b1125xbx
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
Cable, seat lock
Figure D-12. Clutch, Throttle and Seat Release Cables, Left Side View
HOME
b1126xcx
TPS adjuster
Cable, seat lock
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
D-13
Figure D-13. Clutch, Throttle and Seat Release Cables, Top View
D-14
2003 Buell XB9R: Appendix D
NOTES
HOME
MAINTENANCE
Table Of Contents
SUBJECT
PAGE NO.
1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Fluid Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Care of Molded-in-Color Body Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.4 Battery Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5 Engine Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.6 Brake System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7 Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.8 Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.9 Drive Belt System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.10 Primary Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.11 Suspension Damping Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.12 Front Fork Oil Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.13 Steering Head Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.14 Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.15 Air Cleaner Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.16 Throttle Cable and Idle Speed Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.17 Ignition Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.18 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.19 Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.20 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.21 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
1-2
1-4
1-5
1-8
1-11
1-19
1-20
1-23
1-29
1-31
1-35
1-38
1-39
1-41
1-43
1-44
1-46
1-48
1-49
1-50
1
HOME
GENERAL
1.1
SERVICING A NEW
MOTORCYCLE
1WARNING
Always follow the listed service and maintenance recommendations, because they affect the safe operation of
the motorcycle and the personal welfare of the rider. Failure to follow recommendations could result in death or
serious injury.
Service operations to be performed before customer delivery
are specified in the applicable model year PREDELIVERY
AND SETUP MANUAL.
XB9R TOOL SET
The Buell XB9R comes with a standard tool set (stored in the
trunk) that consists of the following:
●
Shock Spanner Wrench
●
T27 TORX Wrench
●
7/8” Axle Wrench (Hex)
●
Tool Kit Pouch
●
Screw Driver
INSPECTING
Leak Dye
The performance of new motorcycle initial service is required
to keep warranty in force and to ensure proper emissions systems operation.
When using leak dye with the black light leak detector, add
1/4 oz. (7.4 ml) of dye for each 1 quart (0.9 liter) of fluid in the
system being checked.
After a new motorcycle has been driven its first 1000 miles
(1600 km), and at every 2500 mile (4000 km) interval thereafter, have a Buell dealer perform the service operations listed
in Table 1-2.
SAFE OPERATING
MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
●
Do not attempt to re-tighten engine head bolts. Retightening can cause engine damage.
●
During the initial 1000 mile (1600 km) break-in
period, use only Harley-Davidson 20W50 engine oil.
Failure to use the recommended oil will result in
improper break-in of the engine cylinders and piston
rings.
A careful check of certain equipment is necessary after periods of storage, and frequently between regular service intervals, to determine if additional maintenance is required.
Check:
1.
Tires for abrasions, cuts and correct pressure.
2.
Drive belt for proper tension and condition.
3.
Brakes, steering and throttle for responsiveness.
4.
Brake fluid level and condition. Hydraulic lines and fittings for leaks. Also, check brake pads and rotors for
wear.
5.
Cables for fraying, crimping and free operation.
6.
Engine oil and transmission fluid levels.
7.
Headlamp, passing lamp, tail lamp, brake lamp and turn
signal operation.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-1
HOME
FLUID REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL
FUEL
United States System
Unless otherwise specified, all fluid volume measurements
in this Service Manual are expressed in United States
(U.S.) units-of-measure. See below:
●
1 pint (U.S.) = 16 fluid ounces (U.S.)
●
1 quart (U.S.) = 2 pints (U.S.) = 32 fl. oz. (U.S.)
●
1 gallon (U.S.) = 4 quarts (U.S.) = 128 fl. oz. (U.S.)
Metric System
Fluid volume measurements in this Service Manual include
the metric system equivalents. In the metric system, 1 liter (L)
= 1,000 milliliters (mL). Should you need to convert from U.S.
units-of-measure to metric units-of-measure (or vice versa),
refer to the following:
●
fluid ounces (U.S.) x 29.574 = milliliters
●
pints (U.S.) x 0.473 = liters
●
quarts (U.S.) x 0.946 = liters
●
gallons (U.S.) x 3.785 = liters
●
milliliters x 0.0338 = fluid ounces (U.S.)
●
●
●
Use a good quality unleaded gasoline (91 pump octane or
higher). Pump octane is the octane number usually shown on
the gas pump. See 3.2 ENGINE for a detailed explanation of
alternative fuels.
ENGINE OIL
Use the proper grade of oil for the lowest temperature
expected before the next oil change.
If it is necessary to add oil and Harley-Davidson oil is not
available, use an oil certified for diesel engines. Acceptable
diesel engine oil designations include CE, CF, CF-4 and CG4. The preferred viscosities for the diesel engine oils, in
descending order, are 20W-50, 15W-40 and 10W-40. At the
first opportunity, see a Buell dealer to change back to 100
percent Harley-Davidson oil.
Table 1-1. Recommended Oil Grades
HARLEYDAVIDSON TYPE
HARLEYVISCOSITY DAVIDSON
RATING
LOWEST
AMBIENT
TEMP °F
COLD
WEATHER
STARTS
BELOW
50° F
H.D. Multi-Grade
SAE
10W40
HD 360
Below 40°
(4°C)
Excellent
liters x 2.114 = pints (U.S.)
H.D. Multi-Grade
SAE
20W50
HD 360
Above 40°
(4°C)
Good
liters x 1.057 = quarts (U.S.)
H.D. Regular Heavy
SAE
50
HD 360
Above 60°
(16°C)
Poor
H.D. Extra Heavy
SAE
60
HD 360
Above 80°
(27°C)
Poor
liters x 0.264 = gallons (U.S.)
PRIMARY DRIVE/
TRANSMISSION FLUID
Use only SPORT-TRANS FLUID (Part No. 98854-96 quart
size or Part No. 98855-96 gallon size).
FRONT FORK OIL
Use only TYPE E FORK OIL (Part No. HD-99884-80).
BRAKE FLUID
1WARNING
D.O.T. 4 brake fluid can cause irritation of eyes and skin,
and may be harmful if swallowed. If large amount of fluid
is swallowed, induce vomiting by administering two
tablespoons of salt in a glass of warm water. Call a doctor. In case of contact with skin or eyes, flush with plenty
of water. Get medical attention for eyes. KEEP BRAKE
FLUID OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN. Failure to
comply could result in death or serious injury.
Use only D.O.T. 4 BRAKE FLUID (Part No. 99953-99Y).
1-2
1.2
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
HOME
Table 1-2. Regular Service Intervals
ODOMETER READING
SERVICE OPERATIONS
(see chart code below)
Change engine oil and filter.
Inspect air cleaner, service as required.
Inspect brake pads and discs for wear.
Adjust primary chain.
Inspect primary shoe.
Change transmission/primary chaincase lube and clean drain
plug.
Check ignition timing.
Spark plugs.
Zero throttle position sensor (TPS)
Check engine idle speed.
Steering head bearing resistance test
Adjust throttle cables
Adjust clutch and clutch cable
Check rear belt and idler pulley. Replace belt and idler pulley
every 15,000 mi. (24,000 km)
Check front and rear tire pressure and inspect tread.
Clean oil cooler fins
Change front fork oil.
Check brake fluid reservoir levels and condition.
Inspect front and rear brake caliper and master cylinder for
leaks every 2500 miles (4000 km) or two years.
Check operation of all electrical equipment & switches.
Inspect oil lines and brake system for leaks.
Lubricate front brake hand lever, throttle control cables, clutch
control cables (and hand lever), sidestand pivot, and rear brake
pedal bushing (if applicable).
Check tightness of all critical fasteners: hand controls, brake
system, front and rear axles, upper and lower triple clamps,
front fork components, engine mounts, stabilizers, rear shock,.
Inspect motorcycle: Check front and rear brake lines, oil lines,
front forks, rear shock, exhaust system, exhaust system
mounting
Road test.
Chart Codes:
4
7
5
0
0
mi
5
0
0
0
0
mi
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
1
4
8
2
6
0
4
8
2
6
0
4
8
2
6
0
4
8
2
6
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
km km km km km km km km km km km km km km km km km km km km
8
0
0
0
0
km
1
0
0
0
mi
R
I
I
A
2
5
0
0
mi
I
I
RI
A
I
A
A
I
5
0
0
0
mi
R
I
I
A
7
5
0
0
mi
I
I
I
I
RI
I
X
A
A
I
R
A
I
X
A
A
I
X
I
I
IL
I
I
1
2
5
0
0
mi
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
A
I
RI
I
I
X
1
0
0
0
0
mi
I
I
IL
1
5
0
0
0
mi
R
I
I
A
1
7
5
0
0
mi
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
RI
I
X
A
A
I
R
A
I
X
A
A
I
X
2
2
5
0
0
mi
I
I
I
I
X
X
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IL
R
I
I
A
2
7
5
0
0
mi
I
I
3
0
0
0
0
mi
R
I
I
A
I
RI
RI
I
X
A
A
I
R
A
I
X
A
A
I
X
3
2
5
0
0
mi
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4
0
0
0
0
mi
R
R
I
A
I
RI
RI
I
X
A
A
I
R
A
I
X
A
A
I
X
4
2
5
0
0
mi
I
I
I
I
X
X
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IL
R
I
I
A
I
I
R
I
I
A
I
RI
RI
I
X
A
A
I
R
A
I
X
A
A
I
X
I
I
I
X
X
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IL
T
4
5
0
0
0
mi
R
I
I
IL
T
3
7
5
0
0
mi
I
I
X
X
I
IL
3
5
0
0
0
mi
R
I
I
A
I
I
I
IL
T
2
5
0
0
0
mi
I
I
I
IL
R
R
I
A
I
RI
R
I
X
X
I
2
0
0
0
0
mi
IL
IL
T
T
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I - Inspect, & if necessary correct, clean or replace.
R- Replace or change.
A- Adjust.
L- Lubricate with specified lubricant.
T- Tighten to proper torque.
X- Perform.
D- Disassemble (lube & inspect).
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-3
HOME
CARE OF MOLDED-IN-COLOR BODY PANELS
1.3
GENERAL
Cleaning Between Washings
Special care and maintenance are required for the molded-incolor body panels that are standard on your Buell XB9R
motorcycle.
Untreated molded-in-color body panels sometimes have a
static charge that attracts dust. Applying Harley Gloss or Harley Glaze Polish and Sealant to molded-in-color surfaces will
eliminate this condition.
Molded-in-color surfaces look like painted surfaces, but are
not. The color pigment is mixed in with the material when the
part is made, not applied over the surface. Molded-in-color
panels require different maintenance than painted surfaces to
maintain their original shine. Using methods that work on
painted surfaces may ruin the finish of molded-in-color parts.
To keep a high gloss finish on molded-in-color panels
between washings:
1.
Spray Harley Gloss onto surface and wipe with a clean
soft natural fiber cloth or Harley Softcloth.
NOTE
CAUTION
Use of abrasive products or powered buffing equipment
will cause permanent cosmetic damage to molded-incolor body panels. Use only the recommended products
and techniques outlined in this section to avoid damaging molded-in-color body panels.
Rain or water will remove Harley Gloss from body panels.
2.
Reapply Harley Gloss as described above to keep surfaces looking their best.
Polishing
CAUTION
Do not use touch-up paint on molded-in-color panels.
Polishing molded-in-color body panels results in greater surface gloss and a protective coating.
RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS
1.
Apply Harley Glaze Polish and Sealant every six months
or as required to keep molded-in-color panels protected
and looking their best.
Products recommended for the proper care and maintenance
of molded-in-color body panels are available at your Buell
dealer and are listed below:
2.
Clean and dry surfaces to be polished (see Washing).
3.
Apply Harley Glaze Polish and Sealant to clean, slightly
dampened cloth or sponge and apply to surface with a
light overlapping motion. Make sure to cover all areas.
4.
Let Harley Glaze Polish and Sealant dry to a haze and
buff off residue with a clean soft cloth or Harley Softcloth.
●
Harley Wash (Part No. 99715-90) or Harley Sun Wash
(Part No. 94659-98)
●
Harley Gloss (Part No. 94627-98)
●
Harley Glaze Polish and Sealant (Part No. 99701-84)
●
Harley Swirl and Scratch Treatment (Part No. 94655-98)
●
Harley Softcloth (Part No. 94656-98)
Minor Scratch Removal
To remove minor scratches from body panels:
CARE AND MAINTENANCE
1.
To remove light surface scratches and rubs, use Harley
Swirl and Scratch Treatment as recommended.
Washing
2.
Make sure Swirl and Scratch Treatment is applied with a
moist cloth and by hand (not by machine).
3.
After scratch or rub has been repaired, polish surface
lightly with Harley Glaze.
To wash molded-in-color panels:
1.
Rinse surface with water.
2.
Wash with Harley Wash or Harley Sun Wash.
3.
Rinse surface thoroughly with water.
4.
Dry with a clean chamois or soft dry natural fiber cloth.
1-4
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
Major Scratches
There is no repair procedure for severely scratched surfaces.
Severely scratched body panels must be replaced.
HOME
BATTERY MAINTENANCE
1.4
GENERAL
BATTERY TESTING
Buell motorcycle batteries are permanently sealed, maintenance-free, valve-regulated, lead/calcium and sulfuric acid
batteries. The batteries are shipped pre-charged and ready to
be put into service. Do not attempt to open these batteries for
any reason.
Voltmeter Test
Inspect the battery for damage or leaks and for clean, noncorroded connections:
●
At the 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval.
●
At every scheduled service interval thereafter.
See Table 1-4. The voltmeter test provides a general indicator
of battery condition. Check the voltage of the battery to verify
that it is in a 100% fully charged condition. If the open circuit
(disconnected) voltage reading is below 12.6V, charge the
battery and then recheck the voltage after the battery has set
for one to two hours. If the voltage reading is 12.8V or above,
perform the load test described under 7.10 BATTERY.
8432
1WARNING
All batteries contain electrolyte. Electrolyte is a sulfuric
acid solution that is highly corrosive and can cause
severe chemical burns. Avoid contact with skin, eyes,
and clothing. Avoid spillage. Always wear protective face
shield, rubberized gloves and protective clothing when
working with batteries. A warning label is attached to the
top of the battery. See Figure 1-1. Never remove warning
label from battery. Failure to read and understand all precautions contained in warning label before performing
any service on batteries could result in death or serious
injury.
1WARNING
Figure 1-1. Battery Warning Label
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain
lead and lead components, chemicals known to the State
of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.
Table 1-4. Voltmeter Test
Table 1-3. Battery Electrolyte Antidotes
CONTACT
SOLUTION
BATTERY CHARGE CONDITIONS
12.8
100%
12.6
75%
12.3
50%
External
Flush with water.
12.0
25%
11.8
0%
Internal
Drink large quantities of milk or water,
followed by milk of magnesia, vegetable oil or beaten eggs. Call doctor
immediately.
Eyes
Flush with water, get immediate medical attention.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-5
HOME
BATTERY DISCONNECTION AND
REMOVAL
1.
STORAGE
1WARNING
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
1WARNING
Always store batteries where they cannot be reached by
children. Contact with the battery’s sulfuric acid could
result in death or serious injury.
Always disconnect the negative battery cable first. If the
positive cable should contact ground with the negative
cable installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery
explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
2.
Unthread fastener and remove battery negative cable
(black) from battery negative (-) terminal.
3.
Pull back terminal cover boot.
4.
Unthread fastener and remove battery positive cable
(red) from battery positive (+) terminal.
5.
Unhook strap and remove battery.
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
1.
Battery top must be clean and dry. Dirt and electrolyte on
top of the battery can cause battery to self-discharge.
Clean battery top with a solution of baking soda (sodium
bicarbonate) and water (5 teaspoons baking soda per
quart or liter of water). When the solution stops bubbling,
rinse off the battery with clean water.
2.
Clean cable connectors and battery terminals using a
wire brush or sandpaper. Remove any oxidation.
3.
Inspect the battery screws, clamps and cables for breakage, loose connections and corrosion. Clean clamps.
4.
Check the battery posts for melting or damage caused
by overtightening.
5.
Inspect the battery for discoloration, raised top or a
warped or distorted case, which might indicate that the
battery has been frozen, overheated or overcharged.
6.
Inspect the battery case for cracks or leaks.
The electrolyte in a discharged battery will freeze if
exposed to freezing temperatures. Freezing may crack
the battery case and buckle battery plates.
If the motorcycle will not be operated for several months,
such as during the winter season, remove the battery from
the motorcycle and fully charge. See 7.10 BATTERY.
See Figure 1-2. Self-discharge is a normal condition and occurs
continuously at a rate that depends on the ambient temperature
and the battery’s state of charge. Batteries discharge at a faster
rate at higher ambient temperatures. To reduce the self-discharge rate, store battery in a cool (not freezing), dry place.
Charge the battery every month if stored at temperatures
below 60˚ F. (16˚ C). Charge the battery more frequently if
stored in a warm area above 60˚ F. (16˚ C).
NOTE
The H-D Battery Tender Automatic Battery Charger (P/N
99863-93TA) may be used to maintain battery charge for
extended periods of time without risk of overcharging or boiling.
When returning a battery to service after storage, fully charge
the battery. See 7.10 BATTERY.
Effect of Temperature on
Battery Self-Discharge Rate
f1732x8x
100 %
75 %
50 %
C
A
P
A
C
I
T
Y
at 77°F
at 105°F
M O N T H S O F S TA N D
0
3
6
9
12
Figure 1-2. Battery Self-Discharge Rate
1-6
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
15
HOME
BATTERY INSTALLATION AND
CONNECTION
1.
Place the fully charged battery in the mounting position,
terminal side to the rear of motorcycle.
2.
Hook rubber strap around body of battery.
CAUTION
Connect the cables to the correct battery terminals or
damage to the motorcycle electrical system will occur.
1WARNING
Always connect the positive battery cable first. If the positive cable should contact ground with the negative cable
installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
Overtightening fasteners can damage battery terminals.
3.
Insert fastener through battery positive cable (red) into
threaded hole of battery positive (+) terminal and tighten
fastener to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
4.
Install terminal cover boot.
5.
Insert fastener through battery negative cable (black) into
threaded hole of battery negative (-) terminal and tighten
fastener to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
6.
Apply a light coat of petroleum jelly or corrosion retardant
material to both battery terminals.
1WARNING
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
7.
Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-7
HOME
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
1.5
GENERAL
CAUTION
Check engine oil level (hot check) at every refueling stop.
Inspect oil lines and filter for leaks:
●
At 1500 mi (2400 km) initial service and every 2500 mi
(4000 km) service interval.
Change engine oil and filter under normal service conditions
in warm or moderate temperatures:
●
At 1000 mi (1600 km) initial service and every 5000 mi
(8000 km) service interval thereafter.
●
When storing or removing the motorcycle for the season.
Change engine oil and filter under severe service conditions
in warm or moderate temperatures (severe dust, temperatures above 80oF/27oC, extensive idling or speeds in excess
of 65 mph/105 km/h):
●
At 1000 mi (1600 km) initial service and every 2500 mi
(4000 km) service interval thereafter.
●
When storing or removing the motorcycle for the season.
NOTE
The colder the weather, the shorter the recommended oil
change interval. A vehicle used only for short runs in cold
weather must have the engine oil drained more frequently.
CHECKING ENGINE
OIL LEVEL
An accurate engine oil level reading can only be obtained
with the engine at normal operating temperature (hot check).
The engine will require a longer warm up period in colder
temperatures.
For pre-ride inspection, simply verify that there are no oil
leaks from the oil filter and oil lines prior to operating the
motorcycle.
●
Perform a hot check of the engine oil level at each fuel
stop.
CAUTION
Do not allow hot oil level to fall below lower mark on dipstick. To do so may result in equipment damage and/or
malfunction.
CAUTION
Do not overfill oil tank. Overfilling oil tank may result in
oil carryover to the air cleaner, equipment damage and/or
equipment malfunction.
1-8
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
Do not switch oil brands indiscriminately because some
oils interact chemically when mixed. Use of inferior oils
or non-detergent oils can damage the engine.
Ride motorcycle for approximately 10 minutes to ensure the
oil is hot and the engine is at normal operating temperature.
1.
The motorcycle must be on level ground, on the sidestand, with the engine off.
2.
See Figure 1-4. Unscrew and remove dipstick from oil
tank/swingarm filler hole. Wipe dipstick clean.
3.
Insert dipstick into oil tank filler hole, screwing dipstick in
completely. DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN.
NOTE
The area between the upper and lower registration marks is
the operating range.
4.
See Figure 1-4. Unscrew and remove dipstick and note
oil level.
a.
Oil level should be within the operating range
(between upper and lower registration marks) on
dipstick.
b.
If oil level is below lower registration mark, add only
enough oil to bring oil level between lower and upper
registration marks.
HOME
CHANGING ENGINE OIL
AND FILTER
Replacing Oil
1.
Install drain plug.
2.
Fill oil tank through filler (dipstick) hole with recommended oil from Table 1-5. Oil tank capacity with filter
change is approximately 2.5 quarts (2.4 liters) and
includes the 4.0 ounces (0.12 liter) poured into the filter.
Always verify proper hot oil level on dipstick. Do not overfill.
3.
Inspect o-ring on dipstick for rips or tears. Replace as
required.
Ride motorcycle for approximately 10 minutes to ensure the
oil is hot and the engine is at normal operating temperature.
Turn engine off.
NOTE
Secure rear wheel on lift or place scissor jack under jacking
point.
Draining Oil
NOTE
For ease of installation, apply a light film of clean engine oil to
the dipstick o-ring.
1.
See Figure 1-3. Place a suitable container under the
drain plug.
2.
Using a 5/8 in. wrench, remove drain plug from under oil
tank/swingarm. Wipe any accumulated debris from magnetic tip on drain plug.
4.
Install dipstick into oil tank/swingarm fill hole. Make sure
dipstick is installed completely. DO NOT OVER
TIGHTEN
3.
See Figure 1-4. Unscrew and remove dipstick from oil fill
hole on top of oil tank/swingarm.
5.
Remove left side oil cooler scoop. See 2.35 AIR
SCOOPS.
6.
Inspect oil cooler fins for debris or damage. Blow out any
debris from fins with compressed air from the inside of
the cooler outward.
7.
Wipe up any spilled oil on muffler.
8.
Start engine. Verify that oil pressure signal light on instrument support turns off after a few seconds when engine
speed is 1000 RPM or above.
9.
Check for oil leaks at oil filter, drain plug, hoses and oil
cooler.
Changing Filter
1.
Remove chin fairing See 2.33 CHIN FAIRING.
2.
See Figure 1-5. Remove oil filter using pliers or belt type
OIL FILTER WRENCH.
3.
Clean filter gasket contact surface on crankcase. Surface
should be smooth and free of any debris or old gasket
material.
4.
Apply a thin film of clean engine oil to filter gasket.
5.
Pour 4.0 ounces (0.12 liter) of clean engine oil into new filter when changing oil (until filter is approximately 1/2 full).
11. Install air scoop 2.35 AIR SCOOPS.
6.
Screw filter onto adapter until filter gasket touches crankcase surface. Rotate filter another 1/2-3/4 turn by hand.
12. Check (hot) oil level. See CHECKING ENGINE OIL
LEVEL.
10. Install chin spoiler. See 2.33 CHIN FAIRING.
1WARNING
Be sure no oil gets on tires when changing oil and filter.
Traction will be adversely affected which may lead to loss
of control which could result in death or serious injury.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-9
HOME
Table 1-5. Recommended Oil Grades
HARLEY-DAVIDSON
TYPE
H.D. Multi-Grade
H.D. Multi-Grade
H.D.
Heavy
Regular
H.D. Extra Heavy
VISCOSITY
HARLEYDAVIDSON
RATING
LOWEST
AMBIENT
TEMP °F
COLD
WEATHER
STARTS
BELOW
50° F
SAE
10W40
HD 360
Below
40°
(4°C)
Excellent
SAE
20W50
HD 360
Above
40°
(4°C)
Good
SAE
50
HD 360
Above
60°
(16°C)
Poor
SAE
60
HD 360
Above
80°
(27°C)
Poor
8375
Figure 1-3. Oil Tank Drain Plug
8352
8374
Operating Range
Figure 1-4. Dipstick Location/Engine Oil Level
8418
Figure 1-5. Oil Filter
1-10
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
HOME
BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
GENERAL
1WARNING
Check brake fluid level and condition:
●
At the 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval.
●
At every 5000 mile (8000 km) service interval thereafter.
●
When storing or removing the motorcycle for the season.
Replace D.O.T. 4 BRAKE FLUID:
●
1.6
Every 2 years.
Front brake hand lever and rear brake foot pedal must have a
firm feel when brakes are applied. If not, bleed system as
described.
Use only fresh, uncontaminated D.O.T. 4 fluid. Cans of
fluid that have been opened may have been contaminated by moisture in the air or dirt. Use of contaminated
brake fluid may adversely affect braking ability and lead
to brake failure which could result in death or serious
injury
1WARNING
Use only copper crush banjo washers (See Parts Catalog
for Part No.) with D.O.T. 4 brake fluid. Earlier silver banjo
washers are not compatible with D.O.T. 4 fluid and will
not seal properly over time. Failure to comply may
adversely affect braking ability and lead to brake failure
which could result in death or serious injury.
Inspect front and rear brake lines and replace as required:
●
At the 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval.
●
At every 2500 miles (4000 km) service interval thereafter.
●
Every 4 years.
Inspect caliper and master cylinder seals and replace as
required:
●
At the 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval.
●
At every 2500 miles (4000 km) service interval thereafter.
●
Every 2 years.
If determining probable causes of poor brake operation, see
Table 1-6.
BLEEDING BRAKES
1WARNING
1WARNING
Clean brake system components using denatured alcohol. Do not use mineral-base cleaning solvents, such as
gasoline or paint thinner. Use of mineral-base solvents
causes deterioration of rubber parts that continues after
assembly. This may result in improper brake operation
which could result in death or serious injury.
1WARNING
Always test motorcycle brakes at low speed after servicing or bleeding system. To prevent death or serious
injury, Buell recommends that all brake repairs be performed by a Buell dealer or other qualified technician.
CAUTION
Cover molded-in-color surfaces and right handlebar
switches and use care when removing brake reservoir
cover and adding D.O.T. 4 brake fluid. Spilling D.O.T. 4
brake fluid on molded-in-color surfaces will result in cosmetic damage. Spilling brake fluid on switches may render them inoperative.
D.O.T. 4 brake fluid can cause irritation of eyes and skin,
and may be harmful if swallowed. If large amount of fluid
is swallowed, induce vomiting by administering two
tablespoons of salt in a glass of warm water. Call a doctor. In case of contact with skin or eyes, flush with plenty
of water. Get medical attention for eyes. KEEP BRAKE
FLUID OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN. Failure to
comply could result in death or serious injury.
1WARNING
Never mix D.O.T. 4 with other brake fluids (such as D.O.T.
5). Use only D.O.T. 4 brake fluid in motorcycles that specify D.O.T. 4 fluid on the reservoir cap. Mixing different
types of fluid may adversely affect braking ability and
lead to brake failure which could result in death or serious injury.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-11
HOME
Table 1-6. Brake Troubleshooting
CONDITION
CHECK FOR
REMEDY
Excessive lever/pedal travel or
spongy feel.
Air in system.
Bleed brake(s).
Master cylinder low on fluid.
Fill master cylinder with approved
brake fluid.
Brake fade
Moisture in system.
Bleed brake(s).
Fill master cylinder with approved
brake fluid.
Chattering
applied.
sound
when
brake
is
Worn pads.
Replace brake pads.
Worn D shape bushings
Replace rotor and bushings as set.
Loose mounting bolts.
Tighten bolts.
Warped rotor.
Replace rotor.
Low fluid level.
Fill master cylinder with approved
brake fluid, and bleed system.
Piston cup not functioning.
Rebuild cylinder.
Ineffective brake –
lever/pedal travel normal.
Distorted or glazed rotor.
Replace rotor.
Brake pads drag on rotor –
will not retract.
Cup in master cylinder not uncovering
relief port.
Inspect master cylinder.
Rear brake pedal linkage out of
adjustment.
Adjust linkage.
Ineffective brake –
lever/pedal travels to limit.
1-12
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
Distorted, glazed
brake pads.
or
contaminated
Replace pads.
HOME
Bleeding Front Brake
8346
NOTE
Hydraulic brake fluid bladder-type pressure equipment can be
used to fill the brake master cylinder through the bleeder
valve if master cylinder reservoir cover is removed to prevent
pressurization.
1.
See Figure 1-6. Install end of plastic tubing over front caliper bleeder valve; place other end in a clean container.
Stand motorcycle upright.
CAUTION
Cover molded-in-color surfaces and right handlebar
switches and use care when removing brake reservoir
cover and adding D.O.T. 4 brake fluid. Spilling D.O.T. 4
brake fluid on molded-in-color surfaces will result in cosmetic damage. Spilling brake fluid on switches may render them inoperative.
2.
Cover body surfaces, right handlebar switches and
instrument panel to protect from spillage.
3.
See Figure 1-7. Remove two fasteners from front master
cylinder cover.
4.
Add D.O.T. 4 BRAKE FLUID to master cylinder reservoir. Bring fluid level to within 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) of molded
boss inside front master cylinder.
Figure 1-6. Front Caliper Bleeder Valve
8359
NOTE
Do not reuse brake fluid.
5.
Depress, release and then hold brake hand lever to build
up hydraulic pressure.
6.
Open bleeder valve about 1/2-turn counterclockwise;
brake fluid will flow from bleeder valve and through tubing. When brake lever has moved 1/2 to 3/4 of its full
range of travel, close bleeder valve (clockwise). Allow
brake lever to return slowly to its released position.
7.
Repeat steps 5-6 until all air bubbles are purged.
8.
Tighten front caliper bleeder valves (metric) to 36-60 inlbs (4-7 Nm).
9.
Verify master cylinder fluid level as described in step 4.
Figure 1-7. Front Master Cylinder Reservoir
10. Attach cover to front master cylinder reservoir and
tighten fastener to 9-13 in-lbs (1.0-1.5 Nm).
11. Remove cover from molded-in-color surfaces, right handlebar switches and instrument panel.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-13
HOME
Bleeding Rear Brake
8348
NOTE
Hydraulic brake fluid bladder-type pressure equipment can be
used to fill the brake master cylinder through the bleeder
valve if master cylinder reservoir cover is removed to prevent
pressurization.
1.
See Figure 1-8. Install end of plastic tubing over rear caliper bleeder valve; place other end in a clean container.
Stand motorcycle upright.
CAUTION
Cover molded-in-color surfaces and right handlebar
switches and use care when removing brake reservoir
cover and adding D.O.T. 4 brake fluid. Spilling D.O.T. 4
brake fluid on molded-in-color surfaces will result in cosmetic damage. Spilling brake fluid on switches may render them inoperative.
2.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
3.
See Figure 1-9. Remove cap and gasket from rear master cylinder reservoir.
4.
Add D.O.T. 4 BRAKE FLUID to master cylinder reservoir
with motorcycle upright (not on sidestand). Bring fluid
level between upper and lower marks on reservoir.
Figure 1-8. Rear Caliper Bleeder Valve
8359
NOTE
Do not reuse brake fluid.
5.
Depress, release and then hold brake pedal to build up
hydraulic pressure.
6.
Open bleeder valve about 1/2-turn counterclockwise;
brake fluid will flow from bleeder valve and through tubing. When brake pedal has moved 1/2 to 3/4 of its full
range of travel, close bleeder valve (clockwise). Allow
brake pedal to return slowly to its released position.
7.
Repeat steps 5-6 until all air bubbles are purged.
8.
Tighten rear caliper bleeder valves (metric) to 36-60 inlbs (4-7 Nm).
9.
Verify master cylinder fluid level as described in step 4.
10. Attach covers to master cylinder reservoirs and tighten
cap on rear master cylinder reservoir securely.
1WARNING
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
11. Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
1-14
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
Figure 1-9. Rear Master Cylinder Reservoir
HOME
BRAKE PEDAL ADJUSTMENT
8349
1WARNING
1
After completing repairs or bleeding the system, always
test motorcycle brakes at low speed. If brakes are not
operating properly or braking efficiency is poor, testing
at high speeds could result in death or serious injury.
2
3
Check rear brake pedal operation:
●
Before every ride.
4
●
At the 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval.
5
●
At every 5000 mile (8000 km) service interval thereafter.
1.
See Figure 1-10. Measure distance from bottom of master cylinder (1) to center of lower adjuster rod clevis hole
(5).
a.
If measurement is approximately 3 in.
(77 mm +/- 1 mm), brake pedal adjustment is not
needed.
b.
If measurement is not within specification, adjust
brake pedal.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Bottom of master cylinder
Rod adjuster
Locknut
Clevis
Clevis pin
Figure 1-10. Pushrod Adjustment
NOTE
See Figure 1-10. Minimum allowable pushrod thread engagement inside clevis(4) is 0.24 in. (6.0 mm).
2.
Adjust brake pedal.
a.
See Figure 1-10. Loosen locknut (3) while holding
rod adjuster (2). Move locknut away from top surface
of turn buckle (4).
b.
Turn rod adjuster to set pedal height.
c.
Return locknut (3) to fit flush against top surface of
clevis.
NOTE
Brake pedal has no free play adjustment.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-15
HOME
BRAKE PAD THICKNESS
7082
1WARNING
1
Always replace brake pads in complete sets for correct
brake operation. Never replace just one brake pad. Failure to install brake pads as a set could result in death or
serious injury.
3
2
Check brake pads for minimum thickness:
●
At the 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval.
●
At every 2500 miles (4000 km) service interval thereafter.
●
At every scheduled service interval thereafter.
1.
2.
3.
Friction material
Wear groove
Backing material
Check front brake pad:
●
Figure 1-11. Brake Pad Thickness
At the 10000 mi (16,000 km) interval or as required.
8347
8347
Check rear brake pad:
●
At the 25,000 mi (40,000 km) interval or as required.
See Figure 1-11. Inspect brake pads for damage or excessive
wear. Replace both pads as a set if friction material of either
pad is worn to 0.040 in. (1.0 mm) or less. If this amount of
wear occurs, wear grooves will disappear from friction material surface.
BRAKE ROTOR THICKNESS
1WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid, bearing grease, lubricants, etc.
to contact brake rotor when servicing motorcycle or
reduced braking ability will occur, which could result in
death or serious injury.
Check brake rotors for minimum thickness:
●
At the 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval.
●
At every 2500 miles (4000 km) service interval thereafter.
●
At every scheduled service interval thereafter.
1.
Measure rotor thickness. Replace rotor if minimum thickness is less than 0.18 in. (4.5 mm). Replace drive bushings, fasteners, washers and springs whenever rotor is
replaced.
2.
Check rotor surface. Replace if warped or badly scored.
See 2.5 FRONT WHEEL or 2.6 REAR WHEEL for procedure.
Figure 1-12. Front Brake Rotor
1-16
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
HOME
BRAKE PAD REPLACEMENT
8346
Front Pad Removal
1.
See Figure 1-13. Loosen pin (1) but do not remove.
2.
Rotate wheels so that caliper is centered between rotor
mounting fasteners (2).
3.
Remove lower caliper mounting fastener (3) that secures
caliper to fork lower.
4.
Loosen but do not remove upper caliper mounting fastener (2) that secures caliper to fork lower.
5.
Remove pin (1).
6.
Rotate caliper counterclockwise to allow access to outer
pad.
7.
Remove outer pad from right side.
8.
Remove inner pad from left side by pulling rearward,
rotating pad 90 degrees and pulling through wheel opening.
2
1
1.
2.
3.
3
Front caliper pin plug
Rotor mounting fastener
Caliper mounting fastener
Figure 1-13. Front Brake Caliper
Front Pad Installation
1.
Push pistons in with suitable tool such as a clean paint
scraper until fully seated in bores. Be careful not to damage rotor.
2.
Install new inner side pad from left side of motorcycle.
3.
Install new outer pad from right side of motorcycle.
4.
See Figure 1-13. Install pin (1) making sure it engages
hole on both pads and spring clip.
5.
Rotate caliper clockwise to align mounting fastener hole.
6.
See Figure
fastener (2).
7.
Tighten both caliper mounting fasteners (2) to 35-37 ftlbs (48-50 Nm).
8.
Tighten pin (1) to 11-15 ft-lbs (15-20 Nm).
1-13.
Install
lower
caliper
mounting
NOTE
Avoid making hard stops for the first 100 miles (160 km) to
allow new brake pads to “wear in” properly with the rotor.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-17
HOME
Rear Pad Removal
1.
See Figure 1-14. Remove rear caliper pin plug (2) and
loosen pin.
2.
Remove two mounting fasteners (1) and brake caliper
carrier assembly from rotor.
3.
Remove pin.
4.
Remove p-clamp, wire form and fastener on swingarm.
5.
Lift caliper up and off of rotor.
6.
Remove inner and outer pads, being careful not to dislodge pad spring.
8348
2
Rear Pad Installation
1.
Check that forward guide clip is present.
2.
See Figure 1-15. Check that pad spring is present.
Should pad spring become dislodged, install with long
side on piston side of caliper.
3.
Push piston in with suitable tool such as a clean paint
scraper until fully seated in bore.
4.
Install new inner and outer brake pads
5.
See Figure 1-14. Install pin (2) making sure pin engages
hole on both pads.
6.
Install brake carrier with two mounting fasteners (2).
Tighten fasteners to 24-26 ft-lbs (33-35 Nm).
7.
Tighten pin to 11-15 ft-lbs (15-20 Nm).
8.
Install pin plug (2). Tighten plug to 18-25 in-lbs (23 Nm).
1
1.
2.
Rear caliper mounting fasteners
Rear caliper pin plug
Figure 1-14. Rear Brake Caliper
6487
NOTE
Avoid making hard stops for the first 100 miles (160 km) to
allow new brake pads to “wear in” properly with the rotor.
Figure 1-15. Rear Brake Pad Spring
1-18
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
HOME
TIRES AND WHEELS
1.7
TIRE INFLATION
o0248xox.eps
1WARNING
Do not inflate any tire beyond its maximum inflation pressure as specified on tire sidewall. Overinflation may
cause tire to suddenly deflate which could result in death
or serious injury.
Sidewall
Check tire pressure and tread:
●
Before every ride.
●
At the 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval.
●
At every scheduled service interval.
o0247xox.eps
Check for proper front and rear tire pressures when tires are
cold. Compare pressure against Table 1-7.
Tread Surface
Table 1-7. Tire Pressures
TIRE
Front
PRESSURE FOR
SOLO RIDING
36 PSI
PRESSURE AT
GVWR
Figure 16. Treadwear Indicators
248 kPa
Same as Solo Riding
Rear
38 PSI
262 kPa
WHEEL BEARINGS
TIRE REPLACEMENT
Tire wear indicator bars will appear on tire tread surfaces
when 1/32 inch or less of tire tread remains. Arrows on tire
sidewalls pinpoint location of wear bar indicators. Always
remove tires from service before they reach the tread wear
indicator bars (1/32 of an inch tread pattern depth remaining).
New tires are needed if any of the following conditions exist.
1.
2.
Tire wear indicator bars become visible on the tread surfaces.
Tire cords or fabric become visible through cracked sidewalls, snags or deep cuts.
3.
A bump, bulge or split in the tire.
4.
Puncture, cut or other damage to the tire that cannot be
repaired.
1WARNING
Never use compressed air to “spin-dry” bearings. Very
high bearing speeds can damage unlubricated bearings.
Spinning bearings with compressed air can also cause a
bearing to fly apart, which could result in death or serious injury.
Check front and rear wheel bearings for wear:
●
Every time a wheel is removed.
●
When storing or removing the motorcycle for the season.
Check front wheel bearing:
●
At every 5000 mile (8000 km) service interval.
Check rear wheel bearing:
●
At every 10000 mile (16000 km) service interval.
Check wheel bearings for wear and corrosion. Excessive play
or roughness indicates worn bearings. Replace bearings in
sets only.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-19
HOME
CLUTCH
1.8
TRANSMISSION FLUID
8356
Check transmission fluid level:
●
At every 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval.
●
At every 5000 miles (8000 km) service interval thereafter.
Replace transmission fluid:
●
At the 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval.
●
At every 5000 mile (8000 km) service interval.
Transmission fluid capacity is approximately 1.0 quart
(0.95 liter). For best results, drain fluid while hot.
1.
Raise rear wheel off floor using REAR WHEEL SUPPORT STAND (Part No. B-41174). This prevents transmission fluid from spilling out of the clutch inspection
cover opening.
2.
See Figure 1-18. Position a suitable container under
drain plug. Remove plug and drain fluid.
3.
Wipe any foreign material from the magnetic drain plug.
Reinstall plug and tighten to 29-31 ft-lbs (39-42 Nm).
4.
Remove three fasteners and washers from clutch inspection cover. Remove clutch inspection cover with gasket
from primary cover.
Figure 1-17. Clutch Inspection Cover
8376
CAUTION
Do not overfill the transmission with fluid. Overfilling
may cause rough clutch engagement and incomplete disengagement, clutch drag and/or difficulty finding neutral
at engine idle.
5.
See Figure 1-19. Add SPORT-TRANS FLUID (Part No.
98854-96 quart size; Part No. 98855-96 gallon size) as
required until fluid level (3) is even with bottom of clutch
diaphragm spring (2).
6.
See Figure 1-17. Install clutch inspection cover tightening three fasteners and washers to 7-9 ft-lbs (10-12 Nm).
7.
Clean up any fluid that may have spilled on muffler.
Figure 1-18. Primary Drain Plug
8413
Figure 1-19. Fluid Level
1-20
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
HOME
ADJUSTMENT
8411
Check clutch adjustment:
●
At the 1000 mile (1,600 km) service interval.
●
At every 5000 mile (8,000 km) service interval.
1
2
If clutch slips under load or drags when released, first check
control cable adjustment. If cable adjustment is within specifications, adjust clutch mechanism as described below.
When necessary, lubricate cable with LUBIT-8 TUFOIL®
CHAIN AND CABLE LUBE (Part No. HD-94968-85TV).
1.
Raise rear wheel off floor using REAR WHEEL SUPPORT STAND (Part No. B-41174).
2.
See Figure 1-20. Slide rubber boot (1) upward to expose
adjuster mechanism. Loosen jam nut (3) from adjuster
(4). Turn adjuster to shorten cable housing until there is a
large amount of free play at clutch hand lever.
3.
See Figure 1-17. Remove three fasteners and washers
from clutch inspection cover. Remove clutch inspection
cover and gasket from primary cover.
4.
See Figure 1-21. Remove spring (1) and lockplate (2).
Using a flat tip screwdriver, turn adjusting screw (3)
counterclockwise until it lightly bottoms.
5.
Turn adjusting screw clockwise 1/4 turn. Install lockplate
and spring on adjusting screw flats. If hex on lockplate
does not align with recess in outer ramp, rotate adjusting
screw clockwise until it aligns.
NOTE
Spring installs on outboard side of hex lockplate.
3
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
Rubber boot
Cable end
Jam nut
Adjuster
Figure 1-20. Clutch Cable Adjuster Mechanism
8405
2
3
1
1.
2.
3.
Diaphragm spring
Lockplate
Adjusting screw
Figure 1-21. Clutch Adjustment
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-21
HOME
6.
Squeeze clutch hand lever to maximum limit three times.
This sets the ball and ramp mechanism. Pull outer cable
conduit and at the same time adjust cable adjuster to
provide 1/16-1/8 in. (1.6-3.2 mm) free play at clutch hand
lever. Adjust as follows:
a.
See Figure 1-22. Pull ferrule (end of cable housing)
away from bracket. Gap between ferrule and bracket
should be 1/16-1/8 in. (1.6-3.2 mm).
b.
See Figure 1-20. Set free play by turning adjuster
(4).
c.
Tighten jam nut (3) against adjuster (4).
d.
Slide boot (1) over cable adjuster mechanism.
7.
Change or add transmission fluid if necessary.
8.
See Figure 1-17. Install clutch inspection cover and gasket using three fasteners and washers and tighten to 79 ft-lbs (10-12 Nm).
9.
Check clutch cable free play. See Step 6 above.
1-22
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
b0289x6x
1/16-1/8 in.
(1.6-3.2 mm)
Ferrule
Bracket
Figure 1-22. Adjusting Clutch Free Play
HOME
DRIVE BELT SYSTEM
GENERAL
The drive belt tension on a new belt will be considerable tight
and will loosen after approximately 1000 miles. The drive belt
tension is automatically adjusted by the idler pulley. Axle
alignment is not adjustable.
Check drive belt and idler pulley condition:
●
At the 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval.
●
At every 5000 mile (8000 km) service interval.
Replace drive belt and idler pulley assembly:
●
1.9
Drive Belt
See Figure 1-27. Inspect drive belt for:
●
Cuts or unusual wear patterns on both sides of belt.
●
Outside edge bevelling (8). Some bevelling is common,
but it indicates that sprockets are misaligned.
●
Outside surface for signs of stone puncture (7). If cracks/
damage exists near edge of belt, replace belt immediately. Damage to center of belt will require belt replacement eventually, but when cracks extend to edge of belt,
belt failure is imminent.
●
Inside (toothed portion) of belt for exposed tensile cords
(normally covered by nylon layer and polyethylene layer).
This condition will result in belt failure and indicates worn
transmission sprocket teeth. Replace belt and transmission sprocket.
●
Signs of puncture or cracking at the base of the belt
teeth. Replace belt if either condition exists.
At every 15000 mile (24000 km) service interval.
INSPECTION
Rear Sprocket
NOTE
If chrome chips or gouges to rear sprocket are large enough
to be harmful, they will leave a pattern on the belt face.
1.
2.
3.
Inspect each tooth of rear sprocket for:
a.
Major tooth damage.
b.
Large chrome chips with sharp edges.
c.
Gouges caused by hard objects.
d.
Excessive loss of chrome plating (see Step 2).
To check if chrome plating has worn off, drag a scribe or
sharp knife point across the bottom of a groove (2)
(between two teeth) with medium pressure.
a.
If scribe or knife point slides across groove without
digging in or leaving a visible mark, chrome plating
is still good.
b.
If scribe or knife point digs in and leaves a visible
mark, it is cutting the bare aluminum. A knife point
will not penetrate the chrome plating.
Idler Pulley
Inspect idler pulley for signs of uneven wear. Excessive play
or roughness indicates worn bearings. Replace idler pulley as
an assembly. See following section.
CLEANING
Keep dirt, grease, oil, and debris off the belt, idler pulley and
sprockets. Clean the drive belt with a mild soap and water
spray solution as required. Dry thoroughly. Do not immerse
belt in solution.
Replace rear sprocket if major tooth damage or loss of
chrome exists.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-23
HOME
DRIVE BELT REMOVAL
1.
Place a scissor jack under jacking point and raise rear
wheel off ground. For location of jacking point see Figure
2-98.
2.
Remove right side rider footpeg support bracket. See
2.29 FOOTPEG, HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT.
3.
Remove right passenger footpeg support bracket.
4.
See Figure 1-24. Remove front sprocket cover (5) by
removing fasteners. See 2.30 SPROCKET COVER.
NOTE
The rear chin fairing fasteners must be removed to access
the front sprocket cover. Front belt guard (4) will dangle but
can not be removed at this time.
3.
Loosely install swingarm brace. See 2.19 SWINGARM
AND BRACE.
a.
Position the inner belt guard (1) and upper belt
guard (10) onto swingarm.
b.
Install fastener (8) and spacer collar (2) between
upper belt guard (10), inner belt guard (1) and swingarm brace.
4.
Install upper belt guard (10) and tighten fasteners (7) to
12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
5.
Tighten swingarm brace fasteners to 25-27 ft-lbs (3437 Nm).
6.
Install lower belt guard (3) and tighten fasteners (6) to
12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
7.
Install idler pulley assembly tightening washers and nuts
to 33-35 ft-lbs (45-47 Nm). See
IDLER PULLEY
INSTALLATION in 1.9 DRIVE BELT SYSTEM.
5.
See Figure 1-23. Loosen rear axle pinch fastener (2).
6.
Loosen rear axle (1) approximately 15 rotations to allow
partial tension to be removed from rear drive system.
7.
Remove idler pulley assembly by removing nuts and
washers. See IDLER PULLEY REMOVAL in 1.9 DRIVE
BELT SYSTEM.
8.
8.
See Figure 1-24. Remove lower belt guard (3) by removing fasteners (6).
See Figure 1-23. Tighten rear axle (1) to 48-52 ft-lbs (6570 Nm).
9.
9.
Remove upper belt guard (10) by removing fasteners (7).
Tighten rear axle pinch fastener (2) to 40-45 ft-lbs (5461 Nm).
NOTE
The upper belt guard is attached to the swingarm brace and
can not be removed from vehicle at this time.
10. Rotate rear wheel to ensure the belt does not make visible or audible contact. It may be necessary to loosen belt
guard(s) to adjust for proper clearance.
10. Remove swingarm brace. See 2.19 SWINGARM AND
BRACE.
a.
Remove fastener (8) and spacer collar (2) between
upper belt guard (10), inner belt guard (1) and swingarm brace.
b.
Allow inner belt guard (1) to drape.
11. See Figure 1-24. Install front sprocket cover (5) by tightening fasteners to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm). See 2.30
SPROCKET COVER.
12. Install chin fairing fasteners and tighten to 36-48 in-lbs
(4-5 Nm). See 2.33 CHIN FAIRING.
NOTE
Inner belt guard does not have to be removed to remove belt
or rear wheel.
13. Install right side rider footpeg mount and tighten fasteners to 108-132 in-lbs (12-15 Nm). See 2.29 FOOTPEG,
HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT.
11. Remove upper belt guard (10) by removing fasteners (9)
from swingarm brace.
14. Install right passenger footpeg mount. use LOCTITE 272
and tighten fasteners to 25-28 ft-lbs (34-38 Nm).
CAUTION
When removing or installing belt, do not bend or twist
belt, partially slide belt onto sprocket and "roll" wheel or
belt damage will occur.
15. Remove scissor jack from motorcycle.
8420
1
12. Slide belt from sprocket and remove.
DRIVE BELT INSTALLATION
2
CAUTION
When removing or installing belt, do not bend or twist
belt, partially slide belt onto sprocket and "roll" wheel or
belt damage will occur.
1.
Slide belt onto sprocket.
2.
See Figure 1-24. Install upper belt guard (10) to swingarm brace tightening fasteners (9) to 12-36 in-lbs (14 Nm).
1-24
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1.
2.
Axle
Pinch bolt fastener
Figure 1-23. Rear Wheel Mounting, Right Side
HOME
b1064x2x
1
2
8
4
10
3
9
8
7
6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
5
Inner belt guard
Spacer collar
Lower belt guard
Front belt guard
Sprocket cover
Sprocket cover fasteners
Lower belt guard fasteners
Upper belt guard fasteners, short
Upper belt guard fasteners, long
Upper belt guard
Figure 1-24. Belt Guard Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-25
HOME
IDLER PULLEY REMOVAL
IDLER PULLEY INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 1-25. Loosen rear axle pinch fastener (2).
1.
2.
Unthread axle approximately 15 rotations to release tension from drive belt.
See Figure 1-26. Install new or existing pulley wheel (1),
if removed, and tighten washer and nut (2) wheel fastener (6) to 96-120 in-lbs (11-14 Nm).
3.
Remove front sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET
COVER.
2.
Slide idler pulley bracket (4), washer and nuts (5) on to
studs (3) and tighten to 33-35 ft-lbs (45-47 Nm).
4.
See Figure 1-26. Remove idler pulley bracket nuts and
washers (5) from studs (3).
3.
Install front sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET
COVER.
5.
Slide idler pulley bracket (4) off studs (3).
6.
Inspect pulley by spinning wheel (1) and checking for
wheel bearing wear.
7.
If pulley wheel needs replacement, remove fastener (6),
washer and nut (2) from idler pulley bracket (4) and discard wheel. Replace with new pulley wheel (1).
CAUTION
Never tighten rear axle with swingarm brace removed.
4.
See Figure 1-25. Tighten rear axle to 48-52 ft-lbs (6570 Nm).
5.
Tighten rear axle pinch fastener (2) to 40-45 ft-lbs (5461 Nm).
NOTE
The pulley wheel bearings can not be replaced separately.
b1106x6x
8420
1
1
2
2
1.
2.
Axle
Pinch bolt fastener
Figure 1-25. Rear Wheel Mounting, Right Side
3
6
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
4
Wheel
Wheel nut
Stud
Idler pulley bracket
Idler pulley bracket nut and washer
Wheel fastener
Figure 1-26. Idler Pulley Assembly
1-26
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
HOME
b0594x1x
1
2
3
4
5
6
Stone
Cross-Section View
Sprocket
Side of
Belt
7
8
Figure 1-27. Drive Belt Wear Patterns
Table 1-8. Drive Belt Wear Analysis in Figure 1-27.
PATTERN
CONDITION
REQUIRED ACTION
1
Internal tooth cracks (hairline)
OK to run, but monitor condition
2
External tooth cracks
Replace belt
3
Missing teeth
Replace belt
4
Chipping (not serious)
OK to run, but monitor condition
5
Fuzzy edge cord
OK to run, but monitor condition
6
Hook wear
Replace belt
7
Stone damage
Replace belt if damage is on the edge
8
Bevel wear (outboard edge only)
OK to run, but monitor condition
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-27
HOME
NOTES
1-28
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
HOME
PRIMARY CHAIN
1.10
INSPECTION
8356
Check primary chain tension:
●
At the 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval.
●
At every 5000 mile (8000 km) service interval
thereafter.
See Figure 1-28. Measure primary chain tension through the
inspection cover opening. Adjust primary chains not meeting
vertical free play specifications.
1.
See Figure 1-28. Remove two fasteners with captive
washers and primary chain inspection cover with gasket
from primary cover.
2.
See Figure 1-29. Check primary chain tension by measuring vertical free play.
3.
a.
Measure vertical free play through chain inspection
cover opening.
b.
Rotate engine to move primary chain to a different
position on sprockets.
c.
Measure vertical free play several times, each time
with primary chain moved so that the measurement
is taken with sprockets rotated to the tightest chain
position.
b0085a6x
The tightest measurement taken in Step 2 must be within
the specifications listed in Table 1-9. If necessary, adjust
as described under 1.10 PRIMARY CHAIN in ADJUSTMENT,
NOTE
The initial primary chain vertical free play specification used
at the assembly plant is 1/4-1/2 in. (6.4-12.7 mm) with a cold
engine. The 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) minimum is only allowed at the
absolute tightest point in the drive, as measured with specialized factory equipment. If a chain has less than 1/4 in.
(6.4 mm) vertical free play (with a cold engine), adjust free
play to the “field” specification of 3/8-1/2 in. (9.5-12.7 mm).
The looser specification will avoid overtightening, which might
otherwise occur during adjustment using “non-factory” equipment and methods.
4.
Figure 1-28. Primary Chain Inspection Cover
See Figure 1-28. Install primary chain inspection cover
and gasket to primary cover using two fasteners with
captive washers. Tighten fasteners to 40-60 in-lbs (57 Nm).
Figure 1-29. Measuring Primary Chain Tension
Table 1-9. Primary Chain Tension
ENGINE
TEMPERATURE
FREE PLAY
Cold
3/8-1/2 in.
9.5-12.7 mm
Hot (normal running
temperature)
1/4-3/8 in.
6.4-9.5 mm
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-29
HOME
ADJUSTMENT
8403
NOTE
If vertical free play cannot be set within the limits specified,
then primary chain and/or chain adjuster are worn beyond
adjustment limits. Replace parts as necessary. See 6.2 PRIMARY CHAIN.
1.
2
1
See Figure 1-30. Loosen locknut (1).
2.
3.
Turn adjusting fastener (2):
a.
Clockwise (inward) to reduce free play.
b.
Counterclockwise (outward) to increase free play.
Tighten locknut (1) to 20-25 ft-lbs (27-34 Nm).
1.
2.
Locknut
Adjusting screw
Figure 1-30. Chain Tension Adjusting Fastener
1-30
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
HOME
SUSPENSION DAMPING ADJUSTMENTS
GENERAL
1.11
SUSPENSION ADJUSTMENTS
1WARNING
Setting Rear Shock Preload
Before evaluating and adjusting suspension settings,
check the motorcycle’s tires. Tires must be in good condition and properly inflated. Failure to check the tires
could result in death or serious injury.
The factory setting is #2 ramp position (#7 position being the
tallest ramp and maximum preload). See Table 1-10. for
recommended spring preload.
1.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
Make all suspension adjustments in one or two click increments. Adjusting more than one or two clicks at a time may
cause you to skip the best adjustment. Test ride after each
adjustment. When an adjustment makes no difference, return
to the previous adjustment and try a different approach.
2.
See Figure 1-31. Change the spring preload by turning
the preload adjuster at the upper part of the shock with
the SHOCK SPANNER WRENCH (HD-94700-52C) or
the wrench included in the tool kit.
If both preload adjustments are correct, and you have the
rebound and compression damping set at the factory recommended points, the motorcycle should handle and ride properly. If you wish to fine tune these settings they can be
changed according to the following procedures.
NOTE
Evaluating and changing the rebound and compression
damping is a very subjective process. Many variables affect
motorcycle handling under different circumstances. Approach
all changes carefully and consult Table 1-11.
3.
a.
Turn adjuster to setting specified in Table 1-10.
Rotate adjuster clockwise to increase preload.
b.
Rotate adjuster counterclockwise to decrease preload.
Install two fasteners and seat.
Setting Front Fork Preload
1.
See Table 1-10. Check number of lines (3) to be showing
for your load condition.
2.
See Figure 1-32. Adjust preload by turning the adjuster
nut (2) with a wrench.
1WARNING
Always adjust each fork leg to the same settings. Uneven
adjustment between left and right forks may lead to a
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-31
HOME
Table 1-10. Recommended Suspension
Settings
8388
PRELOAD SETTINGS
Rear Setting
(Ramp
position)
Front Setting
(Number of
lines showing)
Rider, 150 lbs (68 kg) or
less
1
5
Rider, 150 - 180 lbs
(68-82 kg)
(Note: this is the factory
setting)
2
4 to 5
Rider, 180 - 210 lbs
(82-95 kg)
3 to 4
4
Rider, 210 - 250 lbs
(95-113 kg)
5
4
Rider+passenger+cargo,
250-325 lbs (113-147 kg)
total
6
3
Rider+passenger+cargo,
325-390 lbs (147-177 kg)
total
6
3
RIDING CONDITION
b0954x1x
Maximum Preload Adjustment (Ramp Number 7)
Minimum Preload Adjustment (Ramp Number 1)
Figure 1-31. Rear Shock Preload Adjuster
GVWR
Up to 410 lbs (186 kg)
of rider+passenger+cargo
7
2
8360
1
2
3
1.
2.
3.
Rebound Adjuster Screw
Preload Adjuster Nut
Four Lines Visible (factory setting)
Figure 1-32. Front Fork Preload And Rebound Adjuster
1-32
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
HOME
Adjusting Suspension Damping
8361
See Table 1-11. The recommended rebound and
compression damping settings for various road and riding
conditions are given in the table.
NOTE
All “turn settings” in Table 1-10 are “turns out from maximum”.
That is, first gently turn adjustment screws fully clockwise
(until they stop), then turn adjustment screws
counterclockwise the amount specified in Table 1-10.
Setting Front Fork Rebound Damping
1.
See Figure 1-32. Using a screwdriver, turn the slotted dial
(1) clockwise until it stops. This is the maximum rebound
damping setting.
2.
Then turn the dial counterclockwise the recommended
amount specified in Table 1-11.
Setting Front Fork Compression Damping
1.
See Figure 1-33. Using a screwdriver, turn the slotted dial
clockwise until it stops. This is the maximum compression
damping setting.
2.
Then turn the dial counterclockwise the recommended
amount specified in Table 1-11.
Figure 1-33. Front Fork Compression Damping Adjuster
8416
Setting Rear Shock Rebound Damping
1.
See Figure 1-34. Using a screwdriver, turn the slotted dial
clockwise until it stops. This is the maximum rebound
damping setting.
2.
Then turn the dial counterclockwise the recommended
amount specified in Table 1-11.
Figure 1-34. Rear Shock Rebound Adjustment
Setting Rear Shock Compression Damping
1.
See Figure 1-35. Using a screwdriver, turn the slotted dial
clockwise until it stops. This is the maximum compression
damping setting.
2.
Then turn the dial counterclockwise the recommended
amount specified in Table 1-11.
8354
Figure 1-35. Rear Shock Compression Adjustment
8415
Figure 1-36. Accessing Rear Shock Compression
Adjuster
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-33
HOME
Table 1-11. Recommended Suspension Damping Settings
Counterclockwise Turns
Riding/Road Conditions
Rear Shock
Front Forks
Rebound
Compression
Rebound.
Compression
Smooth surface, aggressive riding, max feedback (race track)
1/4
1/4
3/4
1/4
Average roads, but high preload (2-up or heavy rider)
3/4
1
1-1/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/4
1-5/8
1-1/2
2
3-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-5/8
4-3/4
2-3/8
2-1/4
Average Roads, sport riding (Note: this is the factory setting)
Moderately rough roads, more comfort, less sport
Rough roads, long rides, “max comfort setting”
1-34
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
HOME
FRONT FORK OIL CHANGE
1.12
FORK OIL CHANGE
4.
Replace fork oil.
After fully unthreading preload adjuster (3), gently pull on
adjuster.
●
At every 10000 mile (32,000 km) service interval.
●
If fork is submerged in water.
NOTE
If fork oil is emulsified, aerated or light brown in color, then it
has been contaminated by water. If this happens, replace the
fork oil seals.
Remove preload adjuster (3) by turning counterclockwise.
5.
Remove fork cap (4) from outer tube.
6.
See Figure 1-39. Move the fork assembly from the holding tool and compress fork in the FORK SPRING COMPRESSION TOOL.
Disassembly
NOTE
Record rider suspension settings before disassembly.
1.
Remove front fork. See REMOVAL in 2.16 FRONT FORK.
2.
See Figure 1-37. Clamp the FORK TUBE HOLDER
TOOL (Part No. HD-41177) in a vise and install the upper
front fork in the holding tool.
Figure 1-39. Fork Spring Compressing Tool
7.
See Figure 1-40. Hold damper rod assembly (3) and
remove fork cap (1).
Figure 1-37. Fork Tube Holder (HD-41177)
3.
NOTE
See Figure 1-40. Be careful not to damage preload pins (2)
while holding damper rod assembly (3),
See Figure 1-38. Remove snap ring (2).
8451
1
2
8.
Remove preload washer (4) and slider piston (5).
3
8479
4
1
2
6
3
5
4
7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Rebound adjuster screw
Snap ring
Preload adjuster
Fork cap
Preload pins
Preload washer
Slider piston
Figure 1-38. Fork Cap Assembly
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fork cap
Preload pins
Damper rod assembly
Preload washer
Slider piston
Figure 1-40. Holding Damper Rod Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-35
HOME
9.
See Figure 1-39. Uncompress fork and remove from
FORK SPRING COMPRESSION TOOL.
Drain and Replace Oil
1.
See Figure 2-42. Over drain pan, remove spring (15),
spring collar (16), and drain fork oil.
2.
Drain remaining fork oil by pumping the damping rod
approximately 8 to 10 times or until damping rod moves
freely.
3.
Install the front fork right side up in the FORK TUBE
HOLDER TOOL (Part No. HD-41177).
4.
Pour 7 oz. (204 cc) into the fork pipe.
NOTE
Use only TYPE E FORK OIL (Part No. HD-99884-80).
5.
Completely compress front fork and slowly pump the
damper rod approximately 12-15 times or until resistance
is felt.
6.
Pour 7 oz. (204 cc) more fork oil into the slide pipe.
7.
See Figure 1-41. Adjust fork oil level with FRONT FORK
OIL LEVEL GAUGE (Part No. B-59000A) so that it is
4.6 in. (118 mm) from the top of the fork tube.
b0666x2x
2
1
3
Fork Oil Level
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
Outer tube
Adjuster
Damper assembly
Fork oil level
Figure 1-41. Measuring Fork Oil Level
8.
See Figure 2-42. Install spring (16), and spring collar (15).
9.
Move fork assembly from holding tool to the FORK
SPRING COMPRESSION TOOL.
1-36
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
Reassembly
1.
See Figure 2-42. Install preload washer (5) and slider
piston (6).
2.
See Figure 1-40. Hold damper rod and install fork cap
onto damper rod assembly tightening to 22-30 ft-lbs (3040 Nm).
NOTE
Be careful not to damage preload pins while holding damper
rod assembly (3),
3.
See Figure 1-38. Install preload adjuster (3) back to rider
suspension settings.
4.
Apply fork oil or light grease to o-rings on preload
adjuster and install preload adjuster (3).
5.
Install snap ring (2).
6.
Install front fork. See INSTALLATION in 2.16 FRONT
FORK
HOME
b0991x2x
15
10
1
21
11
2
22
16
3
23 24
4
5
25
7
6
26
8
27
9
17
18
19
12
13
14
20
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Preload adjuster
Preload adjuster o-rings
Fork cap
Fork cap o-ring
Preload washer
Slider piston
Inner slider piston o-ring
Snap ring
Rebound adjuster assembly
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Damper locknut
Damper rod assembly
Centering plate
Ceiling washer
Center bolt
Collar
Spring
Spring joint
Outer tube
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Stopper ring
Reflector assembly
Slide bushing
Guide bushing
Seal spacer
Oil seal
Oil seal stopper ring
Dust seal
Slide pipe
Figure 2-42. Front Fork Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-37
HOME
STEERING HEAD BEARINGS
1.13
GENERAL
8421
The steering head bearings on the XB9R are sealed, angular
contact bearings and do not require additional lubrication.
Check steering head bearing resistance:
●
At every 5000 mile (8000 km) service interval.
●
When storing or removing the motorcycle for the season.
INSPECTION
4.5-6.5 lbs
(2.0-2.9 kg)
NOTES
Figure 1-43. Measuring Steering Head Bearing
Resistance
●
Check that throttle cables do not bind when measuring
bearing resistance.
●
Steering head bearings are sealed and do not require
additional lubrication.
ADJUSTMENT
●
Steering head bearing resistance is not adjustable.
Replace bearings that do not meet resistance specifications.
1.
Detach clutch cable at handlebar and ensure that throttle
cables do not bind before measuring steering head bearing resistance.
1.
Detach clutch cable at handlebar.
2.
Remove steering stem pinch fastener at upper fork
clamp.
2.
Place a scissor jack under jacking point and raise front
wheel off ground. For location of jacking point see Figure
2-98.
3.
Loosen steering stem capnut and back off several turns.
4.
Remove lower fork clamp pinch fasteners, two per side.
5.
Tighten steering stem capnut to 38-42 ft-lbs (52-57 Nm).
6.
Turn front wheel all the way to the right.
7.
See Figure 1-43. Hook a spring scale into the hole in the
front axle. With scale 90 degrees from fork leg, pull front
wheel to center position.
8.
The correct resistance is between 4.5-6.5lbs (2.0-2.9 kg)
with a maximum resistance of 7 lbs. (3.2 kg).
1WARNING
Steering must be smooth and free with no binding or
interference. Anything interfering with steering system
operation may cause loss of vehicle control, which could
result in death or serious injury.
3.
Check steering stem bearings for notches by turning
front wheel full right and then left. Repeat if necessary.
4.
Next place wheel facing straight ahead and grabbing
both fork sides at the bottom move front-end forward and
back to check for steering head play.
5.
To inspect for correct steering head resistance turn front
wheel all the way to the right.
6.
See Figure 1-43. Hook a spring scale into the hole in the
front axle. With scale 90 degrees from fork leg, pull front
wheel to center position.
7.
a.
It should take a maximum of 7 lbs. (3.2 kg) to pull
front wheel to center.
b.
If steering head resistance measurement is not
within specification, see ADJUSTMENT.
When adjustment is complete, attach clutch cable and
adjust. See 1.8 CLUTCH.
NOTE
If the correct specification cannot be achieved, the steering
head bearings must be replaced. See 2.18 STEERING
HEAD BEARINGS.
9.
Once correct steering head resistance has been verified,
apply LOCTITE 272 to steering stem pinch bolt, install
and tighten to 17-19 ft-lbs (23-26 Nm).
10. Apply LOCTITE 272 to lower fork clamp fasteners, install
and tighten to 13-15 ft-lbs (18-20 Nm).
11. When adjustment is complete, attach clutch cable and
adjust. See 1.8 CLUTCH.
12. Remove scissor jack.
1-38
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
HOME
SPARK PLUGS
1.14
INSPECTION
4636
Check spark plugs:
●
Inspect at every 5000 mile (8000 km) service interval.
●
Replace every 10,000 mile (16,000 km) service interval.
●
Use only Harley-Davidson 10R12A spark plugs (Part No.
27671-01K).
1.
Remove left side air scoop to access front cylinder spark
plug. See 2.35 AIR SCOOPS.
2.
Disconnect cable from front spark plug.
3.
Using a 5/8 in. box end wrench and 5/8 in. spark plug
socket, remove front spark plug.
4.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
5.
Remove air box assembly. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
6.
Disconnect cable from rear spark plug (use automotive
spark plug boot remover/installer if required).
7.
Using a 5/8 in. wobble socket and 12 in. extension,
remove rear spark plug.
8.
See Figure 1-44. Compare your observations of the plug
deposits with the descriptions provided below.
Figure 1-44. Typical Spark Plug Deposits
a.
A wet, black and shiny deposit on plug base, electrodes and ceramic insulator tip indicates an oil
fouled plug. The condition may be caused by one or
more of the following: worn pistons, worn piston
rings, worn valves, worn valve guides, worn valve
seals, a weak battery or a faulty ignition system.
b.
A dry, fluffy or sooty black deposit indicates an airfuel mixture that is too rich and/or engine idling for
excessive periods.
c.
A light brown, glassy deposit indicates an overheated plug. This condition may be accompanied by
cracks in the insulator or by erosion of the electrodes and is caused by an air-fuel mixture that is
too lean, a hot-running engine, valves not seating or
improper ignition timing. The glassy deposit on the
spark plug is a conductor when hot and may cause
high-speed misfiring. A plug with eroded electrodes,
heavy deposits or a cracked insulator must be
replaced.
d.
A plug with a white, yellow, tan or rusty brown powdery deposit indicates balanced combustion. Clean
off spark plug deposits at regular intervals.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-39
HOME
9.
If the plugs require cleaning between tune-ups and
replacement plugs are not available, proceed as follows:
a.
Degrease firing end of spark plug using ELECTRICAL CONTACT CLEANER. Dry plug with compressed air.
b.
Use a thin file to flatten spark plug electrodes. A
spark plug with sharp edges on its electrodes
requires 25-40% less firing voltage than one with
rounded edges.
8389
10. If the plugs cannot be cleaned, replace with 10R12A
spark plugs (Part No. 27671-01K).
11. Check electrode gap with a wire-type feeler gauge. Gap
should be 0.035 in. (0.9 mm).
12. Apply LOCTITE ANTI-SEIZE to threads of spark plugs.
Install and tighten spark plugs to 11-18 ft-lbs (1524 Nm).
●
NOTES
Start threading rear spark plug with 3/8” fuel hose being
careful not to cross thread spark plug.
●
Start front spark plug with fingers.
●
An extension may be needed to push on rear spark plug
boot to ensure it is seated properly.
13. Connect spark plug cables. Verify that cables are
securely connected to coil and spark plugs.
14. Install left side air scoop. See 2.35 AIR SCOOPS.
15. Install air box assembly. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
1WARNING
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
16. Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
1-40
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
Figure 1-45. Rear Spark Plug Access
HOME
AIR CLEANER FILTER ELEMENT
REMOVAL
1.15
8372
CAUTION
Do not run engine without filter element in place. Debris
could be drawn into the engine causing damage.
2
Check air cleaner filter element:
●
●
1
Inspect at the 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval and
at every 5000 mile (8000 km) service interval thereafter
4
3
Replace at every 20,000 mile (32,000 km) service interval
NOTE
Inspect and replace air cleaner filter element more often if the
motorcycle is run in a dusty environment.
1.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
2.
Remove four fasteners, nylon washers and intake cover
assembly. See 2.34 INTAKE COVER ASSEMBLY.
3.
See Figure 1-46. Remove fuel vent tube (2) from vapor
valve (3) and groove on top of air box cover (1).
4.
See Figure 1-46. Unlatch six latching tabs (4) and
remove air box cover from baseplate.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Airbox cover
Fuel vent tube
Vapor valve
Airbox cover latch tabs
Figure 1-46. Air Box, Fuel Vent Tube and Fuel Vapor Valve
8371
5.
1
See Figure 1-47. Remove the filter element (1) from
baseplate (2). Inspect and replace if necessary.
CAUTION
Cover the air horn so nothing can drop into the motor.
2
1.
2.
3.
Filter element
Baseplate assembly
Airbox latch tabs (6)
3
Figure 1-47. Installed Air Cleaner Filter Element
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
1WARNING
Do not use gasoline or solvents to clean the filter element. Volatile/flammable cleaning agents may cause an
intake system fire which could result in death or serious
injury.
1.
Check filter element. Hold filter element up to strong light
source. The element can be considered sufficiently clean
if light is uniformly visible through the element.
2.
Thoroughly clean baseplate and inside of air box.
3.
See Figure 1-48. Make sure two crankcase breather
hoses (1) and intake air sensor (3) are captured in baseplate behind velocity stack (2).
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-41
HOME
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 1-47. Place filter element (1) on baseplate
(2).
2.
See Figure 1-46. Position air box cover (1) over baseplate. Make sure air filter remains correctly positioned.
3.
Install air box cover by latching six latch tabs (4) to baseplate.
4.
Position fuel vent tube (2) in groove on top of air box and
connect to fuel vent valve (3). Secure vent tube to vent
valve with new cable tie.
5.
1
2
2
Install intake cover assembly with four fasteners and
nylon washers. Tighten fasteners to 12-36 in-lbs (14 Nm).
1WARNING
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
6.
8373
Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
1-42
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1.
2.
3.
Breather hoses (2)
Velocity stack
Intake air sensor
Figure 1-48. Airbox Baseplate
HOME
THROTTLE CABLE AND IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT
1.16
THROTTLE CABLE
8401
1WARNING
Throttle cables must not pull tight when handlebars are
turned fully to left or right fork stops. Be sure wires and
throttle cables are clear of fork stops at steering head so
they will not be pinched when fork is turned against
stops. Steering must be smooth and free with no binding
or interference. Anything interfering with steering system operation may cause loss of vehicle control, which
could result in death or serious injury.
Check throttle cable adjustment:
●
Before every ride.
●
At every scheduled service interval.
Figure 1-49. Throttle Cable Adjusters
With engine running, turn handlebars through full range of
travel. If engine speed changes during this maneuver, turn
engine OFF and adjust throttle cables as follows:
1.
Remove air box and baseplate. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
2.
See Figure 1-49. Loosen cable adjuster lock (thick disc)
on each cable.
3.
Turn adjusters (thin disc) in direction which will shorten
cable housings to minimum length.
4.
Point front wheel straight ahead. Twist throttle control
grip to fully open position; hold in position.
5.
Turn adjuster on throttle control cable until throttle cam
stop touches stop plate. Tighten jam nut on throttle control cable adjuster; release throttle control grip.
6.
7.
Turn handlebars fully to right. Turn adjuster on idle control cable until end of cable housing just touches the
cable guide.
Twist and release throttle control grip a few times. Throttle plate must return to idle position each time throttle
grip is released. If this is not the case, turn adjuster on
idle control cable (shortening cable housing) until throttle
control functions properly.
8.
Tighten cable adjuster lock on idle control cable.
Recheck operation of throttle control.
9.
Recheck engine slow idle speed; adjust if required.
8390
Figure 1-50. Idle Adjuster (behind left fork)
IDLE SPEED
Check engine idle speed and adjust as required:
●
At every 1000 mile (1600 km) service interval.
●
At every 5000 miles (8000 km) service interval thereafter.
Regular idle speed is 1050 +/- 50 RPM. Set idle speed using
idle adjuster shown in Figure 1-50. Turn adjuster clockwise to
increase idle speed or counterclockwise to decrease idle
speed.
10. Install airbox, baseplate and intake cover assembly. See
4.43 AIRBOX.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-43
HOME
IGNITION TIMING
1.17
INSPECTION
revolution to bring engine to compression stroke for front
cylinder.)
Check ignition timing:
●
At every 10000 mile (16000 km) service interval.
●
After each removal of the cam position sensor.
CHECKING STATIC TIMING
1CAUTION
Always wear proper eye protection when drilling. Flying
debris may result in minor or moderate injury.
●
●
NOTES
If timing mark check point is overshot, bump flywheel
backwards till TDC mark is at left edge of inspection window and repeat test bumping flywheel in forward (normal) direction.
Never confirm timing while bumping flywheel backwards.
This will give you an incorrect reading.
13. If timing is correct, install timing inspection plug and
tighten to 120-180 in-lbs (14-20 Nm). If timing is not correct, see ADJUST TIMING in this section.
8351
CAUTION
Carefully drill hole, applying minimum pressure, to just
penetrate timer plate cover. Applying too much pressure
will damage cam position sensor and/or timer plate.
●
●
1.
NOTES
It is not necessary to remove the spark plug to determine
TDC compression stroke of the front cylinder in the following procedure.
Do not remove the timing inspection cover to check the
static timing. If timing must be corrected, the inspection
plate will then be removed.
Raise rear wheel using a lift or jacking point. Tie down
motorcycle for additional support.
2.
Remove timing inspection plug.
3.
Place transmission in 5th gear.
4.
Raise sidestand.
Figure 1-51. Timing Plug
b0965x1x
NOTE
Sidestand must be raised to enable the starter interlock system.
5.
Connect Digital Technician to data port on motorcycle.
6.
Select the Static Timing procedure screen.
7.
Turn on ignition and move handlebar stop switch to the
run position. Listen for fuel pump cycling to confirm ignition is active.
8.
Turn or gently bump the flywheel in a forward direction
using the rear wheel. Position the flywheel TDC mark at
the very left edge of the inspection hole.
9.
If the engine is coming up on the compression stroke for
the FRONT (correct) cylinder, the screen will be displaying LOW - 0 volts with timing mark at left edge of window.
10. Gently bump flywheel forward in tiny increments.
11. See Figure 1-52. If the static timing is correct, the screen
will switch to HIGH - 5 volts at the precise moment the
timing mark exactly centers in the inspection window.
12. If engine is coming up on the compression stroke for the
REAR (incorrect) cylinder, the screen will be displaying
HIGH - 5 volts as timing mark is just coming into view at
left edge of window and will switch to LOW - 0 volts at
same point as the timing mark continues through the
window. (If this is observed, turn flywheel forward one
1-44
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
Figure 1-52. Correct Timing
HOME
ADJUST TIMING
1.
2.
8363
Remove timing plate cover.
a.
Drill rivets holding the timing plate cover.
b.
Using a hook, remove timing plate cover.
See Figure 1-56. If timing is advanced (mark appears on
left side of window) rotate timing plate counterclockwise.
3.
Check timing. See CHECKING STATIC TIMING.
4.
See Figure 1-55. If timing is retarded (mark appears on
right side of window) rotate timing plate clockwise.
5.
Recheck timing.
Figure 1-53. Timer Cover
8391
Figure 1-54. Cam Position Sensor
b0964x1x
Figure 1-55. Advanced Timing
b0963x1x
Figure 1-56. Retard Timing
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-45
HOME
HEADLIGHTS
1.18
INSPECTION
b0949x1x
1WARNING
Lo
w
Horizontal Line
34-36 in.
(86-91 cm)
Do not modify ignition/light switch wiring to circumvent
the automatic-on headlight feature. High visibility is an
important consideration for motorcycle riders. Failure to
have headlight on at all times could cause an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
Be
am
Check headlights for proper alignment:
●
When the new owner takes delivery of the motorcycle.
●
When there is a change in load (adding luggage, etc.).
1.
In a location with low light, draw a horizontal line on a
screen or wall that measures 34-36 in. (86-91 cm) above
floor.
2.
See Figure 1-57. Position motorcycle 25 ft (7.6 m) away
from a screen or wall by measure the distance from the
front axle to the screen/wall.
3.
Verify correct front and rear tire pressure. See 1.7 TIRES
AND WHEELS.
4.
Load vehicle with rider/passenger/cargo/accessories.
Weight will compress vehicle suspension slightly.
5.
Stand motorcycle upright with front fairing aimed straight
forward.
6.
Position
Motorcycle
25 ft (7.6 m)
Horizontal Line
34-36 in.
(86-91 cm)
Position
Motorcycle
25 ft (7.6 m)
Check LOW beam (right lens) for alignment.
a.
See Figure 1-58. Turn ignition switch to IGN. Set
handlebar headlamp switch to LOW beam position.
b.
Turn engine stop switch to the run position.
c.
Check that the correct pattern of light is a double
rectangular pattern and is aligned with the horizontal line as shown in Figure 1-57.
Hig
hB
ea
m
Figure 1-57. Checking Headlight Alignment
8370
d.
7.
Adjust headlight alignment. See
which follows.
1
ADJUSTMENT
Check HIGH beam (left lens) for alignment.
a.
2
See Figure 1-58. Set handlebar headlamp switch to
HIGH beam position.
NOTE
1.
2.
Low beam lamp will stay illuminated.
1-46
b.
Check that the correct pattern of light is a circular
pattern and is centered on the horizontal line as
shown in Figure 1-57.
c.
Adjust headlamp alignment. See
section.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
ADJUSTMENT
High beam
Low beam
Figure 1-58. Headlamp Switch
HOME
ADJUSTMENT
8392
HIGH beam and LOW beam have independent adjuster
screws.
See Figure 1-59. The HIGH Beam adjuster (1) is on the left
and the LOW Beam adjuster (2) is on the right underneath
the front fairing.
If headlamp requires adjustment, perform the following:
●
NOTE
To lower beam, turn adjuster clockwise.
●
To raise beam, turn adjuster counterclockwise.
1
2
1.
2.
High beam adjuster (left)
Low beam adjuster (right)
Figure 1-59. Headlamp Height Adjustment
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-47
HOME
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (TPS)
1.19
INSPECTION
8390
1.
Connect vehicle to Digital Technician.
2.
Select data monitor screen.
3.
Select TP degrees on screen.
4.
Ignition and run switch should be in the on position with
engine off and throttle in the closed position.
5.
If closed throttle TP degree reading is not between 5.2 5.6 degrees, TPS should be recalibrated. See ADJUSTMENT below.
Figure 1-60. Idle Adjuster (behind left fork)
ADJUSTMENT
1.
Connect vehicle to Digital Technician.
2.
Select data monitor screen.
3.
Select TP degrees on screen.
4.
See Figure 1-60. Back off idle adjustment until TPS is at
0° and then continue to back out one to two additional
turns.
5.
Open and snap shut throttle control grip 2-3 times.
NOTE
This is to ensure that the throttle plate is completely closed
before beginning recalibration.
6.
Select calibrations screen.
7.
Select the Buell calibrations tab.
8.
Select Zero TPS function.
NOTE
When calibration is complete, dialogue box will appear on
Digital Tech screen with message display "Command Sent
Successfully". Select OK to continue.
9.
Select data monitor screen.
10. Select TP degrees on screen.
11. Turn idle speed screw in until the TPS degree reading is
between 5.2° and 5.6°.
12. Select RPM/Speed and Temperature on screen and start
vehicle.
13. Run vehicle until engine temperature is at 270°F.
14. Set idle to 1050-1100 RPM.
15. Adjustment is complete.
1-48
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
HOME
STORAGE
1.20
GENERAL
REMOVAL FROM STORAGE
1WARNING
Gasoline is flammable. Do not store motorcycle having
gasoline in tank within the home or garage where open
flames, pilot lights, sparks or electric motors are present.
Inadequate safety precautions may cause an accident
which could result in death or serious injury.
If the motorcycle will not be operated for several months,
such as during the winter season, there are several things
which should be done to protect parts against corrosion, to
preserve the battery and to prevent the buildup of gum and
varnish in the fuel system.
1.
2.
Fill fuel tank and add a gasoline stabilizer. Use one of the
commercially available gasoline stabilizers following the
manufacturer’s instructions. Run engine until treated
gasoline has had a chance to reach fuel injectors.
Fill the oil tank. See 1.5 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM. Remove and plug the line leading from the oil tank
bottom to the oil pump feed fitting. This prevents oil from
seeping past the check ball into the oil pump and filling
the engine flywheel compartment.
3.
Remove battery and charge as needed to maintain the
correct voltage. See 1.4 BATTERY MAINTENANCE.
4.
Remove the spark plugs, inject a few squirts of engine oil
into each cylinder and crank the engine 5-6 revolutions.
Reinstall spark plugs. See 1.14 SPARK PLUGS.
5.
Adjust primary chain. See 1.10 PRIMARY CHAIN.
6.
Check tire inflation. See 1.7 TIRES AND WHEELS. If the
motorcycle will be stored for an extended period of time,
securely support the motorcycle so that all weight is off
the tires.
1WARNING
After extended periods of storage and prior to starting
vehicle, place transmission in gear, disengage clutch
and push vehicle back and forth a few times to ensure
proper clutch disengagement. Improper clutch disengagement could result in death or serious injury.
1.
Charge and install battery. See 1.4 BATTERY MAINTENANCE.
2.
Remove and inspect spark plugs. Replace if necessary.
See 1.14 SPARK PLUGS.
3.
Inspect air filter element. Replace if necessary. See 1.15
AIR CLEANER FILTER Element.
4.
If fuel tank was drained, fill fuel tank with fresh gasoline.
5.
If oil feed line was pinched off or plugged, unplug it and
reconnect.
6.
Start the engine and run until it reaches normal operating temperature. Check fluids and refill to proper levels if
required.
7.
a.
Check engine oil level. See 1.5 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM.
b.
Check transmission fluid level. See 1.8 CLUTCH.
Perform all of the checks in the PRE-RIDING CHECK
LIST in the Owner’s Manual.
1WARNING
Do not apply any oil to brake rotors or brake pads. Oil on
brake pads degrades braking efficiency and can result in
an accident which could result in death or serious injury.
7.
Wash molded-in-color and chrome-plated surfaces.
Apply a light film of oil to exposed uncoated metal surfaces.
8.
If motorcycle is to be covered, use a material that will
breathe, such as light canvas. Plastic materials that do
not breathe promote the formation of condensation.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-49
HOME
TROUBLESHOOTING
GENERAL
The following check list can be helpful in locating most operating troubles. Refer to the appropriate sections in this Service Manual for detailed procedures.
ENGINE
1.21
Starts Hard
1.
Spark plugs in bad condition, have improper gap or are
partially fouled.
2.
Spark plug cables in bad condition and shorting.
3.
Battery nearly discharged.
4.
Loose wire connection at one of the battery terminals, at
coil or at plug between ignition sensor and module.
5.
Throttle controls not adjusted correctly.
Starter Motor Does Not Operate or Does
Not Turn Engine Over
6.
Ignition coil not functioning.
7.
Engine oil too heavy (winter operation).
1.
Engine stop switch in OFF position.
8.
Ignition not timed properly. See dealer.
2.
Ignition key switch not ON.
9.
3.
Discharged battery or loose or corroded connections.
(Solenoid chatters.)
Vapor vent valve plugged or fuel line closed off restricting
fuel flow.
10. Water or dirt in fuel system.
4.
Starter control relay or solenoid not functioning.
11. Air leak at intake manifold.
5.
Electric starter shaft pinion gear not engaging or overrunning clutch slipping.
12. Valves sticking.
6.
Clutch lever pulled in. Vehicle in neutral.
7.
Starter interlock circuit malfunction.
Engine Turns Over But Does Not Start
NOTE
See 4.11 ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL NOT START for specific tests.
13. TP Sensor and/or fast idle screw not set properly. See
dealer.
14. O2, IAT or ET sensors damaged or malfunctioning. See
dealer.
Starts But Runs Irregularly or Misses
NOTE
See 4.15 MISFIRE for specific tests.
Fuel tank empty.
1.
Spark plugs in bad condition or partially fouled.
2.
Discharged battery, loose or broken battery terminal connections.
2.
Spark plug cables in bad condition and shorting.
3.
Spark plug gap too close or too wide.
3.
Fouled spark plugs.
4.
Ignition coil not functioning.
4.
Loose or shorting spark plug cables or connections.
5.
Ignition module not functioning.
5.
Ignition timing badly out of adjustment.
6.
Ignition sensor not functioning.
6.
Loose wire connection at coil or battery connection or
plug between ignition sensor and module. See Section 4.
7.
Battery nearly discharged.
8.
7.
Ignition coil not functioning.
Damaged wire or loose connection at battery terminals
or coil.
8.
Ignition module not functioning.
9.
Intermittent short circuit due to damaged wire insulation.
9.
Ignition sensor not functioning.
10. Water or dirt in fuel system and throttle body or filter.
1.
10. Sticking or damaged valve or valves.
11. Vapor vent valve plugged.
11. Engine oil too heavy (winter operation).
12. Throttle controls improperly adjusted.
12. Ignition circuit interlock malfunction.
13. Air leak at intake manifold or air filter.
13. No output from the ECM. See dealer.
14. Damaged intake or exhaust valve.
14. Inadequate fuel pressure in fuel lines (possible leak).
See dealer.
15. Weak or broken valve springs.
15. Clogged fuel filter. See dealer.
16. Clogged fuel injectors. See dealer.
16. Incorrect valve timing.
17. O2, IAT or ET sensors damaged or malfunctioning. See
dealer.
17. Tripped bank angle sensor. Turn key to OFF, wait 15 seconds, and then back to IGN again to start bike.
18. TP Sensor not set properly. See dealer.
18. TP Sensor/fast idle screw not set properly. See dealer.
20. Inoperative fuel injector. See dealer.
19. No output from CMP sensor. See dealer.
21. Obstructed fuel tank vent valve or pinched vent tube.
See dealer.
20. Inoperative fuel pump. See dealer.
1-50
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
19. Fuel level too low. Add gasoline.
HOME
Spark Plug Fouls Repeatedly
ENGINE LUBRICATION
SYSTEM
1.
Incorrect spark plug.
2.
Piston rings badly worn or broken.
3.
Valve stem seals worn or damaged.
1.
Oil tank empty.
4.
Valve guides badly worn.
2.
Return pump gears damaged.
Sensors damaged.
3.
Oil feed pump not functioning.
4.
Restricted oil lines or fittings.
5.
Pre-Ignition or Detonation
(Knocks or Pings)
1.
Oil Does Not Return To Oil Tank
Engine Uses Too Much Oil or
Smokes Excessively
Excessive carbon deposit on piston head or combustion
chamber.
1.
Piston rings badly worn or broken.
2.
Valve stem seals worn or damaged.
2.
Incorrect heat range spark plug.
3.
Valve guides worn.
3.
Spark plugs not firing.
4.
Ignition timing advanced.
Engine Leaks Oil From Cases, Push Rods,
Hoses
5.
Fuel octane rating too low.
6.
Intake manifold vacuum leak.
Overheating
1.
Insufficient oil supply or oil not circulating.
2.
Clogged or damaged fins on oil cooler.
3.
Cooling fan not operating properly.
4.
Leaking valves.
5.
Heavy carbon deposit.
6.
Ignition timing retarded.
Valve Train Noise
1.
Loose parts.
2.
Imperfect seal at gaskets, push rod cover, washers, etc.
To aid locating leaks, use BLACK LIGHT LEAK DETECTOR (Part No. HD-35457).
3.
Restricted oil return line to tank.
4.
Restricted breather passage(s) to air cleaner.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Alternator Does Not Charge
1.
Regulator-rectifier module not functioning.
2.
Rectifier not grounded.
3.
Engine ground wire loose or broken.
4.
Loose or broken wires in charging circuit.
5.
Stator not functioning.
1.
Hydraulic lifter not functioning properly.
6.
Rotor not functioning.
2.
Bent push rod.
Alternator Charge Rate Is Below Normal
3.
Cam, cam gears or cam bushings worn.
1.
Regulator-rectifier module not functioning.
4.
Rocker arm binding on shaft.
2.
Stator not functioning.
3.
Rotor not functioning.
5.
Valve sticking in guide.
4.
Weak battery.
5.
Loose connections.
Excessive Vibration
1.
Engine tie-bars loose, broken or improperly spaced.
2.
Isolator mounting fasteners loose.
3.
Broken frame.
4.
Primary chain badly worn or links tight as a result of
insufficient lubrication.
5.
Wheels not aligned and/or tires worn.
6.
Internal engine problem.
7.
Wheels not balanced correctly.
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel System Floods
1.
Inlet valve sticking.
2.
Inlet valve and/or valve seat worn or damaged.
3.
Dirt or other foreign matter between valve and its seat.
Poor Fuel Economy
1.
O2 sensor damaged or malfunctioning (bike running
rich). See dealer.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-51
HOME
TRANSMISSION
CHASSIS
Shifts Hard
Irregular/Inadequate Brake Action
1.
Clutch dragging slightly.
1.
Master cylinder low on fluid.
2.
Shifter forks (inside transmission) damaged.
2.
Brake line contains air bubbles or moisture.
3.
Corners worn off shifter clutch dogs (inside transmission).
3.
Master or wheel cylinder piston worn.
4.
Brake pads covered with grease or oil.
5.
Brake pads badly worn to minimum lining thickness.
6.
Brake rotor badly worn or warped.
7.
Brake pads dragging or excessive braking (brake fades
due to heat buildup).
8.
Insufficient brake pedal or hand lever free play (brake
drags).
Jumps Out of Gear
1.
Shifter pawl improperly adjusted.
2.
Shifter engaging parts (inside transmission) badly worn
and rounded.
3.
Shifter forks bent.
4.
Damaged gears.
Handling Irregularities
CLUTCH
Slips
1.
Tires improperly inflated. See 1.7 TIRES AND WHEELS.
Do not overinflate.
2.
Loose wheel axle. Tighten front axle to 39-41 ft-lbs (5356 Nm). Tighten rear axle to 48-52 ft-lbs (65-70 Nm).
1.
Clutch controls improperly adjusted.
3.
Excessive wheel hub bearing play.
2.
Worn friction plates.
4.
Rims and tires out-of-true sideways (tire runout should
not be more than 0.080 in. (2.03 mm)).
Drags or Does Not Release
1.
Clutch controls improperly adjusted.
5.Rims and tires out-of-round or eccentric with hub (tire
runout should not be more than 0.060 in. (1.5 mm)).
2.
Clutch plates excessively warped.
6.
Irregular or peaked front tire tread wear.
7.
Tire and wheel unbalanced or weights on wrong side of
wheel.
8.
Steering head bearings improperly tightened or worn.
See 1.13 STEERING HEAD BEARINGS. Check for
proper torque and replace worn bearings. See 2.17
FORK CLAMPS, UPPER AND LOWER.
9.
Shock absorber or front forks not functioning normally.
Chatters
1.
Friction or steel plates worn, warped or dragging.
10. Heavy front end loading. Non-standard equipment on the
front end (such as heavy radio receivers, extra lighting
equipment or luggage) tends to cause unstable handling.
1-52
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
HOME
SUSPENSION
The following tables list possible suspension and operating
troubles and their probable causes.
When making adjustments, remember there are two mediums in setting up a bike, geometry and suspension. Both
components work together because suspension is a part of
geometry. In order to solve handling problems, it is important
to diagnose the problem’s true nature. Chattering, sliding or
an uncomfortable feeling are suspension-related. Handling
and a swinging fork are geometry-related, but often these
unwanted characteristics can be solved by suspension
adjustments.
Table 1-12. General Suspension Problems
TROUBLESHOOTING CONDITION
ADJUSTMENT SOLUTION
Bike wallows through turns.
Feels loose or vague after bumps.
Wheel tends to “pogo” after passing over a bump. This is noticeable by watching the
bike continue to bounce as it travels over multiple bumps.
Increase rebound damping.
Wheel responds to bump, but doesn’t return to ground quickly after bumps. This is
more pronounced over a series of bumps and is often referred to as “packing down.”
Reduce rebound damping.
The bike bottoms out or dips while cornering.
Bike has excessive brake dive.
Increase compression damping.
Harsh ride particularly over washboard surfaces.
Bumps kick through handlebars or seat.
Suspension seems not to respond to bumps. This is evidenced by tire chattering (a
movement with short stroke and high frequency) through corners or by jolting the rider
over rough roads.
Reduce compression damping.
Table 1-13. Rear Suspension Problems
TROUBLESHOOTING CONDITION
“Pumping on the Rear” occurs when you are accelerating out
of a corner. This problems occurs in two varieties.
1. The first type has a movement with a long stroke and a
high frequency.
2.
The second version has a movement with a short stroke
and high frequency.
ADJUSTMENT SOLUTION
1.
The shock is too soft. Increase compression damping. If
the adjuster is already set to the maximum, add more
preload to the spring (one turn maximum).
2.
In this case the shock is too hard. Decrease compression damping.
Chattering during braking.
Decrease the compression damping. If the problem persists,
decrease rebound damping for a faster rebound rate. Less
spring preload may also help.
Lack of tire feedback.
The suspension is too soft. Increase compression damping.
Sliding during cornering. Sliding may occur going into the
corner or accelerating out of the corner.
The suspension is too hard. Decrease compression damping.
Table 1-14. Front Suspension Problems
TROUBLESHOOTING CONDITION
ADJUSTMENT SOLUTION
Not absorbing bumps.
A good suspension is a balance between damping
and track condition. Finding this balance requires
exploring all possible compression settings.
Lack of tire feedback.
Increase compression damping.
Tire slides.
Decrease compression damping.
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
1-53
HOME
NOTES
1-54
2003 Buell XB9R: Maintenance
Table Of Contents
CHASSIS
SUBJECT
PAGE NO.
2.1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 Tire Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 Front Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6 Rear Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7 Checking Cast Rim Runout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.9 Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.10 Front Brake Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.11 Front Brake Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.12 Front Brake Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.13 Rear Brake Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.14 Rear Brake Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.15 Rear Brake Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.16 Front Fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.17 Fork Clamps, Upper and Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.18 Steering Head Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.19 Swingarm and Brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.20 Front and Rear Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.21 Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.22 Rear Shock Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.23 Throttle Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.24 Clutch Hand Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.25 Headlight Support Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.26 Fairing Support Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.27 Handlebars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.28 Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.29 Footpeg, Heel Guard, and Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.30 Sprocket Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.31 Fenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.32 Belt Guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.33 Chin Fairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.34 Airbox Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.35 Air Scoops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.36 Tail Frame and Body Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.37 Front Fairing, Windshield, and Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.38 Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.39 Passenger Seat Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.40 Sidestand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-9
2-15
2-18
2-19
2-22
2-23
2-26
2-28
2-31
2-34
2-36
2-39
2-45
2-47
2-49
2-53
2-54
2-55
2-57
2-58
2-59
2-62
2-64
2-66
2-68
2-70
2-71
2-72
2-74
2-75
2-76
2-77
2-80
2-81
2-82
2-83
2
-2
HOME
SPECIFICATIONS
2.1
Table 2-1. Dimensions
DIMENSIONS
Table 2-3. Capacities
IN.
MM
Wheel Base
52.0
1320
Seat Height
31.2
Ground Clearance
Trail
Rake
U.S.
LITERS
Fuel Tank (inc. reserve)
3.7 gallons
14.0
792
Reserve/Low fuel light at
0.7 gallons
1.5
4.0
102
2.5 quarts
2.4
3.3
84
Oil Tank
(wet - for normal oil change)
Fork Oil
14 ounces
0.41
1.0 quart
0.95
21 Degrees
CAPACITIES
Transmission
Table 2-2. Weight Specifications
Table 2-4. Tire and Positions
WEIGHT-U.S. MODELS
LBS.
KG
Wet Weight
445
202
GVWR
850
385
GAWR - Front
325
147
GAWR - Rear
525
238
Load Capacity
405
184
SOLO
RIDING
TIRE AND POSITION
Front
Dunlop Sportmax Radial II
120/70 ZR 17 D207FY
36 PSI
(248 kPa)
Rear
Dunlop Sportmax Radial II
180/55 ZR 17 D207U
38 PSI
(262 kPa)
NOTE
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) (maximum allowable
loaded vehicle weight) and corresponding Gross Axle Weight
Ratings (GAWR) are given on an information decal located
on the steering head.
GVWR
Same as
Solo
Table 2-5. Rotor Runout
RUNOUT
IN.
MM
Radial
0.0177
0.45
Lateral
0.0248
0.63
Radial
0.0177
0.45
Lateral
0.0154
0.39
FRONT
REAR
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Do not inflate any tire beyond its maximum inflation
pressure as specified on tire sidewall. Overinflation may
cause tire to suddenly deflate which could result in death
or serious injury.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-1
HOME
TORQUE VALUES
ITEMS
TORQUE
NOTES
Airbox cover fasteners
12-36 in-lbs
1-4 Nm
page 2-75
Airhorn fastener
72-96 in-lbs
8-10 Nm
page 2-62
Axle pinch fastener, rear
40-45 ft-lbs
54-61 Nm
page 2-16
Axle pinch fasteners, front
20-22 ft-lbs
27-30 Nm
page 2-14
Axle, front
39-41 ft-lbs
53-56 Nm
ANTI-SIEZE, Left handed thread, page 2-8
Bank angle sensor
12-36 in-lbs
1-4 Nm
page 2-60
Belt guard, upper
12-36 in-lbs
1-4 Nm
page 2-51
Brake hand lever housing fasteners
80-90 in-lbs
9-10 Nm
page 2-25
Brake lamp switch fastener, front
7-10 in-lbs
0.8-1.0 Nm
page 2-25
Brake line p-clamp fastener, front
36-60 in-lbs
4-7 Nm
page 2-26
Brake line p-clamp fastener, rear
36-60 in-lbs
4-7 Nm
page 2-35
Brake pedal fastener
22-24 ft-lbs
30-33 Nm
LOCTITE 272, page 2-22
Brake pin hanger set, front
11-14 ft-lbs
15-19 Nm
page 2-29
Brake pin hanger set, rear
11-14 ft-lbs
15-20 Nm
page 2-37
Brake pin plug, rear
22-26 in-lbs
2-3 Nm
page 2-37
Brake reservoir fastener, rear
96-120 in-lbs
11-14 Nm
page 2-78
Caliper banjo bolt, front
16-20 ft-lbs
22-27 Nm
metric, page 2-27
Caliper banjo bolt, rear
16-20 ft-lbs
22-27 Nm
page 2-35
Caliper banjo bolt, rear
16-20 ft-lbs
22-27 Nm
page 2-38
Caliper bleeder valves
36-60 in-lbs
4-7 Nm
Caliper carrier, rear
24-26 ft-lbs
32-35 Nm
page 2-16
Caliper fasteners, front
15-19 ft-lbs
20-26 Nm
page 2-29
Caliper mounting fasteners, front
35-37 ft-lbs
47-50 Nm
page 2-29
Caliper mounting large fastener, rear
18-21 ft-lbs
24-28 Nm
page 2-38
Caliper mounting small fastener, rear
14-18 ft-lbs
19-24 Nm
page 2-38
Chin fairing fasteners
36-48 in-lbs
4-5 Nm
page 2-74
Clutch cable p-clamp
12-36 in-lbs
1-4 Nm
page 2-53
Clutch lever clamp pinch fastener
36-60 in-lbs
4-7 Nm
page 2-58
Clutch lever pivot fastener
39-48 in-lbs
4-5 Nm
page 2-58
Electronic control module fasteners
72-96 in-lbs
8-11 Nm
page 2-61
Engine shroud air scoop
12-36 in-lbs
1-4 Nm
page 2-76
Exhaust header mounting nut
72-96 in-lbs
8-11 Nm
page 2-67
Fairing support bracket fastener
16-18 ft-lbs
22-26 Nm
page 2-62
Flasher fastener
30-40 in-lbs
3-5 Nm
page 2-60
108-132 in-lbs
12-15 Nm
page 2-68
Footpeg mount, passenger
25-28 ft-lbs
34-38 Nm
LOCTITE 272, page 2-69
Fork cap
22-30 ft-lbs
30-40 Nm
page 2-42
Fork center bolt
22-30 ft-lbs
30-40 Nm
page 2-42
Footpeg mount fasteners, rider
2-2
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
metric, page 2-23
HOME
ITEMS
TORQUE
NOTES
Fork clamp, lower
13-15 ft-lbs
18-20 Nm
LOCTITE 272, page 2-43
Fork clamp, upper
17-19 ft-lbs
23-26 Nm
LOCTITE 272, page 2-45
Fork damper locknut
22-30 ft-lbs
30-40 Nm
page 2-41
Front fender fasteners
12-36 in-lbs
1-4 Nm
page 2-71
Front isolator bolt
49-51 ft-lbs
66-69 Nm
page 2-53
Front isolator bracket mounting fastener
49-51 ft-lbs
66-69 Nm
page 2-53
Front isolator snubber, upper
12-36 in-lbs
1-4 Nm
page 2-53
Front isolator threaded frame insert
49-51 ft-lbs
66.4-69.1 Nm
Fuse block and relay fasteners
72-96 in-lbs
8-11 Nm
page 2-62
Hand lever pivot fastener
60-120 in-lbs
9-14 Nm
page 2-24
Handlebar clipon fastener, left
24-26 ft-lbs
33-35 Nm
LOCTITE 272, page 2-64
Handlebar clipon fastener, right
24-26 ft-lbs
33-35 Nm
LOCTITE 272, page 2-64
Headlight fasteners
20-25 in-lbs
2.3-2.8 Nm
page 2-60
Headlight support bracket pivot fasteners
72-96 in-lbs
8-11 Nm
page 2-61
Heel guard fasteners, passenger
48-72 in-lbs
5-8 Nm
page 2-69
Heel guard fasteners, rider
72-96 in-lbs
8-11 Nm
page 2-68
Instrument cluster fastener
36-48 in-lbs
4-5 Nm
page 2-62
License plate fasteners
36-48 in-lbs
4-5 Nm
page 2-78
Main battery ground fastener
72-96 in-lbs
8-11 Nm
page 2-78
Master cylinder banjo bolt, front
16-20 ft-lbs
22-27 Nm
page 2-27
Master cylinder banjo bolt, rear
16-20 ft-lbs
22-27 Nm
page 2-35
Master cylinder cover fasteners, front
9-13 in-lbs
1.0-1.5 Nm
page 2-25
Master cylinder mounting fasteners,
rear
48-72 in-lbs
8-11 Nm
page 2-33
Mirror fasteners
60-70 ft-lbs
7-8 Nm
page 2-80
Muffler mounting block fastener, front
22-25 ft-lbs
30-34 Nm
page 2-67
Muffler mounting block fastener, rear
32-36 ft-lbs
43-49 Nm
page 2-67
Muffler strap fastener, front
108-120 in-lbs
12-14 Nm
page 2-67
Muffler strap fastener, rear
48-60 in-lbs
5-7 Nm
page 2-67
120-144 in-lbs
14-16 Nm
page 2-76
Oil drain plug
29-31 ft-lbs
39-42 Nm
page 2-51
Oil line fittings
29-31 ft-lbs
39-42 Nm
page 2-51
Passenger seat latch
60-96 in-lbs
7-11 Nm
page 2-78
Pivot shaft pinch bolt
17-19 ft-lbs
23-26 Nm
page 2-51
Ram air scoop
12-36 in-lbs
1-4 Nm
page 2-76
Rear fender fastener
12-36 ft-lbs
1-4 Nm
page 2-71
Rotor mounting fasteners, front
25-27 ft-lbs
34-37 Nm
metric, Replace with new, page 2-13
Rotor mounting fasteners, rear
25-27 ft-lbs
34-37 Nm
metric, Replace with new, page 2-16
Safety interlock fastener
7-10 in-lbs
0.8-1.1 Nm
page 2-58
Oil cooler air scoop
LOCTITE 222,page 2-53
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-3
HOME
ITEMS
TORQUE
NOTES
Seat fasteners
12-36 in-lbs
1-4 Nm
page 2-81
Shock absorber, lower
17-19 ft-lbs
23-26 Nm
page 2-51
Shock mounting fastener, upper
49-51 ft-lbs
66-69 Nm
page 2-55
Shock remote reservoir fastener
96-120 in-lbs
11-14 Nm
page 2-33
Shock reservoir clamp, rear
120-144 in-lbs
14-16 Nm
page 2-78
Sidestand bracket fasteners
25-27 ft-lbs
34-37 Nm
page 2-84
Sidestand pivot bolt
18-20 ft-lbs
24-27 Nm
page 2-84
Sidestand switch fastener
36-60 in-lbs
4-7 Nm
page 2-84
Sprocket cover fastener
12-36 in-lbs
1-4 Nm
LOCTITE 222, page 2-70
Sprocket fasteners
35-37 ft-lbs
48-50 Nm
Replace with new, page 2-16
Steering stem cap
38-42 ft-lbs
52-57 Nm
page 2-45
Steering stem pinch fastener
17-19 ft-lbs
23-26 Nm
LOCTITE 272, page 2-45
Swingarm brace mounting fasteners
25-27 ft-lbs
34-37 Nm
page 2-51
Swingarm pivot shaft
24-26 ft-lbs
32-35 Nm
page 2-51
Switch housing fasteners, right
25-33 in-lbs
3-4 Nm
page 2-57
Tail body work, lower
36-48 in-lbs
4-5 Nm
page 2-78
Tail body work, upper
12-36 in-lbs
1-4 Nm
page 2-79
Tail frame to frame
21-23 ft-lbs
28-31 Nm
LOCTITE 272, page 2-78
Torca clamp
40-45 ft-lbs
54-61 Nm
page 2-67
Turn signals and reflectors
25-28 in-lbs
2-3 Nm
page 2-78
Valve stem nut
40-44 in-lbs
4-5 Nm
page 2-20
2-4
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
TIRE SPECIFICATIONS
2.2
GENERAL
●
DOT means that the rim meets Department of Transportation Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
See Table 2-6.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
8423
Tires must be correctly matched to wheel rims. Only the
tires listed in the fitment tables below can be used for
replacement. Mismatching tires and rims can cause damage to the tire bead during mounting. Using tires other
than those specified can adversely affect motorcycle
handling and could result in death or serious injury.
See Figure 2-1. Tire sizes are molded on the sidewall. Rim
size and contour are marked on the rim’s exterior surface.
Example: MT 3.5 x 17.0 DOT
●
MT designates the rim contour.
●
3.5 is the width of the bead seat measured in inches.
●
17.0 is the normal diameter of the rim in inches, measured at the bead seat diameter.
Figure 2-1. Rim Markings
Table 2-6. Tire Fitment-Tubeless Cast Wheels
WHEEL SIZE
& POSITION
CONTOUR &
RIM SIZE
RIM VALVE
HOLE DIAMETER
DUNLOP SPORTMAX RADIAL II
TIRE SIZE
17 in. – Front
MT 3.5 x 17.0 DOT
0.33 in.
120/70 ZR17 D207FY
17 in. – Rear
MT 5.5 x 17.0 DOT
0.33 in.
180/55 ZR17 D207U
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-5
HOME
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
2.3
GENERAL
b0304x2x
The full 17 digit serial or Vehicle Identification Number (V.I.N.)
is stamped on the steering head and on an information decal
at the same location.
See Figure 2-2. An abbreviated V.I.N. is stamped on the front
left side of the crankcase.
NOTE
See Figure 2-3. Always give the V.I.N. or abbreviated V.I.N.
when ordering parts or making inquiries about your Buell
motorcycle.
Figure 2-2. Abbreviated V.I.N. Location
Manufacturer: Buell Motorcycle Company
Type Designation-Firebolt XB9R
12 = World
57 = California
Engine
Horsepower Code
Model Year - 2003
3 - Manufactured in East Troy, WI
Sequential
Number
4
MZ
AX
12
J
*
3
3
400001
*Varies - can be 0-9 or X
Sample V.I.N. as it appears on the steering head - 4MZAX12J133400001
Sample abbreviated V.I.N. as it appears on the left side crankcase - AX123400001
Figure 2-3. Vehicle Identification Number (V.I.N.)
2-6
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
400001-220000 = World
420001-225000 = CA
HOME
WHEELS
2.4
GENERAL
b0195x2x
Good handling and maximum tire mileage are directly related
to the care of wheels and tires. Regularly inspect wheels and
tires for damage and wear. If handling problems occur, see
1.21 TROUBLESHOOTING or Table 2-7.
See 1.7 TIRES AND WHEELS for tire pressures. Keep tires
inflated to the recommended air pressure. Always balance
the wheel after replacing a tire.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Do not inflate any tire beyond its maximum inflation
pressure as specified on tire sidewall. Overinflation may
cause tire to suddenly deflate which could result in death
or serious injury.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Figure 2-4. Checking Tire Inflation Pressure
See Figure 2-4. Check tire inflation pressure at least once
each week. At the same time, inspect tire tread for punctures,
cuts, breaks and other damage. Repeat the inspection before
long trips.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-7
HOME
Table 2-7. Wheel Service
CHECK FOR
REMEDY
Loose axles.
Tighten front axle with LOCTITE ANTI-SEIZE to 39-41 ft-lbs (53-56 Nm).
Tighten rear axle with LOCTITE ANTI-SEIZE to 48-52 ft-lbs (65-70 Nm).
Excessive side-play or radial (up-and-down)
play in wheel hubs.
Replace wheel bearings.
Rims and tires out-of-true sideways; should
not be more than 0.080 in. (2.03 mm).
Replace rims. See 2.8 TIRES.
Rims and tires out-of-round or eccentric
with hub; should not be more than 0.090 in.
(2.29 mm).
Replace rims. See 2.8 TIRES.
Irregular or peaked front tire wear.
Replace as described under 2.5 FRONT WHEEL, 2.6 REAR WHEEL and
2.8 TIRES.
Correct tire inflation.
Inflate tires to correct pressure. See 1.7 TIRES AND WHEELS.
Correct tire and wheel balance.
Static balance may be satisfactory if dynamic balancing facilities are not
available. However, dynamic balancing is strongly recommended.
Steering head bearings.
Check for proper torque and replace worn or damaged bearings. See 1.13
STEERING HEAD BEARINGS.
Damper tubes.
Check for leaks. See 2.16 FRONT FORK.
Shock absorbers.
Check damping action and mounts. See 1.11 SUSPENSION DAMPING
ADJUSTMENTS.
Swingarm bearings.
Check for proper torque and replace worn or damaged bearings.
See 2.19 SWINGARM AND BRACE.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
11
1WARNING
WARNING
To prevent death or serious injury, use the following
guidelines when installing a new tire or repairing a flat:
Buell recommends replacement of any tire punctured or
damaged. In some cases small punctures in the tread
area may be repaired from within the demounted tire by
your Buell dealer. Speed should not exceed 50 mph (80
km/h) for the first 24 hours after repair and the repaired
tire should NEVER be used over 80 mph (129 km/h). In
emergency situations, if a temporary repair is made, ride
slowly with as light of a load as possible until the tire is
permanently repaired or replaced. Failure to follow this
warning could result in death or serious injury.
1.
Always locate and eliminate the cause of the original
tire failure.
2.
Do not patch or vulcanize a tire casing. These procedures weaken the casing and increase the risk of a
blowout.
3.
The use of tires other than those specified can
adversely affect handling which could result in death
or serious injury.
4.
Tires and wheels are critical items. Since the servicing of these components requires special tools and
skills, Buell recommends that you see your dealer
for these services.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Replace excessively worn tires. Excessively worn tires
adversely affect motorcycle traction, steering and handling and could result in death or serious injury.
At regular intervals of 2500 miles (4000 km) or whenever
handling irregularities are noted, perform the recommended
service checks. See Table 2-7.
If tires must be replaced, same as original equipment tires
must be used. Other tires may not fit correctly and may be
hazardous to use.
2-8
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
FRONT WHEEL
2.5
REMOVAL
8419
1.
Place a scissor jack under jacking point and raise front wheel
off ground. For location of jacking point see Figure 2-98.
NOTE
Do not operate front brake lever with front wheel removed or
caliper pistons may be forced out. Reseating pistons requires
caliper disassembly.
2.
Remove the right side fender fasteners.See 2.31 FENDERS.
3.
See Figure 2-5. Loosen front axle pinch fasteners (2)
(metric) on front fork.
4.
Remove axle (1).
NOTE
The front axle is left handed thread.
5.
See Figure 2-6. Raise the wheel up until the rotor clears
the caliper and rotate the fork leg counterclockwise
allowing wheel clearance for removal.
6.
Remove wheel.
1
2
1.
2.
Axle (left handed thread)
Front axle pinch fasteners (2) (metric)
Figure 2-5. Front Wheel Mounting
8441
Figure 2-6. Front Wheel Removal and Installation
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-9
HOME
DISASSEMBLY
i04276
Collet
Bearing Removal
NOTE
On single disc wheels, always remove the brake disc side
first. If the wheel has two brake discs, remove the left bearing
first.
1.
See Figure 2-7. Remove wheel bearings using BUSHING AND BEARING PULLER (Part No. B43993-7) and
WHEEL BEARING REMOVER AND INSTALLER (Part
No. HD-44060).
2.
Sparingly apply Extreme Pressure Lubricant (J-23444-A)
to the threads of the short forcing screw (1) to prolong
service life and ensure smooth operation.
i04277
5
4
Ball bearing
3
2
1
Figure 2-8. Install Collet and Ball Bearing
5.
Insert the ball bearing into the collet.
6.
See Figure 2-9. Thread the puller assembly (1) into the
collet (2).
7.
Hold the collet (2), and turn the forcing screw (3) to
expand the collet.
i04278
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Short forcing screw
Nut
Nice bearing
Washer
Bridge
Figure 2-7. Assemble Puller
3.
Assemble the short forcing screw (1), nut (2), Nice bearing (3), washer (4) and bridge (5) from the Wheel Bearing Installer/Remover (HD-44060).
4.
See Figure 2-8. Insert the Front Wheel Bearing Remover
Collet (B-43993-7) into the wheel bearing until it fully
seats against the bearing.
1.
2.
3.
Puller assembly
Collet
Forcing screw
3
2
Figure 2-9. Expand the Collet
2-10
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
8.
See Figure 2-10. Place the bridge (1) against the wheel
hub.
9.
Hold the forcing screw (2), and turn the nut (3) clockwise
until the bearing is free of the hub.
HOME
i04279
i04280
1
2
3
1.
2.
3.
Bridge
Forcing screw
Nut
Figure 2-12. Remove the Spacer
13. Repeat Steps 4-12 for the bearing on the other side of
the wheel.
Figure 2-10. Remove the Bearing
10. See Figure 2-11. Loosen the nut (1), and back off the
bridge (2). Hold the forcing screw (3) while holding the
collet (4) to remove the forcing screw from the collet.
11. Remove the ball bearing (5) and wheel bearing (6) from
the collet (4).
i04282
5
4
Front Rotor Removal
1.
See Figure 2-18. Remove and discard rotor mounting
fasteners (7).
2.
Remove and inspect brake rotor (6) for wear and warping. See 1.7 TIRES AND WHEELS.
3.
Remove drive bushings (8) and discard.
4.
Remove washers (9) and discard.
5.
Remove rotor spring (4) and discard.
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
6
3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Nut
Bridge
Forcing screw
Collet
Ball bearing
Wheel bearing
1
2
Figure 2-11. Removing Bearing from Puller
12. See Figure 2-12. Remove the spacer.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Never use compressed air to “spin-dry” bearings. Very
high bearing speeds can damage unlubricated bearings.
Spinning bearings with compressed air can also cause a
bearing to fly apart, which could result in death or serious injury.
1.
Inspect all parts for damage or excessive wear.
NOTE
XB wheel bearings are designed as sealed bearings which
are not intended to be disassembled, serviced or cleaned
with solvents.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always replace brake pads in complete sets for correct
brake operation. Never replace just one brake pad. Failure to install brake pads as a set could result in death or
serious injury.
2.
Inspect brake rotor and pads. See 1.6 BRAKE SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-11
HOME
ASSEMBLY
3.
Insert a new wheel bearing (2) squarely into the hub,
with the lettered side pointing out (away from the wheel).
1.
See Figure 2-18. Install spacer (5).
4.
2.
Install new wheel bearings (2) into hub using suitable
driver. Press on outer race only.
Slide the Front Wheel Bearing Installer Tool (B-4399310) (3) onto the forcing screw (1), with the smaller diameter toward the bearing bore.
5.
Install a washer (4), Nice bearing (5) and nut (6) onto the
forcing screw (1).
6.
While holding the forcing screw (1), tighten the nut (6)
until the bearing is flush with the hub.
7.
Remove the nut, bearing, washer, Front Wheel Bearing
Installer (B-43993-10) and forcing screw.
NOTE
Press the rotor side bearings in first ensuring it is seated on
the shoulder of the wheel. Followed by pressing the alternate
side until it contacts the spacer.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
i04285
Do not allow brake fluid, bearing grease, lubricants, etc.
to contact brake rotor or reduced braking ability will
occur, which could result in death or serious injury.
Bearing Installation
6
NOTE
On single disc wheels, always install the brake disc side first.
If the wheel has two brake discs, install the left bearing first.
1
The following procedure describes the bearing installation for
the front wheel; the procedure for the rear wheel is the same.
1.
See Figure 2-13. Install the Backing Plate (B-43993-11)
onto the long forcing screw from the Wheel Bearing
Installer/Remover (HD-44060), with the smaller diameter
toward the wheel hub. Insert the forcing screw and backing plate into the wheel hub.
i04281
5
Backing Plate
B-43993-11
4
3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2
Long forcing screw
Wheel bearing
Front Wheel Bearing Installer (B-43993-9)
Washer
Nice bearing
Nut
Figure 2-14. Install Bearing
Long forcing
screw
Figure 2-13. Install the Backing Plate (B-43993-11)
and Forcing Screw
2.
See Figure 2-14. Sparingly apply Extreme Pressure
Lubricant (J-23444-A) to the threads of the long forcing
screw (1) to prolong service life and ensure smooth
operation.
2-12
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
8.
See Figure 2-15. Remove the Backing Plate (B-4399311) from the long forcing screw. Reinstall the Backing
Plate onto the forcing screw, with the smaller diameter
toward the hex-head.
9.
Insert the forcing screw through the wheel hub on the
opposite side of the wheel.
HOME
i04283
Backing Plate
B-43993-11
15. Remove the nut, bearing, washer, Front Wheel Bearing
Installer (B-43993-10) and forcing screw.
16. Install the wheel. See INSTALLATION in this section
according to the procedure in the Service Manual.
i04287
2
4
1
Forcing
screw
Figure 2-15. Insert Forcing Screw and Backing Plate
10. See Figure 2-16. Install the spacer.
3
i04286
Spacer
6
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Wheel bearing
Front Wheel Bearing Installer (B-43993-10)
Forcing screw
Washer
Nice bearing
Nut
Figure 2-17. Install the Bearing
Front Rotor Installation
Forcing
screw
1.
See Figure 2-18. Install new spring (4).
2.
Install new washers (9).
3.
Install drive bushings (8) into rotor.
NOTE
Figure 2-16. Install the Spacer
11. See Figure 2-17. Insert a new wheel bearing (1)
squarely into the hub, with the lettered side pointing out
(away from the wheel).
12. Slide the Front Wheel Bearing Installer Tool (B-4399310) (2) onto the forcing screw (3), with the smaller diameter toward the bearing bore.
13. Install a washer (4), Nice bearing (5) and nut (6) onto the
forcing screw (3).
NOTE
See Figure 2-16. Center the spacer while installing the wheel
bearing. Failure to center the spacer could cause the bearing
not to pull in straight.
14. While holding the forcing screw (3), tighten the nut (6)
until the bearing is flush with the hub.
Note the identifying mark of rotor is up and radius end of drive
bushing (8) toward center of wheel. See Figure 2-18.
4.
See Figure 2-18. Align reference dot on front rotor with
the valve stem.
5.
Install new rotor mounting fasteners in a criss-cross pattern around the wheel to insure proper fitting between
rotor, fastener and bushing. Tighten to 25-27 ft-lbs (3437 Nm).
1CAUTION
Rotor mounting fasteners must be seated into drive
bushings and drive bushings must be fitted into rotor
properly. Failure to comply may affect braking ability and
lead to brake failure which could result in death or serious injury.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-13
HOME
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Raise front wheel to allow clearance for the caliper to
swing under the front rotor.
See Figure 2-5. With pinch fasteners (metric) loose,
insert threaded end of axle (1) through left side fork,
wheel hub and thread into right fork.
c.
Compress the front suspension to make sure it is
free and not binding.
d.
Tighten axle (1) (metric) to 39-41 ft-lbs (53-56 Nm).
Install caliper.
a.
3.
b.
Align wheel so that rotor mounting fasteners straddle caliper.
b.
Rotate right front fork counterclockwise to align caliper with rotor.
c.
Lower front wheel into caliper assembly.
Install front axle.
a.
NOTE
The front axle is left handed thread.
4.
See Figure 2-5. Tighten the front axle pinch fasteners (2)
to 20-22 ft-lbs (27-30 Nm).
5.
Install right side fender fasteners. See 2.31 FENDERS.
Apply LOCTITE ANTI-SEIZE LUBRICANT to axle.
b0935x2x
3
1
2
4
6
5
2
9
8
7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Front axle
Wheel bearing
Front wheel
Front brake springs (6)
Front wheel spacer
6.
7.
8.
9.
Front brake rotor
Rotor mount fastener (6)
Drive bushings (6)
Washers (6)
Figure 2-18. Front Wheel Assembly
2-14
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
REAR WHEEL
2.6
REMOVAL
1.
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
See Figure 2-19. Remove caliper carrier from swingarm
by removing caliper carrier fasteners. See 2.15 REAR
BRAKE CALIPER.
NOTE
Do not operate rear brake pedal with rear wheel removed or
caliper piston may be forced out. Reseating piston requires
caliper disassembly.
8348
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Never use compressed air to “spin-dry” bearings. Very
high bearing speeds can damage unlubricated bearings.
Spinning bearings with compressed air can also cause a
bearing to fly apart, which could result in death or serious injury.
1.
Inspect all parts for damage or excessive wear.
2.
Inspect brake rotor. See 1.6 BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE.
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Figure 2-19. Rear Brake Caliper Carrier Fasteners
2.
Remove drive belt. See 1.9 DRIVE BELT SYSTEM.
8420
3.
1
2
Remove sprocket fasteners and washers. Discard
fasteners.
b.
Remove sprocket from wheel.
Remove rear rotor.
a.
See Figure 2-23. Remove and discard rotor mounting fasteners (1).
b.
Remove and inspect brake rotor for wear and warping. See BRAKE ROTOR THICKNESS in 1.6
BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE.
Remove rear wheel bearings using BUSHING AND
BEARING PULLER (Part No. B43993-8) and WHEEL
BEARING REMOVER AND INSTALLER (Part No. HD44060).
NOTE
The procedure for the rear wheel bearing removal is the
same as front wheel bearing removal. See Bearing Removal
in 2.5 FRONT WHEEL.
4.
1.
2.
Remove sprocket.
a.
Remove rear wheel spacer (4).
Axle
Pinch bolt fastener
Figure 2-20. Rear Wheel Mounting, Right Side
3.
See Figure 2-20. Remove rear axle (1).
4.
Remove rear wheel.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-15
HOME
INSTALLATION
b0305x2x
1.
See Figure 2-23. Install the rear axle by threading partially into swingarm.
a.
Center wheel in swingarm and lower bike to align
swingarm and hub.
b.
See Figure 2-22. Coat the axle with ANTI-SIEZE
LUBRICANT.
c.
Slide axle through right side of swing arm and wheel
hub.
2.
Install drive belt. See DRIVE BELT INSTALLATION in 1.9
DRIVE BELT SYSTEM.
3.
Install idler pulley. See IDLER PULLEY INSTALLATION
in 1.9 DRIVE BELT SYSTEM.
4.
Install sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET COVER.
CAUTION
Never tighten rear axle with swingarm brace removed.
5.
See Figure 2-20. Tighten rear axle (1) to 48-52 ft-lbs (6570 Nm).
6.
Tighten pinch fastener (2) on right side of swingarm to
40-45 ft-lbs (54-61 Nm).
7.
See Figure 2-19. Install caliper carrier and tighten fastener to 24-26 ft-lbs (32-35 Nm). See 2.15 REAR
BRAKE CALIPER.
Figure 2-21. Removing Wheel Bearing
ASSEMBLY
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid, bearing grease, lubricants, etc.
to contact brake rotor or reduced braking ability will
occur, which could result in death or serious injury.
1.
See Figure 2-23. Install wheel bearing (3) on rotor side of
motorcycle.
2.
Install rear wheel spacer (4).
3.
Install wheel bearing (3) on sprocket side of motorcycle.
Remove rear wheel bearing.
The procedure for the rear wheel bearing installation is
the same as front wheel bearing installation. See Bearing Installation in 2.5 FRONT WHEEL.
4.
5.
NOTE
The brake pads may become cocked and will not allow the
rotor to slide into the caliper. Press on the brake pad from the
outside of the caliper to straighten out the pad.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always test motorcycle brakes at low speed after servicing or bleeding system. To prevent death or serious
injury, Buell recommends that all brakes repairs be performed by a Buell dealer or other qualified mechanic.
Install sprocket.
a.
Position sprocket (6) on wheel (5) keeping lip of
sprocket facing the inside.
b.
Install new sprocket fasteners (7) and washers tightening to 35-37 ft-lbs (48-50 Nm).
b1036x2x
See Figure 2-23. Install rear rotor (2).
2-16
a.
Position rear brake rotor (2) on wheel (5).
b.
Install brake rotor (2) with new rotor mounting fasteners (1) and tighten to 25-27 ft-lbs (34-37 Nm).
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
Figure 2-22. Anti-Seize Lubricant Location
HOME
b0936x2x
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
3
1.
2.
3.
4.
Rotor mounting fastener (6)
Brake rotor
Wheel bearing
Wheel spacer
5.
6.
7.
8.
Wheel
Sprocket
Sprocket fastener
Axle
Figure 2-23. Rear Wheel Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-17
HOME
CHECKING CAST RIM RUNOUT
GENERAL
2.7
b0757x2x
Check wheels for lateral and radial runout before installing a
new tire.
Wheel Truing and Balancing
Stand (Part No. HD-99500-80)
Rim Lateral Runout
1.
See Figure 2-24. Install truing arbor in wheel hub and
place wheel in WHEEL TRUING AND BALANCING
STAND (Part No. HD-99500-80).
2.
Tighten arbor nuts so hub will turn on its bearings.
3.
Check rim lateral runout by placing a gauge rod or dial
indicator near the rim bead. Replace wheel if lateral
runout exceeds specification shown in Table 2-8.
Rim Radial Runout
1.
See Figure 2-25. Install truing arbor in wheel hub and
place wheel in WHEEL TRUING AND BALANCING
STAND (Part No. HD-99500-80).
2.
Tighten arbor nuts so hub will turn on its bearings.
3.
Check radial runout as shown. Replace wheel if runout
exceeds specification shown in Table 2-8.
Gauge rod
Figure 2-24. Checking Cast Rim Lateral Runout
Table 2-8. Wheel Runout
b0758x2x
CAST WHEEL
IN
MM
Maximum Lateral
Runout
0.040
1.02
Maximum Radial
Runout
0.030
0.76
Wheel Truing and Balancing
Stand (Part No. HD-99500-80)
Gauge rod
Figure 2-25. Checking Cast Rim Radial Runout
2-18
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
TIRES
2.8
GENERAL
b0198x2x
Inspect tires for punctures, cuts, breaks and wear at least
weekly.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
●
Always check both tire sidewalls for arrows indicating forward rotation. Some tires require different tire
rotation depending on whether tire is used on front
or rear wheel. Installing a tire with the wrong rotation
could result in death or serious injury.
●
Dunlop front and rear tires for Buell motorcycles are
not the same. They are not interchangeable. Use
front tire ONLY for a front tire. DO NOT put a rear tire
on the front of a vehicle. Failure to follow this warning could result in death or serious injury.
1CAUTION
Figure 2-26. Loosening Beads from Rim Flange
Pry bead over rim edge and
remove tire from rim
Some tires have arrows molded into the tire sidewall.
These tires should be mounted on the rim with the arrow
pointing in the direction of forward rotation. The yellow
circle on the sidewall is a balance mark and should be
aligned 180 degrees from the balance mark (blue dot) on
inside of rim.
REMOVAL
b0199x2x
Figure 2-27. Starting Tire Off Rim
1.
Remove wheel from motorcycle. See 2.5 FRONT
WHEEL or 2.6 REAR WHEEL.
2.
Deflate tire.
3.
See Figure 2-26. Loosen both tire beads from rim flange.
Lubricate rim flange and both
beads before installation
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Do not use excessive force when starting bead over rim.
Excessive force may damage tire or rim and adversely
affect handling which could result in death or serious
injury.
4.
If a bead breaker machine is not available, attach RIM
PROTECTORS (Part No. HD-01289) to the rim. Using
tire tools (not sharp instruments), start upper bead over
edge of rim at valve. Repeat all around rim until first bead
is over rim.
5.
See Figure 2-27. Push lower bead into rim well on one
side and insert tire tool underneath bead from opposite
side. Pry bead over rim edge. Remove tire from rim.
6.
Remove valve stem if it is damaged or leaks.
7.
Mount tire on TIRE SPREADER (Part No. HD-21000) for
inspection and repair procedures.
b0200x2x
Figure 2-28. Starting Bead on Rim
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-19
HOME
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
b0087x2x
1.
Clean inside of tire with dry rag.
2.
If rim is dirty or corroded, clean with a stiff wire brush.
3.
Inspect tire for wear and damage. Replace worn or damaged tires. See 1.7 TIRES AND WHEELS.
INSTALLATION
Gauge
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Only install original equipment (stock) tire valves and
valve caps. A valve or valve and cap combination that is
too long may interfere with (strike) adjacent components,
damage the valve and cause rapid tire deflation. Rapid
tire deflation could cause loss of control. These events
could result in death or serious injury.
Figure 2-29. Checking Tire Lateral Runout
b0088x2x
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Aftermarket valve caps that are heavier than the stock
cap may have clearance at slow speeds; but, at high
speed the valve/cap will be moved outward by centrifugal
force. This outward movement could cause the valve/cap
to strike the adjacent components, damage the valve and
cause rapid tire deflation. Rapid tire deflation could
cause loss of control. These events could result in death
or serious injury.
1.
Damaged or leaking valve stems must be replaced.
2.
Install and tighten fastener to 40-44 in-lbs (4-5 Nm).
3.
Thoroughly lubricate rim flanges and both beads of tire
with tire lubricant.
4.
See Figure 2-28. Starting at the valve stem, start first
bead into the rim well using a bead breaker machine. If
no machine is available, work bead on as far as possible
by hand. Use a tire tool to pry the remaining bead over
rim flange.
5.
Figure 2-30. Checking Tire Radial Runout
Table 2-9. Tire Runout
Start 180° from valve stem hole and place second bead
on rim. Work bead onto rim with tire tools, working
toward valve in both directions.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Do not inflate over 40 psi (275 kPa) to seat the beads.
Inflating the tire beyond 40 psi (275 kPa) to seat the
beads can cause the tire rim assembly to burst with force
sufficient to cause death or serious injury. If the beads
fail to seat to 40 psi (275 kPa), deflate and relubricate the
bead and rim and reinflate to seat the beads, but do not
exceed 40 psi (275 kPa).
6.
Gauge
Apply air to stem to seat beads on rim. It may be necessary to use a TIRE BEAD EXPANDER (Part No. HD28700) on the tire until beads seal on rim.
2-20
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
RUNOUT
IN.
MM
Radial
0.060
1.52
Lateral
0.080
2.03
HOME
Checking Tire Lateral Runout
1.
See Figure 2-29. Turn wheel on axle and measure
amount of displacement from a fixed point to tire sidewall.
2.
Check tire tread for appropriate runout specification. See
Table 2-9. If runout is more then specification, remove
tire from rim.
3.
Check rim bead side runout. See 2.7 CHECKING CAST
RIM RUNOUT. Replace rims not meeting specifications.
4.
Install tire and check again for tire tread lateral runout.
NOTE
If wheel assembly is out of specification (1 oz front, 2 oz rear)
rotate tire and rebalance until wheel is within specification.
Checking Tire Radial Runout
1.
See Figure 2-30. Turn wheel on axle and measure tread
radial runout.
2.
Check tire tread for appropriate runout specification. See
Table 2-9. If runout is more then specification, remove
tire from rim.
3.
Check rim bead runout. See 2.7 CHECKING CAST RIM
RUNOUT. Replace rims not meeting specifications.
4.
Install tire and check tire tread radial runout again.
ADJUSTMENT
Wheel Balancing
b0417x2x
Figure 2-31. Wheel Weights
Wheel balancing is recommended to improve handling and
reduce vibration, especially at high road speeds.
In most cases, static balancing using WHEEL TRUING AND
BALANCING STAND (Part No. HD-99500-80) will produce
satisfactory results. However, dynamic balancing, utilizing a
wheel spinner, can be used to produce finer tolerances for
better high-speed handling characteristics. Follow the instructions supplied with the balance machine you are using.
NOTE
If the rear wheel on the XB9R will not fit on a stock dynamic
spin balance shaft, use the Carlson wheel balance shaft (Part
No. AF15).
WEIGHTS FOR CAST WHEELS
The maximum weight permissible to accomplish balance is:
●
1.0 oz. (28 g) total weight applied to the front wheel.
●
2.0 oz. (56 g) total weight applied to the rear wheel.
Wheels should be balanced to within 1/4 oz. (7 g) at 60 MPH
(97 KM/H).
See Figure 2-31. Use only WHEEL WEIGHTS (Part No.
43692-94Y) which have special self-adhesive backings.
Apply WHEEL WEIGHTS to the flat surface of the wheel rim.
1.
Make sure that area of application is completely clean,
dry and free of oil and grease.
2.
Remove paper backing from weight. For additional adhesive strength, apply three drops of LOCTITE SUPERBONDER 420 to adhesive side of weight.
3.
Locate a flat surface on the right side of the wheel rim
and press weight firmly in place, holding for ten seconds.
4.
Allow eight hours for adhesive to cure completely before
using wheel.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-21
HOME
BRAKE PEDAL
2.9
REMOVAL
b0938x2x
1.
See Figure 2-32. Remove cotter pin (7) and discard.
2.
Remove clevis pin (2).
3.
Remove pedal fastener (5).
4.
Remove shift brake pedal sleeve (4).
5.
Remove pedal bushings (3).
6.
Remove brake pedal (6).
1
2
7
3
4
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 2-32. Install pedal bushings (3).
2.
Install shift brake pedal sleeve (4).
3.
Install brake pedal (6) using LOCTITE 272 and tighten
fastener (5) to 22-24 ft-lbs (30-33 Nm).
4.
Install clevis pin (2).
5.
Install new cotter pin (7).
5
3
6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Rear master cylinder body
Clevis pin
Pedal bushings (2)
Shift brake pedal sleeve
Brake pedal fastener
Brake pedal
Cotter pin
Figure 2-32. Brake Pedal Assembly
2-22
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
FRONT BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER AND HAND LEVER 2.10
REMOVAL
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
11
1WARNING
WARNING
NOTE
Steps 1 is not required for removing the master cylinder
assembly from the handlebars. Do not disassemble master
cylinder unless problems are experienced.
1.
Drain brake fluid into a suitable container. Discard used
fluid according to local laws.
a.
Install a length of plastic tubing over caliper bleeder
valve. Place free end in a suitable container.
b.
Open bleeder valve (metric) about 1/2-turn.
c.
Pump brake hand lever to drain brake fluid.
d.
Tighten bleeder valve to 36-60 in-lbs (4-7 Nm).
Clean brake system components using denatured alcohol. Do not use mineral-base cleaning solvents, such as
gasoline or paint thinner. Use of mineral-base solvents
causes deterioration of rubber parts that continues after
assembly. This may result in improper brake operation
which could result in death or serious injury.
1.
Clean all parts with denatured alcohol or D.O.T. 4
BRAKE FLUID. Do not contaminate with mineral oil or
other solvents. Wipe dry with a clean, lint free cloth. Blow
out drilled passages and bore with a clean air supply. Do
not use a wire or similar instrument to clean drilled passages in bottom of reservoir.
2.
Inspect piston bore in master cylinder housing for scoring, pitting or corrosion. Replace housing if any of these
conditions are found.
3.
Inspect outlet port that mates with brake line fitting. As a
critical sealing surface, replace housing if any scratches,
dents or other damage is noted.
CAUTION
Damaged banjo bolt seating surfaces will leak when
reassembled. Prevent damage to seating surfaces by
carefully removing brake line components.
2.
3.
See Figure 2-35. Remove the banjo bolt (12) (metric)
and two copper washers (14) to disconnect brake line
(13) from master cylinder (4). Discard copper washers.
8424
Unplug terminal (11) to detach brake lamp switch (10).
1
NOTE
The individual parts of the brake lamp switch are not serviceable. Replace switch upon failure.
4.
Remove mounting clamp fasteners (5) (metric) to detach
master cylinder reservoir (4) from handlebar.
2
DISASSEMBLY
Brake Hand Lever
1.
See Figure 2-35. Remove pivot bolt nut (8) (metric) and
pivot bolt (15) from hand lever pivot.
2.
Detach front brake hand lever assembly (7) from hand
lever pivot.
3.
Detach front brake lamp switch (10) by removing the
switch fastener (9).
1.
2.
Piston assembly
Snap ring
Figure 2-33. Piston Assembly in Master Cylinder
Front Master Cylinder
1.
See Figure 2-35. Remove master cylinder cover (2) by
removing cylinder cover fasteners (1).
2.
Discard excess brake fluid.
3.
See Figure 2-34. Remove rubber boot (1) and discard.
4.
See Figure 2-33. Depress piston assembly (1) and
remove internal snap ring (2) and discard.
5.
See Figure 2-35. Remove piston assembly (6) from front
master cylinder reservoir (4) and discard.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-23
HOME
ASSEMBLY
Brake Hand Lever
Front Master Cylinder
1.
Obtain PISTON ASSEMBLY KIT.
2.
See Figure 2-34. Assemble new piston components
placing small end of spring (5) behind primary seal of
piston (4).
3.
Lubricate master cylinder body and piston seals with
special lubricant found in the service parts kit.
1.
See Figure 2-35. Lubricate pivot bolt (15) with LOCTITE
ANTI-SEIZE.
2.
Align hole in hand lever (7) with hole in hand lever pivot
and install pivot bolt (15) through top of hand lever pivot
and tighten to 80-120 in-lbs (9-14 Nm).
b0977x2x
5
11
1WARNING
WARNING
2
When installing snap ring to secure master cylinder, be
sure the snap ring snaps into place. Failure to do so can
result in improper brake operation which could result in
death or serious injury.
4.
See Figure 2-35. Insert piston assembly (6), spring first,
into master cylinder reservoir (4).
5.
See Figure 2-33. Secure piston assembly (1) with a new
snap ring (2).
6.
See Figure 2-34. Install ridge on boot (1) into groove on
piston (3).
4
3
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Ridge on rubber boot
Snap ring
Groove on piston
Primary seal of piston
Spring
Figure 2-34. Front Master Cylinder Piston Assembly
b0979x2x
1
2
3
15
4
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Reservoir cover fasteners
Reservoir cover
Reservoir cover gasket
Master cylinder reservoir
Master cylinder housing fasteners (metric)
Piston assembly
Brake hand lever
Pivot bolt nut (metric)
Brake switch fastener
Brake switch
Brake switch terminal
Banjo bolt (metric)
Brake line
Copper washers
Pivot bolt
14
6
11
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
10
8
9
7
Figure 2-35. Front Brake Hand Lever Assembly
2-24
13
12
HOME
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
See Figure 2-35. Install front brake lamp switch (10).
a.
Install brake lamp switch (10) with switch fastener
(9) and tighten to 7-10 in-lbs (0.8-1.0 Nm).
b.
Connect brake switch terminal (11) to brake lamp
switch (10).
c.
Test switch action. Tang on switch must release
when hand lever is moved.
Install master cylinder to handlebar by fastening clamp
with fasteners and tighten to 80-90 in-lbs (9-10 Nm).
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Check for proper brake lamp operation before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have proper brake lamp operation could
result in death or serious injury.
10. Turn ignition key switch to ON. Apply brake hand lever to
test brake lamp operation. Turn ignition key switch to
OFF.
8435
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Use only copper crush banjo washers (See Parts Catalog
for Part No.) with D.O.T. 4 brake fluid. Earlier silver banjo
washers are not compatible with D.O.T. 4 fluid and will
not seal properly over time. Failure to comply may
adversely affect braking ability and lead to brake failure
which could result in death or serious injury.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
To avoid leakage, verify that banjo washers, banjo bolt,
hydraulic brake line and master cylinder bore are completely clean.
Figure 2-36. Brake Lamp Switch Connectors
b0613x2x
3.
See Figure 2-35. Connect brake line to master cylinder
using two new copper washers (14) and banjo bolt (4)
(metric) and tighten to 16-20 ft-lbs (22-27 Nm).
4.
See Figure 2-36. Verify brake lamp switch wires are tight.
5.
See Figure 2-35. Remove two master cylinder cover
screws (1), cover (2) and cover gasket (3).
6.
See Figure 2-37. With the master cylinder in a level position, add D.O.T. 4 BRAKE FLUID. Bring fluid level to
within 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) of molded boss inside front master cylinder reservoir.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Verify proper operation of the master cylinder relief port.
A plugged or covered relief port can cause brake drag or
lockup, which could result in loss of vehicle control
which could result in death or serious injury.
7.
Verify proper operation of the master cylinder relief port.
Actuate the brake lever with the reservoir cover removed.
A slight spurt of fluid will break the surface if all internal
components are working properly.
8.
Bleed brake system. See 1.6 BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE.
9.
See Figure 2-35. Attach master cylinder cover (2) and
cover gasket (3). Tighten two cover fasteners (1) to 913 in-lbs (1.0-1.5 Nm).
Figure 2-37. Brake Fluid Level
(Standard Brake Reservoir Shown)
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always test motorcycle brakes at low speed after servicing or bleeding system. To prevent death or serious
injury, Buell recommends that all brake repairs be performed by a Buell dealer or other qualified technician.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-25
HOME
FRONT BRAKE LINE
2.11
REMOVAL
1.
2.
CAUTION
Drain brake fluid into a suitable container. Discard of
used fluid according to local laws.
To avoid leakage, verify that gaskets, banjo bolt, hydraulic brake line and caliper bore are completely clean.
a.
Install a length of plastic tubing over caliper bleeder
valve. Place free end in a suitable container.
3.
b.
Open bleeder valve (metric) about 1/2-turn.
c.
Pump brake hand lever to drain brake fluid.
d.
Tighten bleeder valve to 36-60 in-lbs (4-7 Nm).
Install brake line to caliper.
a.
See Figure 2-38. Install new copper washer, brake
line (2), new copper washer and wire form (3) onto
banjo bolt (5).
b.
Finger tighten banjo bolt (5) onto front caliper being
careful not to pinch wire form (3) while tightening,
wire form should rotate around banjo bolt freely.
c.
Twist brake line (2) into wire form (3) spiral and clock
wire form against bleeder valve (4).
See Figure 2-38. Remove p-clamp (1) detaching brake
line from right side of lower fork clamp.
CAUTION
Damaged banjo bolt seating surfaces will leak when
reassembled. Prevent damage to seating surfaces by
carefully removing brake line components.
3.
See Figure 2-35. Remove master cylinder banjo bolt (12)
(metric) and two copper washers (14) to disconnect
brake line from master cylinder (4). Discard copper
washers.
4.
See Figure 2-38. Remove caliper banjo bolt (5) (metric),
two copper washers and wire form (3) to disconnect
brake line (2) from caliper. Discard copper washers.
5.
Carefully inspect the brake line for dents, cuts, chaffing
or other defects. Replace the brake line if any damage is
noted.
4.
Tighten p-clamp with fastener (1) on lower triple clamp to
36-60 in-lbs (4-7 Nm).
8429
1
2
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
To avoid leakage, verify that gaskets, banjo bolt, hydraulic brake line and master cylinder bore are completely
clean.
1.
See Figure 2-35. Connect brake line (13) to master cylinder (4) using two new copper washers (14) and a banjo
bolt (12) (metric). Loosely install bolt into master cylinder.
2.
Route the brake line from the master cylinder to the caliper. See D.1 HOSE AND WIRE ROUTING for front brake
line routing.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Use only copper crush banjo washers (See Parts Catalog
for Part No.) with D.O.T. 4 brake fluid. Earlier silver banjo
washers are not compatible with D.O.T. 4 fluid and will
not seal properly over time. Failure to comply may
adversely affect braking ability and lead to brake failure
which could result in death or serious injury.
2-26
3
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
4
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
P-clamp
Brake line
Wire form
Bleeder valve
Banjo bolt
Figure 2-38. Front Brake Line
HOME
5.
See Figure 2-35. Tighten master cylinder banjo bolt (12)
(metric) to 16-20 ft-lbs (22-27 Nm).
6.
See Figure 2-38. Tighten brake caliper banjo bolt (5)
(metric) to 16-20 ft-lbs (22-27 Nm).
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always test motorcycle brakes at low speed after servicing or bleeding system. To prevent death or serious
injury, Buell recommends that all brake repairs be performed by a Buell dealer or other qualified mechanic.
7.
Install bleeder valve if removed. Refill master cylinder
and bleed brakes. See 1.6 BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Check for proper brake lamp operation before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have proper brake lamp operation could
result in death or serious injury.
8.
Turn ignition key switch to ON. Apply brake hand lever to
test brake lamp operation. Turn ignition key switch to
LOCK.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-27
HOME
FRONT BRAKE CALIPER
2.12
REMOVAL
8346
1.
1
Drain brake fluid into a suitable container. Discard used
fluid according to local laws.
a.
Install a length of plastic tubing over caliper bleeder
valve. Place free end in a suitable container.
b.
Open bleeder valve (metric) about 1/2-turn.
c.
Pump brake hand lever to drain brake fluid.
d.
Tighten bleeder valve to 36-60 in-lbs (4-7 Nm).
CAUTION
Damaged banjo bolt seating surfaces will leak when
reassembled. Prevent damage to seating surfaces by
carefully removing brake line components.
2.
See Figure 2-40. Disconnect brake line at caliper. See
2.11 FRONT BRAKE LINE.
3.
Remove caliper mounting fasteners (5).
4.
Slide caliper down the rotor to clear fork lower and then
remove off rotor.
2
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Wire form
Brake line
Banjo bolt (metric)
Pin plug
Mounting fasteners (2)
Figure 2-40. Front Brake Caliper Mounts
8487
DISASSEMBLY
1.
1
See Figure 2-41. Remove pin hanger set (1), caliper pad
spring (2) and brake pads.
2.
Split caliper by removing caliper fasteners (3).
3.
See Figure 2-42. Remove and discard o-rings (6).
4.
See Figure 2-39. Remove pistons using a BRAKE PISTON REMOVER (Part No. B-42887).
Figure 2-39. Removing Pistons (B-42887)
5.
2-28
2
3
1.
2.
3.
Pin hanger set
Caliper pad spring
Caliper fasteners
Figure 2-41. Pad Spring (Typical)
6495
Remove and discard top and bottom seal.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
5
3
HOME
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 2-42. Install brake pads (10).
11
1WARNING
WARNING
2.
Install pin hanger set (1) and tighten to 11-14 ft-lbs (1519 Nm).
Clean brake system components using denatured alcohol. Do not use mineral-base cleaning solvents, such as
gasoline or paint thinner. Use of mineral-base solvents
causes deterioration of rubber parts that continues after
assembly. This may result in improper brake operation
which could result in death or serious injury.
3.
Rotate front fork counterclockwise and install caliper on
caliper mount. Using LOCTITE 272, tighten fasteners (9)
to 35-37 ft-lbs (47-50 Nm).
4.
Rotate front fork/caliper clockwise and slide caliper onto
rotor.
1.
2.
Clean all parts with denatured alcohol or D.O.T. 4
BRAKE FLUID. Do not contaminate with mineral oil or
other solvents. Wipe dry with a clean, lint free cloth. Blow
out drilled passages and bore with a clean air supply. Do
not use a wire or similar instrument to clean drilled passages.
Carefully inspect all components. Replace any parts that
appear damaged or worn. Do not hone caliper piston
bore.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Use only copper crush banjo washers (See Parts Catalog
for Part No.) with D.O.T. 4 brake fluid. Earlier silver banjo
washers are not compatible with D.O.T. 4 fluid and will
not seal properly over time. Failure to comply may
adversely affect braking ability and lead to brake failure
which could result in death or serious injury.
5.
Install brake line to caliper. See 2.11 FRONT BRAKE
LINE.
6.
Bleed front brakes. See BLEEDING BRAKES in 1.6
BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always replace brake pads in complete sets for correct
brake operation. Never replace just one brake pad. Failure to install brake pads as a set could result in death or
serious injury.
3.
Inspect brake rotor and pads. See 1.6 BRAKE SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE.
4.
Check rotor surface. Replace if warped or badly scored.
See Table 2-10.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Check for proper brake lamp operation before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have proper brake lamp operation could
result in death or serious injury.
7.
Turn ignition key switch to ON. Apply brake hand lever to
test brake lamp operation.
Table 2-10. Front Rotor Runout
RUNOUT
IN.
MM
Radial
0.0177
0.45
Lateral
0.0248
0.63
ASSEMBLY
1.
See Figure 2-42. Install pistons and o-rings.
a.
Lubricate new o-rings (6), pistons (5), and caliper
piston bores with D.O.T. 4 BRAKE FLUID.
b.
Install two new o-rings (6) in grooves of each piston
bore.
c.
Install pistons (5) in each piston bore.
2.
Install new o-rings (8) between caliper halves.
3.
Clamp caliper together with caliper fasteners (11) and
tighten to 15-19 ft-lbs (20-26 Nm).
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-29
HOME
b0976x2x
10
8
9
11
7
5
6
4
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
2
3
Pin hanger set
Bleeder set cover
Bleeder set screw
Caliper
Piston
Piston o-rings
Clip
Small o-ring
Caliper mounting fasteners
Brake pads
Caliper fasteners
Figure 2-42. Front Caliper Assembly
2-30
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
REAR BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
2.13
REMOVAL
8439
1.
1
Drain brake fluid into a suitable container. Discard used
fluid according to local laws.
a.
Install a length of plastic tubing over caliper bleeder
valve. Place free end in a suitable container.
b.
Open bleeder valve (metric) about 1/2-turn.
c.
Pump brake foot pedal to drain brake fluid.
d.
Tighten bleeder valve to 36-60 in-lbs (4-7 Nm).
2.
Remove brake pedal. See 2.9 BRAKE PEDAL.
3.
Remove heel guard. See 2.29 FOOTPEG, HEEL
GUARD AND MOUNT.
4.
See Figure 2-47. Remove brake reservoir hose at master
cylinder.
CAUTION
Damaged banjo bolt surfaces will leak when reassembled. Prevent damage to seating surfaces by carefully
removing brake line components.
5.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
6.
See Figure 2-43. Disconnect brake light connector
located under the seat.
21
6
5
3
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Brake line
Banjo bolt (metric)
Fasteners (2) (metric)
Master cylinder body
Clamp
Remote reservoir hose
Figure 2-44. Rear Master Cylinder Mounting
10. See Figure 2-45. Detach remote reservoir.
a.
Remove top clamp (4) on hose connected to master
cylinder.
b.
Remove fastener (2) to detach reservoir (1) from
frame if necessary.
8359
8442
1
Figure 2-43. Brake Line Switch Connector
4
7.
2
Remove right side rider footpeg mount. See 2.29 FOOTPEG, HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT.
8.
See Figure 2-47. Remove banjo bolt (2) (metric) and two
copper crush washers (3) to detach brake switch (1) from
master cylinder (4). Discard copper crush washers.
9.
See Figure 2-44. Remove fasteners (3) (metric) to
detach master cylinder (4) from rider footpeg mount.
3
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reservoir
Fastener and washer
Remote reservoir hose
Clamp
Figure 2-45. Remote Reservoir
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-31
HOME
DISASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
1.
See Figure 2-46. Slide rubber boot on rod assembly (3)
away from master cylinder body (1).
1.
2.
Depress rod assembly (3) and remove internal snap ring
(2). Discard snap ring.
3.
Remove piston assembly (4) from master cylinder body
(1).
4.
Loosen adjuster locknut on the rod assembly (3).
5.
Remove the clevis from the rod assembly (3).
Obtain PISTON ASSEMBLY KIT.
6506
1
2
NOTE
Do not disassemble master cylinder unless problems are
experienced. Discard all seals during the disassembly procedure. Install a complete rebuild kit upon assembly.
4
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Clean brake system components using denatured alcohol. Do not use mineral-base cleaning solvents, such as
gasoline or paint thinner. Use of mineral-base solvents
causes deterioration of rubber parts that continues after
assembly. This may result in improper brake operation
which could result in death or serious injury.
1.
2.
Thoroughly clean master cylinder and all brake system
components. Stand master cylinder on wooden block or
towel to protect seating surfaces.
a.
Examine walls of master cylinder reservoir for
scratches and grooves. Replace if damaged.
b.
Verify that vent holes on master cylinder are completely open and free of dirt or debris.
3
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Master cylinder body
Snap ring
Rod assembly
Piston assembly
Seals
Figure 2-46. Master Cylinder Internal
2.
See Figure 2-46. Assemble new piston components
placing small end of spring behind primary seal of piston
(4).
3.
Lubricate master cylinder body (1) and piston seals (5)
with D.O.T. 4 BRAKE FLUID.
4.
Place round side of rod assembly (3) over piston.
Depress piston (4) into master cylinder body (1) and
secure with a new snap ring (2).
Inspect boot on front of master cylinder for cuts, tears or
general deterioration. Replace if necessary.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Snap ring must be snapped into the groove of the master
cylinder body. If the snap ring is not properly installed,
improper brake operation could result in death or serious injury.
5.
2-32
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
Tuck rubber boot on rod assembly (3) into master cylinder body (1).
HOME
INSTALLATION
b0983x2x
1.
1
See Figure 2-47. Install master cylinder (4) onto footpeg
mount with fasteners (11). Tighten to 72-96 in-lbs (811 Nm).
2.
Install rear brake switch (1) and banjo bolt (2) and new
copper crush washers (3). Tighten to 16-20 ft-lbs (2227 Nm).
3.
Install footpeg mount to frame. See 2.29 FOOTPEG,
HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT.
2
3
4
11
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Use only copper crush banjo washers (See Parts Catalog
for Part No.) with D.O.T. 4 brake fluid. Earlier silver banjo
washers are not compatible with D.O.T. 4 fluid and will
not seal properly over time. Failure to comply may
adversely affect braking ability and lead to brake failure
which could result in death or serious injury.
5
10
6
7
8
CAUTION
9
To avoid leakage after assembly, verify that banjo washers, banjo bolt, hydraulic brake line and bore of master
cylinder are completely clean.
4.
See Figure 2-45. Connect remote reservoir.
a.
If removed, attach remote reservoir (1) to frame
using clamp fastener (2). Tighten to 48-72 in-lbs
(5.4-8.1 Nm).
b.
Attach hose (3) to rear brake reservoir using clamp.
5.
See Figure 2-43. Connect brake line switch connector
under seat.
6.
Install heel guard. See 2.29 FOOTPEG, HEEL GUARD
AND MOUNT.
7.
Install rear brake pedal. See 2.9 BRAKE PEDAL.
8.
Adjust rear brake pedal. See BRAKE PEDAL ADJUSTMENT in 1.6 BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE.
9.
Install master cylinder to brake pedal. See 2.9 BRAKE
PEDAL.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Switch/Banjo bolt
Brake line
Copper washer
Rear master cylinder body
Clevis pin
Pedal bearing
Sleeve
Brake pedal fastener
Brake pedal
Cotter pin
Rear master cylinder mount screw
Figure 2-47. Rear Master Cylinder Assembly
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always test motorcycle brakes at low speed after servicing or bleeding system. To prevent death or serious
injury, Buell recommends that all brake repairs be performed by a Buell dealer or other qualified mechanic.
10. Add brake fluid and bleed brake system. See 1.6 BRAKE
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Check for proper brake lamp operation before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have proper brake lamp operation could
result in death or serious injury.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-33
HOME
REAR BRAKE LINE
2.14
REMOVAL
1.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
To protect against accidental start-up of vehicle and possible personal injury, disconnect the negative battery
cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions
could cause a battery explosion, which could result in
death or serious injury.
2.
Disconnect battery by unthreading fastener removing
negative cable (black) from battery first. See 1.4 BATTERY MAINTENANCE.
3.
See Figure 2-48. Disconnect brake line connector from
under seat in the front of the battery.
4.
Remove right side heel guard. See 2.29 FOOTPEG,
HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT.
5.
Drain brake fluid into a suitable container. Discard used
fluid according to local laws.
6.
a.
Install a length of plastic tubing over caliper bleeder
valve. Place free end in a suitable container.
b.
Open bleeder valve (metric) about 1/2-turn.
c.
Pump brake foot pedal to drain brake fluid.
d.
Tighten bleeder valve to 36-60 in-lbs (4-7 Nm).
8442
Figure 2-48. Brake Line Switch Connector
8431
3
1
4
See Figure 2-49. Remove p-clamp (3) and wire form (2)
securing brake line (1) to the left side of swingarm.
2
CAUTION
Damaged banjo bolt seating surfaces will leak when
reassembled. Prevent damage to seating surfaces by
carefully removing brake line components.
7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Brake line
Wire form
P-clamp
Banjo bolt
Remove banjo bolt (4) from rear caliper. Discard copper
washers.
8.
See Figure 2-50. Remove brake line switch/banjo bolt
from rear master cylinder. Discard copper washer.
9.
Remove brake line from motorcycle.
Figure 2-49. Rear Brake Line
8439
Figure 2-50. Rear Brake Line Switch/Banjo Bolt
2-34
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 2-50. Install brake line switch/banjo bolt with
new copper washers to the master cylinder. Tighten to
16-20 ft-lbs (22-27 Nm).
NOTE
Tighten the right side banjo bolt with FLARE NUT SOCKET
tool (SNAP-ON Part No. FRXM14) or a crowsfoot.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Check for proper brake lamp operation before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have proper brake lamp operation could
result in death or serious injury.
9.
Turn ignition key ON, depress rear brake pedal and
check for proper brake light operation.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Use only copper crush banjo washers (See Parts Catalog
for Part No.) with D.O.T. 4 brake fluid. Earlier silver banjo
washers are not compatible with D.O.T. 4 fluid and will
not seal properly over time. Failure to comply may
adversely affect braking ability and lead to brake failure
which could result in death or serious injury.
After completing repairs or bleeding the system, always
test motorcycle brakes at low speed. If brakes are not
operating properly or braking efficiency is poor, testing
at high speeds could result in death or serious injury.
2.
Install brake line switch/banjo bolt and new copper
washers to rear caliper. Tighten to 16-20 ft-lbs (2227 Nm).
3.
See Figure 2-49. Secure brake line (1) to left side of
swingarm with p-clamp (3), wire form (2), and tighten to
36-60 in-lbs (4-7 Nm). See D.1 HOSE AND WIRE
ROUTING for brake line routing.
4.
See Figure 2-51. Connect brake line switch connector
underneath seat. See D.1 HOSE AND WIRE ROUTING
for brake line routing.
5.
Install right heel guard. See 2.29 FOOTPEG, HEEL
GUARD AND MOUNT.
6.
Bleed brakes. See BLEEDING BRAKES in 1.6 BRAKE
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE.
10. Test ride motorcycle and check for proper brake operation.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always connect the positive battery cable first. If the
positive cable should contact ground with the negative
cable installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery
explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
7.
Install battery by threading positive cable (red) into
threaded hole first tightening to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
See 1.4 BATTERY MAINTENANCE.
8.
Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-35
HOME
REAR BRAKE CALIPER
2.15
REMOVAL
8348
3
2
NOTE
Steps 1 and 2 are not required for detaching caliper from
rotor. Drain fluid only when disassembling caliper.
4
1
5
CAUTION
Damaged banjo bolt seating surfaces will leak when
reassembled. Prevent damage to seating surfaces by
carefully removing brake line components.
1.
7
6
Drain brake fluid into a suitable container. Discard used
fluid according to local laws.
a.
b.
Install a length of plastic tubing over caliper bleeder
valve. Place free end in a suitable container.
Open bleeder valve (metric) about 1/2-turn.
c.
Pump brake foot pedal to drain brake fluid.
d.
Tighten bleeder valve to 36-60 in-lbs (4-7 Nm).
2.
Remove banjo bolt connecting brake line to rear caliper.
See 2.14 REAR BRAKE LINE.
3.
See Figure 2-51. Remove caliper mounting fasteners (6
and 7).
8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Brake line
Banjo bolt (metric)
Copper washers (2)
Bleeder valve (metric)
Pin plug
Small caliper fastener
Larger caliper fastener
Caliper mounting fasteners
Figure 2-51. Rear Brake Caliper
DISASSEMBLY
6486
1.
See Figure 2-51. Remove pin plug (5) and pad hanger
(metric) to free brake pads.
2.
See Figure 2-53. Remove spring clip (1).
3.
See Figure 2-54. Remove piston (3) using BRAKE CALIPER PISTON REMOVER (1) (Part No. B-42887) with
adaptor (2).
4.
Remove two o-rings from groove in caliper bore and discard.
2
1
1.
2.
Clip
Rear caliper mount
Figure 2-52. Caliper Mount Clip
2-36
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
6487
11
1WARNING
WARNING
1
Clean brake system components using denatured alcohol. Do not use mineral-base cleaning solvents, such as
gasoline or paint thinner. Use of mineral-base solvents
causes deterioration of rubber parts that continues after
assembly. This may result in improper brake operation
which could result in death or serious injury.
1.
Clean all parts with denatured alcohol or D.O.T. 4
BRAKE FLUID. Do not contaminate with mineral oil or
other solvents. Wipe dry with a clean, lint free cloth. Blow
out drilled passages and bore with a clean air supply. Do
not use a wire or similar instrument to clean drilled passages.
2.
Carefully inspect all components. Replace any parts that
appear damaged or worn. Do not hone caliper piston
bore.
3.
Inspect brake rotor.
a.
b.
Measure rotor thickness. Replace if minimum thickness is less than 0.18 in. (4.5 mm).
2
1.
2.
3.
3
Clip
Pin plug and pad hanger (metric)
Brake pads (2)
Figure 2-53. Brake Pads
6496
Check rotor surface. Replace if warped or badly
scored. See Table 2-11.
2
1
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always replace brake pads in complete sets for correct
brake operation. Never replace just one brake pad. Failure to install brake pads as a set could result in death or
serious injury.
4.
Inspect brake pads for damage or excessive wear.
Replace both pads as a set if the friction material of
either pad is worn to 0.04 in. (1.0 mm) or less.
1.
2.
3.
ASSEMBLY
1.
3
See Figure 2-53. Place clip (1) inside caliper body as
shown.
Brake caliper piston remover
Adaptor
Piston
Figure 2-54. Removing Rear Brake Caliper Piston
NOTE
To ensure proper brake pad-to-brake rotor clearance when
the caliper is installed, piston must be pressed all the way into
the bore whenever new brake pads are used.
2.
3.
4.
Install pistons and o-rings.
a.
Apply a light coat of D.O.T. 4 BRAKE FLUID to orings, piston and caliper piston bore.
b.
Place two new o-rings inside grooves of piston bore.
c.
Install piston inside caliper body.
Table 2-11. Rear Rotor Runout
RUNOUT
IN.
MM
Radial
0.0177
0.45
Lateral
0.0154
0.39
See Figure 2-53. Install brake pads (3) using pad hanger
and pin plug (2).
a.
Install pad hanger pin (metric). Tighten to 11-14 ftlbs (15-19 Nm).
b.
Install pin plug. Tighten to 22-26 in-lbs (2-3 Nm).
Install a new bleeder valve (metric) if necessary and
tighten to 36-60 in-lbs (4-7 Nm).
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-37
HOME
INSTALLATION
8359
1.
See Figure 2-52. Install caliper mount clip (1) if removed.
2.
See Figure 2-51. Install caliper assembly on caliper
mount. Brake pad surfaces must face rear brake rotor.
a.
Install large caliper screw (7) (metric) tightening to
18-21 ft-lbs (24-28 Nm).
b.
Install small caliper screw (6) (metric) tightening to
14-18 ft-lbs (19-24 Nm).
c.
Install caliper carrier onto swingarm tightening caliper carrier fasteners (8) to 24-26 ft-lbs (33-35 Nm).
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Use only copper crush banjo washers (See Parts Catalog
for Part No.) with D.O.T. 4 brake fluid. Earlier silver banjo
washers are not compatible with D.O.T. 4 fluid and will
not seal properly over time. Failure to comply may
adversely affect braking ability and lead to brake failure
which could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
To avoid leakage, verify that gaskets, banjo bolt, hydraulic brake line and caliper bore are completely clean.
3.
See Figure 2-51. Connect brake line (1) to caliper using
two new copper washers (3) and banjo bolt (2) (metric).
Tighten to 16-20 ft-lbs (22-27).
4.
Depress rear brake pedal several times to set brake
pads to proper position within caliper. Bleed brake system.
5.
Verify proper fluid level in reservoir.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always test motorcycle brakes at low speed after servicing or bleeding system. To prevent death or serious
injury, Buell recommends that all brake repairs be performed by a Buell dealer or other qualified mechanic.
6.
Turn ignition key switch to ON. Apply brake pedal to test
brake lamp operation. Turn ignition key switch to LOCK.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Check for proper brake lamp operation before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have proper brake lamp operation could
result in death or serious injury.
NOTE
Avoid making hard stops for the first 100 miles (160 km) to
allow new brake pads to “wear in” properly with the brake
rotor.
2-38
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
Figure 2-55. Rear Reservoir
HOME
FRONT FORK
GENERAL
2.16
b0992x2x
The front fork consists of two telescoping outer tube/inner
slider assemblies. Each assembly has an internal compression spring which supports the forward weight of the vehicle
and rider. The compression spring extends and retracts to
cushion the ride over rough or irregular road surfaces. An oil
filled damping mechanism controls the telescoping action of
each tube/slider assembly.
See 1.11 SUSPENSION DAMPING ADJUSTMENTS for
more information.
REMOVAL
1.
Remove front fender. See 2.31 FENDERS.
2.
Remove front wheel. See 2.5 FRONT WHEEL.
3.
Remove caliper mounting fasteners. See 2.12 FRONT
BRAKE CALIPER.
4.
See Figure 2-56. Loosen upper and lower fork clamp
pinch fasteners.
b1089x2x
Figure 2-57. Stopper Ring
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Record rider suspension settings before disassembly.
1.
Remove front fork. See REMOVAL in 2.16 FRONT FORK.
2.
See Figure 2-58. Clamp the FORK TUBE HOLDER
TOOL (Part No. HD-41177) in a vise and install the upper
front fork in the holding tool.
f1905x2x
Figure 2-58. Fork Tube Holder (HD-41177)
3.
See Figure 2-59. Remove snap ring (2).
Figure 2-56. Upper and Lower Fork Clamp Pinch
Fasteners
5.
See Figure 2-57. Remove fork from upper fork clamp and
slide the stopper ring up and over the top of the fork.
6.
See Figure 2-69. Remove fork from lower fork clamp (8).
7.
Repeat 4 through 6 on opposite side.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-39
HOME
8451
8479
1
2
3
1
4
2
3
4
6
5
5
7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Rebound adjuster screw
Snap ring
Preload adjuster
Fork cap
Preload pins
Preload washer
Slider piston
Figure 2-59. Fork Cap Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fork cap
Preload pins
Damper rod assembly
Preload washer
Slider piston
Figure 2-61. Holding Damper Rod Assembly
9.
See Figure 2-60. Uncompress fork and remove from
FORK SPRING COMPRESSION TOOL.
Remove preload adjuster (3) by turning counterclockwise.
10. See Figure 2-67. Over drain pan, remove spring (16),
spring collar (15), and drain fork oil.
NOTE
After fully unthreading preload adjuster (3), gently pull on
adjuster.
11. Drain remaining fork oil by pumping the damping rod (11)
approximately 8 to 10 times or until damping rod moves
freely.
5.
Remove fork cap (4) from outer tube.
6.
See Figure 2-60. Move the fork assembly from the holding tool and compress fork in the FORK SPRING COMPRESSION TOOL.
12. Clamp fork upside down in the FORK TUBE HOLDER
TOOL over drain pan allowing fork oil to drain.
4.
f1899x2x
13. Remove center bolt (14) to release damping rod assembly (11).
NOTE
Be careful not to drop damping rod assembly into oil pan
when removing center bolt.
14. Remove centering plate (12) from dampening rod (11).
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Be careful not to scratch the slide pipe or the outer tube.
Improperly operating forks may lead to a loss of control
which could result in death or serious injury.
15. Remove dust seal (26) to access oil seal stopper
ring (25).
16. Release the oil seal stopper ring (25) out from the outer
tube with a small pry tool.
Figure 2-60. Fork Spring Compressing Tool
7.
See Figure 2-61. Hold damper rod assembly (3) and
remove fork cap (1).
NOTE
See Figure 2-61. Careful not to damage preload pins (2)
while holding damper rod assembly (3).
8.
Remove preload washer (4) and slider piston (5).
2-40
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
17. Using a slide hammer action, remove the slide pipe (27)
from the outer tube (18).
18. Remove the slide bushing (21) from slide pipe by prying
the slide bushing at the split.
NOTE
Careful not to over expand slide bushing.
19. Remove guide bushing (22), seal spacer (23), oil seal
(24), stopper ring (19) and dust seal (26).
HOME
Damper Rod Disassembly
IMPORTANT NOTES
See Figure 2-67. Disassembly of damper rod is not required
unless damper locknut (10) has been moved. If damper rod
needs servicing refer to the Firebolt Parts Catalog (Part No.
99574-03Y) for kit information.
If damper locknut has been moved, proceed with the following disassembly and assembly procedures for setting the correct range of motion.
1.
See Figure 2-59. Lightly turn the rebound adjuster screw
(1) counter clockwise till it stops.
2.
See Figure 2-67. Holding the damper locknut (10),
unscrew the rebound adjuster assembly (9) and remove
from damper rod assembly (11).
3.
a.
Lightly turn the rebound adjuster screw (9) counter
clockwise till it stops.
b.
Turn the rebound adjuster screw three full turns
clockwise.
3.
Fully thread rebound adjuster assembly (9) onto the
damper rod assembly (11) until it lightly bottoms. Do not
tighten.
4.
Thread the damper locknut (10) until bottoms lightly on
the rebound adjuster assembly. Do not tighten
5.
Turning the rebound adjuster screw (9) counter clockwise three full turns or until stops.
6.
Tighten the damper locknut (10) to 22-30 ft-lbs (3040 Nm).
7.
Repeat for other fork assembly.
Remove damper locknut (10) from damper rod assembly
(11).
8479
2
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
1.
Thoroughly clean and inspect all parts. Replace any
parts that are bent, broken or damaged.
2.
See Figure 2-67. Check the slide pipe (27) and outer
tube (18) for score marks, scratches and excessive or
abnormal wear. Replace if worn or damaged.
3.
Check the slide bushing (21) and the guide bushing (22)
for excessive wear or scratches. Replace if damaged or
worn.
4.
Replace the stopper ring (19) if distorted.
5.
Measure spring (16) free length. Replace springs shorter
than service wear limit of 9.13 in. (232 mm).
6.
See Figure 2-62. Measure slide pipe runout. Replace
pipe if runout exceeds the service wear limit of 0.008 in.
(0.2 mm).
b0776x2x
Figure 2-62. Pipe Runout
ASSEMBLY
1
1.
2.
Fork cap assembly
Rebound assembly
Figure 2-63. Rebound Assembly and Fork Cap Assembly
Fork Assembly
1.
See Figure 2-67. Wrap the end of the slide pipe (27) and
the slide bushing channel with tape to avoid damaging
the oil seal lip when installing.
2.
Install a new dust seal (26) and stopper ring (19) onto
the slide pipe (27).
3.
Coat the sealing lips of the new oil seal (24) with fork oil
or sealing grease and install onto the slide pipe with its
marked side facing the dust seal (26).
4.
Remove the tape from the slide pipe end.
5.
Install the seal spacer (23), the guide bushing (22) and
the slide bushing (21) onto the slide pipe (27).
6.
Coat the slide bushing (21) and the guide bushing (22)
with fork oil.
CAUTION
Damper Rod Assembly
Note
Skip to fork assembly if damper rod assembly was not disassembled.
The outer tube can move freely up and down on the slide
pipe. Always hold both the slide pipe and outer tube to
prevent damage to bushings and seals.
1.
7.
See Figure 2-67. Drive the guide bushing (22) with the
seal spacer (23) and oil seal (24) into position in the
outer tube using a FORK SEAL DRIVER (Part No. B43721). See Figure 2-64.
8.
Install the oil seal stopper ring (25) and a new dust seal
(26).
See Figure 2-67. Fully thread the damper rod locknut
(10) on to damper rod (11) clockwise till it lightly bottoms.
NOTE
Set both forks to the exact same suspension settings.
2.
Adjust rebound assembly for proper range of motion.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-41
HOME
9.
Place the fork in the FORK TUBE HOLDER TOOL (Part
No. HD-41177) and clamp into vise horizontally.
b0666x2x
10. See Figure 2-67. Install the centering plate (12) onto the
damper assembly (11) and insert the damper assembly
into the slide pipe (27).
2
1
11. Replace the sealing washer (13) and center bolt (14)
(metric). Tighten the center bolt to 22-30 ft-lbs (3040 Nm).
3
12. Remove the front fork from the FORK TUBE HOLDER
TOOL and install back in the FORK TUBE HOLDER
TOOL vertically.
4
b43721
Figure 2-64. Fork Seal Driver
NOTES
The recommended fork oil is hydraulic fork oil Type “E”.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Outer tube
Adjuster
Damper assembly
Fork oil level
Figure 2-65. Measuring Fork Oil Level
Use only TYPE E FORK OIL (Part No. HD-99884-80).
18. See Figure 2-67. Install spring (16) and collar (15).
13. Pour 7 oz. (204 cc) into the fork pipe.
19. Move fork assembly from holding tool to the FORK
SPRING COMPRESSION TOOL.
14. Pump the damper rod approximately 12 to 15 times or
until resistance is felt.
15. Place the damper rod in the fully bottomed position and
compress fork completely.
16. Pour 7 oz. (204 cc) more fork oil into the slide pipe.
17. See Figure 2-65. Adjust fork oil level with FRONT FORK
OIL LEVEL GAUGE (Part No. B-59000A) so that it is
4.6 in. (118 mm) from the top of the fork tube.
20. See Figure 2-61. Install preload washer (4) and slider
piston (5).
21. Hold damper rod assembly (3) and install fork cap (1)
from damper rod assembly (3) tightening to 22-30 ft-lbs
(30-40 Nm).
NOTE
See Figure 2-61. Careful not to damage preload pins (2)
while holding damper rod assembly (3),
22. Apply fork oil or light grease to o-rings on preload
adjuster and install preload adjuster (3).
23. Install snap ring (2).
2-42
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
INSTALLATION
8360
1.
See Figure 2-57. Install one front fork assembly into
lower fork clamp.
2.
Slide the stopper ring over top of fork assembly and into
groove.
1
2
3
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Carefully install the fork into the upper fork clamp. Forcing the fork into the upper fork clamp could move the
stopper ring out of the groove which will not allow the
correct upper fork clamp load resulting in possible loss
of control of the motorcycle and could result in death or
serious injury.
3.
Install fork assembly into upper fork clamp.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Both forks should display the same number of alignment
lines. Forks that are not properly aligned may lead to a
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
4.
See Figure 2-66. Position fork with alignment lines (4)
visible and reflector facing to the side and tighten the
lower fork clamp. Do not tighten.
5.
Repeat step 1 through 4 on second front fork.
6.
Temporarily install front axle to the fork assemblies to
verify correct alignment.
7.
Use LOCTITE 272 on upper fork clamp fasteners and
tighten to 17-19 ft-lbs (23-26 Nm).
8.
Use LOCTITE 272 on lower fork clamp fasteners and
tighten to 13-15 ft-lbs (18-20 Nm).
9.
Repeat torque sequence in steps 7 and 8.
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
Rebound adjuster screw
Preload adjuster nut
Four preload alignment lines visible
(factory setting)
Alignment lines
Figure 2-66. Front Fork Preload And Rebound Adjuster
10. Install front brake caliper onto caliper mount. See 2.12
FRONT BRAKE CALIPER.
11. Install front wheel. See 2.5 FRONT WHEEL.
12. Install front fender. See 2.31 FENDERS.
13. Check headlamp alignment. See 1.18 HEADLIGHTS.
14. Adjust front forks suspension to rider preferences. See
1.11 SUSPENSION DAMPING ADJUSTMENTS.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-43
HOME
b0991x2x
15
10
1
21
11
2
22
16
3
23 24
4
5
25
7
6
26
8
27
9
17
18
19
12
13
14
20
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Preload adjuster
Preload adjuster o-rings
Fork cap
Fork cap o-ring
Preload washer
Slider piston
Inner slider piston o-ring
Snap ring
Rebound adjuster assembly
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Damper locknut
Damper rod assembly
Centering plate
Ceiling washer
Center bolt
Collar
Spring
Spring joint
Outer tube
Figure 2-67. Front Fork Assembly
2-44
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Stopper ring
Reflector assembly
Slide bushing
Guide bushing
Seal spacer
Oil seal
Oil seal stopper ring
Dust seal
Slide pipe
HOME
FORK CLAMPS, UPPER AND LOWER
REMOVAL
1.
Remove front fork assemblies. See 2.16 FRONT FORK.
2.
Remove handlebars. See 2.27 HANDLEBARS.
3.
See Figure 2-68. Remove cable straps attached to the
upper fork clamp.
2.17
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 2-69. Install the lower fork clamp (8) into the
steering stem bore and install the upper fork clamp (4).
2.
Install steering stem cap (1). Tighten but do not torque.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
8454
Carefully install the fork into the upper fork clamp. Forcing the fork into the upper fork clamp could move the
stopper ring out of the groove which will not allow the
correct clamp load causing a possible loss of control of
the motorcycle which could result in death or serious
injury.
3.
Install one front fork assembly into lower fork clamp (8).
4.
See Figure 2-67. Slide the stopper ring (19) over top of
fork assembly and into groove.
5.
Install upper clamp on fork assembly. Tighten but do not
torque lower fork clamp pinch fasteners.
6.
Repeat previous two steps on second fork assembly.
7.
Tighten steering stem cap to 38-42 ft-lbs (52-57 Nm).
8.
Install steering stem pinch bolt applying LOCTITE 272
and tightening to 17-19 ft-lbs (23-26 Nm).
Figure 2-68. Cable Straps On Upper Fork Clamp
4.
Remove intake cover. assembly. See 2.34 INTAKE
COVER ASSEMBLY.
5.
See Figure 2-69. Remove steering stem pinch fastener
(2).
6.
Under right side of front fairing, cut cable strap holding
ignition switch, fuse block and right handlebar switch
wires. See 7.3 IGNITION/HEADLIGHT KEY SWITCH.
7.
Unplug the ignition switch. See 7.3 IGNITION/HEADLIGHT KEY SWITCH.
8.
See Figure 2-69. Hold or brace the lower fork clamp and
remove steering stem cap (1).
9.
Remove the upper fork clamp (4).
10. Remove the lower fork clamp (8).
11. Remove ignition switch. See 7.3 IGNITION/HEADLIGHT
KEY SWITCH.
12. If steering head bearings need replacing, see 2.18
STEERING HEAD BEARINGS.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Both forks should display the same number of alignment
lines. Forks that are not properly aligned may lead to a
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
9.
See Figure 2-66. Position both forks with same number
alignment lines (4) visible and reflectors facing to the
sides. Do not tighten.
10. Use LOCTITE 272 on upper fork clamp fasteners and
tighten to 17-19 ft-lbs (23-26 Nm).
11. Use LOCTITE 272 on lower fork clamp fasteners and
tighten to 13-15 ft-lbs (18-20 Nm).
12. Repeat torque sequence in steps 10 and 11.
13. Install intake cover assembly. See 2.34 INTAKE COVER
ASSEMBLY.
14. Install handlebars. See 2.27 HANDLEBARS.
15. See Figure 2-68. Install cable straps.
a.
Install cable strap to the right of ignition switch
securing right hand switch and brake line wires to
upper fork clamp.
b.
Install cable strap to the left of ignition switch securing left hand switch and clutch cable wires to upper
fork clamp.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-45
HOME
b0937x2x
1
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
7
8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Stem capnut
Stem pinch fastener
Upper fork clamp pinch fastener
Upper fork clamp
Head bearing
Stem
Lower fork clamp pinch fastener
Lower fork clamp
Figure 2-69. Steering Stem Assembly
2-46
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
STEERING HEAD BEARINGS
REMOVAL
2.18
a.
See Figure 2-72. Place the upper bearing squarely
in the steering stem bore with the inner race lip
pointing away from the steering head.
1.
Place a scissor jack under jacking point and raise front
wheel off ground. For location of jacking point see Figure
2-98.
b.
2.
Remove brake lever housing. See 2.10 FRONT BRAKE
MASTER CYLINDER AND HAND LEVER.
See Figure 2-71. Insert the steering head bearing
installation tool into the upper bearing, with the
shoulder into the bearing bore.
c.
3.
Remove front forks, lower fork clamp, brake and wheel
as front-end assembly.
Insert the forcing screw from the steering head
bearing race installer through the steering head
bearing installation tool.
4.
a.
See Figure 2-69. Loosen steering stem pinch fastener (2) and upper and lower fork clamp pinch fasteners (3, 7).
b.
Brace wheel while removing steering stem cap fastener (1).
c.
Remove upper fork clamp (4) and front-end assembly which includes front wheel, steering stem/lower
fork clamp.
h39302
Remove upper and lower steering head bearings (5).
a.
See Figure 2-70. Locate notches inside steering
head stem bore (upper bearing removed for clarity).
b.
Place a suitable tool in the notches of the steering
stem bore and remove upper and lower steering
head bearings.
Steering Head Bearing Race Installer
(Part No. HD-39302)
i04256
8456
Steering Head Bearing Installer
(Part No. B-45521)
Figure 2-71. Steering Head Bearings Installation Tools
i04252
Figure 2-70. Lower Steering Head Bearing Notches
(upper bearing removed for clarity)
NOTE
Discard steering head bearings and replace with new. Steering head bearings are not reusable.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
For easier installation of bearing, lubricate the outer bearing
with engine oil prior to installing into steering stem bore.
1.
Figure 2-72. Steering Head Bearing Lip
See Figure 2-71. Install new upper and lower steering
head bearings into the steering stem using STEERING
HEAD BEARING RACE INSTALLER (Part No. HD39302). and the STEERING HEAD BEARING
INSTALLER (Part No. B-45521).
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-47
HOME
2.
See Figure 2-73. Sparingly apply Extreme Pressure
Lubricant (J-23444-A) to the threads of the forcing screw
(1) from the Steering Head Bearing Race Installer (HD39302), to prolong service life and ensure smooth operation. Insert the forcing screw (1) through the Steering
Head Bearing Installation Tool (B-45521) (2).
i04255
Forcing
screw
NOTE
For ease of steering head bearing installation, lubricate the
outside of the steering head bearings.
3.
See Figure 73. Place the lower bearing (3) onto the forcing screw (1), with the inner race lip pointing away from
the steering head.
4.
Place the Steering Head Bearing Installation Tool (B45521) (2) onto the forcing screw, with the shoulder into
the bearing bore.
5.
Install the bearing (4), washer (5) and nut (6) from the
Steering Head Bearing Race Installer (HD-39302) onto
the forcing screw (1).
6.
Tighten the nut (6) by hand, until both bearings are
started into the bores in the steering head.
Nut
Figure 2-74. Install Bearings
.
i04254
9.
Install forks, front wheel, and lower fork clamp/steering
stem as an assembly.
10. Install upper fork clamp.
11. Tighten steering stem cap to 38-42 ft-lbs (52-57 Nm).
12. Use LOCTITE 272 on steering stem pinch fastener and
tighten to 17-19 ft-lbs (23-26 Nm).
3
2
4
5
6
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Forcing screw
Steering Head Bearing Installation Tool (B-45521)
Lower bearing
Bearing
Washer
Nut
Figure 2-73. Lower Bearing
7.
See Figure 2-74. Hold the forcing screw while tightening
the nut to draw the bearings into the steering head. Continue tightening until both bearings are fully seated.
8.
Visually check to make sure the bearings are completely
seated against the shoulders in the steering head.
2-48
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
SWINGARM AND BRACE
GENERAL
The swingarm also serves as the oil tank on the Buell XB9R.
For information on the swingarm function as the oil tank, see
3.8 LUBRICATION SYSTEM.
The swingarm features a removable brace on the right side to
allow drive belt replacement. Sealed bearings eliminate the
need for preload adjustment.
2.19
NOTE
The upper belt guard is attached to the swingarm brace and
can not be removed from vehicle at this time.
6.
See Figure 2-78. Remove swingarm brace mounting fasteners (12) and swingarm brace (13).
7.
See Figure 2-75. Remove belt guard spacer (3).
8.
Remove swingarm brace.
REMOVAL
Brace
CAUTION
Before removing swingarm brace, always relieve belt tension first. Removing swingarm brace without releasing
tension will cause swingarm brace damage.
1.
Remove right side rider footpeg mount. See 2.29 FOOTPEG, HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT.
2.
Remove right side passenger footpeg mount. See 2.29
FOOTPEG, HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT.
3.
See Figure 2-76. Loosen rear axle pinch fastener (2).
4.
Loosen rear axle (1) approximately 15 rotations to allow
partial tension to be removed from rear drive system.
5.
See Figure 2-75. Remove upper belt guard (1) by removing fasteners (2).
b1087x2x
1
3
2
1.
2.
3.
Upper belt guard
Upper belt guard fasteners
Belt guard spacer
Figure 2-75. Belt Guard Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-49
HOME
Swingarm
8420
11
1WARNING
WARNING
1
To protect against accidental start-up of vehicle and possible personal injury, disconnect the negative battery
cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions
could cause a battery explosion, which could result in
death or serious injury.
1.
Disconnect battery by unthreading fasteners removing
negative cable (black) from battery first. See 1.4 BATTERY MAINTENANCE.
2.
See Figure 2-78. Remove oil drain plug (9) and drain oil
from swingarm. See Draining Oil in 1.5 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM.
3.
Remove rear wheel. See 2.6 REAR WHEEL.
4.
Remove three oil lines from swingarm fittings. See 3.9
OIL HOSE ROUTING AND OIL RESERVOIR.
5.
Remove p-clamp and washer that secures rear brake
line to swingarm.
6.
See Figure 2-85. Remove lower shock absorber mounting fastener (9) and spacer from shock absorber and
swingarm.
7.
See Figure 2-78. Loosen pivot shaft pinch fastener (7).
8.
Remove pivot shaft (10) with a special 7/8 in. hex tool
located in tool kit.
2
1.
2.
Axle
Pinch bolt fastener
Figure 2-76. Rear Wheel Mounting, Right Side
8458
DISASSEMBLY
Figure 2-77. Oil Line Fittings
CAUTION
Carefully mark all bearing components as they are
removed so that they may be returned to their original
locations. Do not intermix bearing components.
Brace
Remove upper belt guard assembly. See 2.32 BELT
GUARDS.
Swingarm
1.
See Figure 2-77. Remove oil line fittings from swingarm.
See Table 2-12.
2.
See Figure 2-78. Remove swingarm bearings (5, 9)
using slide hammer (SNAP-ON Part No. CJ1275 or
equivalent) and 3/4 in. bearing remover and spacer.
3.
Remove shock mount bushings (3) and sleeve.
4.
Remove rear fender. See 2.31 FENDERS.
NOTE
See Figure 2-78. Remove swingarm bearings (5, 9) only if
replacement is required. The complete bearing assembly
must be replaced as a unit when replacement is necessary.
Do not intermix bearing components.
2-50
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
7.
Install rear wheel. See 2.6 REAR WHEEL.
NOTE
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Compressed air can pierce the skin and cause injury.
Never use your hand to check for leaks or to determine
air flow rates. Wear safety glasses to shield your eyes
from flying dirt and debris. Failure to comply could result
in death or serious injury.
1.
Thoroughly clean all components in solvent. Blow dry
with compressed air.
2.
Carefully inspect all bearing components for wear and/or
corrosion. Replace complete bearing assembly if any
component is damaged.
3.
Check that swingarm is not bent or twisted. Replace if
damaged.
Installing the rear wheel will include installation of the belt
drive system. See 1.9 DRIVE BELT SYSTEM.
8.
Fill motorcycle with recommended oil. See 1.5 ENGINE
LUBRICATION SYSTEM.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always connect the positive battery cable first. If the positive cable should contact ground with the negative cable
installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
9.
Install battery by threading positive cable (red) into
threaded hole first tightening to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
See 1.4 BATTERY MAINTENANCE.
ASSEMBLY
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Brace
See Figure 2-75. Install upper belt guard (1) onto swingarm
brace. See 2.32 BELT GUARDS.
After completing repairs or bleeding the system, always
test motorcycle brakes at low speed. If brakes are not
operating properly or braking efficiency is poor, testing
at high speeds could result in death or serious injury.
Swingarm
1.
See Figure 2-78. Install new shock mount bushings (3)
and sleeve (4).
2.
Install new bearings (5, 9) and spacer (4) with BEARING
INSTALLER (Part No. HD44060) by lightly seating
spacer.
Brace
1.
See Figure 2-75. Position upper belt guard (1) and
spacer (3).
2.
See Figure 2-78. Install swingarm brace (13) with swingarm brace mounting fasteners (12) loosely. Do not
tighten.
3.
See Figure 2-75. Tighten upper belt guard (2) fasteners
to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
4.
See Figure 2-78. Tighten swingarm brace fasteners (12)
to 25-27 ft-lbs (34-37 Nm).
5.
See Figure 2-76. Tighten rear axle (1) to 48-52 ft-lbs (6570 Nm).
6.
Tighten rear axle pinch fastener (2) to 40-45 ft-lbs (5461 Nm).
7.
Install right side passenger footpeg mount tightening fasteners to 15-18 ft-lbs (20-24 Nm). See 2.29 FOOTPEG,
HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT.
See Figure 2-78. Align swingarm (1) in pivot of engine
crankcase (6).
8.
2.
Install pivot shaft (10) with a special 7/8 in. hex tool
located in tool kit, ANTI-SIEZE and tighten to 24-26 ft-lbs
(32-35 Nm).
Install right side rider footpeg mount tightening fasteners
to 108-132 in-lbs (12-15 Nm). See 2.29 FOOTPEG,
HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT.
9.
3.
Tighten pivot shaft pinch fastener (7) to 17-19 ft-lbs (2326 Nm).
Install heel guard. See 2.29 FOOTPEG, HEEL GUARD
AND MOUNT.
4.
See Figure 2-85. Install lower shock absorber mounting
fastener (9) and spacer from shock absorber and swingarm and tighten to 17-19 ft-lbs (23-26 Nm).
NOTE
Swingarm bearings should be replaced as a unit. Do not
intermix components. Mark all components so they may be
correctly installed.
3.
See Figure 2-77. Install oil line fittings on swingarm.
Tighten to 29-31 ft-lbs (39-42 Nm). See 3.9 OIL HOSE
ROUTING AND OIL RESERVOIR.
4.
See Figure 2-78. Install drain plug (9). Tighten to 2931 ft-lbs (39-42 Nm).
INSTALLATION
Swingarm
1.
5.
Install p-clamp and washer that secures rear brake line
to swingarm and tighten to 36-60 in-lbs (4-7 Nm).
6.
Install three oil lines from swingarm fittings. See 3.9 OIL
HOSE ROUTING AND OIL RESERVOIR.
10. Remove rear wheel support stand.
Final Swingarm Inspection
1.
Check oil level after starting motorcycle and allowing it to
reach operating temperature.
2.
Check rear brake operation.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-51
HOME
b0971x2x
2
1
14
5
4
3
13
7
8
12
9
11
6
10
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Swingarm
Dipstick
Swingarm bushings
Swingarm spacers
Swingarm bearing
Engine crankcase
Pivot shaft pinch fastener
Oil drain plug
Swingarm bearing
Pivot shaft
Belt guard spacer
Swingarm brace fasteners
Swingarm brace
Rear axle pinch fastener
Figure 2-78. Swingarm Assembly
Table 2-12. Oil line Fittings
FITTINGS
(FUNCTION)
HEX SIZE
(SWINGARM)
HEX SIZE
(HOSE)
5/8”
7/16”
Center/Large (Supply)
13/16”
5/8”
Left/Medium (Return)
3/4”
1/2”
Right/Small (Vent)
2-52
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
FRONT AND REAR ISOLATORS
2.20
FRONT ISOLATOR
NOTE
See Figure 2-80. If the threaded insert (3) is damaged and
needs to be replaced, install new insert with LOCTITE 272
and tighten to 49-51 Ft-Lbs (66.4-69.1 Nm).
Removal
b1040x2x
CAUTION
Avoid cross-threading front isolator bolt or insert. Keep
weight of motorcycle off front isolator by alternately
loosening front isolator bolt and raising scissor jack to
support engine.
1.
Place a scissor jack under jacking point for supporting
engine only. For location of jacking point see Figure 2-98.
2.
See Figure 2-79. Remove clutch cable p-clamp.
1
2
3
4
8740
6
5
Figure 2-79. Clutch Cable P-clamp
3.
See Figure 2-80. Remove front isolator bolt (6).
4.
Remove front isolator mount fasteners (5).
5.
Remove front isolator bracket (4).
6.
Remove upper snubber fastener (2) and remove upper
snubber (1).
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Upper snubber
Upper snubber fastener
Insert
Front isolator bracket
Front isolator bracket fastener to engine
Front isolator bolt
Figure 2-80. Front Isolator
b1041x2x
Installation
1.
See Figure 2-80. Install upper snubber (1) tightening
snubber fastener (2) to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
2.
See Figure 2-81. Lubricate front isolator bolt with ANTISEIZE and loosely install.
3.
See Figure 2-80. Use LOCTITE 272 on front isolator
bracket (4) and install. Tightening fastener (5) to 49-51 ftlbs (66-69 Nm).
Figure 2-81. Lubrication Points on Front Isolator Bolt
CAUTION
Avoid cross-threading front isolator bolt or insert. Keep
weight of motorcycle off front isolator by alternately
tightening front isolator bolt and raising scissor jack to
support engine.
4.
Tighten front isolator bolt (6) to 49-51 ft-lbs (66-69 Nm).
5.
See Figure 2-79. Install clutch cable p-clamp. Tighten
fastener to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
REAR ISOLATOR
NOTE
It is necessary to remove engine to access rear isolator.
See 3.4 STRIPPING MOTORCYCLE FOR ENGINE SERVICE to access the rear isolator.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-53
HOME
FRAME
2.21
REMOVAL
8483
1.
Remove fuel from frame. See DRAINING FUEL TANK in
4.38 FUEL PUMP.
2.
Rotate engine. See 3.3 ENGINE ROTATION FOR SERVICE.
3.
Remove exhaust header. See 2.28 EXHAUST SYSTEM.
4.
Remove tail frame. See 2.36 TAIL FRAME AND BODY
WORK.
5.
Remove rear
ABSORBER.
6.
Remove upper and lower fork clamps. See 2.17 FORK
CLAMPS, UPPER AND LOWER.
7.
Remove main wire harness. See 7.23 MAIN WIRE HARNESS.
8.
Remove rear isolator fastener. See 2.20 FRONT AND
REAR ISOLATORS.
9.
Lift and remove frame from the motorcycle.
shock.
See
2.22
REAR
SHOCK
INSTALLATION
1.
Place frame over the motorcycle.
2.
Install rear isolator fastener. See 2.20 FRONT AND
REAR ISOLATORS.
3.
Install main wire harness. See 7.23 MAIN WIRE HARNESS.
4.
Install upper and lower fork clamps. See 2.17 FORK
CLAMPS, UPPER AND LOWER.
5.
Install rear shock. See 2.22 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER.
6.
Install tail frame. See 2.36 TAIL FRAME AND BODY
WORK.
7.
Install exhaust header. See 2.28 EXHAUST SYSTEM.
8.
Rotate engine. See 3.3 ENGINE ROTATION FOR SERVICE.
2-54
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
Figure 2-82. Lift Frame Off Motorcycle
HOME
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER
2.22
GENERAL
c.
The rear suspension is controlled by the shock absorber. The
XB9R shock allows adjustment of rear compression and
rebound damping and spring preload.
4.
The most important rear shock adjustment is the preload setting. Before making any damping adjustments, set the proper
preload. See 1.11 SUSPENSION DAMPING ADJUSTMENTS.
5.
NOTE
The rear shock absorber contains no user serviceable parts.
REMOVAL
1.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always disconnect the negative battery cable first. If the
positive cable should contact ground with the negative
cable installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery
explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
2.
Disconnect and remove battery. See 1.4 BATTERY
MAINTENANCE.
3.
Remove tail body work. See 2.36 TAIL FRAME AND
BODY WORK.
4.
Place a scissor jack under jacking point and raise rear
wheel off ground. For location of jacking point see Figure
2-98.
5.
See Figure 2-85. Remove upper shock (5) and lower
shock mount fasteners (6 and 9) and lower shock mount
sleeve (8).
6.
Remove rear shock reservoir clamp (2).
7.
See Figure 2-84. Cut cable strap.
8.
Feed rear shock reservoir through tail section.
9.
Remove rear shock.
a.
Raise motorcycle up approximately 2 more inches
(51 mm).
b.
Remove shock through the top of the tail section
(opening underneath rider seat).
Tighten clamp on reservoir to 96-120 in-lbs
(11-14 Nm).
See Figure 2-84. Add cable strap.
NOTE
Verify compression dial is facing up. See Figure 2-85.
Install upper body work. See 2.36 TAIL FRAME AND
BODY WORK.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always connect the positive battery cable first. If the positive cable should contact ground with the negative cable
installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
6.
Install battery by threading positive cable (red) into
threaded hole first tightening to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
See 1.4 BATTERY MAINTENANCE.
7.
Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
8354
2
1
1.
2.
Adjuster screw
Adjuster screw alignment hole
Figure 2-83. Adjuster Screw Alignment
8463
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 2-85. Install upper shock mount and tighten
fastener (5) to 49-51 ft-lbs (66-69 Nm).
2.
Install lower shock mount with fasteners (6, 9) and lower
shock mount sleeve (8) and tighten to 15-17 ft-lbs (20.323 Nm).
3.
Feed rear shock reservoir through tail section. D.1 HOSE
AND WIRE ROUTING for correct routing.
a.
Loosely install reservoir in clamp.
b.
See Figure 2-83. Temporarily place upper body work
onto tail section and adjust reservoir placement so
dial aligns with bodywork.
Figure 2-84. Cable Strap
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-55
HOME
b0940x2x
1
2
3
6
8
4
9
7
10
10
5
11
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Shock remote reservoir clamp fastener
Shock remote reservoir clamp
Shock remote reservoir
Shock reservoir body
Upper shock mount fastener
Lower shock mount nut and washer
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Lower shock mount
Lower shock mount sleeve
Lower shock mount fastener and washer
Shock spring retainer kit
Rear shock spring
Figure 2-85. Rear Shock Absorber Assembly
2-56
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
THROTTLE CONTROL
2.23
REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY
8401
1.
See Figure 2-86. Loosen cable adjuster lock (thick disc)
(3) on each cable.
2.
Turn adjusters (thin disc) (3) in direction which will
shorten cable housings to minimum length.
3.
Remove fasteners (1) on right switch housing and separate housing from handlebar.
4.
See Figure 2-87. Remove cables (2, 3) from notches in
front housing (4).
5.
Remove ferrules (6) from throttle (7).
6.
Remove airbox cover and baseplate. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
7.
Disconnect cables from throttle body manifold to remove.
8.
Cut cable straps and remove cables.
1
3
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Right switch housing fasteners
Adjusters
Cable adjuster lock
Throttle control cable
Idle control cable
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
11
1WARNING
WARNING
2
4
Figure 2-86. Throttle Control Cables
7098
Compressed air can pierce the skin and cause injury.
Never use your hand to check for leaks or to determine
air flow rates. Wear safety glasses to shield your eyes
from flying dirt and debris. Failure to comply could result
in death or serious injury.
1
5
8
7
4
Clean all parts except cables in a non-flammable cleaning
solvent. Blow dry with compressed air. Replace cables if
frayed, kinked or bent.
6
2
ASSEMBLY/INSTALLATION
9
1.
Route cable as shown in D.1 HOSE AND WIRE ROUTING.
2.
Add cable straps as shown in the throttle cable routing in
D.1 HOSE AND WIRE ROUTING.
3.
Install throttle grip and position ferrules (6) into cable
wheel (7).
4.
Insert idle control into front switch housing.
5.
Slide switch housing over throttle.
6.
Insert throttle cable into front switch housing.
7.
See Figure 2-86. Attach rear switch housing and position
housings on right handlebar by engaging locating pin on
front housing with hole in handlebar. Attach housings
with two fasteners, installing longer fastener on bottom.
Tighten to 25-33 in-lbs (3-4 Nm).
8.
Adjust cables. See 1.16 THROTTLE CABLE AND IDLE
SPEED ADJUSTMENT.
9.
Install airbox assembly. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
3
Screw (short, top)
Idle control cable
Throttle control cable with molded end
Front housing
Screw (long, bottom)
Ferrules
Cable wheel
Rear housing
Locating pin
Figure 2-87. Cable Connections
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-57
HOME
CLUTCH HAND LEVER
2.24
REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY
b0939x2x
1
NOTE
For clutch adjustment, see 1.8 CLUTCH.
1.
See Figure 2-89. Remove p-clamp from front isolator.
2.
See Figure 2-88. Slide clutch cable adjuster boot (8) up
to access clutch adjuster (7).
3.
Loosen clutch adjuster (7) to release tension from hand
lever (4).
4.
Remove clutch cable ferrule (9) from hand lever (4).
5.
Remove hand lever pinch bolt (3).
6.
Remove hand lever (4) from hand lever clamp (2).
7.
Remove safety interlock switch (5).
a.
Remove hand lever clamp fastener (1) and spin
clamp (2) to access safety interlock switch (5).
b.
Disconnect safety interlock switch connector (5) and
remove switch fastener (6) and switch (5).
NOTE
The individual parts of the clutch switch are not serviceable.
Replace switch upon failure.
8.
See Figure 2-90. Cut cable strap from left upper fork
clamp.
9.
Remove left clip-on. See 2.27 HANDLEBARS.
3
2
9
4
3
5
8
6
7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Hand lever clamp pinch fastener
Hand lever clamp
Hand lever pinch fastener and nut
Clutch hand lever
Safety interlock connector and switch
Safety interlock switch fastener
Clutch adjuster
Clutch cable adjuster boot
Clutch cable ferrule
Figure 2-88. Clutch Hand Control Assembly
10. Remove clutch assembly from clip-on.
8740
ASSEMBLY/INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 2-88. Slide hand lever clutch clamp (2) over
left clip-on. Loosely tighten hand lever pinch fastener and
nut (3).
2.
Install left clip-on. See 2.27 HANDLEBARS.
3.
Connect safety interlock connector and switch (5).
4.
Install safety interlock switch (5) with fastener (6) tightening to 7-10 in-lbs (0.8-1.0 Nm).
NOTE
Apply small amount of LOCTITE ANTI-SEIZE LUBRICANT to
bolt (3).
5.
Install clutch hand lever (4) in hand lever clamp (2) and
tighten hand lever pinch fastener (3) to 39-48 in-lbs (45 Nm).
6.
Position hand lever (4) to rider preference and tighten
hand lever clamp pivot fastener (1) to 36-60 in-lbs (47 Nm).
7.
Connect clutch cable ferrule (9) to hand lever clamp (2).
8.
See Figure 2-90. Install cable strap holding safety interlock switch and left switch housing on left upper fork. Do
not over tighten cable strap.
9.
If not yet performed, route clutch cable to primary cover.
D.1 HOSE AND WIRE ROUTING for clutch cable routing.
10. With clutch cable lower section connected to primary
cover, adjust clutch. See 1.8 CLUTCH.
2-58
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
Figure 2-89. Clutch Cable P-clamp
8454
Figure 2-90. Cable Straps On Upper Fork Clamp
HOME
HEADLIGHT SUPPORT BRACKET
2.25
REMOVAL
8428
6775
1.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
3
1
11
1WARNING
WARNING
To protect against accidental start-up of vehicle and possible personal injury, disconnect the negative battery
cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions
could cause a battery explosion, which could result in
death or serious injury.
2.
Disconnect battery by unthreading fastener removing
negative cable (black) from battery first. See 1.4 BATTERY MAINTENANCE.
3.
Remove front fairing. See 2.37 FRONT FAIRING, WINDSHIELD, AND MIRRORS.
4.
See Figure 2-91. Disconnect flasher (1) and bank angle
sensor (2). Remove electronic control module fasteners
(3).
5.
2
1.
2.
3.
Flasher
Bank angle sensor
Electronic control module
Figure 2-91. Headlight Support Bracket
See Figure 2-93. Rotate headlamp support bracket.
a.
Loosen headlamp pivot fasteners (1).
b.
Rotate headlight bracket (2) down.
6.
See Figure 2-92. Disconnect headlight connection.
7.
Disconnect and remove electronic control module. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE.
8.
See Figure 2-93. Remove headlight support bracket (2).
8470
Figure 2-92. Headlight Connector
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-59
HOME
DISASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
1.
See Figure 2-91. Remove bank angle sensor (2).
1.
2.
Remove flasher (1).
See Figure 2-93. Align headlights (5, 7) into headlight
support bracket (2). Tighten headlight fasteners (6) to 2025 in lbs (2.3-2.8 Nm).
3.
See Figure 2-93. Remove black rubber cover (4) from
rear of headlights.
2.
Connect headlight bulb (8) connector (white) into wireharness.
4.
Disconnect black connector from headlights.
3.
Connect black headlight connector.
5.
Disconnect headlight bulb (8) connector (white) from
wire harness.
4.
Install black rubber cover (4).
5.
See Figure 2-91. Install bank angle sensor connector
case (2). Tighten to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
6.
Install flasher (1) and tighten to 30-40 in-lbs (3-5 Nm).
6.
Remove headlights (5, 7) from headlight support bracket
(2) by removing headlight fasteners (6).
7.
Remove headlights (5, 7).
b0989x2x
2
1
3
4
5
6
10
8
9
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
7
Headlight pivot fasteners
Headlight support bracket
Electronic control module fasteners
Black rubber cover
Low beam headlight
High beam headlight
Headlight fastener
Headlight bulb
Bank angle sensor
Bank angle sensor fastener
Figure 2-93. Headlight Support Bracket Assembly
2-60
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 2-94. Position headlight pivot fasteners into
groove of the headlight support bracket, flat side of nut
lined up with groove.
8460
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always connect the positive battery cable first. If the positive cable should contact ground with the negative cable
installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
10. Install battery by threading positive cable (red) into
threaded hole first tightening to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
See 1.4 BATTERY MAINTENANCE.
11. Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
Figure 2-94. Headlamp Pivot Groove
2.
See Figure 2-93. Install headlight pivot fasteners (1) but
do not tighten.
3.
Connect electronic control module. See 4.29 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE.
4.
See Figure 2-92. Attach headlight connector to headlight
support bracket.
5.
Connect headlight connections. See 7.11 HEADLIGHT.
6.
See Figure 2-93. Rotate headlight support bracket up (2)
and tighten pivot fasteners (1) to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
7.
See Figure 2-91. Install electric control module.
a.
Figure 2-93. Align electronic control module and
headlight support bracket with fairing support
bracket.
b.
Tighten electronic control module fasteners (3) to
72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
8.
See Figure 2-91. Connect flasher (1) and bank angle
sensor (2).
9.
Install front fairing. See 2.37 FRONT FAIRING, WINDSHIELD, AND MIRRORS.
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-61
HOME
FAIRING SUPPORT BRACKET
2.26
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
1.
1.
Route the wire harness. See D.1 HOSE AND WIRE
ROUTING for wire harness routing.
2.
See Figure 2-95. Install fairing support bracket with fasteners and washers (4). Tightening to 16-18 ft-lbs (2226 Nm).
3.
Install p-clamp (7) with p-clamp fasteners and washers
(8).
4.
Disconnect battery by unthreading fastener removing
negative cable (black) from battery first. See 1.4 BATTERY MAINTENANCE.
Connect instrument cluster connector and install instrument cluster. Tightening to 36-48 in-lbs (4-5 Nm). See
7.17 INSTRUMENT MODULE.
5.
3.
Remove front fairing. See 2.37 FRONT FAIRING, WINDSHIELD, AND MIRRORS.
Install horn and tighten fasteners to 72-96 in-lbs
(8-10 Nm). See 7.20 HORN.
6.
4.
Remove headlight support bracket. See 2.25 HEADLIGHT SUPPORT BRACKET.
Install fuse block, relay and p-clamp tightening fasteners
to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm). See 7.22 MAIN FUSE AND
FUSES.
5.
Remove fuse block (1) and relay block (4) and p-clamp.
See 7.22 MAIN FUSE AND FUSES.
7.
Install lower headlight support bracket. See 2.25 HEADLIGHT SUPPORT BRACKET.
6.
Disconnect and remove horn (5). See 7.20 HORN.
8.
Install front fairing. See 2.37 FRONT FAIRING, WINDSHIELD, AND MIRRORS.
7.
Disconnect and remove instrument cluster (2, 3). See
7.17 INSTRUMENT MODULE.
8.
See Figure 2-95. Remove fairing support bracket fasteners and washers (4), p-clamp (7) to remove fairing support bracket (5).
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
To protect against accidental start-up of vehicle and possible personal injury, disconnect the negative battery
cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions
could cause a battery explosion, which could result in
death or serious injury.
2.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always connect the positive battery cable first. If the positive cable should contact ground with the negative cable
installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
9.
Install battery by threading positive cable (red) into
threaded hole first tightening to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
See 1.4 BATTERY MAINTENANCE.
10. Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
2-62
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
b0958x2x
8
7
6
5
3
4
2
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Jam nut
Washer
Rubber grommet
Fairing support bracket fasteners and washers
Fairing support bracket
Instrument cluster
P-clamp
P-clamp fastener and washers
Figure 2-95. Fairing Support Bracket Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-63
HOME
HANDLEBARS
GENERAL
XB9R handlebars use a clip-on assembly and are not adjustable.
REMOVAL
2.
3.
INSTALLATION
Right Clip-on
1.
Install right switch gear housing.
2.
Install front brake master cylinder. Tighten but do not
torque.
Remove right switchgear housing. See 7.15 HANDLEBAR SWITCHES.
3.
Remove front brake master cylinder and grip. See 2.10
FRONT BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER AND HAND
LEVER.
Install right clip-on into right fork clamp using LOCTITE
272 and tighten fastener (5) to 24-26 ft-lbs (33-35 Nm).
4.
Install throttle and grip onto right clip-on. See 2.23
THROTTLE CONTROL.
5.
Install endcap onto right clip-on.
6.
See Figure 2-35. Position brake hand lever to rider preferences and tighten fastener (5) to 80-90 in-lbs (910 Nm). See 2.10 FRONT BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
AND HAND LEVER.
Right Clip-on
1.
2.27
See Figure 2-97. Remove right clip-on assembly.
4.
a.
Partially loosen clip-on mounting fastener (5).
b.
Using a rubber mallet, tap the partially loosened fastener (5) to push the clip-on (3) from the upper right
fork clamp (4). Repeat this procedure until fastener
and clip-on has been removed from fork clamp (4).
Remove clip-on endcap (1).
Left Clip-on
1.
Remove left switchgear housing. See 7.15 HANDLEBAR
SWITCHES.
2.
See Figure 2-96. Remove clip-on assembly.
a.
See Figure 2-97. Partially loosen clip-on mounting
fastener (5).
b.
Using a rubber mallet, tap the partially loosened fastener (5) to push the clip-on (3) from the upper left
fork clamp (4). Repeat this procedure until fastener
(5) and clip-on (3) has been removed from fork
clamp (4).
3.
Remove clutch lever assembly. See 2.24 CLUTCH
HAND LEVER.
4.
Remove clip-on endcap (1).
Left Clip-on
1.
Install clutch hand lever assembly onto clip-on. Tighten
but do not torque.
2.
Install left switchgear housing. See 7.15 HANDLEBAR
SWITCHES.
3.
See Figure 2-97. Install grip (2) and endcap (1).
4.
Install left clip-on into upper fork clamp (4) and using
LOCTITE 272, tighten fastener (5) to 24-26 ft-lbs (3335 Nm).
5.
See Figure 2-88. Position clutch hand lever to rider preferences and tighten fastener (1) to 36-60 in-lbs (47 Nm). See 2.24 CLUTCH HAND LEVER.
8355
Figure 2-96. Handlebar Clip-on Mounting Fasteners
(right clip-on shown)
2-64
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
b0945x2x
5
4
3
2
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Endcap
Hand grip
Clip-on
Upper fork clamp
Clip-on fastener
Figure 2-97. Handlebar Clip-on Assembly (left clip-on shown)
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-65
HOME
EXHAUST SYSTEM
2.28
REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY
Muffler
2.
See Figure 2-98. Remove front muffler mounting block
fastener (7).
3.
Remove strap (4) from front muffler mounting block (6).
4.
Remove front mounting block bushings (8) by punching
out with suitable tool.
1.
Remove chin fairing. See 2.33 CHIN FAIRING.
2.
Remove front sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET
COVER.
Rear Muffler Mounting Block
3.
Remove idler pulley. See DRIVE BELT REMOVAL in 1.9
DRIVE BELT SYSTEM.
1.
Remove muffler. See Muffler in this section.
2.
Drain oil. See Draining Oil in 1.5 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM.
3.
Remove oil lines from swingarm. See 3.9 OIL HOSE
ROUTING AND OIL RESERVOIR.
4.
See Figure 2-98. Remove rear muffler mounting block
fasteners (10).
5.
Slide oil lines from rear muffler block. and remove rear
muffler strap mount block (9).
4.
5.
See Figure 2-98. Loosen front muffler strap mount fastener (7) but do not remove.
Remove front and rear muffler straps.
Front: Remove front muffler strap fastener (5). Front
strap will not be removed.
Rear: Alternately loosen rear strap fasteners (1) and
remove straps (2).
6.
See Figure 2-99. Loosen Torca clamp (1) and remove
muffler.
NOTE
The muffler may be removed for replacement without removing the exhaust header.
Front Muffler Mounting Block/Strap
1.
Exhaust Header
1.
Rotate engine down. See 3.3 ENGINE ROTATION FOR
SERVICE.
2.
Remove oxygen sensor. See 4.32 OXYGEN SENSOR.
3.
See Figure 2-99. Remove exhaust header (2) by removing mounting fasteners (3).
4.
Remove exhaust ring (4), retaining ring (5) and port gasket (6).
Remove muffler. See Muffler in this section.
b0957x2x
10
1
9
8
7
5
6
2
3
*
*Jacking
point symbol shown
on both sides of muffler.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rear muffler strap fastener
Rear muffler strap
Muffler
Front muffler strap
Front muffler strap fastener
*
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Front muffler strap mount
Front muffler strap mount fastener
Front muffler strap mount bushings
Rear muffler strap mount block
Rear muffler strap mount fasteners
Figure 2-98. Muffler Assembly
2-66
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
4
HOME
ASSEMBLY/INSTALLATION
4.
See Figure 2-98. Tighten front muffler mounting block
fastener (7) to 22-25 ft-lbs (30-34 Nm).
5.
See Figure 2-99. Tighten the Torca clamp (1) to 40-45 ftlbs (54-61 Nm).
6.
Install idler pulley. See DRIVE BELT REMOVAL in 1.9
DRIVE BELT SYSTEM.
7.
Install front sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET
COVER.
8.
Install chin fairing. See 2.33 CHIN FAIRING.
Exhaust Header
1.
See Figure 2-99. Install exhaust ring (4), retaining ring
(5) and new port gasket (6).
2.
Install exhaust header (2). Tighten mounting fasteners
(3) to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
NOTE
Tighten header nuts gradually, alternating between studs to
insure that exhaust rings are flush with engine.
3.
Install oxygen sensor. See 4.32 OXYGEN SENSOR.
4.
Rotate engine up. See 3.3 ENGINE ROTATION FOR
SERVICE.
b0973x2x
Rear Muffler Mounting Block
1.
3
6
See Figure 2-98. Slide rear muffler mounting block (9)
over oil lines.
2.
Install rear muffler mounting block fasteners (10) and
tighten to 32-36 ft-lbs (43-49 Nm).
3.
Install oil lines to swingarm. See 3.9 OIL HOSE ROUTING AND OIL RESERVOIR.
4.
Fill swingarm/oil tank with 2.5 quarts (3.3 liters) oil. See
Draining Oil in 1.5 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM.
5.
Install muffler. See Muffler in this section.
4
5
Front Muffler Mounting Block
1.
See Figure 2-98. Install front mounting block bushings
(8).
2.
Install strap on front muffler mounting block (4).
3.
Install front muffler mounting block fastener (7) loosely.
Do not tighten.
4.
Install muffler. See Muffler in this section.
Muffler and Straps
NOTE
Torca muffler clamps have eliminated the need for silicone or
graphite tape during assembly. To ensure sealing integrity of
muffler clamps and prevent the possibility of leakage, Buell
recommends that muffler clamp assemblies be discarded and
replaced each time they are removed.
1.
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1
Torca clamp
Header
Header mount fastener
Exhaust ring
Exhaust retaining ring
Exhaust port gasket
Figure 2-99. Exhaust Header
Install muffler and new Torca clamp onto header.
NOTE
If necessary, use a fiber hammer to fit muffler on header.
2.
See Figure 2-98. Loosely install front and rear muffler
straps (2, 4).
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Muffler straps must be tightened in steps to keep from
over tightening or muffler will be crushed.
3.
Tighten front strap fastener and alternately tighten rear
muffler strap fasteners evenly till fasteners are tightened
to:
Front: 108-120 in-lbs (12-14 Nm).
Rear: 48-60 in-lbs (5-7 Nm).
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-67
HOME
FOOTPEG, HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT
RIDER
2.29
b0934x2x
1
Remove Footpeg
1.
See Figure 2-100. Remove e-ring (5).
2.
Remove footpeg pin (8).
3.
Remove footpeg (7).
2
3
Remove Heel Guard
1.
See Figure 2-100. Remove heel guard fasteners (4).
2.
Remove heel guard (3).
8
4
Remove Mount
1.
See Figure 2-100. Remove footpeg mount fasteners (2).
2.
Remove footpeg mount (1).
Install Footpeg
1.
See Figure 2-100. Install e-ring (5).
2.
Position footpeg (7) on to footpeg mount (1).
3.
Install footpeg pin (8).
Install Heel Guard
1.
See Figure 2-100. Position heel guard (3) onto footpeg
mount (1).
2.
Install heel guard (3) with fasteners (4). Tighten to 7296 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
Install Mount
1.
See Figure 2-100. Position footpeg mount (1).
2.
Install footpeg mount with fasteners (2). Tighten to 108132 in-lbs (12-15 Nm).
2-68
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
5
6
7
Footpeg mount
Footpeg mount fastener
Heel guard
Heel guard fasteners
E-ring
Spring
Footpeg
Pin
Figure 2-100. Rider Footpeg, Mount and Heel Guard
Assembly
HOME
PASSENGER
b0933x2x
Remove Footpeg
1.
See Figure 2-101. Remove e-ring (7).
2.
Remove footpeg pin (9).
3.
Remove footpeg (8), detent plate (6), ball (5) and
spring (4).
Remove Heel Guard
1.
See Figure 2-101. Remove heel guard fasteners (1).
2.
Remove heel guard (2).
1
2
Remove Mount
1.
See Figure 2-101. Remove footpeg mount fasteners
(10).
2.
Remove footpeg mount (3).
3
7
6
5
4
Install Footpeg
1.
See Figure 2-101. Position footpeg (8), detent plate (6),
ball (5), and spring (4) on to footpeg mount (3).
2.
Install footpeg pin (9).
3.
Install e-ring (7).
4.
Check that footpeg clicks in the up and down position.
Install Heel Guard
1.
See Figure 2-101. Position heel guard (2) onto footpeg
mounts (3).
2.
Install heel guard (2). Tightening heel guard fasteners to
48-72 in-lbs (5-8 Nm).
Install Mount
1.
See Figure 2-101. Position footpeg mount (3) onto tail
frame.
2.
Install footpeg mount (3). Using LOCTITE 272 tighten,
fasteners (10) to 25-28 ft-lbs (34-38 Nm).
9
10
8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Heel guard fasteners
Heel guard
Footpeg mount
Spring
Ball
Detent plate
E-ring
Footpeg
Pin
Footpeg mount fastener
Figure 2-101. Passenger Footpeg, Mount and Heel Guard
Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-69
HOME
SPROCKET COVER
2.30
REMOVAL
b0942x2x
1.
See Figure 2-102. Remove back right chin fairing fasteners.
NOTE
Must remove two chin fairing fasteners for sprocket cover
access.
2.
See Figure 2-103. Remove sprocket cover fasteners and
washers (1).
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 2-103. Position sprocket cover (2) over front
belt guard (3) and front sprocket.
2.
Install sprocket cover (2) using LOCTITE 222 on rear
sprocket cover fastener (1) and tighten all fasteners and
washers (1) to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
3.
Install chin fairing. See 2.33 CHIN FAIRING.
Figure 2-102. Chin Fairing Assembly
b0943x2x
3
2
1
1
1.
2.
3.
Sprocket cover fastener and washers
Sprocket cover
Front belt guard
Figure 2-103. Sprocket Cover
2-70
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
FENDERS
FRONT FENDER
2.31
b0941x2x
Removal
1.
See Figure 2-104. Remove fasteners and washers (2)
securing the front fender (1) to front forks.
2.
Carefully remove front fender (1).
1
Installation
1.
See Figure 2-104. Align front fender (1) to fender mounts
on front forks.
2.
Install front fender (1) with fasteners and washers (2) and
tighten to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
2
3
REAR FENDER
4
Removal
1.
Remove rear wheel. See 2.6 REAR WHEEL.
2.
See Figure 2-104. Remove fasteners and washers (4)
securing the rear fender (3) to frame.
3.
Remove rear fender (3).
Installation
1.
See Figure 2-104. Align rear fender (3) to frame.
2.
Install rear fender (3) with fasteners and washers (4),
Tighten to 12-15 in-lbs (1-1.7 Nm).
1.
2.
3.
4.
Front fender
Front fender fastener
Rear fender
Rear fender fastener
Figure 2-104. Front and Rear Fender
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-71
HOME
BELT GUARDS
2.32
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
1.
Place a scissor jack under jacking point and raise rear
wheel off ground. For location of jacking point see Figure
2-98.
1.
2.
Remove right side rider footrest support bracket.
3.
Remove right passenger footrest support bracket.
4.
See Figure 2-105. Remove front sprocket cover (5) by
remove fasteners (6).
See Figure 2-105. Installing inner belt guard (1):
a.
Slide inner guard between rear wheel and swingarm.
b.
Partially install rear axle.
2.
Install front belt guard (4). Do not tighten.
NOTE
3.
Install belt.
Must remove two chin fairing fasteners for access. Front belt
guard will dangle but can not be removed at this time.
4.
Install upper belt guard (10) to swingarm brace tightening fasteners to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
5.
Loosely install swingarm brace. See 2.19 SWINGARM
AND BRACE.
5.
Loosen rear axle pinch fastener.
6.
Loosen rear axle approximately 15 rotations to allow partial tension to be removed from rear drive system.
7.
Remove idler pulley assembly by removing nuts and
washers. See IDLER PULLEY REMOVAL in 1.9 DRIVE
BELT SYSTEM.
8.
Remove lower belt guard (3) by removing fasteners (7).
9.
Remove upper belt guard (10) by removing fasteners
(8, 9).
NOTE
a.
Remove spacer collar (2) between upper belt guard
(10), inner belt guard (1) and swingarm brace.
b.
Allow inner belt guard (1) to drape.
Position the inner belt guard (1) and upper belt
guard (10) onto swingarm.
b.
Install spacer collar (2) between upper belt guard
(10), inner belt guard (1) and swingarm brace.
6.
Install upper belt guard (10) and tighten fasteners (8, 9)
to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
7.
Tighten swingarm brace fasteners to 25-27 ft-lbs (3437 Nm).
8.
Install lower belt guard (3) and tighten fasteners (7) to
12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
9.
Install idler pulley assembly tightening washers, nuts and
fasteners to 33-35 ft-lbs (45-47 Nm). See IDLER PULLEY INSTALLATION in 1.9 DRIVE BELT SYSTEM.
The upper belt guard is attached to the swingarm brace and
can not be removed from vehicle at this time.
10. Remove swingarm brace by removing fasteners. See
2.19 SWINGARM AND BRACE.
a.
10. Tighten rear axle to 48-52 ft-lbs (65-70 Nm).
NOTE
Inner belt guard does not have to be removed to remove belt
or rear wheel.
11. Tighten rear axle pinch fastener to 40-45 ft-lbs (5461 Nm).
11. Remove upper belt guard (10) by removing fasteners
from swingarm brace.
12. Rotate rear wheel to ensure the belt does not make visible or audible contact. It may be necessary to loosen belt
guard(s) to adjust for proper clearance.
12. Remove belt from sprocket.
NOTE
Inner belt guard does not have to be removed to remove belt
or rear wheel.
13. Removing inner belt guard (1):
14. Install chin fairing fasteners and tighten to 36-60 in-lbs
(4-7 Nm).
15. Install right side rider footrest mount and tighten fasteners to 108-132 in-lbs (12-15 Nm).
a.
Remove rear axle.
b.
Remove inner belt guard (1) from swingarm.
NOTE
The rear wheel does not have to be removed to remove inner
belt guard.
2-72
13. Install front sprocket cover (5) by tightening fasteners (6)
to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
16. Install right passenger footrest mount. use LOCTITE 272
and tighten fasteners to 25-28 ft-lbs (34-38 Nm).
17. Remove scissor jack from motorcycle.
HOME
b1064x2x
1
2
8
4
10
3
9
8
7
6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
5
Inner belt guard
Spacer collar
Lower belt guard
Front belt guard
Sprocket cover
Sprocket cover fasteners
Lower belt guard fasteners
Upper belt guard fasteners, short
Upper belt guard fasteners, long
Upper belt guard
Figure 2-105. Belt Guard Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-73
HOME
CHIN FAIRING
2.33
REMOVAL
b0942x2x
1.
Secure back tire down.
2.
Turn wheel full right or left for easier access to center fasteners.
3.
See Figure 2-106. Remove center section fasteners and
washers (2).
4.
Remove left section fasteners and washers (4) and
remove left section (3).
5.
Remove sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET COVER.
6.
Remove right section fasteners and washers (6) and
remove right section (5).
4
5
3
6
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 2-106. Position right section (5) and install
with right section fasteners and washers (6).
2.
Position left section (3) and install with left section fasteners and washers (4).
3.
Turn wheel full right or left for easier access to center fasteners.
4.
Position center section (1) and install with center section
fasteners and washers (2). Use LOCTITE 272 on all fasteners tightening to 36-48 in-lbs (4-5 Nm).
5.
Install sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET COVER.
1
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Center section
Center section fasteners and washers
Left section
Left section fastener and washer
Right section
Right section fastener and washer
Figure 2-106. Chin Fairing Assembly
2-74
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
INTAKE COVER ASSEMBLY
2.34
REMOVAL
b0981x2x
1.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
2.
See Figure 2-107. Remove fasteners and nylon washers
(2).
3.
Remove intake cover assembly (1).
1
2
INSTALLATION
1.
Position intake cover assembly over top of airbox cover.
2.
See Figure 2-107. Secure intake cover assembly (1) with
fasteners and nylon washers (2). Tighten to 12-36 in-lbs
(1-4 Nm).
NOTE
Front screws go in at a slight angle.
3.
Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
1.
2.
Intake cover assembly
Intake cover fasteners
Figure 2-107. Intake Cover Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-75
HOME
AIR SCOOPS
2.35
RAM AIR SCOOP
OIL COOLER AIR SCOOP
Removal
Removal
1.
See Figure 2-108. On left side of bike, locate ram air
scoop (4).
1.
See Figure 2-108. On left side of bike, locate oil cooler
air scoop (2).
2.
Remove three ram air scoop fasteners (3).
3.
Remove ram air scoop (4).
2.
Remove two oil cooler air scoop fasteners (1).
3.
Remove oil cooler air scoop (2).
Installation
1.
See Figure 2-108. Position ram air scoop (4).
2.
Install ram air scoop (4) with three fasteners (3). Tighten
to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
Installation
1.
See Figure 2-108. Position oil cooler air scoop (2).
2.
Install oil cooler air scoop (2) using LOCTITE 272 tightening fasteners (1) to 120-144 in-lbs (14-16 Nm).
ENGINE SHROUD AIR SCOOP
Removal
1.
See Figure 2-108. On right side of bike, locate engine
shroud air scoop (6).
2.
Remove three engine shroud air scoop fasteners (5).
3.
Remove engine shroud air scoop (6).
Installation
1.
See Figure 2-108. Position engine shroud air scoop (6).
2.
Install engine shroud air scoop (6) with three fasteners
(5). Tighten to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
b01012x2x
1
2
3
4
6
5
1.
2.
3.
Oil cooler air scoop fastener and washer
Oil cooler air scoop
Ram air scoop fastener and washer
4.
5.
6.
Ram air scoop
Engine shroud scoop fastener and washer
Engine shroud scoop
Figure 2-108. RAM Air Scoop, Engine Shroud, Oil Cooler
2-76
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
TAIL FRAME AND BODY WORK
2.36
DISASSEMBLY
10. Remove passenger footpeg mounts. See 2.29 FOOTPEG, HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT.
1.
11. Remove lower body work (9) and trunk (11) from tail
frame (8).
Remove seat and pillion. See 2.38 SEAT.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always disconnect the negative battery cable first. If the
positive battery cable should contact ground with the
negative cable installed, the resulting sparks may cause
a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
a.
Remove lower body work (9) underneath tail frame
by removing fasteners (10).
b.
Remove trunk (11).
12. See Figure 2-110. Disconnect main battery ground (1)
and ground to wire harness (2).
13. Remove main fuse case (3) from tail frame.
2.
Disconnect battery by unthreading fastener removing
negative cable (black) from battery first. See 1.4 BATTERY MAINTENANCE.
3.
See Figure 2-112. Remove upper body work (1) from tail
frame (8).
a.
Remove body work fasteners (2).
b.
Disconnect passenger lock cable (6) by removing
cable from seat lock plate (4) and ferrule from keylock (3).
c.
Lift upper tail body work (1) off tail frame (8).
4.
Remove passenger seat latch (14) from rear of tail
frame.
5.
See Figure 2-109. Disconnect rear power harness connection (5).
NOTE
When removing the main fuse case from tail frame, be very
careful not to bend the tail frame.
14. See Figure 2-110. Cut cable strap (4) holding rear brake
light wire (5) and rear brake reservoir hose (6).
15. Disconnect rear brake light connection (5).
8478
1
8463
3
1
2
5
2
4
3
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
5
Fuel vent hose
Main wire harness
Cable strap
Rear shock reservoir hose
Main wire harness connection
6
Figure 2-109. Left Side Tail Frame Hose and Wire Routing
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Main battery ground
Wire harness ground
Main fuse case
Cable strap
Brake light wire and connector
Rear brake reservoir hose
6.
Disconnect turn signal bullet connections and tail light
connections. See 7.13 TURN SIGNALS and 7.12 TAIL
LAMP.
7.
Remove christmas tree tie that holds the turn signals and
tail light wire harness to tail frame.
8.
Remove turn signals and reflectors from lower body
work. See 7.13 TURN SIGNALS.
Figure 2-110. Inside Tail Frame Hose and Wire Routing
9.
See Figure 2-112. Remove license plate fasteners (12)
from lower tail body work (9) and remove license plate
(13).
16. See Figure 2-109. Cut cable strap (3) from tail frame
holding vent hose (1), main wire harness (2) and shock
reservoir hose (4).
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-77
HOME
17. See Figure 2-111. Remove rear brake reservoir clamp
nut.
8.
8359
9.
Check rear shock reservoir suspension screw alignment
with upper body work.
a.
Install upper body work without tightening any fasteners.
b.
Move the rear shock canister in position to see the
suspension screw through the upper body work.
c.
Remove upper body work and tighten rear shock
reservoir clamp to 120-144 in-lbs (14-16 Nm).
See Figure 2-109. Feed fuel vent hose (1) through tail
section, keeping the hose on top of rear shock reservoir
hose. See D.1 HOSE AND WIRE ROUTING for hose and
wire routing.
10. Install cable strap (3) holding shock reservoir hose, wire
harness and fuel vent hose to tail frame.
Figure 2-111. Remote Reservoir Clamp Nut
18. Disconnect fuel pump connection and remove case from
tail frame. See 4.38 FUEL PUMP.
11. See Figure 2-111. Feed rear brake reservoir hose underneath tail frame and install rear brake reservoir tightening
fastener to 48-72 in-lbs (5.4-8.1 Nm).
19. Remove shock reservoir fasteners and feed the reservoir
out of tail frame. See 2.22 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER.
12. See Figure 2-110. Install cable strap holding brake light
switch and rear reservoir hose.
20. See Figure 2-112. Remove tail frame fasteners (7) and
remove tail frame (8) from frame.
CLEANING
13. See Figure 2-112. Install lower body work (9) and trunk
(11) onto tail frame (8).
a.
Install trunk (11).
b.
Install lower body work (9) underneath tail frame by
tightening fasteners (10) to 36-48 in-lbs (4-5 Nm).
CAUTION
Do not use wheel care products or other compounds
developed specifically for cleaning and polishing powdercoat. These cleaners could potentially damage the tail
section finish.
The cast aluminum tail section has a black powdercoat.
Because the surface is not bare polished aluminum, it must
be cleaned using only mild soap and warm water. After washing, always dry the surface using a clean, soft cloth.
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install tail frame (8) to frame and tighten tail frame fasteners (7) to 21-23 ft-lbs (28-31 Nm) using LOCTITE
272.
2.
Connect fuel pump connection and install connection
case onto tail frame. See 4.38 FUEL PUMP.
3.
See Figure 2-110. Feed rear brake light connector (5)
into tail frame and connect.
4.
Install main fuse case (3) onto tail frame.
5.
Install main battery ground (1) and ground to wire harness (2) to tail frame. Tightening fastener to 72-96 in-lbs
(8-11 Nm).
6.
See Figure 2-109. Feed the rear shock reservoir (4)
through second tail frame support.
7.
Install rear shock reservoir into shock reservoir clamp
and install clamp on to tail frame. Do not tighten. See
2.22 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER.
2-78
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
14. Install passenger footpeg mounts. tightening footpeg
mount fasteners to 15-18 ft-lbs (20-24 Nm). See 2.29
FOOTPEG, HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT.
15. See Figure 2-109. Connect rear power harness to tail
light harness (5).
16. Install christmas tree tie down that holds the turn signals
and tail light wire harness to tail frame. See 7.13 TURN
SIGNALS.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Check for proper turn signal operation before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have proper turn signal operation could
result in death or serious injury.
17. See Figure 2-112. Install license plate (13) to lower tail
body work (9) and tighten fasteners (12) to 36-48 in-lbs
(4-5 Nm).
18. Install turn signals and reflectors onto lower body work
and tighten to 25-28 in-lbs (2-3 Nm). See 7.13 TURN
SIGNALS.
19. Connect turn signal bullet connections and tail light connections. See 7.13 TURN SIGNALS and 7.12 TAIL
LAMP.
20. Install passenger seat latch (14) from rear of tail frame
and tighten to 60-96 in-lbs (7-11 Nm).
HOME
21. See Figure 2-112. Install upper body work onto tail
frame.
a.
Connect passenger lock cable (6) by installing ferrule into lock lever.
b.
Starting on the left side of the tail frame cover the
lock cable and wire harness and align upper body
work (1) on tail frame (8).
c.
Install tail body work starting with the fastener in the
center of upper body work and between the passenger and rider seat. Tighten all fasteners to 12-36 inlbs (1-4 Nm).
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always connect positive battery cable first. If the positive
cable should contact ground with the negative cable
installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
22. Install battery by threading positive cable (red) into
threaded hole first tightening to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
See 1.4 BATTERY MAINTENANCE.
23. Install seat and pillion. See 2.38 SEAT.
b0956x2x
13
1
2
12
12
14
3
11
4
6
5
8
7
9
10
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Upper tail body work
Upper tail body work fasteners
Passenger seat keylock
Passenger seat lock plate
Passenger seat lock retainer
Passenger seat lock cable
Tail frame fasteners
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Tail frame
Lower tail body work
Lower tail body work fasteners
Trunk
License plate fastener
License plate bracket
Passenger seat latch
Figure 2-112. Tail Frame and Body Work Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-79
HOME
FRONT FAIRING, WINDSHIELD, AND MIRRORS
REMOVAL
2.37
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 2-113. Position fairing (5) onto fairing support
bracket and install turn signals (6, 7). See 7.13 TURN
SIGNALS.
Remove mirrors (2).
2.
Install mirrors (2) with fasteners and tighten to
72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
Remove turn signals (6, 7). See 7.13 TURN SIGNALS
and remove front fairing (5).
3.
Install two center (4) and four side windscreen
fasteners (3).
1.
See Figure 2-113. Remove two center (4) and four side
windscreen fasteners (3) to remove windshield (1).
2.
3.
b0967x2x
2
1
8
3
4
7
5
6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Windshield
Mirrors
Side windshield fastener
Center windshield fastener
Front fairing
Turn signal
Turn signal fastener
Well nut
Figure 2-113. Front Fairing and Windscreen
2-80
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
HOME
SEAT
2.38
REMOVAL
8343
Rider Seat
1.
See Figure 2-114. Peel up rear corners of seat and
remove two fasteners.
2.
Pull seat back over tail section and remove.
Pillion Seat
NOTE
The trunk is located under the pillion seat.
1.
See Figure 2-115. Insert ignition key into pillion seat lock
located on left side of motorcycle. Turn key clockwise to
disengage rear seat latch.
Figure 2-114. Accessing Rider Seat Screws
8344
CAUTION
Do not place keys in underseat storage area. If seat is
installed, keys will not be accessible.
2.
Lift and remove pillion seat.
INSTALLATION
Rider Seat
1.
Position seat in mounting position with center tab aligned
with slot on frame crossmember.
2.
Slide seat forward to engage center tab in slot. Pull up on
front of seat to verify tab/slot engagement.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Figure 2-115. Pillion Seat Lock
8365
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
3.
Pull up rear corners of seat and tighten two fasteners to
12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
Pillion Seat
1.
Install seat by sliding metal locating tab on front underside of seat into opening on motorcycle.
2.
Align rear tab with latch slot at rear of motorcycle.
3.
Press down firmly on rear of pillion seat to engage seat
latch. Pull up on rear of pillion seat to make sure latch is
engaged.
4.
Turn ignition key counterclockwise and remove from seat
lock.
Figure 2-116. Center Tab and Frame Slot
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-81
HOME
PASSENGER SEAT LOCK
2.39
REMOVAL
b1011x2x
1.
Remove rider and pillion seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
2.
Remove upper body work on tail section. See 2.36 TAIL
FRAME AND BODY WORK.
3.
See Figure 2-117. Disconnect passenger lock cable (9)
by removing cable from seat lock plate (6) and ferrule
from seat lock lever (4).
4.
Remove seat lock lever (4) by removing fastener (2) and
washer (3) from seat lock (7).
5.
Remove spring (5).
6.
Remove seat lock clip (1) by sliding from seat lock plate
(6).
7.
Remove seat lock plate (6) and seat lock (7).
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 2-117. Install the seat lock (7) on to upper tail
body work.
2.
Install seat lock plate (6) by aligning plate tab onto seat
lock (7).
3.
Install seat lock clip (1) by sliding clip aligning clip groove
onto seat lock plate (6) tab.
4.
Position short tab of spring (5) into seat lock notch.
5.
Position long end of spring into the seat lock lever (4).
6.
Load the spring (5) by turning the seat lock lever (4)
counterclockwise 1/4 turn.
7.
Once the spring is loaded, install the seat lock lever (4)
onto the lock aligning the lever to the square groove that
is cast into the seat lock (7).
8.
Fasten the lock lever (4) to the seat lock (7) with the
washer (3) and fastener (2).
9.
Install the ferrule (8) of the seat lock cable (9) into the
seat lock lever (4).
10. Open and close the seat lock with ignition key to verify
that cable is working properly.
11. Install the seat lock cable (9) into the seat lock plate (6).
12. Install upper body work on tail section. See 2.36 TAIL
FRAME AND BODY WORK.
13. Install rider and pillion seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
2-82
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
8
7
3
5
6
4
1
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Seat lock clip
Fastener
Washer
Seat lock lever
Spring
Seat lock plate
Seat lock
Ferrule
Seat lock cable
Figure 2-117. Seat Lock and Cable Assembly
HOME
SIDESTAND
2.40
GENERAL
SIDESTAND SWITCH REMOVAL
11
1WARNING
WARNING
●
●
If the side stand is not in the full forward position
when vehicle weight is rested on it, the vehicle could
fall over, which could result in death or serious injury.
Always park motorcycle on a level, firm surface.
Vehicle weight could cause motorcycle to fall over,
which could result in death or serious injury.
1.
See Figure 2-118. Cut cable strap securing harness.
2.
See Figure 2-119. Remove sidestand switch, leaving
wire attached, and pull switch assembly and wire harness through to right side of vehicle.
3.
Remove sidestand assembly.
8712
The sidestand is located on the left side of the motorcycle.
The sidestand swings outward to support the motorcycle for
parking.
The sidestand activates the integral sidestand switch which is
part of the starter interlock system. See 7.5 STARTER
INTERLOCK for more information.
INSPECTION
1.
2.
Test the sidestand in the following manner. Without
motorcycle weight resting on it, side stand should move
freely into extended (down) and retracted (up) positions.
Check sidestand switch (starter interlock) for proper
operation after the first 1500 miles (2400 km) and every
2500 miles (4000 Km) thereafter. See 7.5 STARTER
INTERLOCK.
Figure 2-118. Sidestand Switch with Cable Strap
8712
SIDESTAND REMOVAL
1.
Remove muffler. See
EXHAUST SYSTEM.
Muffler and Straps in 2.28
2.
See Figure 2-120. Remove sidestand switch (6). See
SIDESTAND SWITCH REMOVAL in this section.
3.
Remove fasteners (2) securing sidestand bracket (3) to
frame.
Figure 2-119. Sidestand Switch
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2-83
HOME
SIDESTAND DISASSEMBLY
b0946x2x
NOTE
7
Sidestand does not have to be removed from bike to be disassembled.
1.
See Figure 2-120. Remove fastener (7) securing sidestand switch (6).
2.
Remove spring (8).
3.
Remove sidestand pivot bolt (5).
8
6
5
1
4
SIDESTAND ASSEMBLY
1.
See Figure 2-120. Lubricate sidestand pivot bolt (5) and
mating portions on sidestand bracket.
2.
Install sidestand pivot bolt (5) tightening to 18-20 ft-lbs
(24-27 Nm).
3.
Install spring extension plate (4) and spring (8).
NOTE
Extension plate should curve towards primary chain adjustment screw.
4.
Install sidestand switch tightening the switch fastener (7)
to 36-60 in-lbs (4-7 Nm).
5.
Connect sidestand switch to switch connector.
SIDESTAND SWITCH INSTALLATION
1.
Install sidestand assembly. See SIDESTAND INSTALLATION in this section.
2.
See Figure 2-119. Install sidestand switch, pulling switch
assembly and wire harness through right side of vehicle
and connect wire.
3.
See Figure 2-118. Install cable strap securing harness.
SIDESTAND INSTALLATION
1.
Install sidestand switch to sidestand assembly.
2.
Install sidestand to frame tightening the sidestand
bracket fasteners to 25-27 ft-lbs (34-37 Nm).
3.
Install muffler. See Muffler and Straps in 2.28 EXHAUST
SYSTEM.
4.
Inspect sidestand. See INSPECTION in this section.
2-84
2003 Buell XB9R: Chassis
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
3
Sidestand leg
Sidestand bracket fastener
Sidestand bracket
Spring extension plate
Sidestand pivot fastener
Sidestand switch
Sidestand switch fastener
Sidestand spring
Figure 2-120. Sidestand Assembly
ENGINE
Table Of Contents
SUBJECT
PAGE NO.
3.1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 Engine Rotation for Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4 Stripping Motorcycle For Engine Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5 Engine Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6 Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7 Cylinder and Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8 Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.9 Oil Hose Routing And Oil Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.10 Oil Pressure Indicator Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.11 Crankcase Breathing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.12 Oiling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.13 Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.14 Oil Filter Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.15 Hydraulic Lifters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.16 Gearcase Cover And Cam Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.17 Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1
3-6
3-8
3-19
3-29
3-45
3-63
3-73
3-74
3-75
3-76
3-78
3-79
3-82
3-83
3-85
3-90
3
HOME
SPECIFICATIONS
3.1
NOTE
Service wear limits are given as a guideline for measuring
components that are not new. For measurement specifications not given under SERVICE WEAR LIMITS, see NEW
COMPONENTS.
Table 3-1. General Information
Type
Compression Ratio
2 cylinder, air cooled, four-stroke 45 Degree V-twin
10:1
Bore
Stroke
3.50 in.
3.125 in.
88.8 mm
79.375 mm
Engine Displacement
60 cu. in.
984 cc
Oil Capacity (with filter change)
2.5 quarts
2.37 liters
Table 3-2. Engine Ignition Specifications
Type
Regular Idle
Sequential, non waste spark
1050-1150 RPM
Spark Plug Size
Spark Plug Type
Spark Plug Gap
Spark Plug Torque
12 mm
Harley-Davidson No. 10R12A
0.035 in.
0.8890 mm
11-18 ft-lbs
15-24 Nm
Table 3-3. Valve and Valve Seat Specifications
VALVE
Fit in
guide
Exhaust
Intake
Seat width
Stem protrusion from
cylinder valve pocket
NEW COMPONENTS
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
0.001-0.003 in.
0.001-0.003 in.
0.040-0.062 in.
0.0254-0.0762 mm
0.0254-0.0762 mm
1.016-1.575 mm
0.0038 in.
0.0038 in.
0.090 in.
0.1016 mm
0.0889 mm
2.286 mm
2.028-2.064 in.
51.511-52.426 mm
2.082 in.
52.8828 mm
Table 3-4. Valve Spring Specifications
VALVE SPRING
Free length
Intake
1.850 in. (closed)
Exhaust
NEW COMPONENTS
2.325 in.
59.1 mm
135 lbs
61.2 kg
1.300 in. (open)
312 lbs
141.5 kg
1.850 in. (closed)
135 lbs
61.2 kg
1.300 in. (open)
312 lbs
141.5 kg
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
2.2.325. (min)
59.1 mm (min)
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-1
HOME
Table 3-5. Rocker Arm Specifications
ROCKER ARM
NEW COMPONENTS
Shaft fit in bushing (loose)
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
0.0005-0.0020 in.
0.0127-0.0508 mm
0.0035 in.
0.0889 mm
End clearance
0.003-0.013 in.
0.076-0.330 mm
0.025 in
0.635 mm
Bushing fit in rocker arm (tight)
0.004-0.002 in.
0.102-0.0559 mm
0.0007-0.0022 in.
0.018-0.056 mm
0.0035 in.
0.0889 mm
Rocker arm shaft fit in
rocker cover (loose)
Table 3-6. Piston Ring and Piston Pin Specifications
PISTON
NEW COMPONENTS
Compression ring gap
(top and 2nd)
Oil control ring rail gap
Compression ring Top
side
2nd
clearance
Oil control ring side clearance
Pin fit
(loose, at room temperature)
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
0.007-0.020 in.
0.178-0.508 mm
0.032 in.
0.813 mm
0.009-0.052 in.
0.0020-0.0045 in.
0.229-1.321 mm
0.0508-0.1143 mm
0.065 in
0.0065 in.
1.651 mm
0.1651 mm
0.0016-0.0041 in.
0.0406-0.1041 mm
0.0065 in.
0.1651 mm
0.0016-0.0076 in.
0.0406-0.1930 mm
0.0094 in.
0.2388 mm
0.00005-0.00045 in.
0.00127-0.01143 mm
0.00100 in.
0.02540 mm
Table 3-7. Cylinder Head Specifications
CYLINDER HEAD
NEW COMPONENTS
Valve guide in head (tight)
Valve seat in head (tight)
Head gasket surface (flatness)
0.0033-0.0020 in.
0.0035-0.0010 in.
0.006 in. total
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
0.0838-0.0508 mm
0.0889-0.0254 mm
0.152 mm total
0.006 in. total
0.152 mm total
Table 3-8. Cylinder Specifications
CYLINDER
NEW COMPONENTS
Taper
Out of round
Warpage (gasket surfaces)
Top
Base
Standard
Bore diameter± 0.0002 in.
3.4978 in.
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
0.002 in.
0.003 in.
0.006 in.
0.008 in.
3.5008 in.
88.8441 mm
0.051 mm
0.076 mm
0.152 mm
0.203 mm
88.9203 mm
Table 3-9. Connecting Rod Specifications
CONNECTING ROD
Piston pin fit (loose)
NEW COMPONENTS
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
0.00145-0.00155 in.
0.03683-0.03937 mm
0.00180 in.
0.04572 mm
0.005-0.031 in.
0.1-0.8 mm
0.036 in.
0.9 mm
Fit on crankpin (loose)
0.0004-0.0017 in.
0.0102-0.0432 mm
0.0027 in.
0.0686 mm
Connecting rod race ID
1.6245-1.6250 in.
41.2623-41.2750 mm
1.6270 in.
41.3258 mm
Side play between flywheels
3-2
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
Table 3-10. Hydraulic Lifter Specifications
HYDRAULIC LIFTER
NEW COMPONENTS
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
Fit in guide
0.0008-0.0020 in.
0.0203-0.0508 mm
0.0030 in.
0.0762 mm
Roller fit
0.0006-0.0010 in.
0.0152-0.0254 mm
0.0015 in.
0.0381 mm
0.008-0.022 in.
0.203-0.559 mm
0.026 in.
0.660 mm
Roller end clearance
Table 3-11. Oil Pump Specifications
OIL PUMP
Oil
pressure
NEW COMPONENTS
1000 RPM
7-12 PSI
48-83 KPa
2500 RPM
10-17 PSI
69-117 KPa
0.0025 in.
0.0635 mm
0.003 in.
0.076 mm
Shaft to pump clearance
Feed/scavenge inner/outer
gerotor clearance
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
0.004 in.
0.102 mm
Table 3-12. Gearcase Specifications
GEARCASE
NEW COMPONENTS
Cam gear shaft in bushing (loose)
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
0.0007-0.0022 in.
0.0178-0.0559 mm
0.003 in.
0.076 mm
Cam gear shaft end play (min)
0.005-0.024 in.
0.127-0.610 mm
0.025 in.
0.635 mm
Intake cam gear shaft end play (min)
0.006-0.024 in.
0.152-0.610 mm
0.040 in.
1.016 mm
Table 3-13. Flywheel Specifications
FLYWHEEL
Runout
NEW COMPONENTS
Flywheels at rim
Shaft at flywheel end
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
0.000-0.010 in.
0.000-0.254 mm
0.010 in.
0.254 mm
0.000-0.002 in.
0.000-0.051 mm
0.002 in.
0.051 mm
Table 3-14. Sprocket Shaft Bearing Specifications
SPROCKET SHAFT BEARING
NEW COMPONENTS
Bearing outer race fit in crankcase
(tight)
0.006 in.
Interference fit
0.2 mm
Bearing inner race fit on shaft
(tight)
0.006 in.
Interference fit
0.2 mm
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-3
HOME
Table 3-15. Pinion Shaft Bearing Specifications
PINION SHAFT BEARINGS
NEW COMPONENTS
Pinion shaft journal diameter
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
1.2496-1.2500 in.
31.7398-31.7500
mm
1.2496 in. (min)
31.7398 mm (min)
Outer race diameter in right
crankcase
1.5646-1.5652 in.
39.7408-39.7561
mm
1.5672 in. (max)
39.8069 mm (max)
Bearing running clearance
0.00012-0.00088 in.
0.00305-0.02235
mm
Fit in cover bushing (loose)
0.0023-0.0043 in.
0.0584-0.1092 mm
0.0050 in.
0.1270 mm
TORQUE VALUES
ITEM
"V" bracket to main frame
TORQUE
NOTES
120-144 in-lbs
13.6-16.3 Nm
page 3-14, page 3-32
All tie bars
25-27 ft-lbs
33.9-36.6 Nm
page 3-14
Anti-rotation screws (lifter)
55-65 in-lbs
6-7 Nm
page 3-84
Crankcase 5/16 in. screws
15-19 ft-lbs
20-26 Nm
page 3-102
Cylinder head screws
See NOTES
See NOTES
Cylinder studs
10-20 ft-lbs
14-27 Nm
Exhaust header nuts
72-96 in-lbs
8.1-10.8 Nm
page 3-14
Feed oil line at oil reservoir
20-22 ft-lbs
27.1-29.8 Nm
page 3-35
Feed oil line at pump to oil cooler
18-20 ft-lbs
24.4-27.1 Nm
page 3-39
Feed oil line at rear of oil pump
18-20 ft-lbs
24.4-27.1 Nm
page 3-36
Feed oil line at the oil cooler
15-17 ft-lbs
20.3-23 Nm
page 3-39
Front isolator bolt
49-51 ft-lbs
66-69 Nm
page 3-14
Front isolator bracket mounting fastener
49-51 ft-lbs
66-69 Nm
page 3-14, page 3-32
Front muffler strap fastener
108-120 in-lbs
12.2-13.6 Nm
Gearcase cover screws
80-110 in-lbs
9-12 Nm
Oil cooler feed line at the oil pump
18-20 ft-lbs
24.4-27.1 Nm
page 3-39
Oil cooler return line fitting at crankcase
15-17 ft-lbs
20.3-23 Nm
page 3-39
Oil cooler return line fitting at the oil
cooler
15-17 ft-lbs
20.3-23 Nm
page 3-39
Oil cooler return oil line
15-17 ft-lbs
20.3-23 Nm
page 3-15
Oil filter adapter
8-12 ft-lbs
11-16 Nm
Oil pressure signal light switch
50-70 in-lbs
6-8 Nm
page 3-82
Oil pump cover screws
70-80 in-lbs
8-9 Nm
TORX, page 3-81
125-150 in-lbs
14-17 Nm
Page 3-81
Pinion shaft nut
19-21 ft-lbs
26-29 Nm
page 3-88
Piston jet TORX screws
25-35 in-lbs
2.8-4 Nm
Loctite 222, page 3-91
Pushrod cover screw
30-40 in-lbs
3-5 Nm
page 3-84
Rear isolator assembly fasteners
25-27 ft-lbs
33.9-36.6 Nm
page 3-29
Oil pump mounting screws
3-4
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
Special pattern to tighten, page 3-60
Special method to tighten, page 3-104
page 3-16
Special pattern to tighten, page 3-89
LOCTITE 243, page 3-82
HOME
ITEM
TORQUE
NOTES
Rear isolator bolt
49-51 ft-lbs
66.4-69.1 Nm
page 3-14
Rear muffler bracket
32-36 ft-lbs
43.4-48.8 Nm
page 3-33
Rear muffler straps
48-60 in-lbs
5.4-6.8 Nm
page 3-16
Reed valve fasteners
25-30 in-lbs
3.4-4.5 Nm
page 3-77
Return oil line at oil reservoir
19-21 ft-lbs
25.8-28.5 Nm
page 3-35
Return oil line at top front oil pump
18-20 ft-lbs
24.4-27.1 Nm
page 3-36
Rocker box cover screws
120-156 in-lbs
13.6-17.6 Nm
page 3-62
Rocker box to head bolts
135-155 in-lbs
15-18 Nm
Small fasteners (2), page 3-62
Rocker box to head bolts
135-155 in-lbs
15-18 Nm
Small fasteners (3), page 3-62
Rocker box to head bolts
18-22 ft-lbs
24-30 Nm
Large fasteners, page 3-62
Sprocket cover fastener
12-36 in-lbs
1-4 Nm
Swingarm pivot shaft pinch bolt
17-19 ft-lbs
23-25.8 Nm
page 3-30
Swingarm pivot shaft
24-26 ft-lbs
32.5-35.2 Nm
page 3-30
Torca clamp
40-45 ft-lbs
54.2-61 Nm
page 3-16
120-132 in-lbs
13.6-14.9 Nm
page 3-36
14-16 ft-lbs
19-21.7 Nm
page 3-35
Vent oil line at gearcase cover
Vent oil line at oil reservoir
page 3-18, page 3-44
Table 3-16. Electrical Items for Engine Removal and Replacement
Description
Location
Ignition Coil
Beneath air box on the left side between cylinders
Throttle position sensor (TP) [88]
Located on the right side of engine between cylinders.
Head temperature sensor [90]
Beneath air box
Oxygen sensor
Behind rear cylinder head (Note: connection under air box)
Front and rear fuel injectors
Beneath air box on the right side of engine
Speedo sensor [65]
Located under sprocket cover.
Cam position sensor
Located under sprocket cover.
Neutral switch [131]
Located under sprocket cover.
Oil pressure switch [120]
Disconnect at oil pressure switch, right front side of engine.
Alternator stator [46]
Located under sprocket cover.
Starter solenoid wire [128B]
Disconnect at bottom of starter.
Positive battery at starter [128A]
Disconnect at rear of starter
Side stand switch [60]
Tie wrapped to rear brake line under vehicle.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-5
HOME
ENGINE
3.2
FUEL
ADJUSTMENT/TESTING
Gasoline/alcohol Blends
General
The Buell XB9R motorcycle has been designed to obtain the
best performance and efficiency using a good quality
unleaded gasoline. Buell recommends using at least 91 pump
octane (RON). Octane rating is usually found on the pump.
Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline/alcohol blends as a fuel.
The type and amount of alcohol added to the fuel is important.
●
DO NOT USE GASOLINES CONTAINING METHANOL.
Using gasoline/methanol blends will result in starting and
driveability deterioration and damage to critical fuel system components.
●
Gasolines containing ETHANOL: Gasoline/ethanol
blends are mixture of 10% ethanol (Grain alcohol) and
90% unleaded gasoline. Gasoline/ethanol blends can be
used in your motorcycle if the ethanol content does not
exceed 10%.
●
Gasolines containing ETHER: Gasoline/ether blends are
a mixture of gasoline and as much as 15% ether. Gasoline/ether blends can be used in your motorcycle if the
ether content does not exceed 17%.
When an engine needs repair, it is not always possible to
determine definitely beforehand whether repair is possible
with only cylinder head, cylinder and piston disassembled or
whether complete engine disassembly is required for crankcase repair.
Most commonly, only cylinder head and cylinder repair is
needed (valves, rings, piston, etc.) and it is recommended
procedure to service these units first, allowing engine crankcase to remain in frame.
See 3.4 STRIPPING MOTORCYCLE FOR ENGINE SERVICE to strip motorcycle for removal of cylinder head, cylinder, and piston.
After disassembling “upper end” only, it may be found that
crankcase repair is necessary. In this situation, remove the
engine crankcase from the chassis.
CAUTION
●
REFORMULATED OR OXYGENATED GASOLINES
(RFG): “Reformulated gasoline” is a term used to
describe gasoline blends that are specifically designed to
burn cleaner than other types of gasoline, leaving fewer
“tailpipe” emissions. They are also formulated to evaporate less when you are filling your tank. Reformulated
gasolines use additives to “oxygenate” the gas. Your
motorcycle will run normally using this type of gas. Buell
recommends you use it when possible, as an aid to
cleaner air in our environment.
Because of their generally higher volatility, these blends may
adversely affect the starting, driveability and fuel efficiency of
your motorcycle. If you experience these problems, Buell recommends that you operate your motorcycle on straight,
unleaded gasoline.
LUBRICATION
The engine has a force-feed (pressure) type oiling system,
incorporating oil feed and return pumps in one pump body,
with one check valve on the oil feed side. The feed pump
forces oil through the oil cooler to the engine, lubricating
lower connecting rod bearings, rocker arm bushings, valve
stems, valve springs, push rods and tappets. Cylinder wall,
piston, piston pin, timing gears, bushings and main bearings
are lubricated by oil spray thrown off connecting rods and
crankshaft, and by oil draining from each rocker box through
an internal drain passage in each cylinder and each tappet
guide. Oil is transferred to the teeth of all the cam gears by
way of the gear meshing action. The oil-scavenging section of
the pump returns oil to the tank from the engine. See 3.8
LUBRICATION SYSTEM for more information.
3-6
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
If engine is removed from chassis, do not lay engine on
primary side. Placing engine on primary side will damage
clutch cable end fitting. If fitting is damaged, clutch cable
must be replaced.
See 1.21 TROUBLESHOOTING section. Symptoms indicating a need for engine repair are often misleading, but generally, if more than one symptom is present, possible causes
can be narrowed down to make at least a partial diagnosis.
An above-normal consumption of oil, for example, could be
caused by several mechanical faults. However, when accompanied by blue-gray exhaust smoke and low engine compression, it indicates the piston rings need replacing. Low
compression by itself, however, may indicate improperly
seated valves, in addition to or in lieu of worn piston rings.
Most frequently, valves, rings, pins, bushings, and bearings
need attention at about the same time. If the possible causes
can be narrowed down through the process of elimination to
indicate any one of the above components is worn, it is best
to give attention to all of the cylinder head and cylinder parts.
HOME
COMPRESSION TEST PROCEDURE
1.
Run engine until it reaches normal operating temperature.
Combustion chamber leakage can result in unsatisfactory
engine performance. A compression test can help determine
the source of cylinder leakage. Use CYLINDER COMPRESSION GAUGE (Part No. HD-33223-1).
2.
Stop engine. Clean dirt from around spark plug and
remove spark plug.
3.
Remove air cleaner and set induction module throttle
plate in wide open position.
4.
Remove timing inspection plug from crankcase.
5.
The piston, in cylinder being tested, must be at top dead
center of compression stroke during test.
6.
To keep engine from turning over when air pressure is
applied to cylinder, engage transmission in fifth gear and
lock the rear brake.
7.
Following the manufacturer’s instructions, perform a cylinder leakage test on the front cylinder. Make a note of
the percent leakdown. Any cylinder with 12% leakdown,
or more, requires further attention.
8.
See Table 3-18. Listen for air leaks at induction intake,
exhaust, head gasket and timing inspection hole.
A proper compression test should be performed with the
engine at normal operating temperature when possible. Proceed as follows:
CAUTION
After completing the compression test(s), make sure that
the throttle plate is in the closed position before starting
engine. Engine will start at an extremely high RPM if
throttle plate is left open.
1.
Disconnect spark plug wire. Clean around plug base and
remove plug.
2.
Connect compression tester to cylinder.
3.
With induction module throttle plate in wide open position, crank engine continuously through 5-7 full compression strokes.
4.
Note gauge readings at the end of the first and last compression strokes. Record test results.
5.
Compression is normal if final readings are 120 psi
(827 kPa) or more.
6.
Inject approximately 1/2 oz. (15 ml) of SAE 30 oil into cylinder and repeat the compression test. Readings that are
considerably higher during the second test indicate worn
piston rings.
Table 3-17. Compression Test Results
DIAGNOSIS
Ring trouble
Valve trouble
Head gasket leak
NOTE
If air is escaping through valves, check push rod length.
9.
Repeat procedure on rear cylinder.
CAUTION
After completing the compression test(s), make sure that
the throttle plate is in the closed position before starting
engine. Engine will start at an extremely high RPM if
throttle plate is left open.
TEST RESULTS
Compression low on first stroke;
tends to build up on the following
strokes but does not reach normal;
improves considerably when oil is
added to cylinder.
Table 3-18. Air Leakage Test
AIR LEAK LOCATION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Induction Module intake
Intake valve leaking.
Compression low on first stroke;
does not build up much on following strokes; does not improve considerably with the addition of oil.
Exhaust pipe
Exhaust valve leaking.
Timing inspection hole
Piston rings leaking.
Worn or broken piston.
Worn cylinder.
Same reaction as valve trouble.
Head gasket
Leaking gasket.
Cylinder Leakage Test
The cylinder leakage test pinpoints engine problems including leaking valves, worn, broken or stuck piston rings and
blown head gaskets. The cylinder leakage tester applies compressed air to the cylinder at a controlled pressure and volume, and measures the percent of leakage from the cylinder.
Use a CYLINDER LEAKDOWN TESTER (Part No. HD35667A) and follow the specific instructions supplied with the
tester.
The following are some general instructions that apply to
Buell motorcycle engines:
Diagnosing Smoking Engine or High Oil
Consumption
Perform COMPRESSION TEST PROCEDURE or Cylinder
Leakage Test as described previously. If further testing is
needed, remove suspect head(s) and inspect the following:
●
Valve guide seals.
●
Valve guide-to-valve stem clearance.
●
Gasket surface of both head and cylinder.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-7
HOME
ENGINE ROTATION FOR SERVICE
The following process allows you to rotate engine down, pivoting on rear isolator mount, in order to service components
in the top end. The engine does not need to be removed from
chassis in order to perform top end repairs.
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Vehicle should be placed onto the lift with rear tire placed in
the wheel vise in order to successfully perform this procedure.
1.
Disconnect fuel pump and run vehicle until it is out of
fuel.
NOTES
This step is always performed in order to purge fuel lines.
●
The connection for fuel pump is just above the pump
located at the rear of the fuel tank on the left side of the
vehicle.
●
3.3
11
1WARNING
WARNING
To protect against shock and accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in
death or serious injury.
2.
Remove seat and disconnect battery.
3.
Remove intake cover and airbox assembly.
4.
Remove throttle body velocity stack.
NOTE
Cover velocity stack to prevent objects from falling into the
induction module.
5.
See Figure 3-1. Disconnect fuel line.
6.
Disconnect the throttle position sensor [88].
7.
Disconnect the fuel injector leads [84 & 85].
8707
2
1
3
1.
2.
Fuel line connection
Connection for throttle position sensor [88]
3.
Connections for fuel injectors [84 & 85]
Figure 3-1. Fuel Line and DDFI Electrical Connections
3-8
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
8708
5
2
1
3
4
1.
2.
3.
Ignition coil
Coil connection [83]
Cylinder head temperature sensor connection [90]
4.
5.
Oxygen sensor connection [137]
Throttle cables
Figure 3-2. Electrical Connections and Throttle Cables
8.
See Figure 3-2. Disconnect the ignition coil [83] and
remove.
9.
See Figure 3-2. Disconnect the following sensors:
a.
Temperature sensor [90].
b.
Oxygen sensor [137].
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-9
HOME
b0986x3c
1
4
5
2
3
6
1.
2.
3.
Clamp, Torca
Front muffler strap fastener
Muffler strap, front
4.
5.
6.
Rear muffler strap fastener
Muffler strap, rear (2)
Muffler
Figure 3-3. Muffler and Mounting System
10. Disconnect and remove air scoops, right and left sides.
14. See Figure 3-3. Remove muffler:
11. Remove complete chin fairing.
a.
Remove front muffler strap.
12. Remove transmission sprocket side cover.
b.
Remove rear muffler straps.
13. Remove rear belt and idler pulley. See 1.9 DRIVE BELT
SYSTEM and 2.13 REAR BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER.
c.
Loosen Torca clamp and remove muffler.
3-10
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
8711
1
2
1.
2.
Feed oil line from oil pump to oil cooler
Return oil line for oil cooler to crankcase
Figure 3-4. Oil Line Connections at Oil Cooler
15. See Figure 3-4. Disconnect oil lines at oil cooler only.
16. Remove left side rider footrest and support plate.
8720
Figure 3-5. Clutch Cable Retaining Clamps
17. See Figure 3-5. Disconnect clutch cable.
a.
Remove retaining clamps.
b.
Pull clutch cable down.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-11
HOME
b0985x3x
14
16
15
13
3
1
11
3
12
22
4
2
21
6
18
20
10
9
19
5
7
22
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
8
17
Frame assembly
“V” bracket
Fasteners for “V” bracket (3)
Isolator assembly, front
Fasteners for front isolator (2)
Bolt, front isolator
Tie bar assembly, front
Fasteners for front tie bar assembly (2)
Nut for one fastener for front tie bar assembly
Mount, center tie bar
Fasteners for center tie bar mount (2)
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Washers for center tie bar mount (2)
Tie bar assembly, center
Fasteners for center tie bar assembly (2)
Washers for center tie bar assembly (2)
Cable, negative battery
Isolator assembly, rear
Fasteners for rear isolator assembly (4)
Washers for rear isolator assembly (4)
Bolt, rear isolator
Tie bar assembly, rear
Fasteners for rear tie bar assembly (2)
Figure 3-6. Engine Mounting System
3-12
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
18. Support engine with wide scissors jack.
19. See Figure 3-6. Remove front “V” bracket with oil cooler
from main frame:
a.
Remove cable strap securing the remote idle adjustment cable.
b.
Remove the three cable straps holding regulator wiring harness in order to extend the harness to
remove “V” bracket.
c.
Unplug regulator harness, (2) plugs.
d.
Remove front tie bar from engine.
e.
Unbolt “V” bracket from main frame and remove
from left side.
2
1
20. Remove center tie-bar from engine.
2
3
1
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
Rear isolator bolt
Rear tie bar
Figure 3-7. Rear Isolator Bolt and Rear Tie Bar
Front isolator bolt
Front isolator mount
Front tie bar
Figure 3-8. Front Isolator and Tie Bar Assemblies
23. See Figure 3-8. Remove front isolator bolt.
24. Remove front isolator mount from engine.
21. See Figure 3-7. Remove rear tie bar from frame.
25. Rotate engine down.
22. Loosen rear isolator bolt. DO NOT REMOVE.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-13
HOME
REASSEMBLY
8720
NOTE
If exhaust header was removed during service it must be
torqued with the engine rotated in the down position. It is
not possible to reach fasteners on the rear exhaust at the
head with engine rotated in the up position.
●
●
Tighten header nuts gradually, alternating between studs
to insure that exhaust rings are flush with engine. Tighten
fasteners to 72-96 in-lbs (8.1-10.8 Nm).
1.
When repairs have been completed, rotate engine back
up into frame.
2
1
NOTE
When installing and tightening isolator bolt it is important to
keep load off of isolator bolt for installation purposes. Alternate between tightening isolator bolt and raising engine with
scissors jack.
3
b1041x2x
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
Front isolator bolt
Front isolator mount
Front isolator mount fasteners (2)
Front tie bar
Figure 3-10. Front Isolator and Tie Bar Assemblies
Figure 3-9. Lubrication Points on Front Isolator Bolt
2.
NOTE
See Figure 3-9. Always coat shaft and threads of front isolator bolt with anti-seize before installing.
See Figure 3-10. Insert front isolator bolt (1) through
front isolator (2) and loosely thread into frame. Do not
tighten at this point.
3.
See Figure 3-10. Install isolator mounting fasteners (3)
and tighten to 49-51 ft-lbs (66-69 Nm).
4.
Tighten front isolator bolt to 49-51 ft-lbs (66-69 Nm).
5.
See Figure 3-6. Torque rear isolator bolt to 49-51 ft-lbs
(66.4-69.1 Nm).
6.
See Figure 3-6. Install rear tie bar to frame and tighten to
25-27 ft-lbs (33.9-36.6 Nm).
7.
See Figure 3-6. Install center tie bar to engine and
tighten to 25-27 ft-lbs (33.9-36.6 Nm).
8.
See Figure 3-6. Install front “V” bracket with oil cooler to
main frame.
9.
3-14
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
a.
Install “V” bracket to main frame from the left side of
the vehicle and tighten to 120-144 in-lbs (13.6-16.3
Nm).
b.
Figure 3-10. Install front tie-bar to engine and
tighten to 25-27 ft-lbs (33.9-36.6 Nm).
c.
Attach regulator wiring harness to bracket nylon
cable straps.
Remove scissors jack.
HOME
10. See Figure 3-11. Pull clutch cable back up into the
proper position.
8720
a.
Connect clutch cable to handlebars and adjust to
specifications.
b.
Install retaining clamps.
NOTE
When torquing the feed oil line from the pump to the oil cooler
it is necessary to torque the fitting at the oil pump first.
11. See Figure 3-12. Install oil cooler oil feed line first and
tighten to 15-17 ft-lbs (20.3-23 Nm).
NOTE
When installing the oil cooler return oil line it is necessary to
install the end at the crankcase first.
12. See Figure 3-12. Install the oil cooler return oil line and
tighten to 15-17 ft-lbs (20.3-23 Nm).
Figure 3-11. Clutch Cable Retaining Clamps
8768
1
2
1.
2.
Verify that the clutch cable and feed line have a clearance of 1/8 to 1/4 in. (3.175-6.35 mm) between them.
Verify that oil lines have a minimum clearance of 1/8 in. (3.175 mm) between them.
Figure 3-12. Oil Cooler Feed and Return Oil Line Orientation and Clearances
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-15
HOME
b0986x3c
5
6
1
7
2
3
4
8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Clamp, torca
Front muffler mount
Front muffler strap fastener
Muffler strap, front
Rear muffler bracket
Rear muffler strap fastener
Muffler strap, rear (2)
Muffler
Figure 3-13. Muffler and Mounting System
13. See Figure 3-13. Install muffler with new torca clamp but
do not tighten:
a.
Install rear muffler straps and alternately tighten rear
strap fasteners (6) to 48-60 in-lbs (5.4-6.8 Nm).
b.
Install front muffler strap fastener (7) and tighten to
108-120 in-lbs (12.2-13.6 Nm).
c.
Tighten torca clamp to 40-45 ft-lbs (54.2-61 Nm).
3-16
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
14. Tighten front muffler mount to 22-25 ft-lbs (29.8-33.9
Nm).
CAUTION
It is important that the front muffler mount is tightened
last in order to ensure proper alignment of the exhaust
system.
HOME
8708
5
2
1
3
4
1.
2.
3.
Ignition coil
Coil connection [83]
Cylinder head temperature sensor connection [90]
4.
5.
Oxygen sensor connection [137]
Throttle cables
Figure 3-14. Electrical Connections and Throttle Cables
15. See Figure 3-14. Connect throttle cables from induction
module/throttle body.
16. Disconnect the following sensors:
a.
Temperature sensor [90].
b.
Oxygen sensor [137].
17. See Figure 3-14. Install the ignition coil and connect [83]
and tighten fasteners to 120-144 in-lbs (13.6-16.3 Nm).
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-17
HOME
8707
2
1
3
1.
2.
Fuel line connection
Connection for throttle position sensor [88]
3.
Connections for fuel injectors [84 & 85]
Figure 3-15. Fuel Line and DDFI Electrical Connections
28. Connect fuel pump.
CAUTION
Remove shop towel from entrance of throttle body to
ensure proper operation of induction module.
18. See Figure 3-15. Connect throttle position sensor [88].
19. Connect fuel injector leads [84 & 85].
20. Connect fuel line.
21. Install throttle body velocity stack (tighten).
22. Install airbox assembly and intake cover and tighten fasteners to 84-120 in-lbs (9.5-13.6 Nm).
NOTE
The connection for fuel pump is just above the pump located
at the rear of the fuel tank on the left side of the vehicle.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always connect positive battery cable first. If the positive
cable should contact ground with the negative cable
installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
23. Install rear belt and idler pulley. See 1.9 DRIVE BELT
SYSTEM and 2.13 REAR BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER.
29. Connect negative ground cable to battery and install seat
(tighten).
24. Install left side rider footrest and support plate and
tighten fasteners to 120-144 in lbs (13.56-16.27 Nm).
11
1WARNING
WARNING
25. Install sprocket cover and tighten fasteners and washers
to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
Pull up on seat to verify that it is properly secured, front
and rear. A loose seat may shift during vehicle operation
and startle the rider, possibly causing loss of vehicle
control resulting in death or serious injury.
26. Install chin fairing. See 2.33 CHIN FAIRING.
27. Install air scoops, right and left sides. See 2.35 AIR
SCOOPS.
3-18
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
STRIPPING MOTORCYCLE FOR ENGINE SERVICE
DISASSEMBLY
11
1WARNING
WARNING
NOTE
Vehicle should be placed onto the lift with rear tire in the
wheel vise in order to successfully perform this procedure.
1.
Disconnect fuel pump and run vehicle until it is out of
fuel. See 4.40 FUEL PUMP.
NOTES
●
This step is always performed in order to purge fuel lines.
●
The connection for fuel pump is just above the pump
located at the rear of the fuel tank on the left side of the
vehicle.
2.
3.4
To protect against shock and accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in
death or serious injury.
3.
Remove seat and disconnect battery.
4.
Remove intake cover and airbox assembly.
5.
Remove throttle body velocity stack.
NOTE
Install shop towel in entrance to throttle body to prevent
objects from falling into the induction module.
6.
See Figure 3-16. Disconnect fuel line.
7.
Disconnect throttle position sensor [88].
8.
Disconnect fuel injector leads [84 & 85].
Drain oil tank.
8707
2
1
3
6.
7.
Fuel line connection
Connection for throttle position sensor [88]
8.
Connections for fuel injectors [84 & 85]
Figure 3-16. Fuel Line and DDFI Electrical Connections
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-19
HOME
8708
5
2
1
3
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Ignition coil
Coil connection [83]
Cylinder head temperature sensor connection [90]
Oxygen sensor connection [137]
Throttle cables
Figure 3-17. Electrical Connections and Throttle Cables
9.
See Figure 3-17. Disconnect the ignition coil (2) and
remove.
10. Disconnect the following sensors:
c.
Temperature sensor [90].
d.
Oxygen sensor [137].
11. Disconnect throttle cables from induction module/throttle
body.
3-20
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
b0986x3x
10
11
12
9
1
4
3
5
6
7
2
13
8
14
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Clamp, Torca
Muffler mount, front
Screw, front muffler mount (1)
Bushings, front muffler mount (2)
Flat washer, front muffler mount (1)
Nut, front muffler mount (1)
Front muffler strap fastener
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Muffler strap, front
Muffler bracket, rear
Screw, rear muffler bracket (2)
Flat washer, rear muffler bracket (2)
Rear muffler strap fastener
Muffler strap, rear (2)
Muffler
Figure 3-18. Muffler and Mounting System
12. Disconnect and remove air scoops, right and left sides.
13. Remove complete chin fairing, (7) bolts.
16. See Figure 3-18. Remove muffler:
a.
Remove front muffler strap fastener (7). Front strap
will not be removed.
b.
Alternately loosen rear strap fasteners (12) and
remove rear muffler straps.
c.
Loosen Torca clamp and remove muffler.
14. Remove transmission sprocket side cover.
15. Remove rear belt and idler pulley. See 1.9 DRIVE BELT
SYSTEM and 2.13 REAR BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-21
HOME
8710
1
2
8
3
6
5
4
10
9
8711
8709
2
3
5
7
4
6
10
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Swingarm/Oil reservoir
Vent oil line
Feed oil line
Return oil line
Feed oil line from oil pump to oil cooler
Feed oil line from oil cooler to crankcase
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Oil tank drain plug
Oil Filter
Front muffler mount
Rear muffler bracket
Oil cooler
Figure 3-19. Oil Lines and Connections
17. See Figure 3-19. Remove oil filter.
18. Remove all oil lines (including lines to oil cooler).
3-22
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
19. Remove front and rear muffler brackets.
11
HOME
20. Remove left and right side rider footrests and support
plates. See 2.29 FOOTPEG, HEEL GUARD AND
MOUNT.
8712
NOTE
When removing the right side rider footrest and support plate,
also remove rear brake pedal assembly and remote reservoir
and secure towards rear of vehicle.
8720
Figure 3-21. Sidestand Switch with Cable Strap
8712
Figure 3-22. Sidestand Switch
22. See Figure 3-21. Cut cable strap securing harness.
Figure 3-20. Clutch Cable Retaining Clamps
23. See Figure 3-22. Remove sidestand switch, leaving wire
attached, and pull switch assembly and wire harness
through to right side of vehicle.
24. Remove sidestand assembly.
21. See Figure 3-20. Disconnect clutch cable from handlebars.
a.
Remove retaining clamps.
b.
Pull clutch cable down.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-23
HOME
b0985x3x
14
16
15
13
3
1
11
3
12
22
4
2
21
6
18
20
10
9
19
5
7
22
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
8
17
Frame assembly
“V” bracket
Fasteners for “V” bracket (3)
Isolator assembly, front
Fasteners for front isolator (2)
Bolt, front isolator
Tie bar assembly, front
Fasteners for front tie bar assembly (2)
Nut for one fastener for front tie bar assembly
Mount, center tie bar
Fasteners for center tie bar mount (2)
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Washers for center tie bar mount (2)
Tie bar assembly, center
Fasteners for center tie bar assembly (2)
Washers for center tie bar assembly (2)
Cable, negative battery
Isolator assembly, rear
Fasteners for rear isolator assembly (4)
Washers for rear isolator assembly (4)
Bolt, rear isolator
Tie bar assembly, rear
Fasteners for rear tie bar assembly (2)
Figure 3-23. Engine Mounting System
3-24
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
25. Support engine with wide scissors jack.
27. See Figure 3-23. Remove center tie-bar from engine.
26. See Figure 3-23. Remove front “V” bracket with oil cooler
from main frame.
29. Loosen rear isolator bolt.
28. Remove rear tie bar from frame.
a.
Remove cable strap securing the remote idle adjustment cable
30. Remove front isolator bolt.
b.
Remove the three cable straps holding regulator wiring harness in order to extend the harness to
remove “V” bracket
32. See Figure 3-24. Disconnect electrical components:
c.
●
●
d.
e.
31. Remove front isolator mount from engine.
See Figure 3-24. Unplug regulator harness, (2)
plugs
Alternator [46].
Voltage regulator [77].
Remove front tie-bar from engine.
Unbolt “V” bracket from main frame and remove
from left side.
a.
Neutral switch [131].
b.
Speedometer sensor [65] (remove tie wrap).
c.
Cam position sensor [14].
d.
Positive battery cable at starter.
e.
Starter solenoid [128].
f.
Oil pressure switch [120].
33. Rotate engine down to remove exhaust header.
8717
2
1
3
4
5
1.
2.
3.
Neutral switch [131]
Speedometer sensor connection [65]
Cam position sensor connection [14]
4.
5.
Alternator connection [46]
Voltage regulator connection [77]
Figure 3-24. Electrical Connections
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-25
HOME
CAUTION
8719
See Figure 3-25. At this point it is necessary to support
main frame with overhead hoist in order to remove rear
isolator bolt. Failure to do this will result in main frame
dropping slightly.
8716
Figure 3-27. Supporting the Swingarm
35. See Figure 3-27. Support swingarm/oil tank with wooden
blocks, jack, etc.
Figure 3-25. Supporting Vehicle for Disassembly
34. See Figure 3-26. After rotating engine back up into
frame, continue to remove:
a.
Rear isolator bolt.
b.
Swingarm pivot shaft.
8730
8721
Figure 3-28. Transmission Vent Line
36. See Figure 3-28. Cut the two tie wraps holding transmission vent line and pull vent line out of frame leaving it
attached to engine.
NOTE
The transmission vent line runs up the left side of the frame
and exits underneath the rear brake reservoir and hose.
8722
37. Lower engine with scissors lift all the way down.
38. Move the engine assembly from under the main frame to
the right side of the lift.
39. Remove engine.
Figure 3-26. Rear Isolator Bolt and Swingarm Pivot Shaft
3-26
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
8718
Left Side
8727
8725
Figure 3-29. Center Tie Bar Mount
40. Once engine has been removed from vehicle finish
removing the following items as required:
a.
Shifter assembly.
b.
See Figure 3-29. Center tie bar mount.
c.
See Figure 3-30. Swingarm pivot shaft pinch bolt
threaded insert.
d.
See Figure 3-31. Aluminum bushings from front
exhaust mount.
e.
Right Side
Figure 3-31. Front Exhaust Mount Bushings (2 piece)
Timer cover.
8724
8729
Figure 3-30. Removing Threaded Insert
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-27
HOME
NOTE
See Figure 3-34. This allows the vehicle to remain together
as a rolling chassis and to be removed from the lift and stored
if necessary.
8723
44. Remove support from under swingarm/oil tank.
45. Remove overhead support.
8726
Figure 3-32. Rear Isolator and Mounting Hardware
41. See Figure 3-32. If the crankcases are being separated it
will be necessary to remove rear isolator assembly by
removing the forward two fasteners first and then the two
rear fasteners (re-install with new fasteners).
Figure 3-34. Rolling Chassis
8728
Figure 3-33. Securing Vehicle for Relocation
42. See Figure 3-33. Place a block of wood between rear
isolator mount on main frame and swingarm/oil tank.
43. Route a ratcheting tie down through the swingarm bearings, up over the main frame, through the top stabilizer
area, back down to the ratchet mechanism and secure
swingarm to main frame.
3-28
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
ENGINE INSTALLATION
3.5
ASSEMBLY
8770
Engine Prep for Re-installation
NOTE
Install components that were removed from engine as were
necessary for service prior to installing engine in frame.
8723
Figure 3-37. Installing Threaded Insert
Figure 3-35. Rear Isolator and Mounting Hardware
8718
1.
See Figure 3-35. Install rear isolator assembly by installing the two rear fasteners first and then the two forward
fasteners (re-install with new fasteners). Tighten to 25-27
ft-lbs (33.9-36.6 Nm).
Left Side
8727
8725
Figure 3-36. Center Tie Bar Mount
2.
Install the following items on the engine assembly as
required:
a.
Shifter assembly.
b.
See Figure 3-36. Center tie bar mount 25-27 ft-lbs
(33.9-36.6 Nm).
c.
See Figure 3-37. Swingarm pivot shaft pinch bolt
threaded insert.
d.
See Figure 3-38. Aluminum bushings from front
exhaust mount.
Right Side
Figure 3-38. Front Exhaust Mount Bushings (2 piece)
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-29
HOME
Installing Engine in Frame
NOTE
Vehicle should be placed onto the lift with rear tire in the
wheel vise in order to successfully perform this procedure.
8730
8719
Figure 3-41. Transmission Vent Line
NOTE
See Figure 3-42. At this point it is necessary to support main
frame with overhead hoist in order to install rear isolator bolt.
8716
Figure 3-39. Supporting the Swingarm
1.
See Figure 3-39. Install bottle jack and wooden block
under swingarm/oil tank to the rear of the oil line fittings.
2.
Remove ratcheting tie down and block of wood between
rear isolator mount on main frame and swingarm/oil reservoir.
8771
Figure 3-42. Supporting Vehicle for Assembly
8722
Figure 3-40. Aligning Swingarm to Crankcase for Pivot
Shaft Installation
3.
See Figure 3-40. With engine on a flat scissors jack,
raise engine and chassis until swingarm and rear isolator
mount align and pivot shaft can be installed.
4.
Torque swingarm pivot shaft to 24-26 ft-lbs
(32.5-35.2 Nm).
5.
Torque swingarm pivot shaft pinch bolt to 17-19 ft-lbs
(23-25.8 Nm) using LOCTITE 272.
6.
See Figure 3-41. Route transmission vent line up
through left side of frame exiting under the rear master
cylinder under the rider’s seat. Install two tie wraps to
secure transmission vent line in place. Inspect vent line
to verify space between vent line and rear exhaust.
3-30
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
Figure 3-43. Installing Rear Isolator Bolt
7.
See Figure 3-43. Using the overhead hoist to align the
frame to the rear isolator, install rear isolator bolt and
leave loose at this time.
HOME
b0985x3x
14
16
15
13
3
1
11
3
12
22
4
2
21
6
18
20
10
9
19
5
7
22
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
8
17
Frame assembly
“V” bracket
Fasteners for “V” bracket (3)
Isolator assembly, front
Fasteners for front isolator (2)
Bolt, front isolator
Tie bar assembly, front
Fasteners for front tie bar assembly (2)
Nut for one fastener for front tie bar assembly
Mount, center tie bar
Fasteners for center tie bar mount (2)
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Washers for center tie bar mount (2)
Tie bar assembly, center
Fasteners for center tie bar assembly (2)
Washers for center tie bar assembly (2)
Cable, negative battery
Isolator assembly, rear
Fasteners for rear isolator assembly (4)
Washers for rear isolator assembly (4)
Bolt, rear isolator
Tie bar assembly, rear
Fasteners for rear tie bar assembly (2)
Figure 3-44. Engine Mounting System
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-31
HOME
8.
Rotate engine down and install exhaust header only and
tighten fasteners to 72-96 in-lbs (8.1-10.8 Nm).
b1049x3x
NOTES
Tighten header nuts gradually, alternating between studs
to insure that exhaust rings are flush with engine.
●
Exhaust header must be torqued with the engine rotated
in the down position. It is not possible to reach fasteners
on the rear exhaust at the head with engine rotated in the
up position.
●
9.
1
When the exhaust header has been torqued, rotate
engine back up into frame.
NOTE
When tightening isolator bolt it is important to keep load off of
isolator bolt for installation purposes. Alternate between tightening isolator bolt and raising engine with scissors jack.
3
2
b1041x2x
1.
2.
3.
Front isolator
Front isolator fasteners (2)
Front isolator bolt
Figure 3-46. Front Isolator
10. See Figure 3-46. Insert front isolator bolt (3) through
front isolator (1) and loosely thread into frame. Do not
tighten at this point.
11. See Figure 3-46. Install isolator mounting fasteners (2)
and tighten to 49-51 ft-lbs (66-69 Nm).
Figure 3-45. Lubrication Points on Front Isolator Bolt
NOTE
See Figure 3-45. Always coat shaft and threads of front isolator bolt with anti-seize before installing.
12. Tighten front isolator bolt to 49-51 ft-lbs (66-69 Nm).
13. See Figure 3-44. Torque rear isolator bolt to 49-51 ft-lbs
(66.4-69.1 Nm).
14. See Figure 3-44. Install rear tie bar to frame and tighten
to 25-27 ft-lbs (33.9-36.6 Nm).
15. See Figure 3-44. Install center tie bar to engine and
tighten to 25-27 ft-lbs (33.9-36.6 Nm).
16. See Figure 3-44. Install front “V” bracket with oil cooler to
main frame.
a.
Install “V” bracket to main frame from the left side of
the vehicle and tighten to 120-144 in-lbs (13.6-16.3
Nm).
b.
Install front tie-bar to engine and tighten to 25-27 ftlbs (33.9-36.6 Nm).
c.
Attach regulator wiring harness to bracket nylon
cable straps.
17. Remove scissors jack.
3-32
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
b0986x3a
Rear muffler mount
Front Muffler Mount
Figure 3-47. Muffler Mounting System
18. See Figure 3-47. Install rear muffler bracket and torque
to 32-36 ft-lbs (43.4-48.8 Nm).
19. Install front muffler mount and leave loose at this time.
NOTE
DO NOT install muffler at this time. It is necessary to install
muffler mounts first in order to properly install oil lines.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-33
HOME
CAUTION
At this point it will be necessary to install the oil lines. It
is important to follow this procedure to ensure correct
orientation of oil lines in order to establish the proper
clearances needed between the oil lines and varied components on the vehicle.
8710
1
2
8
3
6
5
4
10
9
8711
8709
2
3
5
7
4
6
10
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Swingarm/Oil reservoir
Vent oil line
Feed oil line
Return oil line
Feed oil line from oil pump to oil cooler
Feed oil line from oil cooler to crankcase
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Oil tank drain plug
Oil Filter
Front muffler mount
Rear muffler bracket
Oil cooler
Figure 3-48. Oil Lines and Connections
3-34
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
11
HOME
8765
Return.
Feed
Vent
2
3
1
1.
5/16 - 3/8 in. (8-9.53mm)
2.
37/64 - 45/64 in. (14.68-17.86mm)
3.
1/4 - 23/64 in. (6mm - 9.13mm)
Figure 3-49. Oil Line Clearances and Torques
20. See Figure 3-48. Install the return, feed and vent oil lines
starting at the swingarm/oil reservoir and working
towards the front of the vehicle. Leave all oil line fittings
loose at this time.
NOTE
Once the three main oil lines are attached, it will be necessary to follow the proper torquing sequence. The three main
oil lines must be torqued at the swingarm/oil reservoir first.
22. Torque the feed oil line next making sure the distance
between the feed line and the return line is within specifications. 20-22 ft-lbs (27.1-29.8 Nm).
23. Torque the vent oil line next making sure the distance
between the vent line and the feed line is within specifications. 14-16 ft-lbs (19-21.7 Nm).
21. See Figure 3-49. Torque the return oil line first making
sure to maintain the proper clearance between the oil
line and the rear muffler bracket. 19-21 ft-lbs (25.8-28.5
Nm.)
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-35
HOME
8769a
8767
Figure 3-50. Approximate Seven O’Clock Orientation of Oil Feed Line and Oil Return Line at the Oil Pump
24. See Figure 3-50. The feed oil line at the rear of the of the
oil pump should be torqued to 18-20 ft-lbs (24.4-27.1
Nm). When the oil line has been properly torqued, the
orientation of the line should be approximately 7 o’clock.
25. Also torque the return oil line at the top front oil pump fitting to 18-20 ft-lbs (24.4-27.1 Nm). When the oil line has
been properly torqued, the orientation of the line should
also be approximately 7 o’clock.
3-36
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
26. Torque the vent oil line at the gearcase cover to 120-132
in-lbs (13.6-14.9 Nm).
NOTE
When torquing the vent line, verify that the line does not twist
down towards the muffler, but remains horizontal and aligned
with the feed and return lines after torquing.
HOME
8764
8766a
5/16
Figure 3-51. Clamp Orientation and Oil Line Spacing
CAUTION
The orientation of the oil lines is extremely important to
the relation of the oil lines and certain components on
the vehicle.
27. See Figure 3-51. Verify that both black plastic oil line
clamps are parallel to the crankcases and there is a
clearance of 5/16 in. (7.9375 mm) between the bottom of
the crankcases and the oil lines.
NOTE
The 5/16 in. clearance is between the crankcase and the
steel oil line as shown. Not between the crankcase and the
clamp.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-37
HOME
8773
8768
1
2
1.
2.
Verify that the clutch cable and feed line have a clearance of 1/8 to 1/4 in. (3.175-6.35 mm) between them.
Verify that oil lines have a minimum clearance of 1/8 in. (3.175 mm) between them.
Figure 3-52. Oil Cooler Feed Oil Line Orientation (Approximately 2 O’Clock) and Oil LIne Clearances
28. Loosely install the feed oil line that runs from the lower
front oil pump fitting to the rear fitting on the oil cooler.
NOTE
Depending on the type of crowsfoot being used to torque the
oil lines it may be necessary to remove the oil filter in order to
properly torque certain oil line fittings.
3-38
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
CAUTION
See Figure 3-52. It is important to maintain an orientation
of approximately 2 o’clock with the rigid part of the feed
oil line running to the oil cooler. Also be aware of the 1/81/4 (3.175-6.35 mm) clearance specified between the feed
oil line and the clutch cable at the front of the crankcase.
HOME
NOTE
When torquing the oil cooler feed and return lines to the oil
cooler, verify that the lines do not twist while torquing.
33. See Figure 3-53. Finally torque the oil cooler return line
fitting on the front of the oil cooler to 15-17 ft-lbs (20.3-23
Nm).
29. See Figure 3-54. When torquing the feed oil line from the
pump to the oil cooler it is necessary to torque the fitting
at the oil pump first, 18-20 ft-lbs (24.4-27.1 Nm), making
sure to center the oil line between the oil sending switch
and the return oil line fitting on the crankcase.
8772
1
30. See Figure 3-53. Torque the feed oil line at the oil cooler
to 15-17 ft-lbs (20.3-23 Nm).
NOTE
When installing the oil cooler return oil line it is necessary to
install the end at the crankcase first.
2
31. Install the oil cooler return oil line that runs from the
crankcase fitting, which is located above and forward of
the oil filter, to the front fitting on the oil cooler.
32. Torque the oil cooler return line fitting at the crankcase
first to 15-17 ft-lbs (20.3-23 Nm).
NOTE
See Figure 3-54. The orientation of the oil cooler return oil
line where it enters the crankcase should be at approximately
4 o’clock to allow for proper alignment and clearance of other
components on the vehicle.
1.
2.
Oil cooler feed oil line front oil pump.
Oil cooler return oil line to crankcase
Figure 3-53. Oil Cooler Oil Lines
b1031x3x
Oil cooler feed line
should be centered
after line is torqued.
Orientation of return line
should be approximately
4 o’clock
Figure 3-54. Oil Cooler Feed and Return Oil Lines Location and Orientation
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-39
HOME
8717
2
1
3
4
5
1.
2.
3.
Neutral switch [131]
Speedometer sensor connection [65]
Cam position sensor connection [14]
4.
5.
Alternator connection [46]
Voltage regulator connection [77]
Figure 3-55. Electrical Connections
34. See Figure 3-55. Connect the following electrical components:
a.
Neutral switch [131].
b.
Speedometer sensor [65] (install tie wrap).
c.
Cam position sensor [14].
d.
Alternator [46].
e.
Voltage regulator [77].
f.
Positive battery cable at starter.
g.
Starter solenoid [128].
h.
Oil pressure switch [120].
Figure 3-56. Correct Routing of Wiring Harnesses
3-40
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
8712
8720
Figure 3-57. Sidestand Assembly and Switch with Cable
Strap
NOTE
35. See Figure 3-57. Install sidestand assembly.
36. Pull wire harness and sidestand switch through from
right side of vehicle.
37. Install sidestand switch to sidestand assembly and install
cable strap.
Figure 3-58. Clutch Cable Retaining Clamps
38. See Figure 3-58. Pull clutch cable back up into the
proper position.
a.
Connect clutch cable to handlebars and adjust to
specifications.
b.
Install retaining clamps.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-41
HOME
b0986x3x
10
11
12
9
1
4
3
5
6
7
2
13
8
14
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Clamp, Torca
Muffler mount, front
Screw, front muffler mount (1)
Bushings, front muffler mount (2)
Flat washer, front muffler mount (1)
Nut, front muffler mount (1)
Front muffler strap fastener
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Muffler strap, front
Muffler bracket, rear
Screw, rear muffler bracket (2)
Flat washer, rear muffler bracket (2)
Rear muffler strap fastener
Muffler strap, rear (2)
Muffler
Figure 3-59. Muffler and Mounting System
39. See Figure 3-59. Install muffler with Torca clamp but do
not tighten:
a.
Install rear muffler straps and alternately tighten rear
strap fasteners (12) until properly torqued to 48-60
in-lbs (5.4-6.8 Nm).
b.
Install front muffler strap fastener (7) and torque to
108-120 in-lbs (12.2-13.6 Nm).
c.
Tighten Torca clamp to 40-45 ft-lbs (54.2-61 Nm).
d.
Tighten front muffler mount to 22-25 ft-lbs (29.8-33.9
Nm).
3-42
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
CAUTION
It is important that the front muffler mount is tightened
last in order to ensure proper alignment of the exhaust
system.
HOME
8708
5
2
1
3
4
1.
2.
3.
Ignition coil
Coil connection [83]
Cylinder head temperature sensor connection [90]
4.
5.
Oxygen sensor connection [137]
Throttle cables
Figure 3-60. Electrical Connections and Throttle Cables
40. See Figure 3-60. Connect throttle cables to induction
module/throttle body.
41. Connect the following sensors:
a.
Temperature sensor [90].
b.
Oxygen sensor [137] (Install wire tire on harness).
42. See Figure 3-60. Install the ignition coil and spark plug
wires and connect [83]. Tighten ignition coil fasteners to
120-144 in-lbs (13.6-16.3 Nm).
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-43
HOME
8707
2
1
3
1.
2.
Fuel line connection
Connection for throttle position sensor [88]
3.
Connections for fuel injectors [84 & 85]
Figure 3-61. Fuel Line and DDFI Electrical Connections
53. Install chin fairing. See 2.33 CHIN FAIRING.
CAUTION
Remove shop towel from entrance of throttle body to
ensure proper operation of induction module.
43. See Figure 3-61. Connect throttle position sensor [88].
44. Connect fuel injector leads [84 & 85].
45. Connect fuel line.
46. Install throttle body velocity stack and tighten to 12-36 inlbs (1.356-4.064 Nm).
47. Install air box cover and assembly. Tighten fasteners to
84-120 in-lbs (9.49-13.56 Nm).
48. Fill oil tank.
49. Connect fuel pump.
50. Install rear belt and idler pulley. See 1.9 DRIVE BELT
SYSTEM and 2.13 REAR BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER.
51. Install left and right side rider footrests and support
plates and torque to 108-132 in-lbs (12.20-14.91 mm).
NOTE
When re-installing the right side rider footrest and support
plate, also install rear brake pedal assembly and remote reservoir.
52. Install sprocket cover and tighten fasteners and washers
to 12-36 in-lbs (1-4 Nm).
3-44
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
54. Install air scoops, right and left sides. See 2.35 AIR
SCOOPS.
NOTE
The connection for fuel pump is just above the pump located
at the rear of the fuel tank on the left side of the vehicle.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always connect positive battery cable first. If the positive
cable should contact ground with the negative cable
installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
55. Connect negative ground cable to battery and install seat
(tighten).
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Pull up on seat to verify that it is properly secured, front
and rear. A loose seat may shift during vehicle operation
and startle the rider, possibly causing loss of vehicle
control resulting in death or serious injury.
HOME
CYLINDER HEAD
3.6
REMOVAL
CAUTION
All washers and fasteners used in the engine are hardened. Do not mix or replace hardened washers and fasteners with unhardened parts. Do not reuse fiber cover
seals. Engine damage may result.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Crankcase breather
Grommet
Screw (4)
Washer (4)
Gasket (4)
Rocker cover (top)
Bolt (3)
Washer (3)
Gasket (inner)
Gasket (lower)
Rocker arm shafts
Bolt (2)
washer (2)
Rocker cover (lower)
Rocker arm (2)
Bushing (rocker arm - 4)
Gasket (lower rocker cover)
Hydraulic lifter
Screw, tappet anti-rotation (2)
Gasket (push rod cover)
Pushrod cover
Screw (4)
O-ring (push rod cover - 2)
Push rod
Washer (4)
Bolt (4)
Before removing the cylinder head assembly, it is necessary
to rotate engine down as described in 3.3 ENGINE ROTATION FOR SERVICE. The rocker arm covers and internal
components must be removed before removing cylinder
heads.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
26
8
25
9
10
11
12
13
14
24
15
16
23
17
19
22
21
20
18
b0960x3x
Figure 3-62. Rocker Arm and Pushrod Cover Assemblies
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-45
HOME
Rocker Box Assemblies
1.
Remove spark plugs.
2.
See Figure 3-62. Remove screws with washers and fiber
cover seals. Discard fiber seals.
3.
Remove top rocker covers.
4.
Remove and discard gaskets.
5.
Rotate crankshaft until both valves are closed on head
being removed.
6.
See Figure 3-63. Remove hardware holding lower rocker
cover to cylinder head in the following order.
7.
a.
Remove two screws and washers (1).
b.
Remove three bolts and washers (2).
c.
Loosen the four rocker arm fasteners (3) in 1/4-1/2
turn increments using a cross pattern in order to
relieve valve spring pressure on the lower rocker
box.
4688a
1
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
1
See Figure 3-62. Remove lower rocker cover.
NOTE
Remove lower rocker box as an assembly; then disassemble
as required.
CAUTION
Figure 3-63. Lower Rocker Box Fasteners
8676
Mark rocker arm shafts for reassembly in their original
positions. Valve train components must be reinstalled in
their original positions to prevent accelerated wear and
increased valve train noise.
8.
See Figure 3-64. Remove rocker arm shafts by tapping
them out using a hammer and a soft metal punch.
9.
Remove rocker arms; mark them for reassembly in
their original locations.
10. Mark the location and orientation (top/bottom) of each
push rod. Remove push rods.
Figure 3-64. Removing Rocker Arm Shafts
3-46
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
Cylinder Head Assemblies
x0128x3a
CAUTION
Front Cylinder
1st
3rd
2nd
4th
See Figure 3-65. Distortion to the head, cylinder and
crankcase studs may result if head screws are not loosened (or tightened) gradually in the sequence shown.
11. See Figure 3-65. Loosen each head screw 1/8-turn following the sequence shown.
a.
Continue loosening in 1/8-turn increments until
screws are loose. Remove head screws.
b.
Remove cylinder head, head gasket, and O-rings.
12. Discard head gasket.
13. See Figure 3-62. Remove push rod cover, gasket and
valve tappets.
DISASSEMBLY
Rear Cylinder
1.
See Figure 3-66. Clamp VALVE SPRING COMPRESSOR TOOL (Part No. HD-34736B) in vise.
2.
See Figure 3-66. Compress valve spring with VALVE
SPRING COMPRESSOR.
3.
See Figure 3-67. Remove valve keepers, upper collar
and valve spring. Mark valve keepers for reassembly in
their original locations.
4.
Use a fine tooth file to remove any burrs on the valve
stem at the keeper groove.
5.
Mark valve to ensure that it will be reassembled in the
same head. Remove valve, valve stem seal and lower
collar assembly by hand. No special tools are required to
remove valve stem seal and lower collar assembly.
6.
Repeat the above procedure for the other valves.
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
Head Screw Loosening/Tightening Sequence
Figure 3-65. Head Screw Loosening/Tightening Sequence
8684
Figure 3-66. Valve Spring Compressor
(Part No. HD-34736B)
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-47
HOME
b1024x3x
1
2
3
4
5
6
17
7
8
16
9
10
11
13
12
13
14
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Screw
Screw
Valve collar retainer
Upper valve spring collar
Valve spring
Valve seal and lower valve spring
collar assembly
Valve guide intake & exhaust (2)
Cylinder head
Exhaust port stud
Cylinder head gasket
Cylinder O-ring (4)
Cylinder insert
Cylinder w/piston & rings
Cylinder base gasket
Cylinder base stud
Exhaust valve
Exhaust valve seat
Figure 3-67. Cylinder Head, Cylinder and Piston Assembly
3-48
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
15
HOME
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
6609
Cylinder Heads
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Low pressure compressed air can blow debris into your
face and eyes. Always wear eye protection or a face
shield when using pressurized air. Failure to take adequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
1.
Bead blast or scrape carbon from head, top of cylinder
and valve ports. Be careful to avoid scratching or nicking
cylinder head and cylinder joint faces. Blow off loosened
carbon or dirt with compressed air.
2.
Soak cylinder head in an aluminum-compatible cleaner/
solvent to loosen carbon deposits.
3.
Wash all parts in non-flammable solvent, followed by a
thorough washing with hot, soapy water. Blow out oil
passages in head. Be sure they are free of sludge and
carbon particles. Remove loosened carbon from valve
head and stem using a wire wheel. Never use a file or
other hardened tool which could scratch or nick valve.
Polish valve stem with very fine emery cloth or steel
wool.
Figure 3-68. Checking Gasket Surface
4.
See Figure 3-68. Check head gasket surface on head for
flatness. Machine or replace any head which exceeds
SERVICE WEAR LIMIT of 0.006 in. (0.152 mm).
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-49
HOME
Rocker Arm Assemblies
1.
6607
Check each rocker arm, at pad end and push rod end, for
uneven wear or pitting. Replace rocker arm if either condition exists.
6606
Figure 3-71. Measuring Rocker Arm Shaft Bore Diameter
in Lower Rocker Cover
6608
Figure 3-69. Measuring Rocker Arm Shaft Diameter
(Rocker Cover Position)
6605
Figure 3-72. Measuring Rocker Arm Bushing
Inner Diameter
3.
Figure 3-70. Measuring Rocker Arm Shaft Diameter
(Rocker Arm Bushing Position)
2.
Measure and record rocker arm shaft bore diameter.
a.
See Figure 3-71. Measure bore of lower rocker
cover.
b.
See Figure 3-72. Measure rocker arm bushing inner
diameter.
4.
Check the measurements obtained in Steps 5-6 against
the SERVICE WEAR LIMITS. Repair or replace parts
exceeding limits.
Measure and record rocker arm shaft diameter.
a.
See Figure 3-69. Measure where shaft fits in lower
rocker arm cover.
5.
b.
See Figure 3-70. Measure where rocker arm bushings ride.
Assemble rocker arms and rocker arm shafts into lower
rocker cover.
6.
Check end play of rocker arm with feeler gauge.
7.
Replace rocker arm or lower cover or both if end play
exceeds 0.025 in. (0.635 mm).
3-50
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
Valves
Valve Guides
1.
Replace the valve if there is evidence of burning or
cracking.
1.
Clean valve guides by lightly honing with VALVE GUIDE
HONE (Part No. HD-34723).
2.
Inspect the end of the valve stem for pitting or uneven
wear. Replace the valve if either of these conditions are
found.
2.
Scrub guides with VALVE GUIDE BRUSH (Part No. HD34751) and hot soapy water. Measure valve stem outer
diameter and valve guide inner diameter. Check measurements against 3.1 SPECIFICATIONS.
3.
Inspect for burrs around the valve stem keeper groove.
Remove burrs with a fine tooth file if found.
Valve Springs
1.
Valve Seats
NOTE
Valve seats are also subject to wear. Resurface valve seats
whenever valves are refinished.
1.
Inspect valve springs for broken or discolored coils.
NOTE
The XB9R utilizes a single valve spring for each valve. The
inner and outer springs are combined into one tapered spring
that is progressively wound.
Inspect seats for cracking, chipping or burning. Replace
seats if any evidence of these conditions are found.
b0966x3x
5696
Figure 3-74. Checking Spring Free Length
2.
See Figure 3-74. Check free length and compression
force of each spring. Compare with 3.1 SPECIFICATIONS. If spring length is shorter than specification or if
spring compression force is below specification, replace
spring.
Spark Plug Threads
Figure 3-73. Measuring Valve Stem Protrusion
2.
See Figure 3-73. Check seats for recession by measuring valve stem protrusion.
a.
Wipe valve seats and valve faces clean.
b.
Measure valve stem protrusion.
c.
If valve stem protrudes more than 2.031 in.
(51.587 mm), replace valve seat or cylinder head.
Inspect spark plug threads for damage. If threads in head are
damaged, a special plug type insert can be installed using a
12 mm spark plug repair kit.
Push Rods
Examine push rods, particularly the ball ends. Replace any
rods that are bent, worn, discolored or broken.
NOTE
Replacing a valve seat is a complex operation requiring special equipment. If the seat is loose or is not fully seated in the
head, then seat movement will prevent the proper transfer of
heat from the valve. The seat surface must be flush with (or
below) the head surface. See 3.1 SPECIFICATIONS for valve
seat-to-cylinder head fit.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-51
HOME
Replacing Rocker Arm Bushings
1.
See Figure 3-75. To replace worn bushings, press or
drive them from the rocker arm. If bushing is difficult to
remove, turn a 9/16-18 tap into bushing. From opposite
side of rocker arm, press out bushing and tap using a
discarded rocker arm shaft.
2.
Press replacement bushing into rocker arm, flush with
arm end, and split portion of bushing towards top of arm.
3.
Using remaining old bushing as a pilot, line ream new
bushing with ROCKER ARM BUSHING REAMER (Part
No. HD-94804-57).
4.
Repeat for other end of rocker arm.
8732
8733
8734
Figure 3-75. Replacing Rocker Arm Bushings
3-52
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
Replacing Valve Guides
5692
Valve guide replacement, if necessary, must be done before
valve seat is ground. It is the valve stem hole in valve guide
that determines seat grinding location. Valve stem-to-valve
guide clearances are listed in Table 3-19. If valve stems and/
or guides are worn beyond limits, install new parts.
Table 3-19. Valve Stem Clearances
and Service Wear Limits
VALVE
CLEARANCE
SERVICE WEAR
LIMIT
Exhaust
0.001-0.003 in.
(0.025-0.076 mm)
0.0035 in.
(0.0889 mm)
Intake
0.001-0.003 in.
(0.025-0.076 mm)
0.0035 in.
(0.0889 mm)
1.
To remove shoulderless guides, press or tap guides
toward combustion chamber using VALVE GUIDE
REMOVER/INSTALLER (Part No. B-45524).
2.
Clean and measure valve guide bore in head.
3.
Measure outer diameter of a new standard valve guide.
The guide diameter should be 0.0020-0.0033 in.
(0.0508-0.0838 mm). larger than bore in head. If it is not,
select one of the following oversizes: +0.001 in. (+0.025
mm), +0.002 in. (+0.051 mm) or +0.003 in. (+0.076 mm)
(intake and exhaust).
4.
See Figure 3-76. Install shoulderless guides using
VALVE GUIDE REMOVER/INSTALLER TOOL (Part No.
B-45524). Press or drive guide until the tool touches the
machined surface surrounding the guide. At this point,
the correct guide height has been reached.
5.
1
2
1.
2.
Valve guide remover/installer (Part No. B-45524)
Cylinder head stand (Part No. HD-39782)
Figure 3-76. Installing Shoulderless Valve Guide
Ream guides to final size or within 0.0010 in.
(0.0254 mm) of final size using VALVE GUIDE REAMER
(Part No. B-45523). Use REAMER LUBRICANT (Part
No. HD-39964) or liberal amounts of suitable cutting oil
to prevent reamer chatter.
5695
1
NOTE
The hone is not intended to remove material.
6.
Apply the proper surface finish to the valve guide bores
using the VALVE GUIDE HONE (Part No. B-45525).
Lubricate hone with honing oil. Driving hone with an
electric drill, work for a crosshatch pattern with an angle
of approximately 60°.
2
1.
2.
Valve guide brush (Part No. HD-34751)
Cylinder head holding fixture
(Part No. HD-39786)
Figure 3-77. Cleaning Valve Guides
7.
See Figure 3-77. Thoroughly clean valve guide bores
using VALVE GUIDE BRUSH (Part No. HD-34751) and
hot soapy water.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-53
HOME
PROCEDURE FOR USING THE
NEWAY VALVE SEAT CUTTER
Table 3-20. Neway Valve Seat Cutter
PART NO.
2.
Obtain the NEWAY VALVE SEAT CUTTER SET (HD35758A) and cut valve seat angle to 46°. Do not remove
any more metal than is necessary to clean up the seat
(that is, to provide a uniform finish and remove pitting).
3.
In order to determine the correct location of the 46° valve
seat in the head, measure the width of the valve to be
used and subtract 0.080" (2.032 mm) from that number.
4.
Set your dial caliper to the lesser measurement and lock
down for quick reference. This is the location of your
valve seat.
5.
Use a permanent magic marker to highlight the valve
seat area that is going to be cut and be sure to highlight
all 3 angles. Allow marker to dry before proceeding.
SPECIALTY TOOL
HD-35758A
Neway valve seat cutter
HD-39786
Cylinder head holding fixture
a0087x3x
●
Figure 3-78. Neway Valve Seat Cutter
●
NOTE
Verify correct valve stem to valve guide clearance before
refacing. See Table 3-19. If new guides must be
installed, complete that task before refacing valves and
seats.
●
This procedure is not based on the lapping of valves. The
end result is an interference fit between the valve of 45°
and the valve seat which will be 46°.
1.
Secure cylinder head for service.
a.
Thread 12 mm end of CYLINDER HEAD HOLDING
FIXTURE (Part No. HD-39786) into cylinder head
spark plug hole.
b.
Clamp tool in vise and further tighten cylinder head
onto the fixture to prevent any movement during
operation.
c.
Place cylinder head at a 45° angle or one that offers
a comfortable working position.
3-54
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
NOTE
Always ensure cutter blades and cutter pilot are clean
before beginning the cutting process. The correct cleaning brush is supplied with the Neway tool set.
●
Also ensure the inside of the valve guide is clean by
using Kent-Moore cleaning brush (Part No. HD-34751).
6.
Choose the cutter pilot that fits properly into the valve
guide hole and securely seat the pilot by pushing down
and turning using the installation tool supplied in the tool
set.
7.
Choose the proper 46° cutter (intake or exhaust) and
gently slide the cutter onto the pilot being careful not to
drop the cutter onto the seat.
8.
While applying a constant and consistent pressure,
remove just enough material to show a complete cleanup on the 46° angle.
●
●
NOTES
If the width of the clean-up angle is greater on one side
of the seat than the other, the guide may need to be
replaced due to improper installation.
After making the 46° cut, if you discover a groove cut
completely around the seat this means the blades of the
cutter are in alignment and need to be staggered. This is
accomplished by loosening all of the blades from the cutter body and moving each blade slightly in it’s cradle in
opposite directions on the cutter. The tool needed to
loosen the blades is supplied in the tool set. A permanent magic marker mark every 90° will help in determining where new angles are.
HOME
9.
Next, with your dial caliper locked to the predetermined
setting, measure the 46° cut at the outer most edge at
the widest point of the circle to determine what cut needs
to be made next.
a.
If the 46° cut is to high (towards the combustion
chamber), use the 31° cutter to lower the valve seat
closer to the port.
b.
●
●
If the 46° cut is too low, use the 60° cutter to raise
the valve seat or move it away from the port.
NOTE
Due to using the top measurement of our valve seat as a
reference point it will usually be necessary to use the 31°
cutter following the initial 46° cut.
Always highlight the valve seat with the permanent
magic marker in order to ensure the location of the 46°
valve seat.
10. If the location of the valve seat is not correct, repeat
steps 8 and 9.
11. When you accomplish a complete clean-up of the 46°
angle and the width is at least.062 in. (1.575 mm), proceed to the next step.
12. Select the proper 60° cutter and gently slide the cutter
down the cutter pilot to the valve seat.
13. Remove just enough material to provide an even valve
seat width of.040-.062 in. (1.016-1.575 mm).
14. Remove cutter pilot and wash head thoroughly and dry
completely.
15. Repeat the process on any valve seat that needs service.
16. Insert valve to be used in the valve guide and bottom on
the valve seat. Positioning the cylinder head port
upwards and with slight thumb pressure against the
valve, completely fill the port with solvent to verify proper
seal between the valve and the valve seat.
NOTE
Hold pressure against the valve for a minimum of 10 seconds.
If any leakage occurs, examine the valve seat for irregularities
or defects and if necessary repeat the above cutting process.
b0972x3x
Intake & Exhaust Valve and Seat
60˚
Min. 0.040 in. (1.016 mm)
Max. 0.062 in. (1.575 mm)
Margin
31˚
46˚
Figure 3-79. Valve and Seat Dimensions
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-55
HOME
b1024x3x
1
2
3
4
5
6
17
7
8
16
9
10
11
13
12
13
14
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Screw
Screw
Valve collar retainer
Upper valve spring collar
Valve spring
Valve seal and lower valve spring
collar assembly
Valve guide intake & exhaust (2)
Cylinder head
Exhaust port stud
Cylinder head gasket
Cylinder O-ring (4)
Cylinder insert
Cylinder w/piston & rings
Cylinder base gasket
Cylinder base stud
Exhaust valve
Exhaust valve seat
Figure 3-80. Cylinder Head, Cylinder and Piston Assembly
3-56
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
15
HOME
ASSEMBLY
1.
Wash cylinder head and valves in warm, soapy water to
remove all debris from cutting valve seats.
2.
Scrub valve guide bores with VALVE GUIDE BRUSH
(Part No. HD-34751) and hot, soapy water.
8702
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Low pressure compressed air can blow debris into your
face and eyes. Always wear eye protection or a face
shield when using pressurized air. Failure to take adequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
3.
Blow dry with compressed air.
4.
Apply a liberal amount of engine oil to the valve stem.
5.
See Figure 3-80. Insert valve into valve guide and bottom
valve on valve seat.
8703
6610
8704
Figure 3-81. Valve Guide Seal Protector Sleeve
6.
See Figure 3-81. Place a protective sleeve over the valve
stem keeper groove.
CAUTION
Failure to use a protective sleeve on the valve stem
keeper groove when installing the valve stem seal and
collar assembly will result in damage to the seal causing
leakage around the valve stem, excessive oil consumption and valve sticking.
Figure 3-82. Valve Seal and Lower Collar Assembly
(seal and lower collar replaced as assembly only)
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-57
HOME
8684
8703
Figure 3-83. Valve Seal and Lower Collar Assembly
Installation
7.
●
●
See Figure 3-83. Coat the sleeve with oil and place a
new seal and lower collar assembly over the valve stem
and onto valve guide.
NOTE
See Figure 3-82. The valve seal is now incorporated into
the lower collar and is installed by hand. NO SPECIAL
TOOLS ARE REQUIRED.
The seal is completely installed when the lower collar
contacts the machined surface of the head.
CAUTION
Do not remove valve after seal is installed. Otherwise,
sharp edges on keeper groove will damage seal.
Figure 3-84. Valve Spring Compressor
(Part No. HD-34736B)
8.
Install valve spring and upper collar.
9.
See Figure 3-84. Compress spring with VALVE SPRING
COMPRESSOR (Part No. HD-34736B).
NOTE
The XB9R utilizes a single valve spring for each valve. The
inner and outer springs are combined into one tapered spring
that is progressively wound.
10. Insert valve keepers into upper collar, making sure they
engage grooves in valve stem. The keeper gaps should
be equal.
11. Release and remove from VALVE SPRING COMPRESSOR.
12. Repeat Steps 4-11 for the remaining valve.
3-58
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
PUSH ROD COVER INSTALLATION
b1092x3x
1
NOTE
Push rod covers must be installed prior to installing cylinder
heads.
8682ß
2
3
4
Figure 3-85. Push Rod Locations
1.
See Figure 3-86. Install push rod covers.
Install new o-rings (2) on top of each pushrod cover
(3).
b.
Install new push rod cover gasket (5) onto bottom of
each push rod cover.
c.
Install each push rod cover assembly and start the
fasteners (4) securing the bottom of each cover to
the crankcase.
d.
2.
5
a.
Tighten fasteners to 30-40 in lbs (3.4-4.5 Nm).
See Table 3-21. Identify push rod color coding, length
and respective push rod positions in engine. Place intake
and exhaust push rods onto seat at top of tappet.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Push Rod (2)
O-ring (2)
Push Rod Cover
Screws (4)
Push Rod Cover gasket
Figure 3-86. Push Rods and Push Rod Cover Assembly
Table 3-21. Push Rod Selection
POSITION
Exhaust
Intake
COLOR
CODES
LENGTH
PART NO.
1 BandPink/Purple
10.780 in.
(274.320 mm)
17908-02
1 BandOrange/Brown
10.726 in.
(272.948 mm)
17909-02
CAUTION
After head(s) have been installed do not turn engine over
until both push rods can be turned with fingers. Otherwise, damage to push rods or rocker arms may result.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-59
HOME
CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION
x0128x3a
Front Cylinder
1st
3rd
2nd
4th
CAUTION
Thoroughly clean and lubricate the threads of the cylinder head screws before installation. Friction caused by
dirt and grime will result in a false torque indication.
1.
Thoroughly clean and dry the gasket surfaces of cylinders and cylinder heads.
2.
Install new O-rings over two ring dowels at the top of the
cylinder. Apply a very thin film of clean H-D 20W50
engine oil to O-rings before installation.
CAUTION
To ensure proper head gasket alignment, install new Orings over cylinder ring dowels before installing the head
gasket. Improper head gasket alignment will cause leaks.
3.
Install a new head gasket to cylinder.
4.
Carefully lower cylinder head over studs and position on
dowels. Use great care so as not to disturb head gasket.
5.
Lightly coat the threads and bottom face of the cylinder
head bolts in clean H-D 20W50 engine oil. Wipe off any
excess oil.
Rear Cylinder
1st
3rd
CAUTION
The procedure for tightening the head screws is critical
to proper distribution of pressure over gasket area. It
prevents gasket leaks, stud failure, and head and cylinder distortion.
6.
7.
8.
Start the cylinder head screws onto the cylinder studs,
two short bolts on the left side of the engine, two long
bolts on the right.
See Figure 3-87. For each cylinder head, start with
screw numbered one, as shown. In increasing numerical
sequence (i.e. – 1, 2, 3 and 4):
a.
Tighten bolts to 96-120 in-lbs (11-14 Nm).
b.
Tighten bolts to 13-15 ft-lbs (18-20 Nm).
c.
Loosen all screws.
2nd
4th
Head Screw Loosening/Tightening Sequence
Figure 3-87. Head Screw Loosening/Tightening
Sequence
a0089x3x
View
A
View
B
After screws are loosened from initial torque, tighten
head screws in three stages. Tighten fasteners in
increasing numerical sequence (i.e. – 1, 2, 3 and 4).
a.
Tighten each screw to 96-120 in-lbs (11-14 Nm).
b.
Tighten each screw to 13-15 ft-lbs (18-20 Nm).
c.
See Figure 3-88. Mark cylinder head and head
screw shoulder with a line as shown (View A).
d.
Turn all bolts an additional 85 ° -95 ° .
3-60
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
Tighten head screws 1/4-turn in
the third stage of installation
Figure 3-88. Tightening Head Screws
HOME
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Crankcase Breather
Grommet
Screw (4)
Washer (4)
Gasket (4)
Rocker Cover (top)
Bolt (3)
Washer (3)
Gasket (inner)
Gasket (lower)
Rocker Arm Shafts
Bolt (2)
washer (2)
Rocker Cover (lower)
Rocker Arm (2)
Bushing (rocker arm - 4)
Gasket (lower rocker cover)
Hydraulic lifter
Screw, tappet anti-rotation (2)
Gasket (push rod cover)
Push Rod cover
Screw (4)
O-ring (push rod cover - 2)
Push Rod
Washer (4)
Bolt (4)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
26
8
25
9
10
11
12
13
14
24
15
16
23
17
19
22
21
20
18
b0960x3x
Figure 3-89. Rocker Arm and Pushrod Cover Assemblies
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-61
HOME
9.
See Figure 3-90. Install new gaskets with the bead facing up. Place lower rocker box assembly (with rocker
arms and shafts) into position. Place push rods in rocker
arm sockets.
Table 3-22. Lower Rocker Box Hardware
ITEM
(1)
Bolt w/washer
4688a
3
(2)
2
1
Bolt w/washer
(3)
1
Screw w/washer
2
4688a
1
1
2
3
Figure 3-90. Lower Rocker Box Fasteners
10. See Figure 3-90. Install hardware attaching lower rocker
cover to cylinder head in the following order. After loosely
installing all fasteners, use a cross pattern on the four
large bolts that fasten the lower rocker box to head to
tighten and then torque to specifications. This will bleed
the tappets. Finish tightening remaining fasteners. Fastener sequences, sizes and torque specifications are
listed in Table 3-22.
a.
Tighten bolts (1) to 18-22 ft-lbs (24-30 Nm).
b.
Tighten bolts (2) to 135-155 in-lbs (15-18 Nm).
c.
Tighten bolts (3) to 135-155 in-lbs (15-18 Nm).
11. See Figure 3-89. Install upper rocker covers.
a.
Place a new inner gaskets on lower rocker box
assemblies.
b.
Place a new lower gaskets on lower rocker cover.
c.
Install upper rocker cover using screws with washers
and new fiber seals. Tighten screws to 10-14 ft-lbs
(13.6-19 Nm).
3-62
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
SIZE
TORQUE
5/16-18 X 2-1/2
18-22 ft-lbs
(24-30 Nm)
1/4-20 X 1-1/4
11-13 ft-lbs
(15-18 Nm)
1/4-20 X 1-1/2
135-155 in-lbs
(15-18 Nm
HOME
CYLINDER AND PISTON
REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY
1.
Strip motorcycle as described under 3.4 STRIPPING
MOTORCYCLE FOR ENGINE SERVICE.
2.
Remove cylinder head. See 3.6 CYLINDER HEAD.
3.
Clean crankcase around cylinder base to prevent dirt
and debris from entering crankcase while removing cylinder.
4.
See Figure 3-91. Turn engine over until piston of cylinder
being removed is at bottom of its stroke.
5.
Carefully raise cylinder just enough to permit placing
clean towel under piston to prevent any foreign matter
from falling into crankcase.
3.7
b0962x3x
1
4
NOTE
If cylinder does not come loose, lightly tap a plastic hammer
perpendicular to the cylinder fins. Never try to pry a cylinder
up.
6.
Carefully lift cylinder over piston and cylinder studs. Do
not allow piston to fall against cylinder studs. Discard cylinder base gasket.
2
3
4
9
5
CAUTION
With cylinder removed, be careful not to bend the cylinder studs. The slightest bend could cause a stress riser
and lead to stud failure.
7.
10
6
Install a 6 in. (152 mm) length of 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) ID
plastic or rubber hose over each cylinder stud. This will
protect the studs and the piston.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
7
Retaining rings are highly compressed in the ring groove
and may “fly out” with considerable force when pried out.
Always wear safety glasses or goggles when removing
or installing retaining rings. Failure to wear safety
glasses or goggles could result in death or serious
injury.
8
CAUTION
DO NOT re-use piston pin retaining rings. Removal may
weaken retaining rings and they may break or dislodge if
reinstalled resulting in engine damage.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Ring set
Piston
Piston pin
Retaining ring (2)
Dowel and o-ring
Cylinder
Base gasket
Cylinder stud (4)
Connecting rod
Piston pin bushing
Figure 3-91. Cylinder and Piston
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-63
HOME
CAUTION
●
Handle the piston with extreme care. The alloy used in
these pistons is very hard. Any scratches, gouges or
other marks in the piston could score the cylinder during
engine operation and cause engine damage.
●
b1002x3x
NOTES
It is not necessary to remove both piston pin circlips during piston removal. Leave the second circlip in the pin
bore.
Since the piston pin is a loose fit in the piston, the pin will
easily slide out. The pin has tapered ends to help seat
the round retaining rings.
b0057b3x
V-groove
1
2
Figure 3-93. Piston Pin and Piston Identification
NOTE
See Figure 3-93. The arrow at the top of pistons must always
point toward the front of the engine.
b1001x3x
1.
2.
8638
Piston pin retaining ring
Piston pin retaining ring installer
(Part No. HD-34623C)
Figure 3-92. Removing Piston Pin Circlip
8.
See Figure 3-92. Remove the piston pin circlip as follows:
a.
Insert the PISTON PIN CIRCLIP REMOVER/
INSTALLER (Part No. HD-34623C) into the piston
pin bore until claw on tool is positioned in slot of piston (directly under circlip).
b.
Squeeze the handles of the tool together and pull
from bore. In the event that the circlip should fly out,
hold a shop towel over the bore during removal.
Remove circlip from claw and discard.
3-64
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
Figure 3-94. Removing Piston Rings
9.
See Figure 3-94. To remove piston rings spread outward
until they clear grooves in piston and lift off.
HOME
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Low pressure compressed air can blow debris into your
face and eyes. Always wear eye protection or a face
shield when using pressurized air. Failure to take adequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
1.
Soak cylinder and piston in an aluminum-compatible
cleaner/solvent until deposits are soft, then clean with a
brush. Blow off loosened carbon and dirt particles and
wash in solvent.
2.
Clean oil passage in cylinder with compressed air.
3.
Clean piston ring grooves with a piece of compression
ring ground to a chisel shape.
4.
Examine piston pin to see that it is not pitted or scored.
5.
Check piston pin bushing to see that it is not loose in
connecting rod, grooved, pitted or scored.
a.
A piston pin properly fitted to upper connecting rod
bushing has a 0.00125-0.00175 in. (0.031750.04445 mm) clearance in bushing.
b.
See Connecting Rod Bushing section. If piston pinto-bushing clearance exceeds 0.00200 in. (0.05080
mm), replace worn parts.
6.
Clean piston pin retaining ring grooves.
7.
Examine piston and cylinder for cracks, burnt spots,
grooves and gouges.
8.
Check connecting rod for up and down play in lower
bearings. When up and down play is detected, lower
bearing should be refitted. This requires removing and
disassembling engine crankcase.
Checking Gasket Surface
CAUTION
If cylinder gasket surface does not meet flatness specifications, replace cylinder and piston. Proper tolerances
will extend component life and prevent leaks.
6611
Figure 3-95. Checking Gasket Surfaces
1.
2.
See Figure 3-95. Check cylinder head gasket surface for
flatness.
a.
Lay a straightedge across the surface.
b.
Try to insert a feeler gauge between the straightedge and the gasket surface.
c.
If cylinder head gasket surface is not flat within
0.006 in. (0.152 mm), replace cylinder and piston.
Check cylinder base gasket surface for flatness.
a.
Lay a straightedge across the surface.
b.
Try to insert a feeler gauge between the straightedge and the gasket surface.
c.
If cylinder base gasket surface is not flat within
0.008 in. (0.203 mm), replace cylinder and piston.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-65
HOME
Measuring Cylinder Bore
1.
Remove any burrs from the cylinder gasket surfaces.
2.
See Figure 3-96. Install a head gasket, base gasket and
O-rings, and CYLINDER TORQUEPLATES (Part No.
HD-33446B) and XL EVOLUTION TORQUE PLATE
BOLTS (Part No. HD-33446-86). Tighten the bolts using
the same method used when installing the cylinder head
screws. See 3.6 CYLINDER HEAD.
NOTE
Torque plates, properly tightened and installed with gaskets,
simulate engine operating conditions. Measurements will vary
as much as 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) without torque plates.
Table 3-23. Cylinder Bore
Service Wear Limit
BORE SIZES
Standard Bore
IN.
MM
3.5008
88.9203
Deglazing Cylinder
NOTE
Deglazing removes wear patterns, minor scuff marks and
scratches without enlarging the bore diameter.
1.
Lightly swab the cylinder bore with a cloth dipped in
clean engine oil.
2.
Obtain a 240 grit flexible ball-type deglazing tool with a
bristle tip or finishing stone arrangement able to produce
a 60˚ cross hatch pattern.
3.
Install the deglazing tool in a slow-speed drill. The speed
at which the tool rotates determines the speed at which it
must be stroked up and down the bore to produce the
desired cross hatch pattern.
4.
Starting at the bottom of the cylinder, move the deglazing
tool up and down the entire length of the cylinder bore for
10 to 12 complete strokes.
b0306x3x
Stop to examine the cylinder bore and/or take measurements. A precise 60˚ cross hatch pattern in the piston travel
area is the most important.
CAUTION
The angular cross hatch pattern ensures an even flow of
oil onto the cylinder walls and promotes longer cylinder,
piston and ring life. An Improper crosshatch pattern will
result in insufficient oil retention and possible piston seizure and/or high oil consumption.
CAUTION
Failure to remove all abrasive particles may result in premature cylinder, piston and ring wear and possible
engine failure.
Figure 3-96. Measuring Cylinder Bore Using Torque
Plates (Part No. HD-33446B)
3.
4.
5.
See Figure 3-96. Take cylinder bore measurement in ring
path, starting about 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) from top of cylinder, measuring from front to rear and then side to side.
Record readings.
Repeat measurement at center and then at bottom of
ring path. Record readings. This process will determine if
cylinder is out-of-round and will also show any cylinder
taper or bulge.
See Table 3-23. If cylinder is not scuffed or scored and is
within service limit, see next section, DEGLAZING CYLINDER.
NOTE
If piston clearance exceeds service wear limit, cylinders and
pistons should be replaced with new components. See 3.1
SPECIFICATIONS.
3-66
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
5.
Thoroughly wash the cylinder bore with liquid dishwashing soap and warm water to remove all abrasive particles
and residual grit. Continue cleaning until a clean cloth
shows no evidence or dirt or debris.
6.
Hot rinse the cylinder and dry with moisture free compressed air.
7.
Immediately apply a thin film of clean engine oil to a
clean white paper towel and thoroughly wipe the inside
of the cylinder.
NOTE
After wiping the cylinder with a clean, oiled paper towel, the
towel will be dark with contamination. repeat this process
using a new lightly oiled paper towel each time until the towel
remains white. The cylinder is now clean.
8.
With the cylinder at room temperature, check the piston
clearance in the cylinder in which the piston will run. See
3.1 SPECIFICATIONS.
HOME
Fitting Piston Rings
2783b
6612
3
1
2
Dot
Figure 3-98. Measuring Ring End Gap
1.
2.
3.
Top compression ring – Install either side up
Second compression ring – Install dot toward top
Oil control rings
Figure 3-97. Piston Rings
See Figure 3-97. Piston rings are of two types: compression
and oil control. The two compression rings are positioned in
the two upper piston ring grooves. The dot on the second
compression ring must face upward. Ring sets are available
to fit standard and oversize pistons.
Piston ring sets must be properly fitted to piston and cylinder:
1.
See Figure 3-98. Insert the new ring into the cylinder,
square it in the bore using the top of the piston and measure the ring end gap with a feeler gauge. Do not use the
ring if the end gap does not fall within the following specifications, See Table 3-24.
Table 3-24. Piston Ring End Gap
Ring Type
Top compression ring
2nd compression ring
Oil control ring rails
Ring End Gap
inches
mm
0.010 - 0.020
0.014 - 0.024
0.010 - 0.050
0.25 - 0.51
0.36 - 0.61
0.25 - 1.27
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-67
HOME
NOTE
The same piston may be used if cylinder bore was not
changed, unless it is scuffed or grooved. If re-using piston,
replace piston rings and hone the cylinder walls with a No.
240 grit flexible hone to facilitate ring seating.
8637
8638
Figure 3-101. Measuring Ring Clearance in Groove
4.
Figure 3-99. Installing Piston Rings Transmission Shaft
Retaining Ring Pliers (Part No. J-5586)
2.
See Figure 3-99. Apply engine oil to piston grooves. Use
TRANSMISSION SHAFT RETAINING RING PLIERS
(Part No. J-5586) to slip compression rings over piston
into their respective grooves. Be extremely careful not to
over expand, twist rings or damage piston surface when
installing rings.
NOTE
Install second compression ring with dot towards top.
x0486x3x
Position ring end gaps at arrows
Front
Piston
Pin
Rear
Figure 3-100. Ring End Gap Position
3.
See Figure 3-100. Install rings so end gaps of adjacent
rings are a minimum of 90° apart. Ring gaps are not to
be within 10° of the thrust face centerline.
3-68
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
See Figure 3-101. Check for proper side clearance with
thickness gauge, as shown. See 3.1 SPECIFICATIONS.
NOTE
If the ring grooves are clean and the side play is still not correct, replace the rings, the piston or both.
HOME
Connecting Rod Bushing
b1025x3x
2
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1
When connecting rod bushing is worn to excessive pin clearance (0.002 in. or more) (0.051 mm) it must be replaced.
b1027x3x
1.
2.
Remover side of driver
Receiver cup
Figure 3-104. Removing Wrist Pin Bushing
NOTE
See Figure 3-104. The receiver cup fits on one side of the rod
while the driver fits on the opposite side as shown.
Figure 3-102. Connecting Rod Clamping Tool
(Part No. HD-95952-33B)
1.
See Figure 3-102. Secure connecting rod with CONNECTING ROD CLAMPING TOOL (Part No. HD-9595233B).
3.
Use two box wrenches and push worn bushing from connecting rod.
4.
Remove piston pin bushing tool from connecting rod.
5.
Remove bushing from receiver cup.
b1026x3x
2
d0190x3x
6
3
1
7
4
1
2
5
3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Hex cylinder
Threaded rod
Flat washer
Nice bearing
Driver (2 way)
Receiver cup
Nut
1.
2.
3.
Installer side of driver
Oil slot in bushing
Oil hole in connecting rod
Figure 3-105. Installing New Wrist Pin Bushing
6.
See Figure 3-105. Place new bushing between connecting rod and driver.
Figure 3-103. Connecting Rod Bushing Remover/Installer
(Part No. HD-95970-32D)
NOTE
The driver must be attached facing the opposite direction as it
was for removal of the bushing.
2.
7.
Clean up and size bushing to 0.0010-0.0005 in.
(0.0254-0.0127 mm) undersize using REAMER (Part
No. HD-94800-26A). Sizing bushing with less than
0.00125 in. (0.03175 mm) clearance can result in a
bushing loosening and/or seized pin in rod.
8.
Hone bushing to final size using WRIST PIN BUSHING
HONE (Part No. HD-35102). Use a liberal amount of
honing oil to prevent damage to hone or bushing. Use
care to prevent foreign material from falling into the
crankcase.
See Figure 3-103. Attach PISTON PIN BUSHING TOOL
(Part No. HD-95970-32D) to the connecting rod.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-69
HOME
ASSEMBLY/INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 3-106. Place PISTON SUPPORT PLATE
(Part No. HD-42322) in position as shown.
8670
CAUTION
Always use new retaining ring. Make sure retaining ring
groove is clean and that ring seats firmly in groove. If it
does not, discard the ring. Never install a used retaining
ring or a new one if it has been installed and then
removed for any reason. A loosely installed ring will
come out of the piston groove and damage cylinder and
piston beyond repair.
b1002x3x
Figure 3-106. Piston Support Plate
(Part No. HD-42322)
2.
Install piston assembly over connecting rod.
1
2
b0057b3x
b1001x3x
V-groove
1.
2.
Piston pin retaining ring
Piston pin retaining ring installer
(Part No. HD-34623C)
Figure 3-108. Installing Piston Pin Circlip
Figure 3-107. Piston Pin and Piston Identification
NOTE
See Figure 3-107. Piston must be installed with the arrow, at
the top of the piston, pointing towards the front of the engine.
3.
Install piston pin.
3-70
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
4.
See Figure 3-108. Install new piston pin retaining rings
(1) using PISTON PIN RETAINING RING INSTALLER
(2) (Part No. HD-34623C). Place new retaining ring on
tool with gap pointing up.
NOTE
Make sure the ring groove is clean. Ring must be fully seated
in the groove with the gap away from the slot at the bottom.
HOME
a0101x3x
Position ring end gaps at arrows–
minimum of 90° apart
8671
FRONT
Piston
pin
REAR
1.
Figure 3-109. Ring End Gap Position
5.
See Figure 3-109. Make sure the piston ring end gaps
are properly positioned as shown.
Piston ring compressor (Part No. HD-96333-51C)
Figure 3-111. Compressing Piston Rings
9.
See Figure 3-111. Compress the piston rings using PISTON RING COMPRESSOR (Part No. HD-96333-51C).
10. Install cylinder over piston.
8672
11. Remove PISTON RING COMPRESSOR.
12. Assemble and install cylinder head. See 3.6 CYLINDER
HEAD.
13. Install assembled engine. See 3.4 STRIPPING MOTORCYCLE FOR ENGINE SERVICE.
Figure 3-110. Piston Support Plate
6.
See Figure 3-110. Turn engine until piston is resting on
top of PISTON SUPPORT PLATE (Part No. HD-42322).
7.
Lubricate cylinder wall, piston, pin and rod bushing with
engine oil.
8.
Remove protective sleeves from cylinder studs. Install a
new cylinder base gasket. Make sure the piston does not
bump the studs or crankcase.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-71
HOME
NOTES
3-72
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
3.8
CHECKING AND ADDING OIL
WINTER LUBRICATION
Check engine oil level in oil reservoir at least once every 500
miles (800 km). Check level more frequently if engine uses
more oil than normal or if vehicle is operated under harsh
conditions. Check oil when engine is warmed up to operating
temperature (see Hot Check).
Normal fuel combustion in a gasoline engine produces water
vapor and carbon dioxide along with other gases and particulates. When first starting and warming an engine, some of the
water vapor that gets into the engine crankcase condenses to
form liquid water. If the engine is driven long enough to thoroughly warm the crankcase, most of this liquid water is again
vaporized and exhausted through the crankcase breather
system.
CHANGING OIL AND FILTER
After a new engine has run its first 1000 miles (1600 km) and
at 5000 miles (8000 km) intervals or annually thereafter, completely drain oil reservoir of used oil. If riding habits include
severe dust conditions, operation at temperature above 80º F,
extensive idling, speeds in excess of 65 mph and /or extensive two up riding or similar loads the oil should be changed
at 2500 mile (4000 km) intervals. Refill with fresh oil. Always
change oil filter when changing engine oil.
NOTE
See 1.5 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM for more information on checking oil level and changing oil and filter.
A moderately driven vehicle making short runs may not be
able to vacate water vapors allowing liquid water to accumulate in the oil reservoir. This is especially true if the vehicle is
operated in cold weather. In freezing weather, an accumulation of water in the engine oil may become slush or ice, which
can block oil lines and lead to severe engine damage. Water
remaining in the engine oil for long periods of time can form
an acidic sludge that is corrosive to metal engine parts and
causes accelerated wear of moving components.
In winter the oil change interval should be shorter than normal. The colder the weather, the shorter the recommended oil
change interval. A vehicle used only for short runs in cold
weather must have the engine oil drained frequently.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-73
HOME
OIL HOSE ROUTING AND OIL RESERVOIR
GENERAL
See Figure 3-112. Engine oil runs through the swingarm
which serves as the oil reservoir. From the front of the reservoir, the vent hose, the return hose and the feed hose run
downward below the crankcases. Two rubberized clamps
secure the hoses in place.
3.9
the front of the engine to the oil cooler on the left front side of
the crankcases. The feed line then exits the oil cooler and
connects to the oil filter housing on the right front side of the
crankcases.
The vent hose continues upward from under the vehicle to
connect to an elbow fitting at the rear of the gearcase cover.
The feed line exits the front of the oil pump and routes across
8710
2
1
8
3
6
5
4
10
9
8711
8709
2
3
5
7
4
6
10
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Swingarm/Oil reservoir
Vent oil line
Feed oil line
Return oil line
Feed oil line from oil pump to oil cooler
Return oil line from oil cooler to crankcase
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Oil tank drain plug
Oil filter
Front muffler mount
Rear muffler bracket
Oil cooler
Figure 3-112. Oil Lines and Connections
3-74
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
11
HOME
OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR SWITCH
GENERAL
3.10
b1032x3a
The oil pressure indicator switch is a pressure-actuated diaphragm-type switch. When oil is not circulating through the
system or when oil pressure is low, spring tension holds the
switch contacts closed, thereby completing the signal light
circuit and causing the indicator lamp to illuminate.
OIL PRESSURE
SIGNAL LIGHT
The oil pressure signal light turns ON when:
●
Ignition switch is turned on prior to starting engine.
●
Oil is not circulating through the running engine.
●
Oil pressure is abnormally low in the running engine.
●
Engine is idling below 1000 RPM.
The oil pressure signal light turns OFF when:
●
Figure 3-113. Oil Pressure Indicator Switch
Oil is circulating with adequate pressure through the
engine running at 1000 RPM or greater.
Troubleshooting information is listed in Table 3-25.
NOTE
If the ignition is turned back on immediately after the engine
is stopped, the oil light may not turn on right away because of
oil pressure retained in the filter housing.
OIL PRESSURE
Table 3-25. Troubleshooting Oil
Pressure Signal Light
OIL
PRESSURE
SIGNAL
LIGHT
Stays on at
speeds above
idle.
●
Empty oil reservoir.
●
Clogged feed line (ice and sludge,
freezing temperatures).
●
Air-bound oil line.
●
Grounded oil switch wire.
●
Malfunctioning signal switch.
●
Diluted oil.
●
Malfunctioning check valve (see
3.14 OIL FILTER MOUNT).
Flickers at idle.
●
Incorrect idle speed. Malfunctioning or improperly installed check
valve (see 3.14 OIL FILTER
MOUNT).
Does not glow
when ignition
is turned on
(prior to operating engine).
●
Malfunctioning signal switch.
●
Malfunction in wiring.
See Figure 3-113. The oil pump is non regulatory and delivers its entire volume of oil under pressure to the oil filter
mount. When an engine is cold, the engine oil will be more
viscous (i.e., thicker).
When an engine is operated at high speeds, the volume of oil
circulated through the oiling system increases, resulting in
higher oil pressure. As engine speed is reduced, the volume
of oil pumped is also reduced, resulting in lower oil pressure.
To check oil pressure, use OIL PRESSURE GAUGE (Part No.
HD-96921-52B) and OIL PRESSURE GAUGE ADAPTER
(Part No. HD-96940-58). Remove oil pressure indicator
switch and insert pressure gauge fitting.
Ride motorcycle at least 20 miles (32 km) at or above
50 MPH (80 KM/H) until engine oil reaches normal operating
temperature. At 2500 RPM, oil pressure will vary from 1012 psi (69-83 KPa). At idle speed (950-1050 RPM), oil pressure will vary from 6-8 psi (42-55 KPa).
PROBABLE CAUSES
●
Burned-out signal bulb.
●
Dead battery (see NOTE).
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-75
HOME
CRANKCASE BREATHING SYSTEM
3.11
GENERAL
b0974x3x
8661
1
2
3
4
Figure 3-114. Reed Valve Assembly in Gearcase
5
See Figure 3-114. Pressure created in the flywheel area on
piston downstroke is released through the reed valve into the
gearcase. From there a mixture of crankcase air and oil mist
is vented up the push rod covers to the upper rocker box.
See Figure 3-115. Air is allowed to escape the rocker boxes
by exiting the positive crankcase vent (PCV) valves (4)
located on top of the rocker boxes. From the PCV valves the
air enters the crankcase breather hoses (2 & 3). The crankcase breather hoses route through the air cleaner base plate
(1) to the air box where it is directed inside the air filter element and back into the engine.
The oil mist collects and eventually returns to the crankcase
through oil passageways in the cylinder head.
6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Base plate, air box
Breather hose, rear
Breather hose, front
PCV Valves (2)
Grommet
Rocker cover, top (2)
Figure 3-115. Crankcase Breathing System,
3-76
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
Reed Valve Replacement
3
2
1
1.
Reed valve stop
2.
Reed valve
3.
Reed block
Figure 3-116. Reed Valve Assembly
8759
3
3
1
1
1.
2
2
Reed valve stop
2.
Reed valve
3.
Stop screw
Figure 3-117. Reed Valve Stop and Reed Valve
NOTE
See Figure 3-117. Whenever the gearcase cover is removed,
the reed valve should always be inspected for cracks, chips
and breakage. The reed valve (2) is what moves out with the
downstroke and in with the upstroke of the pistons. The reed
valve stop (1) limits the movement the reed valve (2). See
3.11 CRANKCASE BREATHING SYSTEM.
Fasteners should be tightened to 30-40 in-lbs (3.4-4.5 Nm).
CAUTION
See Figure 3-117. When replacing the reed valve it is
extremely important to ensure that both edges of the
reed valve stop (1) and the reed valve (2) are properly
aligned to prevent premature failure of the reed valve.
When replacing the reed valve it is not necessary to
replace the reed block. See Figure 3-116.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-77
HOME
OILING SYSTEM
GENERAL
1.
Oil is gravity-fed from the oil reservoir to the gerotor-style
oil pump through a feed hose. Oil enters the feed section
and fills a cavity located under the feed pump.
NOTE
See 3.13 OIL PUMP for a complete explanation of the gerotor
pump sets.
2.
The feed pump transfers oil from the inlet cavity through
the external steel line to the oil cooler.
3.
From the oil cooler oil flows to the oil filter mount.
4.
Through the filter mount cavity oil flows to the oil filter.
5.
Oil enters the peripheral cavity of the oil filter, passes
through the filtering medium into the central cavity of the
oil filter, and flows into the filter adapter (fitting which
connects filter to filter mount).
6.
Adequate oil pressure in the filter mount cavity activates
the oil pressure signal light switch and shuts off the oil
pressure signal light.
7.
Oil flowing from the filter adapter opens the check ball.
The check ball opens at 4-6 psi (28-41 kPa) oil pressure.
8.
With the check ball open, oil flows into the crankcase
feed galley.
9.
Oil enters an intersecting passage in the gearcase cover
and flow is then routed to the pinion bushing.
10. Oil enters a hole in the end of the pinion gear shaft and
travels to the right flywheel where it is routed through the
flywheel to the crankpin. Oil is forced through the crankpin to properly lubricate the rod bearing assembly.
3-78
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3.12
11. Oil flow then continues through the gearcase cover to the
main feed galley at the top of the gearcase cover. Drilled
passages in the crankcase intersect the main feed galley
and carry oil to all hydraulic lifters and piston jets.
12. Oil flows up passages in the push rods to the rocker arm
shafts and bushings.
13. The valve stems are lubricated by oil supplied through
drilled oil holes in the rocker arms.
14. Oil collected in the push rod areas of the cylinder heads
flows down the push rod cover, through drain holes in the
tappet blocks and into the gearcase. After providing
lubrication to the gearcase components oil returns to the
scavenge section of the oil pump through a passage
located in the top of the pump. Oil is then returned to the
oil tank.
15. Feed oil to the rocker area is returned to the crankcase
through a passage in the head and cylinder.
16. Oil collected in the sump is splash-fed to the pistons, cylinder walls and flywheel components.
17. A pair of piston oil jets cools the bottom of the piston with
a spray of oil.
18. Oil collected in the sump area returns to the scavenge
section of the oil pump through a passage located in the
rear section of the sump. Oil flow to the pump is accomplished by the scavenging effect of the pump and by the
pressure created by the downward stroke of the pistons.
19. Return oil fills a cavity above the pump's return gears.
The return gears pump oil back to the oil reservoir.
HOME
OIL PUMP
GENERAL
3.13
a0018x3x
1
See Figure 3-118. The oil pump consists of two gerotor gear
sets, feed and return, housed in one pump body. The feed set
distributes oil to the engine, the scavenge set returns oil to
the tank/frame reservoir.
2
3
A gerotor-type gear set has two parts — an inner and an
outer gerotor. The inner gerotor has one less tooth than the
outer gerotor. Both gerotors have fixed centers which are offset to each other.
In a gerotor gear set, oil is transferred from inlet to outlet as it
is trapped between the rotating inner and outer gerotors.
Gravity-fed oil from the oil reservoir enters the pump through
the feed line connector. It is forced by the gerotor feed set
through a line to the oil filter. Return oil from the flywheel
compartment is drawn back into the pump and is forced by
the gerotor scavenge set back to the oil reservoir.
4
The oil pump seldom needs servicing. Before you disassemble an oil pump suspected of not producing adequate oil
pressure, be sure that all possible related malfunctions have
been eliminated:
5
6
1.
Make sure all oil line connections are tight and that lines
are not pinched or damaged.
7
2.
Check level and condition of oil in reservoir/swingarm.
Pressure will be affected if oil is diluted. In freezing
weather, proper circulation of oil can be affected if the oil
feed line becomes clogged with ice or sludge.
8
3.
Check for a grounded oil pressure switch wire or faulty
switch if oil indicator light fails to go out with engine running.
9
10
15
11
14
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
12
Mounting gasket
Gear shaft
Oil pump body
90º fitting
O-ring
Thrust washer
Retaining ring
Gerotor return set
Separator plate
Gerotor feed set
Cover
45º Fitting
Sems screw (2)
TORX screw (2)
Rear connector fitting
13
Figure 3-118. Oil Pump
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-79
HOME
REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Oil pump can be removed with engine in frame and without
removing gearcase cover.
8710
3
7
6
2
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Feed line connection
Cover TORX screw (2)
Return line
Oil pump
4
5
Mounting screw and washer (2)
Steel line connection to oil cooler
Connection from oil cooler to oil filter housing
Figure 3-119. Oil Pump Hardware
1.
Drain oil reservoir. See 1.5 ENGINE LUBRICATION
SYSTEM.
6.
Remove cover TORX screws (2). Lift cover off body.
7.
Remove and discard O-ring.
2.
Remove and discard oil filter.
8.
3.
See Figure 3-119. Disconnect feed line connections (1 &
6) on both sides of the oil pump.
Slide both pieces of gerotor feed set, separator plate and
both pieces of gerotor scavenge set off gear shaft.
9.
4.
Detach return line connection (3).
Remove and discard retaining ring. Remove thrust
washer and gear shaft.
5.
Carefully remove mounting screws (5) and washers only.
Pump will drop with screws removed. Discard mounting
gasket.
3-80
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
1.
ASSEMBLY/INSTALLATION
Clean all parts in cleaning solvent. Blow out holes and oil
passages with compressed air.
NOTE
Liberally coat all moving parts with clean engine oil to ensure
easy assembly and smooth operation at start-up.
b1070x3x
1.
See Figure 3-118. Install gear shaft through body. Position thrust washer over end of shaft. Install new retaining
ring into groove in shaft.
2.
Insert inner gerotor of the gerotor scavenge set over
gear shaft.
3.
Place outer gerotor over inner gerotor to complete scavenge set.
2
3
6620
1
1
4
1.
2.
3.
Outer gerotor
Inner gerotor
Wear limit
3
Figure 3-120. Gerotor Wear Limits
2.
3.
2
See Figure 3-120. Inspect both gerotor sets for wear.
a.
Mesh pieces of each set together as shown.
b.
Use a feeler gauge to determine clearance.
c.
The SERVICE WEAR LIMIT between gerotors is
0.004 in. (0.102 mm). Replace gerotors as a set if
clearance exceeds this dimension.
d.
Measure thickness of feed gerotors with a micrometer. Replace gerotors as a set if they are not the
same thickness.
1.
2.
3.
4.
See Figure 3-118. Check gear shaft teeth for damage or
wear. Replace if necessary.
Gerotor separator plate
Slot on separator plate
Tab on oil pump body
O-ring
Figure 3-121. Separator Plate Slots
4.
See Figure 3-121. Install gerotor separator plate by lining
up slots on perimeter with tabs inside oil pump body.
5.
Install a new O-ring into groove in pump body.
6.
See Figure 3-118. Place gerotor feed set over gear shaft.
7.
Place cover onto pump body. Install cover TORX screws.
Tighten to 70-80 in-lbs (8-9 Nm).
8.
Place new mounting gasket in position.
NOTE
If fittings were removed, use TEFLON® PIPE SEALANT or
HYLOMAR® on fitting threads.
9.
Secure pump to crankcase with mounting screws.
Tighten to 125-150 in-lbs (14-17 Nm).
10. See Figure 3-119. Attach return line connection.
11. Attach feed line connections to both sides of the oil
pump.
12. Install new oil filter and fill oil reservoir with proper oil.
See 1.5 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-81
HOME
OIL FILTER MOUNT
GENERAL
See Figure 3-122. Oil is pressure-fed from the oil pump to the
oil cooler via an external steel line. From the oil cooler, oil
flows to the oil filter mount. Oil travels through the filter mount
into the filter through the outer filter holes.
3.14
6.
Install chin fairing. See 2.33 CHIN FAIRING.
b1032x3x
Adequate oil pressure activates the oil pressure indicator
switch in the filter mount, which turns off the oil pressure indicator lamp.
1
The check ball in the filter adapter opens at 4-6 psi (28-41
kPa) oil pressure. Filtered oil leaves the filter, flowing past the
check ball.
2
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove chin fairing. See 2.33 CHIN FAIRING.
2.
Drain oil reservoir and remove filter. See 1.5 ENGINE
LUBRICATION SYSTEM.
3.
See Figure 3-122. Remove filter adapter (6) from filter
mount (3). Remove check ball (5) and spring (4).
4.
Detach indicator lamp wire (2) from oil pressure indicator
switch (1). Remove switch using OIL PRESSURE
SENDING UNIT WRENCH (Part No. HD-41675).
3
4
5
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean all parts in cleaning solvent. Blow out holes
and passages using compressed air.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
Use TEFLON PIPE SEALANT or HYLOMAR on all fittings
installed to oil filter mount.
1.
See Figure 3-122. Install oil pressure indicator switch (1)
using OIL PRESSURE SENDING UNIT WRENCH (Part
No. HD-41675). Tighten to 50-70 in-lbs (6-8 Nm).
2.
Attach indicator lamp wire (2).
NOTE
The filter adapter has identical ends; either end may be
installed into the filter mount.
3.
Apply several drops of LOCTITE® thread locker 243
(blue) to last few threads on that end of the filter adapter
which is installed into filter mount. Do not apply LOCTITE to adapter threads on filter element side.
4.
Install filter mount components.
5.
a.
Place spring (4) and check ball (5) into threaded
hole at center of mount.
b.
Push threaded end of filter adapter (6) (with LOCTITE) against check ball to compress spring.
c.
Screw adapter into threaded hole. Tighten to 8-12 ftlbs (11-16 Nm).
Install a new filter and fill oil reservoir with proper oil. See
1.5 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM.
3-82
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Oil pressure indicator switch
Indicator lamp wire
Oil filter mount (part of right crankcase half)
Spring
Check ball
Filter adapter
Figure 3-122. Oil Filter Mount Assembly
HOME
HYDRAULIC LIFTERS
3.15
REMOVAL
GENERAL
a0092x3x
1.
Clean all dirt from around crankcase. Blow loose particles from area with compressed air.
2.
Pull each push rod upward through top of cylinder head.
See 3.6 CYLINDER HEAD.
3.
Remove cylinder head assemblies. See 3.6 CYLINDER
HEAD.
4.
See Figure 3-125. Remove push rod covers.
2
3
1
5.
4
a.
Remove screws.
b.
Remove push rod covers.
c.
Remove gaskets and o-rings. Discard parts.
Remove valve hydraulic lifters.
a.
Remove anti-rotation screws.
b.
Remove lifters from crankcase bore using a thinbladed screwdriver. Mark the location and orientation (front/back) of each lifter.
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Oil
Piston
Oil
Check valve
Roller
Figure 3-123. Lifter Assembly (Typical)
See Figure 3-123. The lifter assembly consists of a hydraulic
lifter and roller. The lifter and roller, under compression force
from valve spring, follow the surface of the revolving cam. The
up-and-down motion produced is transmitted to the valve by
the push rod and rocker arm. The lifter contains a piston (or
plunger) and cylinder; it also contains a check valve, which
allows the unit to fill with engine oil, thereby reducing clearance in the valve train.
When a lifter is functioning properly, the assembly operates
with minimal lifter clearance. The unit automatically compensates for heat expansion to maintain a no-clearance
condition.
It is normal for lifters to click when engine is started after
standing for some time. Hydraulic lifters have a definite leakdown rate which permits the oil in the lifters to escape. This is
necessary to allow units to compensate for various expansion
conditions of parts and still maintain correct clearance operation. Lifters are functioning properly if they become quiet after
a few minutes of engine operation.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Low pressure compressed air can blow debris into your
face and eyes. Always wear eye protection or a face
shield when using pressurized air. Failure to take adequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
1.
Clean all parts, except roller/lifter assembly, thoroughly
in solvent. Blow dry with compressed air.
NOTE
Inside and outside micrometers used for measuring tappets
and tappet guides must be calibrated to ensure accurate
readings.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Inspect valve lifters for excessive clearance in guide.
Accurately measure lifter bore inner diameter with a
gauge.
a.
Clearance should be within 0.0008-0.0020 in.
(0.0203-0.0508 mm).
b.
Fit a new lifter and/or replace crankcases if clearance exceeds SERVICE WEAR LIMIT of 0.0030 in.
(0.076 mm).
Check lifter roller freeplay.
a.
Roller clearance on pin should be within 0.00060.0010 in. (0.0152-0.0254 mm).
b.
Replace lifters if clearance exceeds SERVICE
WEAR LIMIT of 0.0015 in. (0.0381 mm).
Check lifter roller end clearance.
a.
End clearance should be within 0.008-0.022 in.
(0.203-0.559 mm).
b.
Replace lifters if clearance exceeds SERVICE
WEAR LIMIT of 0.026 in. (0.660 mm).
Soak lifters in clean engine oil. Keep covered until
assembly.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-83
HOME
INSTALLATION
b1048x3x
1
2
b1037x3x
1
3
4
2E
1E
2
1.
2.
Base circle (lowest position)
Cam lobe (maximum lift)
8
Figure 3-124. Base Circle
5
1.
See Figure 3-124. Rotate engine so that both lifters from
the cylinder will be installed on the base circle of the
cam.
2.
Apply a liberal amount of engine oil to each lifter assembly (especially the roller needles) for smooth initial operation.
3.
4.
5.
See Figure 3-125. Insert lifter into bore in crankcase.
Rotate lifter so that flats at upper end of lifter face the
front and rear of the engine. If the lifter is installed incorrectly, anti-rotation screws cannot be inserted.
Secure lifters in place.
a.
Install anti-rotation screws with washers in the holes
in lifter block.
b.
Tighten anti-rotation screws to 55-65 in-lbs (6-7
Nm).
See Figure 3-125. Install push rod cover.
a.
Place new pushrod cover gasket over bottom of
push rod cover.
b.
Position push rod cover onto crankcase.
c.
Install screws through holes in push rod cover into
tapped holes in crankcase. Tighten screws evenly to
30-40 in-lbs (3-5 Nm).
d.
Place new o-rings on top of push rod cover.
6.
Install push rods, cylinder head, lower and upper rocker
covers. See 3.6 CYLINDER HEAD.
7.
Repeat process for remaining cylinder head.
3-84
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
6
7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Push Rod (exhaust)
O-ring
Push Rod Cover
Screws (4)
Push Rod Cover
Push Rod Cover gasket
Hydraulic Lifter (tappet)
Anti- Rotation Screw
Figure 3-125. Valve Lifter Service
HOME
GEARCASE COVER AND CAM GEARS
GENERAL
3.16
For the gearcase components to operate at their optimum, all
components must be properly fitted and matched. Changing
one component can affect many others. It is important to
know and understand all inspection procedures and how
components interact.
Read the complete gearcase section carefully before you
begin any service work.
b0980x3x
7
6
5
4
3
8
10
2
12
9
11
13
15
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
14
16
Screw (7)
Seal
Fitting, oil vent line
Gear Cover
Gear cover gasket
Bushing, outer, intake camshaft gear
“E” Cam gear set
Right crankcase half
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Dowel pin
Bushing, inner, camshaft gear (4)
Bushing, outer, camshaft gear (3)
Key
Oil pump drive gear
Pinion gear
Nut
bushing, gear shaft- pinion
Figure 3-126. Gearcase Cover & Cam Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-85
HOME
REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Low pressure compressed air can blow debris into your
face and eyes. Always wear eye protection or a face
shield when using pressurized air. Failure to take adequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
6.
Remove cam position sensor and rotor from gearcase
cover. See 4.30 CAM POSITION SENSOR AND
ROTOR.
7.
Place a pan under gearcase to collect oil. Remove cover
screws. Carefully remove gearcase cover. Discard old
gasket.
NOTE
If cover does not come loose on removal of screws, tap lightly
with a plastic hammer. Never pry cover off.
8.
1.
See Figure 3-126. Thoroughly clean area around gearcase cover and tappets. Blow loose dirt from crankcase
with compressed air.
2.
Remove any parts that will interfere with gearcase disassembly.
3.
Remove push rods. See 3.6 CYLINDER HEAD.
4.
Remove hydraulic lifters. See 3.15 HYDRAULIC LIFTERS.
5.
Check for minimum cam gear end play. Record readings.
See Figure 3-127. Remove cam gears (1, 2, 3 & 4).
NOTE
Nut is secured by LOCTITE 262 (red) on the nut threads.
9.
Remove pinion nut (6). Slide pinion gear (5) and oil
pump drive gear (6) off pinion shaft.
NOTE
See Figure 3-127. The XB9R uses new style timing marks on
the front intake cam assembly (2). Please note the “V” markings.
8662a
3
2
4
1
5
1.
2.
3.
Front exhaust cam gear
Front intake cam gear
Rear intake cam gear
6
4.
5.
6.
Rear exhaust cam gear
Pinion gear
Pinion nut
Figure 3-127. Cam and Pinion Gear Location and Timing Mark Indexing
3-86
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
Bushing Inspection
1.
1.
Thoroughly clean gearcase compartment, gearcase
cover and gears in solvent to remove oil and carbon
deposits.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Low pressure compressed air can blow debris into your
face and eyes. Always wear eye protection or a face
shield when using pressurized air. Failure to take adequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
2.
Blow out all cover oil passages and bushings with compressed air.
3.
Clean old gasket material from gearcase and crankcase.
Bushings are press fit in gearcase cover and crankcase.
Inspect each bushing against its corresponding cam
gear shaft or pinion gear shaft. See Table 3-27.
NOTE
If Service Wear Limits are exceeded, replace crankcase set
and/or gearcase cover as required.
Table 3-27. Gear Shaft Specifications
GEAR
SHAFT
CORRECT
CLEARANCE
SERVICE WEAR
LIMIT
Cam
0.0007-0.0022 in.
(0.0178-0.0559 mm)
0.003 in.
(0.076 mm)
Pinion
0.0023-0.0043 in.
(0.0584-0.1092 mm)
0.0050 in.
(0.1270 mm)
Cam and Pinion Gear Identification,
Inspection and Selection
b0952x1x
2E
Figure 3-128. Cam Identification Stamp
See Figure 3-128. Cam lobes are stamped with a number (1,
2, 3 or 4) followed by a letter (“E”). The numbers identify the
cam location/function and the letter (“E”) indicates model year
application:
Table 3-26.
Stamp
Location/Function
1E
Front Exhaust
2E
Front Intake
3E
Rear Intake
4E
Rear Exhaust
NOTE
Prior to changing any cam gears, check gear shaft fit within
corresponding bushings. Worn bushings can cause excessive backlash.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-87
HOME
ASSEMBLY/INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
●
a0078x3x
See Figure 3-129. Install oil pump drive gear and pinion
gear on pinion shaft.
a.
Install shaft key into pinion shaft slot.
b.
Slide oil pump drive gear over pinion shaft. Drive
gear must align with shaft key.
c.
Align keyway in ID of pinion gear with shaft key.
d.
Slide pinion gear over shaft key and against oil
pump drive gear.
1
2
3
See Figure 3-126. Install pinion nut.
a.
Clean threads on pinion shaft and nut.
b.
See Figure 3-130. Install CRANKSHAFT LOCKING
TOOL (Part No. HD-43984) to gearcase with “Side
B” facing out, over pinion shaft, with two screws.
c.
Apply several drops of LOCTITE 262 (red) to last
few threads of nut.
d.
Install nut to pinion shaft. Tighten nut to 19-21 ft-lbs
(26-29 Nm) plus an additional 15º to 19º rotation.
See Figure 3-126. Liberally apply engine oil to bushings,
shafts, and gears. Install all cam gears into bushings of
right crankcase half, properly aligning timing marks of
cam gears and pinion gear.
4
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Pinion shaft
Timing Mark on pinion gear
Keyway
Shaft key
Oil pump drive gear
Figure 3-129. Aligning Pinion Gear
NOTE
The XB9R uses new style timing marks on the front
intake cam assembly. Please note the “V” design.
●
Because of the larger diameter additional gear (which
meshes with the pinion gear) on the outboard end of the
cam, the front exhaust cam gear and the rear intake cam
gear must be installed before the front intake cam gear is
installed.
4.
See Figure 3-126. Install a new seal and new dry gearcover gasket on crankcase.
Figure 3-130. Crankshaft Locking Tool
(Part No. HD-43984)
3-88
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
5.
6.
See Figure 3-131. Install gearcase cover over all gears
and onto right crankcase half. Secure cover to crankcase
half with 7 socket head screws. Tighten screws evenly to
80-110 in-lbs (9-12 Nm). Use torque sequence as
shown in Figure 3-131.
See Figure 3-132. Check cam gear end play for each
cam gear as follows:
a.
Turn engine over until lobe of cam gear being
checked is pointing toward its respective tappet
guide hole.
b.
Gently pry the cam gear toward the gearcase cover
using a flat blade screwdriver.
c.
Measure gap between bushing (in crankcase half)
and cam gear shaft thrust face (shoulder) using a
feeler gauge. This is cam gear end play.
d.
Compare cam gear end play measurements with
the SERVICE WEAR LIMITS. Make repairs as
required if end play does not meet specifications.
7.
Install hydraulic lifters and push rods. See 3.15
HYDRAULIC LIFTERS.
8.
Install cam position sensor and rotor in gearcase cover.
See CAM POSITION SENSOR AND ROTOR section.
9.
Install any components removed to gain access to gearcase (i.e. exhaust system components, air cleaner, etc.).
8653
3
6
1
7
4
5
2
Figure 3-131. Gearcase Cover Mounting Screw
Torque Sequence
Figure 3-132. Checking Cam Gear End Play
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-89
HOME
CRANKCASE
3.17
GENERAL
8723
When rod bearings, pinion shaft bearing, or sprocket shaft
bearing are in need of repair, the engine must be removed
from the chassis; see 3.4 STRIPPING MOTORCYCLE FOR
ENGINE SERVICE in this section. It is recommended procedure to check and make repairs to cylinder heads, cylinders,
gear case and transmission at the same time (perform entire
engine overhaul).
CAUTION
Laying engine on primary side will damage clutch cable
end fitting. If fitting is damaged, clutch cable must be
replaced.
Figure 3-133. Rear Isolator Assembly
DISASSEMBLY
7.
See Figure 3-133. Remove rear isolator assembly by
removing the forward two fasteners first and then the two
rear fasteners (re-install with new fasteners).
Crankcase Halves
8.
See Figure 3-134. Remove screws securing crankcase
halves together.
9.
Tap crankcase with plastic mallet to loosen and separate
the halves.
1.
Remove cylinder heads. See 3.6 CYLINDER HEAD.
CAUTION
After removing cylinders, install plastic or rubber hose
over cylinder studs. Lifting or moving crankcase by
grasping studs will cause cylinder stud damage.
2.
Remove cylinders and pistons. See 3.7 CYLINDER AND
PISTON.
3.
Remove oil pump. See 3.13 OIL PUMP.
4.
Remove gearcase components. See 3.16 GEARCASE
COVER AND CAM GEARS.
5.
Remove primary cover and primary drive/clutch components. See 6.2 PRIMARY CHAIN.
6.
Remove starter motor. See 5.7 STARTER.
3-90
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
b1016x3x
D
One Behind Shifter Mechanism
Indicates Bolt Pattern Location
Figure 3-134. Crankcase Fasteners
PISTON JETS
Installation
CAUTION
Removal
Gaskets that are missing, distorted, pinched or otherwise damaged will result in either oil leakage or low oil
pressure.
b1113x3x
NOTE
Gasket is part of the piston jet assembly. Gasket not sold
separately.
1.
Install new piston oil jet assemblies in right crankcase.
2.
Apply Loctite Low Strength Threadlocker 222 (purple) to
threads of TORX screws.
3.
With the jet pointed upward, install TORX screws to
secure piston jet to crankcase. Tighten screws to 25-35
in-lbs (2.8-4.0 Nm).
Figure 3-135. Piston Oil Jet Assemblies
1.
See Figure 3-135. Remove two TORX screws from each
piston jet assembly to free piston jets from right crankcase.
2.
Remove piston jet gaskets from right crankcase.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-91
HOME
4.
See Figure 3-136. Remove the flywheel assembly from
left crankcase half.
8622
NOTE
Flywheel assembly slides out of the left main bearing by
hand. No tools are required for this operation.
NOTE
See Figure 3-137. If it is necessary to remove either the pinion shaft bearing or sprocket shaft bearing, proceed as follows:
5.
See Figure 3-137. Gear shaft bearing (11) will remain on
flywheel pinion shaft. Remove retaining ring (12) and
bearing can be slipped off pinion shaft.
Figure 3-136. Removing Flywheels from Left Crankcase
b0975x3x
1
2
3
4
14
5
6
7
8
10
9
11
12
13
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Spacer, sprocket shaft
Oil seal
Thrust washer
Crankcase half
Bearing
Retaining ring
Inner race, left main bearing
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Thrust washer
Connecting rod and flywheel assembly
Inner race
Gear shaft bearing
Retaining ring
Outer bearing race
Crankshaft case
Figure 3-137. Crankcase and Flywheel Assembly
3-92
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
8762
8760
Figure 3-139. Removing Left Main Bearing Retaining Ring
9.
Figure 3-138. Removing Sprocket Shaft Inner Bearing
Race
6.
See Figure 3-138. Place flywheel assembly in FLYWHEEL SUPPORT FIXTURE (Part No. HD-44385). Pull
sprocket shaft bearing inner race with WEDGE ATTACHMENT for CLAW PULLER (Part No. HD-95637-46A) with
BEARING RACE REMOVER/INSTALLER (Part No. HD34902B) and END CAP (Part No. HD-34902-7).
7.
See Figure 3-137. Remove left main oil seal (2) from
crankcase using Snap-On Tool (Part No. CJ 114, Body
Dent Puller)
8.
Remove outer thrust washer (3) next to left main bearing
(5).
NOTE
Left main bearing inner race does not need to be ground
once it is installed on the sprocket shaft.
See Figure 3-139. Remove left main bearing retaining
ring from the inside of the left crankcase half.
8790
Direction of
Bearing
Removal
Figure 3-140. Removing Left Main Bearing from
Crankcase
10. See Figure 3-140. Using CRANKCASE BEARING
REMOVER/INSTALLER (Part No. B-45655 and HD42720-2) press left main bearing out of the left crankcase half.
NOTE
The bearing presses to the inside. There is a shoulder incorporated into the left crankcase half which allows the bearing
to be removed in one direction only.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-93
HOME
FITTING PINION BEARINGS
a0131x3x
Inner Race
See Figure 3-137. A pressed-in bushing in the right crankcase half is the outer race (14). The inner race (10) is pressed
onto the pinion shaft.
7669
Paint Dot
1
2
* Paint dot on end of spline
SERVICE WEAR LIMIT: 1.2492 in. (31.7297 mm)
3
Figure 3-142. Factory Inner Race Sizes
12. See Figure 3-142. Installed inner races are identified at
the factory as shown. See Table 3-28.
1.
Bearing race remover/installer
(Part No. HD-34902B)
End cap (Part No. HD-34902-7
Wedge attachment for claw puller
(Part No. HD-95637-46A)
2.
3.
Figure 3-141. Removing Pinion Bearing Inner Race
11. See Figure 3-141. To remove pinion shaft inner race, use
WEDGE ATTACHMENT for CLAW PULLER (Part No.
HD-95637-46A) with BEARING RACE REMOVER/
INSTALLER (Part No. HD-34902B) and END CAP (Part
No. HD-34902-7). Apply heat to race to aid removal.
NOTE
Pinion bearing selection at the factory, during engine build, or
replacement of crankcase set or flywheel assembly is based
on the largest measured outside diameter (OD) of the inner
race and the smallest measured inside diameter (ID) of the
outer race (crankcase bushing). A running clearance of
0.0002-0.0008 in. (0.0051-0.0203 mm) is established during
crankcase set or flywheel assembly replacement and engine
rebuild.
3-94
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
Table 3-28. Paint Dot Specifications
RACE OD
CLASS
IDENTIFICATION*
1.2498-1.2500 in.
(31.7449-31.7500 mm)
A
White
1.2496-1.2498 in.
(31.7398-31.7449 mm)
B
Green
HOME
a0134x3x
Outer Race
NOTE
The different sizes of crankcase sets and flywheel assemblies will not have separate part numbers. That is, a replacement crankcase set may have a class 1, 2 or 3 pinion outer
race. Replacement flywheel assemblies will have either a
class A or B inner race.
ID
Right Crankcase Half
a0133x3x
A - Roller OD cannot be
measured to required
accuracy with micrometer.
Refer to color chart in
Table 3-15.
*Stamped
Class No.
SERVICE WEAR LIMIT: 1.5672 in. (39.8069 mm)
Figure 3-143. Factory Outer Race Sizes
Table 3-29. Stamp Specifications
CLASS
NO.
STAMPED
IDENTIFICATION*
1.5646-1.5648 in.
(39.7408-39.7459 mm)
1
1
1.5648-1.5650 in.
(39.7459-39.7510 mm)
2
2
1.5650-1.5652 in.
(39.7510-39.7561 mm)
3
3
RACE ID
13. See Table 3-29. Outer races are identified at the factory
as shown.
Figure 3-144. Bearing Identification
Table 3-30. Roller Specifications
ROLLER OD (*A)
IDENTIFICATION*
Largest
Red
Blue
White (Grey)
Green
Smallest
14. See Figure 3-144. Pinion bearings are identified as
shown.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-95
HOME
BEARING SELECTION
See Table 3-31. Select bearings using the identification information given for inner and outer races and bearings.
Table 3-31. Pinion Shaft Bearing Selection
FACTORY
STAMP
ED
NUMBER
OUTER RACE ID
over 1.5672 in.
39.807 mm
BEARING SIZE AS IDENTIFIED BY COLOR CODING
Service Wear Limit Exceeded – Replace Outer Race and Resize
1.5670-1.5672 in.
39.802-39.807 mm
Red
1.5668-1.5670 in.
39.797-39.802 mm
Red
Blue
Red
Blue
WhiteGray
Red
Blue
White- Green
Gray
Red
Blue
White- Green
Gray
Red
Blue
White- Green
Gray
Red
Blue
White- Green
Gray
Red
Blue
White- Green
Gray
Red
Blue
White- Green
Gray
Red
Blue
White- Green
Gray
1.5666-1.5668 in.
39.792-39.797 mm
1.5664-1.5666 in.
39.787-39.792 mm
1.5662-1.5664 in.
39.781-39-787 mm
1.5660-1.5662 in.
39.776-39.781 mm
1.5658-1.5660 in.
39.771-39.776 mm
1.5656-1.5658 in.
39.766-39.771 mm
1.5654-1.5656 in.
39.761-39.766 mm
1.5652-1.5654 in.
39.756-39.761 mm
3
1.5650-1.5652 in.
39.751-39.756 mm
Red
Blue
White- Green
Gray
2
1.5648-1.5650 in.
39.746-39.751 mm
Blue
WhiteGray
Green
1
1.5646-1.5648 in.
39.741-39.746 mm
White- Green
Gray
INNER
RACE OD (In)
FACTORY COLOR CODE
3-96
1.2516
1.2518
in.
1.2496- 1.24981.2498 1.2500
in.
in.
1.2500
1.2502
in.
1.2502 1.2504- 1.2506
1.2506 1.2508
1.2504 in.
in.
in.
1.2508
1.2510
in.
1.2510
1.2512
in.
1.2512
1.2514
in.
1.2514
1.2516
in.
31.740 31.745
31.745 31.750
mm
mm
31.750
31.755
mm
31.755 31.760- 31.765
31.765 31.770
31.760 mm
mm
mm
31.770
31.755
mm
31.775
31.780
mm
31.780
31.786
mm
31.786 3.79131.796
31.791 mm
mm
Green
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
White
HOME
NOTE
If either inner or outer race show wear, measure both races to
confirm correct bearing fit.
1.
a0109x3x
Use a dial bore gauge to measure and record ID of outer
race. Take four measurements on ID where bearing rollers ride.
Pinion outer race
installation
2.00"
(50.8 mm)
.187" (4.75 mm)
a.
b.
If the largest measurement is larger than 1.5672 in.
(39.8069 mm) or the required lapping to remove
wear marks would enlarge bore beyond 1.5672 in.,
continue at Step 5.
5/16"
(7.94 mm)
DRILL
1.560"
(39.62 mm)
If largest measurement is 1.5672 in. (39.8069 mm)
or less, cover the cam bearings with masking tape to
prevent debris from entering bearings. Assemble
crankcase halves.
1.00
(25.4 mm)
5/16"
(7.94 mm)
DRILL
1.560"
(39.62 mm)
1.50" (38.1 mm)
1.00"
(25.4 mm)
Pinion inner race
installation
See LAPPING ENGINE RIGHT MAIN BEARING RACE.
Lap race until all wear marks are removed.
3.
Measure and record ID of race at four places.
4.
Check measurements against the specifications listed in
Table 3-32.
5.50" (139.7 mm)
Table 3-32. Outer Pinion Race Service
Wear Limits
Largest ID
measured
1.5672 in. (39.8069 mm) or less
Roundness of
ID
within 0.0002 in. (0.0051 mm)
Taper
within 0.0002 in. (0.0051)
1.145" (29.08 mm)
1.135" (28.83 mm)
1.272" (32.31 mm)
1.262" (32.05 mm)
Figure 3-145. Pinion Shaft Bearing Tools
6.
5.
Pinion outer race
removal
.187" (4.75 mm)
NOTE
The next step requires lapping the outer race. To keep
sprocket shaft and pinion shaft bearings aligned the lap must
be supported by an adaptor or pilot in the left crankcase half.
2.
1.00
(25.4 mm)
a.
If lapping increased bore ID to larger than 1.5672 in.
(39.8069 mm), go to Step 5.
b.
If roundness or taper do not meet specifications,
continue lapping until specifications are met.
c.
If all specifications are met, continue at Step 7 to
remove and size inner race.
Press the outer race from the right crankcase. Press
new outer race into crankcase flush with inside edge of
cast-in insert.
NOTE
See Figure 3-145. Dimensions are shown for fabrication of
tools used in pressing the outer race into or out of crankcase.
The new outer race must be lapped slightly to true and
align with left case bearing and to meet the following
specifications in Table 3-33. See LAPPING ENGINE
RIGHT MAIN BEARING RACE.
Table 3-33. New Component Specifications
Outer Race ID
1.5646 - 1.5652 in. (39.7408 - 39.7561
mm)
Roundness
within 0.0002 in. (0.0051 mm)
Taper
within 0.0002 in. (0.0051 mm)
Surface finish
16 RMS
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-97
HOME
7.
See Figure 3-141. Pull inner race from pinion shaft using
WEDGE ATTACHMENT for CLAW PULLER (Part No.
HD-95637-46A) with BEARING RACE REMOVER/
INSTALLER (Part No. HD-34902B) and END CAP (Part
No. HD-34902-7). Apply heat to race to aid removal.
NOTE
For necessary dimensions for constructing a press-on tool for
the pinion bearing inner race see Figure 3-145.
1.145 in. (29.083 mm)1.135 in. (28.829 mm)
1.
2.
Pinion Shaft
Inner Race
Flywheel
(gear side)
●
NOTES
Have machinist grind inner race to center or middle of
required OD range in Table 3-31. This will prevent grinding outer race undersize and gives a more easily
achieved tolerance range.
●
If you are unable to perform this operation, Harley-Davidson Motor Company provides a flywheel refurbishing
program as outlined in Tech Tip #38.
●
Always use the smallest outer race ID measurement and
the largest OD inner race measurement when selecting
bearings.
9.
The following example illustrates how to determine the
required inner race OD.
a.
See Table 3-31. For example purposes, suppose the
smallest outer race ID measurement is 1.5651 in.
(39.754 mm). This requires an inner race OD range
of 1.2496-1.2504 in. (31.740 - 31.760 mm).
b.
Grind inner race. Measure OD at four places. Check
that specifications in Step 8 are met.
c.
For example purposes, suppose the largest inner
race OD measurement after grinding is 1.2499 in.
(31.747 mm) OD.
d.
With a 1.5651 in. (39.754 mm) ID outer race and a
1.2499 in. (31.747 mm) OD inner race, a blue bearing is required.
2
1
a0283x3x
Figure 3-146. Inner Race Location
8.
See Figure 3-146. Press new inner race on pinion shaft
as shown. When the tool bottoms against the flywheel,
correct inner race location is automatically established.
The new inner race must be ground by a competent
machinist to OD dimension range for the finished lapped
ID of the outer race. See Table 3-31. The finished inner
race must meet the specifications in Table 3-34.
Table 3-34. Pinion Inner Race Fitment
Specifications
Roundness
within 0.0002 in. (0.0051 mm)
Taper
within 0.0002 in. (0.0051 mm)
Surface finish
16 RMS
3-98
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
Lapping Engine Right Main Bearing Race
1.
Secure right and left crankcase halves with three crankcase stud bolts (top center and bottom left and right).
The sprocket shaft bearing outer races and large spacer
must be installed in left crankcase.
2.
See Figure 3-147. Obtain CRANKCASE MAIN BEARING LAPPING TOOL (Part No. HD-96710-40B). Assemble CRANKCASE MAIN BEARING LAP (Part No. HD96718-87) to lapping handle. Assemble guide sleeve to
sprocket shaft bearing bushing. Sleeves, for use with
tapered bearing, are assembled to case with bearings
and small spacer collar. Finger-tighten the sleeve parts.
3.
Insert lap shaft with arbor assembled through pinion
bearing bushing and into guide sleeve. Tighten arbor
expansion collars using a length of 0.156 in. (3.962 mm)
rod as spanner until arbor begins to drag. Do not adjust
arbor snug in bushing or bushing will develop a condition
where hole is larger at ends than it is in the center.
4.
Withdraw arbor far enough to coat lightly with 220 grit
lapping compound. Do not apply a heavy coat. Reposition lap in bushing and turn handle at moderate hand
speed. Work lap back and forth in bushing, as it is
revolved, to avoid grooving and tapering.
8641
Figure 3-147. Lapping Pinion Shaft Main Bearing with
Crankcase Main Bearing Lapping Tool
(Part No. HD-96710-40B)
a0094x3x
At frequent intervals, remove lap from crankcase, wash and
inspect bushing. Lapping is completed when entire bushing
surface has a dull, satin finish rather than a glossy, smooth
appearance. If necessary, flush off lap in cleaning solvent, air
dry and apply fresh, light coat of fine lapping compound.
Checking Connecting Rod Side Play
1.
See Figure 3-148. Check connecting rod side play with a
thickness gauge as shown.
2.
If side play measurement is greater than service wear
limit listed below, replace flywheel/connecting rod
assembly. Service wear limit, 0.036 in. (0.8 mm)
Figure 3-148. Checking Connecting Rod Side Play
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
3-99
HOME
ASSEMBLY
Crankcase Halves
NOTE
Lubricate all parts with Harley-Davidson 20W50 engine oil,
and proceed as follows:
b1046x3x
1
4
2
3
5
6
1.
2.
3.
Spacer, sprocket shaft
Oil seal
Thrust washer
4.
5.
6.
Crankcase half
Bearing
Retaining ring
Figure 3-149. Left Main Bearing Assembly
3-100 2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
8792
1
8789
8622
Figure 3-151. Installing Flywheel Assembly with
CRANKSHAFT GUIDE (Part No. HD-42326)
2
4.
See Figure 3-151. Attach left crankcase half to engine
stand.
5.
Install flywheel assembly using CRANKSHAFT GUIDE
(Part No. HD-42326).
8762
3
1.
2.
3.
Shoulder for left main to press against
Crankcase bearing remover/installer tool
(Part No. B-45655 and HD-42720-2)
Left main bearing retaining ring
Figure 3-150. Left Main Bearing Installation
a0120x3x
Figure 3-152. Pinion Shaft Bearing
6.
See Figure 3-152. Install pinion shaft bearing.
a.
1.
See Figure 3-150. Using CRANKCASE BEARING
REMOVER/INSTALLER (Part No. B-45655 and HD42720-2), install left main bearing into left crankcase half
from the inside.
Lubricate pinion shaft bearing with engine oil.
b.
Slip bearing on pinion shaft.
c.
Install new retaining ring in groove of pinion shaft
bearing inner race.
NOTE
Make sure that the bearing assembly bottoms against the
machined shoulder in the left crankcase half.
2.
Install bearing retaining ring in left crankcase half.
3.
Install transmission. See 6.12 TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION.
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine 3-101
HOME
b1016x3x
D
One Behind Shifter Mechanism
Indicates Bolt Pattern Location
Figure 3-153. Crankcase Fasteners
7.
See Figure 3-153. Assemble crankcase halves together.
a.
Apply a thin coat of DOW CORNING SILASTIC
#732 CLEAR sealant to crankcase joint faces.
b.
Slide outer race in right crankcase over pinion shaft
and bearing assembly.
c.
Tighten fasteners to 15-19 ft-lbs (20-26 Nm).
NOTE
According to manufacturing, there is no torque sequence to
follow when tightening crankcase fasteners.
3-102 2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
HOME
8.
See Figure 3-149. Install thrust washer (3) from the outside against the left main bearing.
9.
Install new spacer (1) in seal ID. With the thin (lipped)
side facing outward, center seal/spacer assembly over
bearing bore.
8761
CAUTION
Do not remove the spacer after installation or the new
seal will have to be discarded and the procedure
repeated.
10. See Figure 3-154. Use SPROCKET SHAFT SEAL
INSTALLER (Part No. B-45676) to install sprocket shaft
seal.
a.
Install bearing seal and spacer.
b.
Center seal/spacer driver over seal, so that the
sleeve (smaller OD) seats between seal wall and
garter spring.
c.
Sparingly apply graphite lubricant to threads of pilot
shaft to ensure smooth operation.
d.
Slide sleeve over pilot until sleeve contacts the oil
seal. Install handle on top of sleeve.
e.
Rotate handle clockwise until tool bottoms on crankcase lip. Remove tool from sprocket shaft.
Figure 3-154. Sprocket Shaft Seal/Spacer Installer
(Part No. HD-42579 and B-45676)
2003 Buell XB9R: Engine 3-103
HOME
8799
12. Install piston and cylinder. See 3.7 CYLINDER AND PISTON.
13. Install oil pump. See 3.13 OIL PUMP.
4
14. Install cam gears, gearcase cover, lifter guides and lifters. See 3.16 GEARCASE COVER AND CAM GEARS.
15. Install cylinder head. See 3.6 CYLINDER HEAD.
1
16. Install starter. See 5.7 STARTER.
17. Install shift linkage.
2
3
18. Install all primary drive components. This includes
engine sprocket, primary chain, complete clutch assembly, engine sprocket nut and mainshaft nut. See 6.4 PRIMARY DRIVE/CLUTCH.
19. Install primary cover. See 6.2 PRIMARY CHAIN.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Head Screw with ball inside
Cylinder stud
Shoulder on cylinder stud
Air gun
Figure 3-155. Cylinder Studs
11. See Figure 3-155. Install cylinder studs.
a.
Pack clean towels into crankcase opening.
b.
Place a steel ball into a head screw.
c.
The cylinder studs have a shoulder at the lower end.
Place the end of the stud without the shoulder into
the head screw.
d.
Install the stud in the crankcase with the shoulder
end down. Use an air gun to drive the stud until the
shoulder reaches the crankcase.
e.
Remove air gun. Use a torque wrench to tighten
stud to 10-20 ft-lbs (14-27 Nm).
3-104 2003 Buell XB9R: Engine
NOTE
Be sure to refill transmission to proper level with fresh lubricant. See 1.10 PRIMARY CHAIN.
20. See 3.6 CYLINDER HEAD and perform the applicable
steps.
21. To reinstall engine in frame see 3.5 ENGINE INSTALLATION.
Table Of Contents
FUEL SYSTEM
SUBJECT
PAGE NO.
4.1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 Dynamic Digital Fuel Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 Diagnostic Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4 Checking For Trouble Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5 Check Engine Lamp Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6 Breakout Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7 Wiggle Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8 Initial Diagnostic Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9 Check Engine Lamp Not Illuminated at Key ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10 Check Engine Lamp On Continuously . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.11 Engine Cranks But Will Not Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.12 No ECM Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.13 Fuel Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.14 Idle Speed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.15 Misfire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.16 Trouble Code 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.17 Trouble Code 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.18 Trouble Code 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.19 Trouble Code 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.20 Trouble Code 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.21 Trouble Codes 23 and 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.22 Trouble Codes 24 and 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.23 Trouble Code 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.24 Trouble Code 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.25 Trouble Code 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.26 Trouble Code 44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.27 Trouble Codes 52, 53, 54 and 55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.28 Trouble Code 56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.29 Electronic Control Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.30 Cam Position Sensor and Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.31 Ignition Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.32 Oxygen Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.33 Engine Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.34 Bank Angle Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.35 Intake Air Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.36 Throttle Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.37 Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
4-3
4-5
4-6
4-8
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-17
4-20
4-23
4-28
4-31
4-36
4-37
4-41
4-45
4-50
4-54
4-58
4-62
4-66
4-69
4-72
4-75
4-79
4-83
4-84
4-89
4-91
4-95
4-97
4-98
4-100
4-101
4-102
4-103
Continued on Next Page
4
4.38 Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.39 Fuel Tank Vent Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.40 Fuel Cap Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.41 Throttle Body and Intake Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.42 Intake Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.43 Airbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.44 Evaporative Emissions Control-California Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-104
4-110
4-111
4-112
4-117
4-119
4-121
HOME
SPECIFICATIONS
4.1
Table 4-25. Fuel System Specifications
FUEL SYSTEM
Intake
Table 4-26. Fuel Tank Specifications
TYPE
FUEL TANK CAPACITY
GALLONS
LITERS
45 mm downdraft manifold, ram air
Total (including reserve)
Reserve/Low Fuel Indicator at
3.7
0.7
14.0
2.7
Fuel Delivery
Fuel Pressure
Recommended Fuel
DDFI fuel injection
46-53 Psi (317-365 kPa)
91 Octane
Table 4-27. Idle Speed Specifications
IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT
Normal Idle Speed
1050 -1150 RPM
Torque Values
ITEM
TORQUE
NOTES
Airbox baseplate fasteners
84-120 in-lbs
9.5-13.6 Nm
page 4-120
Bank angle sensor mounting fastener
12-36 in-lbs
1.4-4.1 Nm
page 4-100
Battery terminal hardware
60-96 in-lbs
7-11 Nm
page 4-110
Cooling fan fasteners
12-36 in-lbs
1.4-4.1 Nm
page 4-103
Engine temperature sensor
10-14 ft-lbs
14-19 Nm
page 4-99
Fuel cap retaining ring fasteners
17-70 in-lbs
1.9-7.9 Nm
page 4-111
Fuel pump drain plug
84-108 in-lbs
9.5-12.2 Nm
page 4-104
Fuel pump harness fastener
18-22 in-lbs
2.0-2.5 Nm
page 4-108
Fuel pump screws
48-51 in-lbs
5.4-5.8 Nm
page 4-109
Fuel pump wire harness fastener
18-22 in-lbs
2.0-2.5 Nm
page 4-108
24-28 in-lbs
2.7-3.2 Nm
LOCTITE THREADLOCKER 222 (purple), page 4114, page 4-115
Fuel supply line banjo fitting
10-12 ft-lbs
13.6-16.3 Nm
page 4-109
Fuel tank vent valve fasteners
39-41 in-lbs
4.4-4.6 Nm
page 4-110
Ignition coil mounting screws
144-168 in-lbs
16.3-19.0 Nm
page 4-96
Ignition rotor mounting bolt
43-53 in-lbs
5-6 Nm
LOCTITE THREADLOCKER 243 (blue), page 4-94
Inner timer cover screws
12-20 in-lbs
1-2 Nm
page 4-94
Intake flange screws
6-10 ft-lbs
8-14 Nm
page 4-116
Oxygen sensor
40-45 ft-lbs
54-61 Nm
LOCTITE ANTI-SEIZE, page 4-97
Rear shock absorber reservoir
clamp rear
10-12 ft-lbs
13.6-16.3 Nm
16-20 in-lbs
1.8-2.3 Nm
Timer plate studs
15-30 in-lbs
2-3 Nm
page 4-94
Upper tie bar
25-27 ft-lbs
33.9-36.6 Nm
page 4-99
Fuel rail fasteners
Throttle position sensor
page 4-122
LOCTITE THREADLOCKER 222 (purple), page 4102
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-1
HOME
NOTES
4-2
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
DYNAMIC DIGITAL FUEL INJECTION (DDFI)
4.2
INTRODUCTION
GENERAL
The Buell Dynamic Digital Fuel Injection (DDFI) System provides microprocessor-based electronic engine management
for the 984cc high performance engine. The DDFI system has
the following features:
The Buell DDFI operates both as an open and closed loop
system which allows it to adjust for all possible operating conditions. During open loop operation, the system utilizes programmed fuel and spark maps in the ECM which provide
ease of cold starting and maximum power at wide open throttle (WOT). The adaptive fuel value which is “learned” during
closed loop operation is applied during open loop operation to
adjust fuel and spark maps for optimum performance.
●
Independently mapped spark and fuel control.
●
Engine and air temperature compensated fuel delivery.
●
Engine load measurement through throttle position.
●
Single point spark delivery (no waste spark).
●
Sequential port indirect (manifold) fuel injection.
During closed loop operation, the system relies on input from
the O2 sensor to provide for the most efficient, stoichiometric
air fuel mixture (14.7:1) which results in reduced emissions,
good fuel economy and power. In order for the system to
enter closed loop operation, the following conditions must be
met:
●
Open/Closed-loop air/fuel control.
●
Automatic enrichment at start-up.
●
Electric cooling fan for improved thermal management.
●
Engine speed and position determined using a single
sensor (Cam Position Sensor).
●
O2 Sensor at operating temperature (Engine at normal
operating temperature).
●
Full diagnostic capability compatible with the DIGITAL
TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
●
Operation above 5000 RPM with engine under normal,
steady load conditions.
●
Returnless fuel system (excess pressure relieved in tank
by Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve).
By using both open and closed loop systems, engine performance is continuously tuned to compensate for changing
conditions and provide maximum performance.
The DDFI system uses six sensors to monitor the operating
conditions of the engine and make decisions as to spark and
fuel delivery. These sensors are:
●
Throttle position (TP) sensor.
●
Cam position (CMP) sensor.
●
Engine temperature (ET) sensor.
●
Intake air temperature (IAT) sensor.
●
Oxygen (O2) sensor.
●
Bank Angle Sensor (BAS).
The DDFI system also analyzes how the engine performs
during a ride. It then stores this information internally so it will
be available for the next ride.
FOR MORE INFORMATION
To learn more about the Buell DDFI system, read the following topics in this section. A system diagram can be found on
the next page in Figure 4-112.
Troubleshooting
●
4.3 DIAGNOSTIC INTRODUCTION.
●
4.4 CHECKING FOR TROUBLE CODES.
●
4.5 CHECK ENGINE LAMP DIAGNOSTICS.
●
4.8 INITIAL DIAGNOSTIC CHECK.
●
TABLE 4-31. TROUBLE CODES AND FAULT CONDITIONS.
Fuel Injection Components
●
4.29 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE.
●
4.30 CAM POSITION SENSOR AND ROTOR
●
4.32 OXYGEN SENSOR.
●
4.33 ENGINE TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
●
4.34 BANK ANGLE SENSOR.
●
4.35 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
●
4.36 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
●
4.38 FUEL PUMP.
●
4.41 THROTTLE BODY.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-3
HOME
b1079x4x
Electronic Control Module (ECM)
one 12-place black connector [10]
one 12-place gray connector [11]
B3
Check
Engine Lamp
BK/Y
Y/R
Fuel
Pump
BN/Y
GY
B4
Y/R
Tachometer
PK
B12
W/Y
Front
Injector
GY
GN/GY
Rear
Injector
GY
B5
Instrument
Module
B8
ET
Sensor
To IGN
relay
GY
B1
G9
PK/Y
GY
O2
Sensor
V/GY
G4
LT GN/GY
Bank Angle
Sensor
G11
LT GN/R
G12
V/R
B10
R/W
Data
Link
BK
G1
BK/W
Cam
Sensor
GY
GN/W
B6
Y/BE
B7
BE/O
G3
BK/W
Front
Rear
IGN Coil
Throttle
Position
Sensor
IAT
Sensor
V/Y
G2
BK/W
G6
BK/O
BK/W
G7
B2
BK
LT GN/Y
G10
B11
BK
Cooling
Fan
Ground
Figure 4-112. Buell Dynamic Digital Fuel Injection
4-4
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
To cooling
fan fuse
HOME
DIAGNOSTIC INTRODUCTION
SYSTEM PROBLEMS
4.3
8444
All system problems fall into at least one of three general categories.
No Start
The engine cranks over freely, but will not start. This does not
include situations where the engine will not crank, such as a
bad starter, dead battery, etc. This condition assumes that all
obvious checks (fuel in tank, etc.) have been made.
1
Poor Performance
The engine starts but there are performance problems. These
problems may include poor fuel economy, rough idle, engine
misfire, engine hesitation, severe spark knock, etc.
1.
2.
2
Low fuel lamp
Check engine lamp
Figure 4-113. Check Engine Lamp
Check Engine Lamp
See Figure 4-113. The check engine lamp indicates a fault
condition exists. There may also be starting or performance
problems.
RESOLVING PROBLEMS
NOTE
The most sophisticated method of resolving problems
involves using a computer based diagnostic package called
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
To resolve system problems, five basic steps are involved. In
order of occurrence, they are:
1.
Check for trouble codes by observing check engine
lamp. See 4.4 CHECKING FOR TROUBLE CODES.
2.
Retrieve trouble codes using check engine lamp diagnostics. See 4.5 CHECK ENGINE LAMP DIAGNOSTICS.
3.
Diagnose system problems. This involves using special
tools and the diagnostic flow charts in this section.
4.
Correct problems through the replacement and/or repair
of the affected components.
5.
After repairs are performed, the work must be validated.
This involves clearing the trouble codes and confirming
proper vehicle operation as indicated by the behavior of
the check engine lamp.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-5
HOME
CHECKING FOR TROUBLE CODES
4.4
CHECK ENGINE LAMP
8345
To diagnose system problems, start by observing the behavior of the check engine lamp.
NOTE
●
All references to “Key ON” or “Ignition Switch ON” require
that the ignition key be in the ON position and the engine
stop switch be set to RUN.
●
If the check engine lamp is not illuminated at Key ON or if
it fails to turn OFF after the initial four second period,
then a problem exists in the lamp circuit. See 4.9 CHECK
ENGINE LAMP NOT ILLUMINATED AT KEY ON or 4.10
CHECK ENGINE LAMP ON CONTINUOUSLY for more
information.
1.
2.
3.
When the ignition switch is turned ON after being OFF
for 2 seconds or more, the check engine lamp will illuminate for approximately four seconds and then turn off.
Figure 4-114. Ignition Key Switch
8433
See Figure 4-116. After lamp turns off after being illuminated for the first four second period, one of three situations may occur.
1
a.
The lamp remains off. This indicates there are no
current fault conditions or stored functional trouble
codes currently detected by the ECM.
2
b.
The lamp stays off for only four seconds and then
comes back on for an eight second period. This indicates a functional error code is stored, but no current trouble code exists.
c.
If the lamp remains on beyond the eight second
period, then a current trouble code exists.
1.
2.
OFF position
RUN position
Figure 4-115. Engine Stop Switch
See CODE TYPES for a complete description of trouble
code formats.
ON
A
4 Sec.
Lamp OFF: no current trouble code
OFF
Key ON
ON
Lamp ON 8 seconds:
functional error**
8 Sec.
4 Sec.
B
Lamp OFF
4 Sec.
OFF
Key ON
Lamp remains ON: current trouble code
ON
4 Sec.
C
4 Sec.
OFF
Key ON
Figure 4-116. Check Engine Lamp Operation
4-6
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
CODE TYPES
MULTIPLE TROUBLE CODES
There are two types of trouble codes: current and historic.
Certain codes are also called functional codes. Historic
codes can be read using the check engine lamp diagnostics.
The throttle position, cam position and bank angle sensors
are all connected to the same reference line (5v REF). If this
line goes to ground or open, multiple trouble codes (codes 11
and 56) may be set.
All trouble codes reside in the memory of the ECM until the
code is cleared by DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD44750) or a total of 50 trips has elasped. A trip consists of a
start and run cycle, the run cycle lasting at least 30 seconds.
After the 50 trip retention period, the trouble code is automatically erased from memory providing that no subsequent
faults of the same type are detected in that period.
NOTE
Trouble codes relating to the fuel injectors or the ignition coil
can only be fully diagnosed during actuation. For example, a
problem with the ignition coil will be considered a current fault
even after the problem is corrected, since the ECM will not
know of its resolution until after the coil is activated by vehicle
start sequence. In this manner, there may sometimes be a
false indication of the current trouble code.
Current
Current trouble codes are those which presently disrupt
motorcycle operation. See the appropriate flow charts for
solutions.
Also, the ECM, fuel pump, fuel injectors and ignition coil all
receive +12 volts from the ignition relay. If this line should go
to ground the ignition fuse will open.
Always start with the trouble code having the lowest numerical value. See Table 4-31.
CHECK ENGINE LAMP BLINKS
In addition to alerting the rider to trouble codes, the check
engine lamp will blink during operation to warn of potentially
damaging engine operating temperatures. If the key is in the
on position and the check engine lamp is blinking, the engine
is at a potentially damaging temperature. While this condition
is in effect, the ECM will reduce engine power to assist in
cooling the engine down to a safe operating temperature. The
check engine lamp will blink until the engine has cooled to a
safe operating temperature. This will not set a trouble code.
Historic
If a particular problem happens to resolve itself, the active
status problem is dropped and it becomes a historic fault
rather current fault.
Historic trouble codes are stored for a length of time to assist
in the diagnosis of intermittent faults. The check engine lamp
will not turn on during normal operation if only historic codes
are present.
It is important to note that historic trouble codes may also be
present whenever the system indicates the existence of a
current fault. See 4.4 CHECKING FOR TROUBLE CODES if
multiple trouble codes are found.
Functional
Trouble codes 52 through 56 are considered to be functional
codes. They indicate an internal problem with the ECM (trouble codes 52 through 55) or with the camshaft sensor/timing
(trouble code 56).
RETRIEVING TROUBLE
CODES
The fuel injection system provides two levels of diagnostics.
●
The most sophisticated mode employs using a computer
based diagnostic package called DIGITAL TECHNICIAN
(Part No. HD-44750).
●
The other mode requires using the check engine lamp.
See 4.5 CHECK ENGINE LAMP DIAGNOSTICS for
more information.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-7
HOME
CHECK ENGINE LAMP DIAGNOSTICS
RETRIEVING TROUBLE CODES
b0523x4x
Trouble codes may be retrieved without the use of the DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
1.
Remove protective cover from data link connector [91A].
Data link connector is located on left side of vehicle
under fairing.
2.
To activate the diagnostic feature of the check engine
lamp, proceed as follows:
3.
a.
See Figure 4-117. Create diagnostic test wire from
parts shown.
b.
See Figure 4-118. Install diagnostic test wire across
Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 on the data link connector
[91A].
c.
Turn the ignition/light key switch ON and wait
approximately eight seconds for the check engine
lamp to start flashing.
4.
5.
6.
4-8
1
1.
2.
This “intermission” is followed by a 2 second pause
in which the lamp is off.
c.
The lamp will then flash one or more times to indicate the first digit of the trouble code. The length of
time the lamp is illuminated and the length of time in
which it is off are each about 1 second in duration.
The second digit follows:
a.
Following transmission of the first digit, there is
another 2 second pause in which the lamp is off.
b.
The lamp will then flash one or more times to indicate the second digit of the trouble code. Count the
number of times the lamp flashes to retrieve the second digit.
If more than one trouble code is sent:
a.
Following transmission of the second digit of the first
code, there is a third 2 second pause in which the
lamp is off.
b.
After the pause comes the intermission, which is followed by transmission of the next recorded trouble
code.
c.
All subsequent codes are sent in the same manner,
each separated from the next by the intermission.
Once all codes have been sent, the data string is
repeated. When you have recorded the same trouble
code twice, it is an indication that the transmission has
been restarted and that all trouble codes have been
retrieved.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
1
Part Number 72191-94 (2)
2.0 in. (51 mm) 18 Gauge Wire
6924
4
The transmission of a trouble code is always preceded by six rapid flashes (about 3 per second).
b.
2
Figure 4-117. Diagnostic Test Wire
See Figure 4-119. All trouble codes are sent out as a
series of flashes. To retrieve the first digit of the trouble
code simply observe the number of times the lamp
flashes.
a.
4.5
1
5
3
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Terminal 1: Receive Data Line (Lt GN/R)
Terminal 2: Ground (BK)
Terminal 3: Transmit Data Line (V/R)
Terminal 4: Power (GY)
Protective Cap
Figure 4-118. Installing Diagnostic Test Wire
HOME
b0522x4x
1st Digit
Intermission
1
Sec.
ON
Start of
Intermission
2nd Digit
1
Sec.
1
Sec.
1
Sec.
OFF
3 flashes
per second
2 Sec.
2 Sec.
Pause
before
1st digit
Pause
before
2nd digit
1
Sec.
1
Sec.
2 Sec.
NOTE
Looking at the above transmission, we can see that the trouble
code is 13. The source of the fault condition is identified as the
oxygen sensor according to Table 4-31.
Figure 4-119. Check Engine Lamp Diagnostics
NOTE
If the lamp flashes at a rate faster than normal, then you are
observing the “Intermission” only, which means that no trouble codes are present.
7.
When examining trouble codes, write down all codes on
a piece of paper.
a.
If trouble codes are present, see Table 4-31. Follow
the applicable flow charts for each code.
b.
If trouble codes are NOT present, but starting or
driveability problems are evident, see charts under
4.8 INITIAL DIAGNOSTIC CHECK.
8.
Turn the ignition/light key switch OFF.
9.
Remove diagnostic test wire and install protective cover
over data link connector. Return data link to original position.
IMPORTANT NOTE
The engine may be started and run when the trouble
codes are received using a jumper wire on Pins 1 and 2
of the data link connector. However, if the jumper wire is
removed with the engine running, the check engine lamp
will continue to flash trouble codes. To stop check engine
lamp from flashing codes, turn engine stop switch OFF.
CLEARING CODES
After correcting system problems, clear trouble codes. If the
Digital Technician (Part No. HD-44750) is not available, perform 50 start and run cycles. To execute one run cycle:
1.
Start the vehicle.
2.
Let it run for at least 30 seconds.
3.
Turn the engine off.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-9
HOME
BREAKOUT BOX
GENERAL
4.6
8428
1
The BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) splices into the
main harness. Used in conjunction with a DVOM, it allows circuit diagnosis of wiring harness and connections without having to probe with sharp objects.
2
INSTALLATION
1.
Remove ECM. See 4.29 ELECTRONIC CONTROL
MODULE.
2.
Depress latches on each side of connectors [10] (black)
and [11] (gray) and detach connectors from the ECM.
3.
See Figure 4-121. Attach Breakout Box (2) to black connector [10].
4.
a.
Attach black connector from Breakout Box to corresponding black ECM connector.
b.
Attach black connector from the wiring harness to
black connector on Breakout Box.
1.
2.
ECM
Headlights
Figure 4-120. ECM
8427
2
Attach Breakout Box to gray connector [11].
a.
Attach gray connector from Breakout Box to corresponding gray ECM connector.
b.
Attach gray connector from the wiring harness to
gray connector on Breakout Box.
1
REMOVAL
1.
See Figure 4-121. Depress latches on each side of connectors [10] (black) and [11] (gray).
2.
Detach Breakout Box connectors from ECM connectors.
3.
Detach Breakout Box connectors from wiring harness.
4.
Install ECM. See 4.29 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE.
4-10
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
1.
2.
ECM
Breakout Box
Figure 4-121. Installed Breakout Box
HOME
WIGGLE TEST
GENERAL
4.7
HD39978
NOTE
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750) can be used to
perform wiggle test.
The wiggle test checks for the presence of intermittents in a
wiring harness.
PROCEDURE
1.
See Figure 4-122. Connect DVOM (Part No. H-D-39978)
to wiring harness between the suspect connections.
When diagnosing ECM connections, a BREAKOUT BOX
(Part No. HD-42682) may be used to simplify the procedure. See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
2.
Set DVOM to read voltage changes.
3.
Start motorcycle engine and run at idle.
4.
Shake or wiggle harness to detect intermittents. If intermittents are present, radical voltage changes will register
on the DVOM.
Figure 4-122. Fluke 78 Multimeter (DVOM)
(Part No. HD-39978)
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-11
HOME
INITIAL DIAGNOSTIC CHECK
4.8
GENERAL
To locate faulty circuits or other system problems, follow the
diagnostic flow charts in this section. For a systematic
approach, always begin with INITIAL DIAGNOSTICS. Read
the general information and then work your way through the
flow chart box by box.
Diagnostic Notes
If a numbered circle appears adjacent to a flow chart box,
then more information is offered in the diagnostic notes.
Many diagnostic notes contain supplemental information,
descriptions of various diagnostic tools or references to other
parts of the manual where information on the location and
removal of components may be obtained.
c.
Engine exhaust emits black smoke or fouls plugs.
See Table 4-30.
2.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), black socket probes and patch cord.
3.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to ECM.
See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
All diagnostic codes are listed in Table 4-31.
Table 4-28. Engine Starts Hard
CAUSE
SOLUTION
Engine temperature circuit
4.18 TROUBLE CODE 14.
Improper fuel pressure
4.13 FUEL PRESSURE
TEST.
Spark plugs and/or wires
4.15 MISFIRE.
Battery discharged
See charging system troubleshooting in Section 7.
Cam position sensor
4.28 TROUBLE CODE 56.
Manifold leak
To perform the circuit checks with any degree of efficiency, a
familiarity with the various wire connectors is also necessary.
Spray water around induction
module seals with engine
idling. If RPM changes,
change seals.
Ignition coil
4.15 MISFIRE.
Job/Time Code Values
Leaky injectors
Dealership technicians filing warranty claims should use the
job/time code values printed in bold text underneath the
appropriate repair.
Test fuel injectors. See 4.41
THROTTLE BODY.
Valve sticking
See Section 3.
Circuit Diagram/Wire Harness
Connector Table
When working through a flow chart, refer to the illustrations,
the associated circuit diagram and the wire harness connector table as necessary. The wire harness connector table for
each circuit diagram identifies the connector number,
description, type and general location.
In order to perform most diagnostic routines, a Breakout Box
and a DVOM are required. See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
INITIAL DIAGNOSTICS
General Information
The diagnostic check is an organized approach to identifying
a problem caused by an electronic control system malfunction.
IMPORTANT NOTE
The engine may be started and run when the trouble
codes are received using a jumper wire on Pins 1 and 2
of the data link connector. However, if the jumper wire is
removed with the engine running, the check engine lamp
will continue to flash trouble codes. To stop check engine
lamp from flashing codes, turn engine stop switch OFF.
Diagnostic Notes
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the diagnostic check flow charts. See Diagnostic
Check (Part 1 of 2).
1.
Compare engine behavior to tables.
a.
Starts hard. See Table 4-28.
b.
Hesitates, stumbles, surges, misfires and/or sluggish performance. See Table 4-29.
4-12
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
Table 4-29. Engine Performance Problems
CAUSE
SOLUTION
Engine temperature circuit
4.18 TROUBLE CODE 14.
Improper ignition timing
1.17 IGNITION TIMING.
Cam position sensor circuit
4.28 TROUBLE CODE 56.
Spark plugs and/or wires
4.15 MISFIRE.
Improper fuel pressure
4.13 FUEL PRESSURE
TEST.
Improper throttle position
sensor adjustment
Calibrate sensor using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No.
HD-44750).
Manifold leak
See 4.42 INTAKE LEAK
TEST.
Throttle plates not opening
fully
1.16 THROTTLE CABLE
AND IDLE SPEED
ADJUSTMENT.
EVAP hose disconnected
from induction module (CA)
Connect.
HOME
Table 4-29. Engine Performance Problems
CAUSE
SOLUTION
Water or dirt in fuel system
Drain and refill with fresh
fuel.
Cooling Fan Inoperative
4.25 TROUBLE CODE 36.
Table 4-30. Engine Exhaust Emits
Black Smoke or Fouls Plugs
CAUSE
SOLUTION
Engine temperature circuit
Clogged air filter
4.18 TROUBLE CODE 14.
1.15 AIR CLEANER FILTER
Element.
Improper throttle position Calibrate sensor. See 4.36
sensor adjustment
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR.
Leaky injectors
Test fuel injectors. See 4.41
THROTTLE BODY.
Improper fuel pressure
4.13 FUEL PRESSURE
TEST.
Table 4-31. Trouble Codes and Fault Conditions
CODE NO.
FAULT CONDITION
RELEVANT TOPIC
11
Throttle position sensor
4.16 TROUBLE CODE 11
13
Oxygen sensor
4.17 TROUBLE CODE 13
14
Engine temperature sensor
4.18 TROUBLE CODE 14
15
Intake air temperature sensor
4.19 TROUBLE CODE 15
16
Battery voltage
4.20 TROUBLE CODE 16
23
Front fuel injector
4.21 TROUBLE CODES 23 AND 32
24
Front ignition coil
4.22 TROUBLE CODES 24 AND 25
25
Rear ignition coil
4.22 TROUBLE CODES 24 AND 25
32
Rear fuel injector
4.21 TROUBLE CODES 23 AND 32
33
Fuel pump
4.23 TROUBLE CODE 33
35
Tachometer
4.24 TROUBLE CODE 35
36
Cooling fan
4.25 TROUBLE CODE 36
44
Bank angle sensor
4.26 TROUBLE CODE 44
ECM failure
4.27 TROUBLE CODES 52, 53, 54 AND 55
Cam sync failure
4.28 TROUBLE CODE 56
52, 53, 54, 55
56
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-13
HOME
b1080x4x
To
IGN
relay
LTGN/R
GY
BK
BK
V/R
1
2
3
4
Data
Link
[91A]
Connector [10]
Connector [11]
Electronic Control Module (ECM)
Figure 4-123. Diagnostic Check
Table 4-32. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-123.
NO.
TYPE
LOCATION
[10]
ECM (black)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[11]
ECM (gray)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
data link
4-place Deutsch
beneath left side fairing
[91A]
4-14
DESCRIPTION
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
Diagnostic Check (Part 1 of 2)
Turn ignition/headlight key switch ON. Set
engine stop switch to RUN. Do not start
engine. Does check engine lamp illuminate?
YES
NO
Does light go off after
four seconds?
See 4.9 CHECK ENGINE
LAMP NOT ILLUMINATED AT
KEY ON.
YES
NO
Does engine
start?
See 4.10 CHECK ENGINE
LAMP ON CONTINUOUSLY.
YES
NO
Does check engine lamp display ignition module data? See
4.4 CHECKING FOR TROUBLE CODES.
See 4.11 ENGINE CRANKS
BUT WILL NOT START.
YES
NO
Are any trouble
codes displayed?
STOP
YES
NO
Refer to applicable trouble code flow chart.
Start with lowest trouble code. All diagnostic
codes are listed on page 7-13 in Table 4-31.
Go to Diagnostic
Check (Part 2 of 2).
Refer to diagnostic
tips in related trouble
code chart (even if
no code is set).
1
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-15
HOME
Diagnostic Check (Part 2 of 2)
2
Continued from Diagnostic Check (Part 1 of 2).
Remove ECM connectors [10B] (BK) and [11B]
(GY). Check for continuity to ground at data link
connector [91A] Terminals 1, 3 and 4. Continuity to ground?
YES
NO
Repair short
to ground.
7115
2
Test the four data link connector terminals against
their ECM connector pins for continuity.
3
DATA LINK TERMINAL
Pin
Wire Color
1
2
ECM TERMINAL
Pin
Connector
Lt. GN/R
11
[11B]
BK
11
[10B]
3
V/R
12
[11B]
4
GY
1
[10B]
Continuity present in all four circumstances?
YES
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
4-16
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
NO
Inspect terminals
for damage or repair
opens as necessary.
7120
HOME
CHECK ENGINE LAMP NOT ILLUMINATED AT KEY ON 4.9
GENERAL
8444
If the engine stop switch is set to RUN with the engine off,
and the ignition key switch is turned ON, the check engine
lamp should illuminate for four seconds. See Figure 4-124.
Battery voltage is supplied to the lamp bulb. The lamp bulb is
grounded by the ECM through the BK/Y wire. A lack of power
to the ECM will cause the check engine lamp to be inoperative and also create a no start situation.
1
DIAGNOSTICS
Diagnostic Tips
1.
2.
Check for open in BK/Y wire.
●
Check for blown accessory fuse.
Low fuel lamp
Check engine lamp
Figure 4-124. Check Engine Lamp
Check for the following conditions:
●
2
8428
Diagnostic Notes
1
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Test 4.9 flow chart.
1.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), black pin probe and patch cord.
2.
See Figure 4-125. Inspect connector [10] (black) for contamination or corrosion. If connection is good, replace
ECM. See 4.29 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE.
3.
Check continuity between instrument connector [39] Pin
7 and ECM connector [10] (black), Pin 4.
2
1.
2.
ECM
Headlights
Figure 4-125. Electronic Control Module
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-17
HOME
Spare
b1081x4x
19
Ignition
Switch
[33]
14
8
R/GY
22
9
23
16
10
O/W
R
R/GY
BK/W
R
O/W
BK
R
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
11
17
Key Switch
Fuse
Connector [11]
Figure 4-126. Check Engine Lamp Circuit
Table 4-33. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-126.
4-18
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[10]
ECM (black)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[39]
instrument module
20-place Multilock
in fairing
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
6
Accessory
Fuse
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
NO.
5
Accessory
12
18
Instrument
Module [39]
Connector [10]
4
Ignition
Key Switch
To battery
3
Cooling Fan
Lights
R/Y
2
Brake/Horn
15
ECM
Main Fuse
[5A]
Check
Engine
Lamp
21
1
Diode 2
Empty
Fuse Block
Top View
R
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
7
Spare
20
1
2
3
4
R/GY
Diode 1
13
HOME
Test 4.9
Turn ignition key switch ON. Set engine stop
switch to RUN. Does the engine start?
1
YES
NO
Set engine stop switch to OFF.
Disconnect ECM connector [10] and
connect Breakout Box.
Did check engine lamp and no start
conditions occur simultaneously?
Turn ignition key switch ON. Jumper
Breakout Box (BK) Pin 7 to ground.
Check engine lamp should be ON. Is it?
YES
2
NO
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
7130
3
Disconnect instruments connector [39].
Remove BK/Y wire from connector [39] and
ground it. Reconnect connector [39].
Check engine lamp ON?
YES
NO
Repair open or
short to voltage on
BK/Y wire between
connector [39] and
connector [10B].
Repair open on O
wire that feeds bulb
or open on wire
from bulb to connector [39].
7140
YES
NO
No ECM power.
Refer to 4.12 NO
ECM POWER.
Refer to 4.11 ENGINE
CRANKS BUT WILL
NOT START for no start
condition and then return
to 4.9 CHECK ENGINE
LAMP NOT ILLUMINATED AT KEY ON to
resolve no engine
check lamp.
7145
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-19
HOME
CHECK ENGINE LAMP ON CONTINUOUSLY
GENERAL
4.10
8444
If the engine stop switch is set to RUN with the engine off,
and the ignition key switch is turned ON, the check engine
lamp should illuminate for four seconds. See Figure 4-127.
Following the initial period of illumination, the lamp should go
off for four seconds. It may then come back on for an eight
second period (for a stored error) or remain on continuously
(current error).
1
DIAGNOSTICS
Diagnostic Notes
1.
2.
Low fuel lamp
Check engine lamp
Figure 4-127. Check Engine Lamp
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Test 4.10 flow chart.
1.
See Figure 4-128. If the lamp goes off when the black
ECM connector [10] is unplugged, the BK/Y wire is not
shorted to ground.
2
8428
1
2
1.
2.
ECM
Headlights
Figure 4-128. Electronic Control Module
4-20
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
b1081x4x
Spare
19
Ignition
Switch
[33]
1
2
3
4
R/GY
20
21
22
8
9
15
To battery
O/W
R
R/GY
BK/W
R
O/W
BK
R
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
2
3
Cooling Fan
16
10
4
Ignition
Lights
23
R/Y
1
Brake/Horn
ECM
R/GY
Main Fuse
[5A]
Check
Engine
Lamp
14
Empty
Fuse Block
Top View
7
Diode 2
Spare
R
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Diode 1
13
17
11
5
Key Switch
Accessory
24
12
18
6
Accessory
Fuse
Key Switch
Fuse
Instrument
Module [39]
Connector [10]
Connector [11]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-129. Check Engine Lamp Circuit
Table 4-34. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-129.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[10]
ECM (black)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[39]
instrument module
20-place Multilock
in fairing
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-21
HOME
Test 4.10
Turn ignition key switch OFF. Disconnect
black ECM connector [10]. Turn ignition key
switch ON. Check engine lamp
should be OFF. Is it?
1
YES
NO
With ignition key switch OFF, reconnect
black ECM connector [10]. With ignition key
switch ON, verify that there is
NOT a 4 second lamp OFF period.
Is there a lamp OFF period?
Disconnect instrument connector [39].
Remove BK/Y wire from connector [39A].
Reconnect [39]. Check engine lamp ON?
YES
Check engine lamp
function OK. Check for
trouble codes. See 4.4
CHECKING FOR
TROUBLE CODES.
NO
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
7150
YES
NO
Repair short to ground
on BK/Y wire between
connector [39] and
lamp in tachometer.
Repair short to ground
on BK/Y wire between
connector [39] and
connector [10].
7160
4-22
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
7165
HOME
ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL NOT START
GENERAL
4.11
b0565x4x
If the starter will not crank engine, the problem is not ignition
related. See Section 5-Electric Starter.
IMPORTANT NOTE
The engine may be started and run when the trouble
codes are received using a jumper wire on Pins 1 and 2
of the data link connector. However, if the jumper wire is
removed with the engine running, the check engine lamp
will continue to flash trouble codes. To stop check engine
lamp from flashing codes, turn engine stop switch OFF.
DIAGNOSTICS
Figure 4-130. Spark Plug Tester (Part No. HD-26792)
Diagnostic Notes
b0600x4x
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Test 4.11 flow charts.
1.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682)
between harness and ECM. See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
2.
Check battery condition. Perform a voltage test and
recharge if below 12.80 volts. Check battery connections
and perform load test. Replace the battery if necessary.
3.
Remove spark plug cable from spark plug.
a.
Visually check condition of plug.
b.
See Figure 4-130. Attach cable to SPARK PLUG
TESTER (Part No. HD-26792). Clip tester to cylinder head bolt.
c.
While cranking starter, look for spark. Repeat procedure on other spark plug cable.
Figure 4-131. Test Lamp
5.
1WARNING
The gasoline in the fuel supply line downstream of the
fuel pump is under high pressure (49 psi [338 kPa]). To
avoid an uncontrolled discharge or spray of gasoline,
always purge the system of high pressure gas before
servicing the fuel system. Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive. Inadequate safety precautions
could result in death or serious injury.
4.
Access fuel injectors.
a.
Remove right side air scoop. See 2.35 AIR
SCOOPS.
b.
Remove airbox to access fuel injectors. See 4.43
AIRBOX.
6.
Use test lamp as shown in Figure 4-131.
7.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404) gray pin probe and patch cord.
Purge fuel line of high pressure gasoline. See 4.38 FUEL
PUMP.
Table 4-35. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-132.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[10]
ECM (black)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[11]
ECM (gray)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[14]
cam position sensor
3-place Deutsch
under sprocket cover
[83]
ignition coil
3-place Amp
beneath airbox base
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-23
HOME
b1071x4x
BE/O
GY
Y/BE
A B C
To Rear
Cylinder
To Front
Cylinder
Ignition Coil [83]
Cam Position
Sensor [14]
Rear
Injector
[85]
To Ignition
Relay
BK/W
GN/W
R/W
GN/GY
Y/BE
BE/O
W/Y
GY
Dyno Loop
Connector [11]
Connector [10]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-132. Ignition Circuit
4-24
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
GN/W
A B C
R/W
GN/GY
GY
A B
GY
A B
W/Y
GY
BK/W
Front
Injector
[84]
HOME
Test 4.11 (Part 1 of 3)
Is fresh gasoline in tank?
YES
NO
Check for trouble codes. See 4.4
CHECKING FOR TROUBLE
CODES. Codes found?
Fill tank with
fresh gasoline.
1
NO
YES
Refer to applicable
trouble code chart.
Start with lowest
code
Connect Breakout Box. Measure
voltage between connector 10 (BK)
pin 10 (+) and pin 11 (-) Voltage
should be 0.25-2.7 volts (Run
Mode). Is it?
NO
YES
2
See 4.26 TROUBLE
CODE 44.
Check battery connections.
Check battery voltage. Is voltage
above 12.8 volts?
YES
NO
Does battery pass
load test?
Recharge
battery.
2
7180
No pump response or light.
See to 4.12 NO ECM POWER.
Short pump response, light OK.
See 4.34 BANK ANGLE SENSOR.
YES
NO
Place transmission in neutral. Turn ignition
key switch ON and set engine stop switch to
RUN. Did fuel pump run 2-3 seconds and
check engine lamp illuminate?
Replace
battery.
2
7185
NO
No pump response, but light OK.
See 4.13 FUEL PRESSURE TEST.
NO
Pump OK, but no light.
See 4.9 CHECK ENGINE LAMP NOT ILLUMINATED AT KEY ON.
NO
NO
7190
YES
Install Fuel Pressure Gauge. See 4.13 FUEL PRESSURE TEST. While cranking engine (for more than
two seconds to ensure proper system operation),
verify that pressure rises to 49-51 PSI (338-352 kPa).
Adequate pressure?
Go to Test 4.11
(Part 2 of 3).
YES
NO
STOP
Incorrect pressure. See 4.13
FUEL PRESSURE TEST.
7195
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-25
HOME
Test 4.11 (Part 2 of 3)
Continued from Test 4.11 (Part 1 of 3).
Check spark plug condition. Replace if fouled. Check
spark at both plugs while cranking. Spark present?
3
YES
4
NO
Disconnect fuel injector connector and
attach Fuel Injector Test Lamp (HD-347302C). Crank engine. Does lamp flash?
5
Check for battery voltage at Terminal B of
coil connector [83] using DVOM. Power
present after key ON?
YES
NO
YES
NO
Check engine
compression. See
3.2 ENGINE.
Correct problems
found under 4.21
TROUBLE CODES
23 AND 32.
Disconnect coil connector [83]. Connect test
lamp to connector [83] Terminal A (front cylinder) or Terminal C (rear cylinder). Crank
engine. Does light flash?
Open in GY wire
between splice for
fuel pump wire and
ignition coil. Repair
open.
7210
7205
7215
YES
NO
Faulty coil connection, spark plug wires
or coil. Proceed as follows:
• Check coil connection.
• Test spark plug cable resistance. See 4.15
MISFIRE.
• Check coil by substituting one known to be
good.
OR
Check coil resistance. See 4.31 IGNITION
COIL.
1
6
Connect Breakout Box. Check continuity
between ignition coil Terminal A of connector [83] and Breakout Box (BK) Pin 7.
Measure resistance between ignition coil
Terminal C and ECM Pin 6 [10B].
Resistance should be less than 1.0 ohm.
Is it?
7220
7
YES
NO
Disconnect cam position sensor connector
[14]. With ignition ON, measure voltage
between Terminal A (+) and Terminal C (-)
of connector [14B]. Is 5 volts present?
Poor connection at connector [10B], [83] or
open in harness between coil and
ECM. Repair open.
7225
YES
STOP
Go to Test 4.11
(Part 3 of 3).
NO
With ignition OFF, measure resistance between
connector [14] Terminal A and Breakout Box (GY)
Pin 1. Also between connector [14] Terminal C
(BK/W wire) and ECM Pin 8 on connector [11B]. Is
resistance greater than 1.0 ohm?
Check for continuity between Terminal A connector [14B] and
ground. Continuity present?
NO
YES
Repair open
circuit.
YES
NO
7240
Repair short
to ground.
7241
4-26
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
7250
HOME
Test 4.11 (Part 3 of 3)
Continued from Test 4.11 (Part 2 of 3).
Reconnect cam position sensor connector [14]. Measure
voltage between Pin 3 and Pin 8 of Breakout Box (GY).
Voltage should alternate between 0 and 5 volts while
cranking.
Does it?
YES
NO
Problem may be intermittent. Verify that
connectors [10], [11] and [14] are reconnected. Remove Breakout Box and try to
start vehicle. Will vehicle start?
Disconnect connector [14]. Measure resistance between Terminal B and Connector
[14B] and Breakout Box (GY) Pin 3.
Is resistance greater than 1.0 ohms?
YES
NO
YES
NO
With engine running, wiggle cam
position sensor and wires to identify any loose connects (engine
misfires or stalls.) Any found?
Pinion gear key
failure, loose rotor
cup or other
mechanical failure.
Repair open
connection.
Remove cam timer
cover using 1/8 in.
drill bit. Crank
starter. Does rotor
cup rotate?
7245
7255
YES
Repair.
7260
NO
Replace cam
position sensor. See 4.30
CAM POSITION SENSOR
AND ROTOR.
7265
YES
NO
Replace cam position
sensor. See 4.30
CAM POSITION SENSOR AND ROTOR.
Mechanical failure.
Inspect for loose
rotor cup and
sheared pinion
gear key.
7265
7255
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-27
HOME
NO ECM POWER
GENERAL
4.12
8403a
A relay controlled by the engine stop switch supplies power to
the ECM. The relay requires a ground to operate. If the
ground is not established, the ECM will not receive power.
Grounds may be established three ways.
●
By placing the motorcycle in neutral and grounding the
relay through the neutral switch. See Figure 4-133.
●
By retracting the sidestand and grounding the relay
through the sidestand switch. See Figure 4-134.
●
By disengaging the clutch and grounding the relay
through the clutch switch. See Figure 4-135.
If the ECM does not appear to be receiving power, check the
ground sources. A blown ignition fuse can also disable the
ECM.
DIAGNOSTICS
Figure 4-134. Sidestand Switch
8437
Diagnostic Notes
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Test 4.12 flow chart.
1.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to ECM.
See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
8748a
1
2
Figure 4-135. Clutch Switch (viewed from underneath fairing)
1.
2.
Transmission sprocket
Neutral switch
Figure 4-133. Neutral Switch
4-28
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
b1077x4x
Relay
Center
Ignition
Switch
[33]
Top View
1
3
9
2
4
6
5
Ignition
7
8
Start
10
11
1
2
3
4
BK
13
R
Fuse Block
Top View
14 15
19 Key Switch
R/BK
TN/Y
Main Fuse
[5A]
Side Stand
Switch [60]
R/BK
Neutral
Switch
[131]
TN/LTGN
TN/Y
GY/O
W/BK
GY/O
R
TN/LTGN
1
2
BK
Clutch
Switch
[95]
W/BK
TN/W
TN/W
GY/O
GY
R/BK
GY
BK
*ECM [10] Pin 1 also provides
power to fuel pump, both fuel injectors and coil.
BK
Diode 2
2
8
Empty
Brake/Horn
3
9
21
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Cooling Fan
16
10
11
Key Switch
Fuse
11
R/BK
14
6
12
18
Ignition
Fuse
9
9
5
5
4
R
5
Accessory
Diode 1
1
19
15
4
Ignition
Diode 2
86
85
30
87A
87
Ignition
Relay
86
85
30
87A
87
Key Switch
Relay
LT GN/R
BK
V/R
GY
Connector [10]
15
ECM
24
To Battery
TN/LTGN
Right Handlebar
Switch [22]
Spare
20
14
Key Switch
TN/W
W/BK
GY
Diode 1
1
7
Lights
23
17
R/Y
R
1 2
1
2
3
4
Spare
13
22
R
TN/W
19
1
2
3
4
Connector [11]
Electronic Control Module (ECM)
Figure 4-136. ECM Power Circuit
Table 4-36. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-136.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
12-place Deutsch
LOCATION
[10]
ECM (black)
in fairing
[22]
right hand controls
4-place Multilock
beneath right side of fairing
[95]
clutch switch
2-place Multilock
beneath fairing
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-29
HOME
No ECM Power
CONDITION: Sidestand up, key ON and transmission in neutral
Check ignition fuse.
Is fuse OK?
1
YES
NO
Attach Breakout Box (HD-42682) to
ECM. Check for 12 volts on ECM
connector [10] Pin 1 (+) and Pin 2 (-).
Voltage present?
Replace fuse.
NO
7270
Check for continuity to
ground on [10] Pin 2.
Continuity present?
YES
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
7271
YES
NO
Check for 12 volts
on ignition relay
Terminal 87 (GY).
Voltage present?
Repair open.
7272
Check for continuity to
ground on ignition relay
Terminal 85 (TN/W).
Continuity present?
NO
YES
NO
Repair open between
ECM and ignition relay.
STOP
YES
7273
Check for 12 volts
on ignition relay
Terminal 30 (GY/O).
Voltage present?
Diagnose ignition interlock
circuit. See 7.5 STARTER
INTERLOCK and continue
until problem is solved.
YES
NO
Check for 12 volts
on ignition relay
Terminal 86 (W/BK).
Voltage present?
Repair open on
(GY/O) wire
between ignition
relay and fuse.
7274
YES
NO
Replace ignition relay.
See 7.5 STARTER
INTERLOCK.
Check for 12 volts
on right handlebar connector [22A] GY/O wire.
Voltage present?
7276
NO
YES
Repair open on GY/O
wire between connector
[22] and ignition relay.
Check for 12 volts
on right handlebar connector [22A] W/BK wire.
Voltage present?
7277
NO
YES
Replace handlebar
switch assembly.
Repair open on W/BK
wire between connector
[22] and ignition relay.
7278
4-30
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
7277
HOME
FUEL PRESSURE TEST
INSPECTION
PART NO.
4.13
8774
SPECIALTY TOOL
B-45522
Fuel pressure gauge adapter
HD-41182
Fuel pressure gauge
1WARNING
The gasoline in the fuel supply line downstream of the
fuel pump is under high pressure (49 psi [338 kPa]). To
avoid an uncontrolled discharge or spray of gasoline,
always purge the system of high pressure gas before
attaching fuel pressure gauge. Gasoline is extremely
flammable and highly explosive. Inadequate safety precautions could result in death or serious injury.
1.
Remove airbox. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
2.
Purge the fuel supply line of high pressure gasoline.
a.
Figure 4-137. Fuel Pump connector [86] (swingarm
removed for illustration)
b1047x4x
See Figure 4-137. Disconnect the 4-place fuel pump
connector [86]. The connector is located inside the
left rear portion of the fuel tank/frame.
b.
With the motorcycle in neutral, start the engine and
allow vehicle to run.
c.
When the engine stalls, press the starter button for 3
seconds to remove any remaining fuel from fuel line.
1
2
1WARNING
A small amount of gasoline will drain from the valve
when the gauge is installed. Thoroughly wipe up any spilt
fuel immediately. Dispose of rags in a suitable manner.
Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive.
Inadequate safety precautions could result in death or
serious injury.
3.
See Figure 4-138. Depress button (2) of fuel line connector and disconnect the fuel line (3) from throttle body inlet
(1).
4.
See Figure 4-139. Attach FUEL PRESSURE GAUGE
ADAPTER (Part No. B-45522) (2) to throttle body inlet
(1).
5.
Connect the fuel line (3) to fuel pressure gauge adapter.
3
1.
2.
3.
Throttle body inlet
Button
Fuel line
Figure 4-138. Fuel Line
NOTE
See Figure 4-140. Verify that fuel valve (2) and air bleed petcock (5) on the gauge are closed.
6.
Attach FUEL PRESSURE GAUGE (Part No. HD-41182)
(4) to fuel pressure gauge adapter (1).
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-31
HOME
See Figure 4-137. Attach fuel pump connector [86] to
main wiring harness.
8.
b1044x4x
See Figure 4-140. Pressurize the fuel system.
Start and idle engine to pressurize the fuel system.
b.
Open fuel valve (2) on fuel pressure gauge to allow
fuel to flow down the gauge hose.
c.
Position the air bleed tube (3) into proper container.
d.
Open and close the air bleed petcock (5) to purge
the fuel pressure gauge and hose of air. Repeat this
step several times until only solid fuel (without bubbles) flows from the air bleed tube.
e.
Close the air bleed petcock.
3
2
Open throttle and increase engine speed to 2500-3000
RPM. Note the reading on the pressure gauge.
If pressure is 49-51 PSI (338-352 kPa) then system
is operating within limits.
b.
If pressure is not within limits, see Test 4.13 (Part 1
of 2) flow chart after disconnecting pressure gauge.
1WARNING
1.
2.
3.
Throttle body inlet
Fuel pressure gauge adapter
Fuel line
Figure 4-139. Fuel Pressure Gauge Adapter
b1045x4x
350
b.
20
10
50
450
60 70
80
90
100
250
5
4
10. See Figure 4-140. Turn engine off. Detach pressure
gauge (4) from adapter (1).
a.
400
50
0
40
30
600 650
550
A small amount of gasoline will drain from the valve
when the valve is removed. Thoroughly wipe up any spilt
fuel immediately. Dispose of rags in a suitable manner.
Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive.
Inadequate safety precautions could result in death or
serious injury.
1
30
0
a.
250
9.
a.
150 200
100
7.
Open the air bleed petcock (5) to relieve fuel system
pressure and purge the pressure gauge of gasoline.
1
2
3
Remove pressure gauge from adapter.
11. Detach adapter from vehicle.
12. Connect fuel line to throttle body inlet.
DIAGNOSTICS
Diagnostic Notes
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Test 4.13 flow charts.
1.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), gray socket probe and patch cord.
2.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to ECM.
See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
4-32
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fuel pressure gauge adapter (B-45522)
Fuel valve (closed position)
Air bleed tube
Fuel pressure gauge (HD-41182)
Air bleed petcock
Figure 4-140. Fuel Pressure Gauge (Part No. HD-41182)
HOME
b1082x4x
1
Ignition
Switch
[33]
Relay
Center
Top View
Spare
2
3
4
6
9
Ignition
5
7
8
Start
10
19
Diode 1
Spare
20
Diode 2
14
11
R
R
21
13
14 15
19
Key Switch
Brake/Horn
Cooling Fan
16
10
W/BK
GY/O
Low Fuel
Lamp
To Battery
R/BK
To Starter
Interlock
Circuit
TN/W
TN/W
GY/O
R
R
Fuel
Pump
[86]
W/BK
1
GY/O
9
9
5
5
4
BK
GY/O
GY
GY
R/BK
11
R
19
15
R/BK
14
BK
11
17
5
Accessory
6
12
18
Fuse Block
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
GY/O
BN/Y
Instrument
Module [39]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
24
Main Fuse
[5A]
W/BK
Y/R
Right Handlebar
Switch [22]
1
2
3
4
R/BK
23
Key Switch
R/Y
4
Ignition
Lights
R
3
9
15
ECM
22
2
8
Empty
1
2
3
4
1
7
13
Top View
Ignition
Fuse
Key Switch
Fuse
86
85
30
87A
87
Ignition
Relay
86
85
30
87A
87
Key
Switch
Relay
BK
BK
Connector [10]
Connector [11]
Electronic Control Module (ECM)
Figure 4-141. Fuel Pump Circuit
Table 4-37. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-141.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[10]
ECM (black)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[39]
instrument module
20-place Multilock
in fairing
[86]
fuel pump
4-place Multilock
left side of rear shock absorber
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-33
HOME
Test 4.13 (Part 1 of 2)
Run fuel pressure test as described under
4.13 FUEL PRESSURE TEST. Fuel pressure should remain steady at 49-51 PSI
(338-352 kPa). Does it?
YES
No pressure.
No trouble
found. Review
symptoms.
STOP
7455
Go to Test 4.13
(Part 2 of 2).
High pressure.
Check voltage drop between
battery positive (+) and Terminal D (-) on pump side of connector [89] during first two
seconds after key ON. Is voltage greater than 1 VDC?
Check for faulty fuel
pump and replace.
See 4.38 FUEL
PUMP.
7459
YES
NO
Move negative (-) probe to GY
wire on Terminal 87 of ignition
relay. Measure voltage during
first two seconds after key ON.
Is voltage greater than 1 VDC?
Check for restricted
pump inlet screen. Is
screen restricted?
YES
NO
Move negative (-) probe to
GY/O wire on Terminal 30 of
ignition relay. Measure voltage
during first two seconds after
key ON. Is voltage greater
than 1 VDC?
Locate and repair poor
connection between ignition
relay and fuel pump.
YES
NO
Locate and repair poor
connection between battery and ignition relay.
Replace ignition relay. See Ignition Relay
under 7.5 STARTER INTERLOCK.
7456
4-34
Low pressure.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
YES
NO
Flush out fuel cell.
See 4.38 FUEL
PUMP.
Check for faulty fuel
pump and replace.
See 4.38 FUEL PUMP.
7461
7457
7458
HOME
Test 4.13 (Part 2 of 2)
Continued from Test 4.13 (Part 1 of 2).
Check for battery voltage at GY wire
Terminal D on fuel pump connector [86A].
Is battery voltage present?
1
YES
NO
Connect test lamp to battery
positive (+) terminal. Probe
BN/Y wire at [86A] during the
first two seconds after key ON.
Does test lamp light?
Locate and repair
open in GY wire.
YES
NO
7467
Inspect fuel pump wiring.
Is wiring OK?
YES
NO
Replace fuel pump
assembly. See 4.38
FUEL PUMP.
Repair fuel pump
wiring.
2
Connect Breakout Box
(HD-42682) to ECM. Check
continuity between [86A] Terminal C (BN/Y wire) and ECM
connector [10] (black) Terminal 3. Is continuity present?
7463
7462
YES
NO
Replace ECM. See 4.29
ELECTRONIC CONTROL
MODULE.
Locate and repair open
on BN/Y wire.
7464
7466
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-35
HOME
IDLE SPEED CONTROL
ADJUSTMENTS
4.14
8390
2
CAUTION
1
Setting the idle below the recommended speed can
result in hard starting, especially in cold ambient temperatures.
See Figure 4-142. The idle speed control cable (1) is located
on the left side of the vehicle between the front cylinder head
and the ram air scoop assembly (2). Idle speeds are listed in
4.1 SPECIFICATIONS. A 3/16 in. allen wrench may be used
to turn adjuster knob.
Table 4-38. Engine Idle Speeds
MODEL
XB9R
REGULAR IDLE
1050-1150
1CAUTION
Idle adjuster is located near the engine and could be
extremely hot. Use suggested tool for adjusting the idle
speed. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
The idle speed should be adjusted when the engine is at normal operating temperature.
NOTE
An idle speed too low can cause poor throttle response. An
idle speed too high can cause a slow return to idle.
See 1.16 THROTTLE CABLE AND IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT for more information on idle speed adjustment.
4-36
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
1.
2.
Idle speed control cable
Ram air scoop
Figure 4-142. Idle Adjustment Cable
HOME
MISFIRE
4.15
GENERAL
b0565x4x
Misfire At Idle or Under Load
Misfire conditions may be caused by:
●
Battery condition and connections.
●
Fuel system problems. See tables under 4.8 INITIAL
DIAGNOSTIC CHECK.
DIAGNOSTICS
Figure 4-143. Spark Tester (Part No, HD-26792)
Diagnostic Notes
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Test 4.15 flow charts.
Table 4-39. Spark Plug Cables
SPECIFICATION
1WARNING
Thoroughly wipe up any spilled fuel and dispose of rags
in a suitable manner. Any open spark around gasoline or
other combustibles could result in fire or explosion
causing death or serious injury.
1.
2.
See Figure 4-143. A SPARK TESTER (Part No. HD26792) must be used to verify adequate secondary voltage (25,000 volts) at the spark plug.
a.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
b.
Remove spark plug cable from spark plug. Visually
check plug condition.
c.
Attach cable to SPARK TESTER. Clip tester to cylinder head bolt.
d.
While cranking engine, watch for spark to jump
tester gap on leads.
e.
Reinstall and repeat procedure on other spark plug
cable.
Length-in. (mm)
Resistance -ohms
FRONT & REAR
5.75
(146)
1,430-3,360
3.
If carbon tracking is evident, replace ignition coil and
inspect spark plug wires. Wires must be clean and tight.
Excessive wire resistance or faulty connections can
cause coil damage. See 4.31 IGNITION COIL.
4.
This test can also be performed by substituting a known
good coil for one causing the no spark condition. The coil
does not require full installation to be functional. Verify
faulty coil by performing resistance test. See 4.31 IGNITION COIL.
5.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404) gray pin probe and patch cord.
Perform spark plug cable resistance test.
a.
Remove spark plug cable from spark plug and ignition coil. See 7.4 SPARK PLUG CABLES.
b.
Using an ohmmeter, touch probes to terminals on
each end plug wire.
c.
Compare resistance values to Table 4-39. Replace
cables not meeting specifications. Reinstall and
repeat procedure on other spark plug cable.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-37
HOME
BE/O
b1071x4x
GY
Y/BE
A B C
To Rear
Cylinder
To Front
Cylinder
Ignition Coil [83]
Cam Position
Sensor [14]
Rear
Injector
[85]
To Ignition
Relay
BK/W
GN/W
R/W
GN/GY
Y/BE
BE/O
GY
W/Y
Dyno Loop
Connector [11]
Connector [10]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-144. Ignition Coil Circuit
Table 4-40. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-144.
NO.
4-38
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[10]
ECM (black)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[22]
right hand controls
4-place Multilock
beneath right side of fairing
[83]
ignition coil
3-place Packard
beneath airbox base
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
BK/W
A B C
R/W
GN/GY
GY
A B
GY
A B
W/Y
GY
GN/W
Front
Injector
[84]
HOME
Test 4.15 (Part 1 of 2)
Is fuel contaminated?
YES
NO
Drain and flush
tank. Refill with
fresh fuel.
1
YES
NO
Check for:
• Faulty, worn or cracked spark plug(s).
• Plug fouling due to engine
mechanical fault.
•Faulty or poor connection at plug.
2
Check resistance of each spark plug
cable that did not fire the Spark Tester.
Also, check for faulty plug wire connections
and wire boots for carbon tracking.
7520
3
Use Spark Tester to check cables.
See 4.11 ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL
NOT START. Did spark
jump gap on both leads?
Are wires OK?
YES
NO
Coils should be free
of carbon tracking.
Are they?
Replace
faulty wires.
7525
4
1
YES
NO
Switch coil with unit
known to be good.
Perform spark test.
Replace
ignition coil.
7535
Did spark jump gap
during engine cranking?
YES
NO
Original ignition coil
is faulty. Replace.
STOP
Go to Test 4.15
(Part 2 of 2).
7535
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-39
HOME
Test 4.15 (Part 2 of 2)
Continued from Test 4.15 (Part 1 of 2).
5
Disconnect cam position sensor connector [14]. With
ignition ON, measure voltage between Terminal A (+)
and Terminal C (-) of connector [14B]. Is 5 volts
present?
NO
YES
With ignition OFF, measure resistance between
connector [14] Terminal A and Breakout Box (GY)
Pin 1. Also between connector [14] Terminal C
(BK/W wire) and ECM Pin 8 on connector [11B]. Is
resistance greater than 1.0 ohm?
Reconnect cam position sensor connector [14]. Measure
voltage between Pin 3 and Pin 8 of Breakout Box (GY).
Voltage should alternate between 0 and 5 volts while
cranking.
Does it?
YES
NO
Repair open
circuit.
Check for continuity between Terminal A connector [14B] and
ground. Continuity present?
7240
YES
NO
Repair short
to ground.
7241
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
7250
YES
NO
Problem may be intermittent. Verify that
connectors [10], [11] and [14] are reconnected. Remove Breakout Box and try to
start vehicle. Will vehicle start?
Disconnect connector [14]. Measure resistance between Terminal B and Connector
[14B] and Breakout Box (GY) Pin 3.
Is resistance greater than 1.0 ohms?
YES
NO
YES
NO
With engine running, wiggle cam
position sensor and wires to identify any loose connects (engine
misfires or stalls.) Any found?
Pinion gear key
failure, loose rotor
cup or other
mechanical failure.
Repair open
connection.
Remove cam timer
cover using 1/8 in.
drill bit. Crank
starter. Does rotor
cup rotate?
7245
7255
YES
Repair.
7260
NO
Replace cam position sensor.
See 4.30 CAM POSITION
SENSOR AND ROTOR.
7265
YES
NO
Replace cam position
sensor. See 4.30
CAM POSITION SENSOR AND ROTOR.
Mechanical failure.
Inspect for loose
rotor cup and
sheared pinion
gear key.
7265
7255
4-40
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
TROUBLE CODE 11
GENERAL
4.16
b0995x4x
1
Throttle Position Sensor
See Figure 4-145. The throttle position sensor (TP sensor) is
supplied 5.0 volts from the ECM (5v REF) and sends a signal
back to the ECM (TP sensor signal) which varies according to
throttle position. The output signal from the TP sensor varies
from:
●
0.5-1.5 volts at idle (closed throttle).
●
3.9-4.9 volts at wide open throttle.
2
A Code 11 will set if the TP sensor signal voltage does not fall
within the acceptable range.
NOTE
1.
2.
If the TP sensor is removed and/or replaced, the sensor must
be calibrated using Digital Technician (Part No. HD-44750).
For replacement of TP sensor see 4.36 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR.
Throttle position sensor and harness
Throttle shaft
Figure 4-145. TP Sensor Assembly
DIAGNOSTICS
Diagnostic Tips
C (BK/W Wire)
TP sensor voltage should increase at a steady rate as throttle
is moved from idle to wide open throttle. An open or short to
ground in R/W or BK/W wires will also result in a Code 11.
B (V/Y Wire)
Check for the following conditions:
A (R/W Wire)
●
●
●
Poor connection. Inspect ECM harness connector for
backed out terminals, improper mating, broken locks
improperly formed or damaged terminals, poor terminalto-wire connection and damaged harness.
Perform 4.7 WIGGLE TEST to locate intermittents. If
connections and harness check out OK, monitor TP sensor voltage using DVOM while moving related connectors and wiring harness. If the failure is induced, the
DVOM display will change.
TP sensor scaling. Observe the TP sensor voltage display while opening the throttle with engine stopped and
ignition switch ON. Display should vary from closed throttle TP sensor voltage (when throttle is closed) to greater
than 4.0 volts (when throttle is held wide open). As the
throttle is slowly moved, the voltage should change
gradually without spikes or low voltages being observed.
b0651x4x
Figure 4-146. TP Sensor Terminals [88A]
Diagnostic Notes
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Code 11 flow charts.
1.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to ECM.
See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
2.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), black socket probe and patch cord.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-41
HOME
Bank Angle
Sensor
[134]
Cam Position
Sensor [14]
BK/W
R/W
GN/W
BK/W
A B C
BK/W
GN/W
V/Y
LTGN/GY
R/W
B C
V/Y
A
R/W
Throttle
Position
Sensor [88]
LTGN/GY
R/W = 5 Volt Reference
Lt.GN/GY = BAS Signal
BK/W = Sensor Ground
BK/W
R/W = 5 Volt Reference
V/Y = TP Sensor Signal
BK/W = Sensor Ground
R/W
b1112x4x
Connector [11]
Connector [10]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-147. Throttle Position Sensor Circuit
Table 4-41. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-147.
NO.
4-42
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[10]
ECM (black)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[11]
ECM (gray)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[14]
cam position sensor
3-place Deutsch
under sprocket cover
[88]
throttle position sensor
3-place Packard
right side of engine between cylinders
[134]
bank angle sensor
6-place Sumitomo
in fairing
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
Code 11 Test (Part 1 of 2)
1
Attach ECM to Breakout Box (HD-42682). Plug DVOM into Pin 2 (+)
and Pin 7 (-) of Breakout Box connector [11]. With ignition ON, gradually open throttle while observing voltage. Does voltage steadily
increase with no spikes or low voltages observed from 0.5-1.5 volts at
idle (closed throttle) to 3.9-4.9 volts at wide open throttle?
YES
NO
Check engine lamp continuously ON and CODE
11 only code set?
Was voltage greater
than 4.9 volts
*
NO
STOP
YES
NO
YES
Replace ECM. See 4.29
ELECTRONIC CONTROL
MODULE.
Check for intermittents by performing 4.7 WIGGLE TEST.
Intermittents present?
Connect Breakout Box if not
already connected. Disconnect
TP sensor connector [88] and
ECM connector [11]. Measure
voltage at Pin 2 (+) and Pin 7 (-).
Does voltage measure 5.0 volts?
YES
NO
YES
NO
To identify source of
intermittents, start at box
marked by Bold Asterisk on right side of flow
chart. Follow steps while
wiggling harness and
monitoring DVOM.
Replace TP sensor (4.36
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR). Clear codes
and road test. Did check
engine lamp come on
and set CODE 11?
Reconnect TP sensor
connector [88]. Measure
TP sensor voltage at
wide open throttle. Is
voltage greater than
5.0 volts?
Locate and repair
short between V/Y wire
and battery voltage.
7555
Go to Code 11 Test
(Part 2 of 2).
7575
7560
YES
NO
YES
NO
Install original TP sensor
and replace ECM (4.29
ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE). Road
test again to verify.
System
now OK.
Locate and repair short
between R/W wire and
battery voltage.
Locate and repair
short between V/Y
wire and R/W wire.
7570
7586
7585
7565
At some point in the flow chart you
may be instructed to jump directly
to a the box with the bold asterisk.
Disregard the asterisk (but not the
instruction box) if your normal progression through the chart brings
you to this location.
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-43
HOME
Code 11 Test (Part 2 of 2)
Continued from Code 11 Test (Part 1 of 2).
Unplug TP sensor connector [88]. Measure voltage between
Terminal A (R/W wire) (+) and C (BK/W wire) (-) with ignition ON.
Is voltage 5.0 +/- 0.25?
2
YES
NO
1
Connect Breakout Box if not
already connected. Check
resistance between ECM Pin
2 on connector [11] to chassis
ground. Is resistance greater
than 1 megaohm?
1
2
YES
NO
Check continuity from
Pin 2 of connector [11]
to Terminal B on
connector [88].
Continuity present?
Find short to ground
on V/Y wire.
YES
NO
Replace TP sensor.
See 4.36 THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR.
Locate and repair
open in V/Y wire.
7605
Connect Breakout Box if not already connected.
Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM connector [11]. Check for continuity between connector [88] Terminal A (R/W wire) and Pin 1 of
connector [11]. Continuity present?
YES
NO
Check continuity
between connector [88]
Terminal B (V/Y wire)
and Pin 2 of connector
[11]. Continuity present?
Locate and repair open
in R/W wire.
7615
YES
NO
Check continuity between connector [88] Terminal C (BK/W)
and Pin 7 of connector [11].
Continuity present?
Locate and repair open
in V/Y wire.
7580
7580
7590
YES
NO
Measure resistance between connector [88] Terminal A and Terminal C. Is
resistance greater than 1 megaohm?
Locate and repair open
in BK/W wire.
7610
YES
NO
Replace ECM. See 4.29
ELECTRONIC CONTROL
MODULE.
Disconnect bank angle sensor
connector [134]. Measure resistance
between connector [88] Terminal A
and Terminal C. Is resistance greater
than 1 megaohm?
7591
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
NO
YES
Replace BAS.
7591
NO
YES
Replace cam position
sensor.
7589
4-44
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
Disconnect cam position sensor
connector [14]. Measure resistance
between connector [88] Terminal A
and Terminal C. Is resistance greater
than 1 megaohm?
Locate and repair short
between R/W and BK/W
wires. Reconnect [14].
7592
HOME
TROUBLE CODE 13
GENERAL
4.17
b1111x7x
Oxygen (O2) Sensor
2
See Figure 4-148. The oxygen (O2) sensor provides a signal
to the ECM which indicates whether the engine is running
rich or lean.
●
A low voltage signal (<0.41 V) indicates the engine is
running lean.
●
A high voltage signal (>0.56 V) indicates the engine is
running rich.
When the air/fuel mixture is ideal, approximately 14.7 parts
air to 1 part fuel, the voltage will be approximately 0.48 V.
1
1.
2.
DIAGNOSTICS
Diagnostic Tips
Oxygen sensor
Connector [137]
Figure 4-148. Oxygen Sensor
8467
The DVOM displays the signal from the O2 sensor in volts.
This voltage will have an average value tending towards lean,
rich or ideal value depending on operating temperature of the
engine, engine speed and throttle position. An open/short to
voltage or short to ground in the V/GY wire will cause the
engine to run rich (short to ground) or lean (short to voltage)
until fault is detected. Once fault is detected, vehicle will run
in open loop. The engine must be running below 5000 RPM
for the ECM to detect an O2 sensor failure.
Check for the following conditions:
●
Poor connection. Inspect the ECM harness connector
[11], fuel injector connectors [84, 85] and O2 sensor connector wiring for backed out terminals, improper mating,
broken locks, improperly formed or damaged terminals,
poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged harness.
●
Dirty/stuck open injectors. The motorcycle may run
lean (dirty/clogged injectors) or rich (stuck open injectors) if there is an injector problem. This could also cause
poor fuel economy and performance.
●
Loose O2 sensor. See Figure 4-149. If the O2 sensor is
loose engine performance may be affected. This could
also show up as a slow changing O2 sensor voltage.
●
Loose/leaking exhaust. This can cause a poor ground
connection for sensor or allow fresh air into the exhaust
system. If fresh air enters exhaust system, the O2 sensor will read a lean condition, causing the system to go
rich.
Figure 4-149. Oxygen Sensor (shock absorber removed)
Diagnostic Notes
1.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to ECM.
See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-45
HOME
Oxygen
Sensor [137]
V/GY
b0529x4x
[137B]
1
V/GY
[137A]
Connector [10]
Connector [11]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-150. Oxygen Sensor Circuit
Table 4-42. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-150.
NO.
4-46
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[11]
ECM (gray)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[137]
oxygen sensor
1-place Packard
behind rear cylinder head
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
Code 13 Test (Part 1 of 3)
Disconnect O2 sensor from harness. Connect DVOM to Pin 4 (+) and Pin 7 (-) of connector [11] (gray).
Turn ignition ON and start engine. (Engine must be on and running to read O2 sensor
values). Observe O2 voltage. Is it approximately 0.5 volts?
YES
STOP
NO.
0 volts.
1
NO.
Greater than
1 volt.
Install Breakout Box (HD-42682) leaving
harness side connector [11] disconnected
from the Breakout Box. Is the O2 voltage
approximately 0.5 volts?
1
Install Breakout Box (HD-42682) leaving
harness side connector [11] disconnected
from the Breakout Box. Is the O2 voltage
approximately 0.5 volts?
Go to Code 13 Test
(Part 2 of 3).
YES
NO
Locate and repair
short to ground on
V/GY wire.
7656
YES
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
7657
NO
Inspect V/GY
wire for shorts to
voltage and repair.
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
7658
7659
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-47
HOME
Code 13 Test (Part 2 of 3)
Continued from Code 13 Test (Part 1 of 3).
Turn ignition OFF and reconnect O2 sensor. Turn ignition ON
and start engine. Allow engine to reach operating temperature.
With engine idling, does voltage quickly flunctuate between
0.1-0.8 volts?
NO.
0.0-0.4 volts.
NO.
0.6-1.0 volts.
NO.
Slow or no change.
Perform 4.13 FUEL
PRESSURE TEST.
Pressure too low?
Perform 4.13 FUEL
PRESSURE TEST.
Pressure too high?
Check continuity
between Pin 4 [11]
(gray) and [137]
(V/GY). Continuity
present?
YES
NO
YES
NO
Repair low pressure problem. See
4.13 FUEL PRESSURE TEST.
Check for restricted
fuel filter or fuel line.
Restriction
present?
Replace fuel pump.
See 4.38 FUEL
PUMP.
Check for
injectors stuck
open. See 4.21
TROUBLE CODES
23 AND 32. Retest.
7666
7661
7664
YES
NO
Replace fuel line
or filter.
Check for air leaks
at induction
module. Air leak
present?
7662
YES
NO
Repair.
Fuel injectors may be
dirty. See Fuel Injectors
under 4.41 THROTTLE
BODY.
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
STOP
Go to Code 13 Test
(Part 3 of 3).
NO
Replace O2
sensor. See
4.32 OXYGEN
SENSOR.
7667
7663
4-48
YES
YES
Repair open
on V/GY wire.
7668
HOME
Code 13 Test (Part 3 of 3)
Continued from Code 13 Test (Part 2 of 3).
Turn ignition OFF and reconnect O2 sensor. Turn ignition ON
and start engine. Allow engine to reach operating temperature.
Does voltage quickly flunctuate between 0.1-0.8 volts?
YES
NO
Check for intermittents by performing 4.7 WIGGLE TEST.
Intermittents present?
See Code 13 Test (Part 2 of 3)
for diagnostic material.
YES
NO
Repair
as necessary.
Replace O2 sensor
(4.32 OXYGEN SENSOR). Clear codes and
road test. Did check
engine lamp come on
and set CODE 13?
7669
YES
NO
Install original O2 sensor
and replace ECM (4.29
ELECTRONIC CONTROL
MODULE). Road test again
to verify.
System
now OK.
7672
7671
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-49
HOME
TROUBLE CODE 14
GENERAL
4.18
Diagnostic Notes
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Code 14 flow charts.
Engine Temperature Sensor
CAUTION
Do not pull on engine temperature sensor wiring. Excess
strain to sensor wiring will cause sensor damage.
The ECM supplies and monitors a 0-5 volt signal to one side
of the engine temperature sensor (ET sensor). The other side
of the ET sensor is connected to ground through the engine.
1.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to ECM.
See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
2.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), gray pin probes and patch cord.
Table 4-43. Engine Temperature
Sensor Specifications
VOLTS
RESISTANCE
TEMP °C
TEMP °F
See Table 4-43. The ET sensor is a thermistor device which
means that at a specific temperature it will have a specific
resistance across its terminals. As this resistance varies, so
does the supplied voltage.
0.00
0
300
572
0.21
145
255
491
0.42
303
210
410
At high temperatures, the resistance of the sensor is very
low. This effectively lowers the signal voltage.
0.62
463
190
374
0.81
638
170
338
At low temperatures, the resistance is very high, allowing
the voltage to rise close to the supplied voltage of 5 volts.
1.20
1042
150
302
1.59
1539
130
266
The ECM monitors this voltage to compensate for various
operating conditions.
3.01
4991
85
185
4.43
25,647
40
104
4.63
41,295
25
77
4.83
93,759
10
50
4.88
134,200
0
32
4.93
232,414
-10
14
●
●
DIAGNOSTICS
Diagnostic Tips
An intermittent may be caused by poor connection, rubbed
through wire insulation or a wire broken inside the insulation.
Check the following conditions:
●
Poor connection. Inspect ECM harness connector [11]
for backed out terminals, improper mating, broken locks,
improperly formed or damaged terminals, poor terminalto-wire connection and damaged harness.
●
Shifted sensor. The temperature-to-resistance values
table may be used to test the ET sensor at various temperature levels in order to evaluate the possibility of a
shifted (out-of-calibration) sensor which may result in
driveability problems.
4-50
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
NOTE
All voltage and resistance values are approximate (+/- 20%).
Engine temperature sensor is measured between Terminal 9
of connector [11] and system ground (Terminals 2 and 11 of
connector [10]).
HOME
Engine
Temperature
Sensor [90]
b0801x4x
REAR CYLINDER
PK/Y
b0529x4x
Engine Temperature
Sensor Location
[90A]
1
PK/Y
[90B]
Connector [10]
Connector [11]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-151. Engine Temperature Sensor Circuit
Table 4-44. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-151.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[11]
ECM (gray)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[90]
engine temperature sensor
1-place bullet
beneath airbox base
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-51
HOME
Code 14 Test (Part 1 of 2)
Disconnect ET sensor connector [90]. Measure resistance
between [90] and body of ET sensor.
Is resistance between 33761-74328 ohms when engine
is at room temperature (60-90° F)?
1
2
YES
NO
Attach Breakout Box (HD-42682) to ECM.
Using a DVOM, measure the resistance
between ET sensor connector and ECM Pin
9 of [11]. Is it less than 1.0 ohm?
Replace ET sensor. See
4.32 OXYGEN SENSOR.
YES
NO
Using a DVOM, measure the resistance
between Pin 9 of [11] and
Pin 2 of [10] and Pin 11 of [10]
on Breakout Box.
Is it greater than 1.0 megaohm?
Examine PK/Y wire
in harness for
open circuit
and repair.
7710
7695
YES
NO
Examine harness for
short to ground and
repair.
STOP
7695
Go to Code 14 Test
(Part 2 of 2).
At some point in the flow chart you may be instructed
to jump directly to the box marked by an asterisk. Disregard the asterisk (but not the instruction box) if your
normal progression through the chart brings you to
this location.
4-52
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
HOME
Code 14 Test (Part 2 of 2)
Continued from Code 14 Test (Part 1 of 2).
1
Connect ECM to Breakout Box. With DVOM still
connected, check for intermittents by performing
4.7 WIGGLE TEST. Intermittents present?
YES
NO
While wiggling harness to locate source of
intermittents, perform the steps under Code
14 Test (Part 1 of 2) marked by
Bold Asterisks. Repair as necessary.
Disconnect ET sensor connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Using a DVOM, measure the
voltage between ECM Pin 9 of [11] and Pin 2
of [10] on Breakout Box.
Is voltage approximately 5 volts?
7660
YES
NO
Less than
4.7 volts
NO
Greater than
5.3 volts.
Replace ET sensor (4.33
ENGINE TEMPERATURE
SENSOR), clear codes and
road test. Did check engine
lamp come on and set only
CODE 14?
With ET sensor disconnected, disconnect ECM connector [11]. Measure resistance between ECM
Pin 9 of [11] and Pin 2 of [10].
Is resistance less than 1 ohm?
Unplug ECM leaving Breakout Box
connected at vehicle harness.
Measure voltage between ECM
Pin 9 of [11] and Pin 2 of [10] on
Breakout Box.
Is the voltage 0 volts?
YES
NO
YES
Install original ET sensor,
replace ECM (4.29 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE)
and road test.
System OK.
7670
NO
Repair short to
ground on
PK/Y wire.
7675
YES
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
7680
NO
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
7685
7665
At some point in the flow chart you may be instructed
to jump directly to the box marked by an asterisk. Disregard the asterisk (but not the instruction box) if your
normal progression through the chart brings you to
this location.
Examine ET signal wire
(PK/Y) for short to 12
volts and repair.
7690
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-53
HOME
TROUBLE CODE 15
GENERAL
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
The ECM supplies and monitors a signal at Pin 10 of [11] to
one side of the intake air temperature sensor (IAT sensor).
The other side of the IAT sensor is connected to a common
sensor ground, which is also connected to the ECM (Pin 7 of
[11]).
See Table 4-45. The IAT sensor is a thermistor device, meaning that at a specific temperature, it will have a specific resistance across its terminals. As this resistance varies, so does
the supplied voltage (Pin 10).
●
At high temperatures, the resistance of the sensor is very
low. This effectively lowers the signal voltage on Pin 10.
●
At low temperatures, the resistance is very high, allowing
the voltage to rise close to the supplied voltage of 5 volts.
The ECM monitors this voltage to compensate for various
operating conditions.
DIAGNOSTICS
Diagnostic Tips
An intermittent may be caused by a poor connection, rubbed
through wire insulation or a wire broken inside the insulation.
Check for the following conditions:
●
●
●
Poor connection. Inspect ECM harness connector for
backed out terminals, improper mating, broken locks
improperly formed or damaged terminals, poor terminalto-wire connection and damaged harness.
Perform 4.7 WIGGLE TEST to locate intermittents. If
connections and harness check out OK, check intake air
temperature reading while moving related connectors
and wiring harness. If the failure is induced, the IAT sensor display will change.
Shifted sensor. The temperature-to-resistance values
table may be used to test the IAT sensor at various temperature levels in order to evaluate the possibility of a
shifted (out-of-calibration) sensor which may result in
driveability problems.
4-54
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4.19
Diagnostic Notes
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Code 15 flow charts.
1.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to EFI
harness only (leave ECM disconnected). See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
2.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), gray socket probes and patch cord.
3.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), gray pin probe and patch cord.
Table 4-45. Intake Air Temperature
Sensor Specifications
VOLTS
RESISTANCE
TEMP °C
TEMP °F
0.49
1086
125
257
0.68
1561
113
235
0.86
2077
100
212
1.13
2920
90
194
1.40
3889
80
176
2.25
8149
60
140
3.09
16,178
40
104
3.52
23,670
30
86
3.94
37,170
20
68
4.24
55,359
10
50
4.53
96,383
0
32
4.68
146,250
-10
14
4.83
284,118
-20
-4
NOTE
All voltage and resistance values are approximate (+/- 20%).
Intake air temperature sensor is measured between Terminal
10 of [11] and system ground (Terminals 2 and 11 of [10]).
HOME
Lt GN/Y = 5 volt reference and sensor signal
BK/W = sensor ground
Intake Air
Temperature
Sensor [89]
8380
IAT Sensor
b0529x4x
[P89A]
BK/W
BK/W
[P89B]
Connector [10]
Lt GN/Y
2
Lt GN/Y
1
Connector [11]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-152. Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit
Table 4-46. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-152.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[11]
ECM (gray)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[89]
intake air temperature sensor
2-place Amp
in airbox base
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-55
HOME
Code 15 Test (Part 1 of 2)
1
Connect Breakout Box to connector [11] leaving ECM disconnected. With
engine at room temperature (68-86°F), use a DVOM to measure resistance across
Pin 10 of [11] and Pin 7 of [11] on the Breakout Box.
Is the resistance between 23,670-37,170 ohms?
YES
NO
Connect ECM to Breakout Box. Check for
intermittents by performing 4.7 WIGGLE
TEST. Intermittents present?
STOP
Go to Code 15 Test
(Part 2 of 2).
YES
NO
While wiggling harness to locate source of
intermittents, perform the steps under Code
15 Test (Part 2 of 2) marked by
Bold Asterisks. Repair as necessary.
Disconnect IAT sensor connector. Turn
ignition switch ON. Using a DVOM,
measure the voltage between
ECM Pin 10 (+) and Pin 7 (-) of [11]
on Breakout Box.
Is the voltage approximately 5 volts?
7715
YES
Replace IAT sensor (4.35
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR), clear codes and road
test. Did check engine lamp
come on and set only CODE 15?
YES
NO
Install original IAT
sensor, replace
ECM and road test.
System OK.
NO
Less than
4.7 volts
NO
Greater than
5.3 volts.
With IAT sensor disconnected, disconnect ECM connector [11]. Measure resistance between ECM
Pin 10 of [11] and Pins 2 and 11
of [10]. Is resistance less than 1
megaohm?
Unplug ECM leaving Breakout Box
connected at vehicle harness.
Measure voltage between ECM
Pin 10 of [11] and Pin 2 of [10] on
Breakout Box.
Is the voltage 0 volts?
YES
7725
NO
Repair short to
ground on
Lt. GN/Y wire.
7720
At some point in the flow chart you may be instructed
to jump directly to the box marked by an asterisk. Disregard the asterisk (but not the instruction box) if your
normal progression through the chart brings you to
this location.
7730
YES
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
7735
NO
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
7740
Examine IAT signal
wire (Lt. GN/Y) for
short to 12 volts
and repair.
7745
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
4-56
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
Code 15 Test (Part 2 of 2)
Continued from Code 15 Test (Part 1 of 2)
Disconnect IAT sensor connector [89]. Measure
resistance between Pins 1 and 2 of [89] at sensor.
With engine at room temperature (60-90° F),
is resistance between 6816 -3314 ohms?
2
3
3
YES
NO
Using a DVOM, measure the resistance
between IAT sensor connector [89] terminal
1 and ECM Pin 10 on Breakout Box.
Is it less than 1.0 ohm?
Replace IAT sensor. See 4.35
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR.
YES
NO
Using a DVOM, measure the resistance
between IAT sensor connector [89] terminal
2 and ECM Pin 7 on Breakout Box.
Is it less than 1.0 ohm?
Examine Lt. GN/Y
wire in harness for
open circuit and
repair.
7760
7750
YES
NO
Using a DVOM, measure the resistance
between ECM Pins 10 and 7 of connector
[11] on Breakout Box.
Is it greater than 1.0 megaohm?
Examine BK/W wire
in harness for open
circuit and repair.
7750
YES
NO
Using a DVOM, measure the resistance
between ECM Pin 10 of connector [11] on
Breakout Box and ground.
Is it greater than 1.0 megaohm?
Examine Lt. GN/Y wire and
BK/W wire in harness for short
between these two circuits and
repair.
7750
At some point in the flow chart you
may be instructed to jump directly to
the box marked by an asterisk. Disregard the asterisk (but not the instruction box) if your normal progression
through the chart brings you to this
location.
YES
NO
To locate sources of intermittents, wiggle
harness while performing steps marked
above by Bold Asterisk.
Repair as necessary.
Examine harness
for short to ground
and repair.
7750
7755
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-57
HOME
TROUBLE CODE 16
GENERAL
4.20
8379
2
1
Battery Voltage
A Code 16 will set if the ECM detects battery positive voltage
less than 6 volts or greater than 20 volts.
●
●
A low voltage condition typically occurs during activation
of the starter or generally indicates loose wire connections.
3
A high voltage condition is usually caused by a faulty
voltage regulator.
DIAGNOSTICS
1.
2.
3.
Key Switch Relay
Ignition Relay
Start Relay
Diagnostic Notes
Figure 4-153. Electrical Relays
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Code 16 flow charts.
1.
2.
The ECM is monitoring voltage at ECM connector [10]
(black) Terminal 1. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No.
HD-42682) to ECM. See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
8378
This checks for voltage drops in the ECM power circuit. If
a significant voltage drop is not present, condition may
be caused by excessive starter current draw.
Figure 4-154. Fuse Block
b1003x4x
15
Spare
Diode 1
7.5
Spare
Diode 2
15
Empty
7.5
ECM
15
Lights
15
Key Switch
Brake/Horn
7.5
Cooling Fan
15
Ignition
7.5
Accessory
Figure 4-155. Fuses and Diodes
4-58
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
b1083x4x
1
Relay
Center
Top View
Ignition
Switch
[33]
3
9
2
6
5
4
Ignition
7
19
8
Start
Fuse Block
14 15
19 Key Switch
R/BK
22
R
R/Y
Main Fuse
[5A]
To Battery
R/BK
To Starter
Interlock
Circuit
GY/O
TN/W
W/BK
GY/O
TN/W
1
2
3
4
21
Right Handlebar
Switch [22]
R
R
1
GY/O
9
9
5
5
4
R/BK
GY
BK
R
R/BK
14
*ECM [10] Pin 1 also provides
power to fuel pump, both fuel injectors and coil.
BK
16
10
4
Ignition
Lights
23
17
11
Key Switch
Accessory
24
12
18
5
6
Key Switch
Fuse
86
85
30
87A
87
Ignition
Relay
86
85
30
87A
87
LT GN/R
BK
V/R
GY
Connector [10]
Cooling Fan
Ignition
Fuse
11
19
15
3
9
15
Top View
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
W/BK
2
Brake/Horn
ECM
R
W/BK
GY
Diode 2
8
Empty
13
R
Diode 1
1
7
Spare
20
14
10
11
1
2
3
4
Spare
13
Key Switch
Relay
1
2
3
4
Connector [11]
Electronic Control Module (ECM)
Figure 4-156. Battery Voltage Circuit
Table 4-47. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-156.
NO.
[10]
DESCRIPTION
ECM (black)
TYPE
12-place Deutsch
LOCATION
in fairing
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-59
HOME
Code 16 Test (Part 1 of 2)
Perform charging system tests.
See 7.6 CHARGING SYSTEM
Charging system OK?
YES
1
NO
Repair charging
system.
Remove spark plug cables from spark plugs.
Attach Breakout Box (HD-42682) to ECM.
Measure voltage at ECM Pin 1 (+) and
Pin 11 (-) of [10] on Breakout Box while cranking
engine. Disregard voltage during first two seconds
of cranking. Is voltage above 6.2 volts?
YES
NO
2
System
OK.
7770
Measure voltage drop between Battery
Positive Terminal (+) and ECM Pin 1 of [10]
on Breakout Box with key ON.
Is voltage drop greater than 0.5 volt?
YES
NO
Measure voltage drop between Battery
Positive Terminal (+) and Terminal 87 on
ignition relay with key ON.
Is voltage drop greater than 0.5 volt?
Check for excessive starter current draw. See 5.6 STARTER
SYSTEM TESTING.
7768
YES
NO
Measure voltage drop between Battery
Positive Terminal (+) and GY/O Terminal 30
on ignition relay with key ON.
Is voltage drop greater than 0.5 volt?
Replace GY wire
or terminals.
YES
NO
7766
Replace ignition
relay.
STOP
7767
Go to Code 16 Test
(Part 2 of 2).
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
4-60
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
Code 16 Test (Part 2 of 2)
Continued from Code 16 Test (Part 1 of 2).
Measure voltage drop between Battery
Positive Terminal (+) and GY/O wire Terminal (-) on ignition fuse with key ON.
Is voltage drop greater than 0.5 volt?
YES
NO
Measure voltage drop between Battery
Positive Terminal (+) and R/BK wire
Terminal on 15 amp ignition fuse with key
ON. Is voltage drop greater than 0.5 volt?
Repair GY/O wire
or terminals.
YES
NO
Measure voltage drop between Battery
Positive Terminal (+) and R/BK wire Terminal 87 of key switch relay with key ON. Is
voltage drop greater than 0.5 volt?
Replace fuse or
fuse terminals.
YES
NO
Measure voltage drop between Battery
Positive Terminal (+) and R wire Terminal 30
of key switch relay with key ON. Is voltage
drop greater than 0.5 volt?
Repair R/BK wire or
terminals.
YES
NO
Measure voltage drop between Battery
Positive Terminal (+) and red wire of 30 amp
main fuse with key ON.
Is voltage drop greater than 0.5 volt?
Replace key switch
relay.
YES
NO
Measure voltage drop between Battery
Positive Terminal (+) and R/Y wire of 30
amp Main fuse with key ON.
Is voltage drop greater than 0.5 volt?
Repair R wire or
terminals.
YES
NO
Replace R/Y wire between main fuse and
battery.
Replace main fuse.
7781
7782
7769
7783
7780
7779
7784
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-61
HOME
TROUBLE CODES 23 AND 32
4.21
GENERAL
8758
3
Front Fuel Injector (Code 23)
And Rear Fuel Injector (Code 32)
See Figure 4-157. The fuel injectors (1, 4) are solenoids that
allow pressurized fuel into the engine intake tract. The injectors are timed to the engine cycle and are triggered sequentially.
2
The power for the injectors comes from the ignition relay. The
ignition relay also provides power for fuel pump, ECM, vehicle
speed sensor and the ignition coils. The ECM provides the
path to ground to trigger the injectors.
NOTE
Ignition relay failures or wiring harness problems will cause
12 volt power to be lost to both injectors, ignition coils, ECM,
vehicle speed sensor and fuel pump.
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
2
4
Rear fuel injector
Clip (2)
Fuel rail
Front fuel injector
Figure 4-157. Fuel Injectors
DIAGNOSTICS
8822
Diagnostic Notes
2
2
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Code 23/32 flow charts.
1WARNING
The gasoline in the fuel supply line downstream of the
fuel pump is under high pressure (49 psi [338 kPa]). To
avoid an uncontrolled discharge or spray of gasoline,
always purge the system of high pressure gas before
servicing the fuel system. Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive. Inadequate safety precautions
could result in death or serious injury.
1.
Purge fuel line. See 4.38 FUEL PUMP.
2.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), purple pin probes and patch cord.
3.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to ECM.
See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
4.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), purple pin probes and patch cord to BREAKOUT
BOX (Part No. HD-42682) and gray socket probes and
patch cord to FUEL INJECTOR TEST LAMP (Part No.
HD-34730-2C).
4-62
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
1
1.
2.
Fuel injector connector
Tab
Figure 4-158. Fuel Injector Connector
HOME
b1073x4x
Cam Position
Sensor [14]
BK/W
R/W
GN/W
BK/W
GN/W
R/W
GN/GY
GY
W/Y
GY
A B C
GY
A B
To Ignition
Relay
GN/GY
A B
W/Y
Rear
Injector
[85]
GY
Front
Injector
[84]
Connector [11]
Connector [10]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-159. Fuel Injector Circuit
Table 4-48. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-159.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[10]
ECM (black)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[14]
cam position sensor
3-place Deutsch
under sprocket cover
[84]
front fuel injector
2-place Packard
underneath airbox base
[85]
rear fuel injector
2-place Packard
underneath airbox base
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-63
HOME
Code 23/32 Test (Part 1 of 2)
1
Is connector connected at the injector?
YES
NO
Disconnect and attach Fuel Injector Test
Lamp. Crank engine. Does lamp flash?
1
Reconnect and
install airbox.
7785
YES
NO
Measure resistance of the suspect injector.
Resistance across terminals should be
12.25 ohms? Is it?
YES
NO
Check for loose or
corroded terminals
in harness. Repair
as necessary.
Replace injector. See
4.41 THROTTLE
BODY.
2
Check Terminal 1 (GY wire) on injector
connector to ground. Should be
equivalent to battery voltage after key ON.
Is it?
NO
STOP
YES
7790
7795
3
Attach Breakout Box (HD-42682) to ECM.
2
If CODE 23, measure resistance between
ECM Pin 5 of [10] (W/Y wire) and
Terminal 2 of front injector connector [84].
If CODE 32, measure resistance between
ECM Pin 8 of [10] (GN/GY wire) and
Terminal 2 of rear injector connector [85].
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
4
YES
NO
Using Breakout Box, check with test lamp
between ECM [10] Pin 5 (CODE 23) or
ECM [10] Pin 8 (CODE 32) and ECM [10]
Pin 1. Does light flash when cranked?
Repair open or
poor connection.
YES
NO
Recheck connections.
Perform 4.7 WIGGLE TEST.
Repair as necessary.
Replace ECM. See 4.29
ELECTRONIC CONTROL
MODULE.
7805
7810
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
4-64
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
7815
Go to Code 23/32
Test (Part 2 of 2)
HOME
Code 23/32 Test (Part 2 of 2)
Continued from Code 23/32 Test (Part 1 of 2).
Check for 12 volts at Terminal 87 of the ignition
relay. Is voltage present?
YES
NO
Ignition relay is OK. Measure resistance
between Terminal 87 of the ignition relay and
Terminal 2 (W/Y for Code 23 or GN/GY for
Code 32) wire at injector connector.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Check for multiple codes.
See 4.4 CHECKING FOR
TROUBLE CODES.
YES
NO
With DVOM still
attached, perform 4.7
WIGGLE TEST to locate
intermittents. Repair
as necessary.
Find and repair
connection or
open wire.
7825
7820
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-65
HOME
TROUBLE CODES 24 AND 25
GENERAL
4.22
b0993x4x
2
3
4
Front Ignition Coil (Code 24)
And Rear Ignition Coil (Code 25)
A Code 24 or 25 will set if the ignition coil rise time is out of
range. This could occur if there is an open coil or loss of
power to the coil. If both codes are set, it is likely a coil power
failure or a coil failure.
See Figure 4-160. The coil receives power from the ignition
relay at coil pin B (3) at the same time that the fuel pump and
injectors are activated.
DIAGNOSTICS
Diagnostic Notes
5
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Front cylinder post
Coil Pin A (rear cylinder)
Coil Pin B (12 VDC)
Coil Pin C (front cylinder)
Rear cylinder post
Figure 4-160. Ignition Coil
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Code 24/25 flow charts.
1.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), purple pin probes and patch cord.
2.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to ECM.
See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
b0638x4x
A
C
B
+
Battery
Figure 4-161. Testing Ignition Coil Connectors
4-66
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
b1072x4x
BE/O
GY
Y/BE
A B C
To Rear
Cylinder
To Front
Cylinder
Ignition Coil [83]
Cam Position
Sensor [14]
Ignition Relay
GY
BK/W
R/W
GN/W
A B C
BK/W
GN/W
R/W
BE/O
GY
Y/BE
Dyno Loop
Connector [11]
Connector [10]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-162. Ignition Coil Circuit
Table 4-49. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-162.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[10]
ECM (black)
12-place Deutsch
under fairing
[83]
ignition coil
3-place Packard
beneath airbox base
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-67
HOME
Code 24/25 Test
Disconnect coil connector [83]. Attach Test
Lamp to [83] as shown in Figure 4-161.
Crank engine.
Do test lamp lights flash when cranked?
YES
NO
Measure voltage on Terminal B of coil.
Should be equivalent to battery
voltage after key is turned ON.
Is it?
1
Faulty coil
connection or coil. See
4.31 IGNITION COIL.
7856
1
2
YES
NO
Attach Breakout Box (HD-42682) to ECM. Measure resistance between ECM and coil terminals
as follows:
Measure voltage at ignition relay
Terminal 87 after key is turned ON.
Should be equivalent to
battery voltage. Is it?
Trouble
Code
Coil
Terminal
ECM
Terminal
24
(Front)
A
(BE/O)
7
25
(Rear)
C
(Y/BE)
6
Resistance should be less than 0.5 ohms. Is it?
YES
NO
Repair open wire or
connection on
GY wire.
Check for multiple codes.
See 4.4 CHECKING FOR
TROUBLE CODES.
7875
YES
NO
Perform 4.7 WIGGLE
TEST. Intermittents
found?
Repair open wire
or connection.
7860
YES
NO
Repair as
necessary.
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
7865
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
4-68
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
7870
HOME
TROUBLE CODE 33
4.23
GENERAL
8775
Fuel Pump
The fuel pump assembly is shown in Figure 4-163. ECM Pin
3 provides ground to the fuel pump. Code 33 will set if:
●
4
BN/Y wire is shorted to 12 volts. This will also cause the
ignition fuse to blow. See Figure 4-164.
●
BN/Y wire is shorted to ground. This will cause the fuel
pump to run continuously even when the motor is not
running.
●
Fuel pump motor stalls or spins without providing fuel
pressure.
DIAGNOSTICS
Diagnostic Notes
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
2
3
Fuel screen
Wiring harness
Low fuel level sensor
Pressure regulator
Figure 4-163. Fuel Pump Assembly
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Code 33 flow chart.
1.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to ECM.
See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
2.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), red pin probe and patch cord.
3.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), gray socket probe and patch cord.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-69
HOME
b1082x4x
1
Relay
Center
Top View
Ignition
Switch
[33]
Spare
2
3
4
6
9
Ignition
5
7
8
Start
10
19
Diode 1
Spare
20
Diode 2
14
11
R
R
21
13
14 15
19
Key Switch
W/BK
GY/O
ECM
16
22
Lights
Ignition
Low Fuel
Lamp
W/BK
To Battery
R/BK
To Starter
Interlock
Circuit
TN/W
TN/W
GY/O
R
R
Fuel
Pump
[86]
W/BK
1
GY/O
9
9
5
5
4
BK
GY/O
GY
GY
R/BK
11
R
19
15
R/BK
14
BK
10
4
11
17
5
Accessory
6
12
18
Fuse Block
Top View
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
GY/O
BN/Y
Instrument
Module [39]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
24
Main Fuse
[5A]
3
9
15
Key Switch
R/Y
Y/R
Right Handlebar
Switch [22]
R/BK
1
2
3
4
Brake/Horn
Cooling Fan
23
R
2
8
Empty
1
2
3
4
1
7
13
Ignition
Fuse
Key Switch
Fuse
86
85
30
87A
87
Ignition
Relay
86
85
30
87A
87
Key
Switch
Relay
BK
BK
Connector [10]
Connector [11]
Electronic Control Module (ECM)
Figure 4-164. Fuel Pump Circuit
Table 4-50. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-164.
NO.
4-70
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
[10]
ECM (black)
[39]
instrument module
20-place Multilock
in fairing
[86]
fuel pump
4-place Multilock
left side of rear shock absorber
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
12-place Deutsch
LOCATION
in fairing
HOME
Code 33 Test
1
2
Attach Breakout Box (HD-42682) to ECM. With DVOM,
measure voltage between Pin 3 of [10] and ground
after ignition switch is turned ON. Meter should read
less than 2 volts and pump should run
for 2-3 seconds. Does it?
YES
NO
With DVOM still connected, check for intermittents by performing 4.7 WIGGLE TEST
while repeating first test of this flow chart.
Intermittents present?
Fuel pump
on continuously?
YES
NO
Disconnect ECM.
Does fuel pump run
continuously?
YES
NO
Repair as
necessary.
Replace fuel pump. See 4.38
FUEL PUMP. Clear codes and
road test. Did check engine lamp
come on and set only CODE 33?
7891
YES
Check continuity of BN/Y wire
between [10] Pin 3 and Pin C of
[86]. Continuity present?
YES
NO
Locate and repair
short to ground on
BN/Y wire.
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
NO
Install original
fuel pump (4.38 FUEL
PUMP) and replace ECM
(4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE).
3
7894
7892
System
OK.
7893
YES
NO
Check continuity of GY
wire from ignition relay
Terminal 87 to Pin D of
[86]. Continuity present?
Repair
open.
YES
NO
7892
3
7896
Repair
open.
7898
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-71
HOME
TROUBLE CODE 35
GENERAL
4.24
8427
2
Tachometer
A Code 35 will set if the PK tachometer wire is shorted to
power or ground.
1
DIAGNOSTICS
Diagnostic Notes
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Code 35 flow chart.
1.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to ECM.
See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
2.
Replace instrument module. See 7.17 INSTRUMENT
MODULE.
1.
2.
ECM
Breakout box
Figure 4-165. Installed Breakout Box
8426
Figure 4-166. Instrument Module Connector [39]
4-72
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
Spare
b1084x4x
19
Ignition
Switch
[33]
Diode 1
13
Spare
20
14
Empty
Fuse Block
R/GY
1
2
3
4
21
22
23
R/Y
16
To battery
24
2
9
3
10
4
Ignition
17
Key Switch
Main Fuse
[5A]
8
Cooling Fan
Lights
R
1
Brake/Horn
15
ECM
R/GY
7
Diode 2
18
11
5
Accessory
12
6
Top View
O/W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
R
R/GY
R
O/W
BK
PK
R
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Accessory
Fuse
Key Switch
Fuse
Instrument
Module [39]
Connector [10]
Connector [11]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-167. Tachometer Circuit
Table 4-51. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-167.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[10]
ECM (black)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[39]
instrument module
20-place Multilock
in fairing
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-73
HOME
Code 35 Test
1
2
Attach Breakout Box (HD-42682), but leave
connector [10] unplugged at ECM.
Disconnect instrument connector [39]
with ignition ON. Measure voltage across
Pin 12 (+) and Pin 11 (-) in open
Breakout Box connector [10].
Battery voltage present?
YES
NO
Locate and repair
short to PK wire to
voltage.
Check for continuity at Breakout Box between
Pin 12 and Pin 11 in connector [10].
Continuity present?
7884
YES
NO
Locate and repair
short on PK wire to
ground.
Plug in [10]. Connect
voltmeter across Pin 12
and Pin 11 at Breakout
Box [10].
Start engine and let
motor idle. Is voltage
approximately 4.0-6.0
volts?
7886
YES
NO
Reconnect [39]. Locate
intermittents using 4.7
WIGGLE TEST. Intermittents found?
Replace ECM. See 4.29
ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE.
7882
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
YES
NO
Repair.
3
7881
Replace instrument module.
See 7.17 INSTRUMENT
MODULE
7883
4-74
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
TROUBLE CODE 36
4.25
GENERAL
8465
Cooling Fan High Voltage
This code occurs when the engine is running and the ECM
has commanded the fan on, and the voltage remains high at
pin 6 of ECM connector [11] (gray connector).
NOTE
An engine temperature (ET) sensor signal, indicating a cylinder head temperature above 428° F (220° C), causes the
ECM to command the fan on. When ignition is OFF, fan runs
at approximately half speed. See Table 4-52. Cooling Fan
Specifications.
Figure 4-168. Cooling Fan
Table 4-52. Cooling Fan Specifications
FAN ON
FAN OFF
Key ON
220° C (428° F)
180° C (356° F)
Key OFF
170° C (338° F)
150° C (302° F)
This code can also set if fan blade does not spin (blocked fan
blade) when fan is commanded on and battery voltage is
applied to fan.
Cooling Fan Low Voltage
This code will set when the ignition key is ON and the ECM
does not sense voltage at pin 6 of ECM terminal 11 (gray
connector).
DIAGNOSTICS
Diagnostic Notes
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Code 36 flow charts.
1.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), gray pin probes and patch cord.
2.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to ECM.
See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-75
HOME
b1090x4x
Y/BN
BK/O
1
2
Cooling
Fan [97]
Y/BN
BK
Y/BN
R
R/Y
R
Main Fuse
[5A]
To battery
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Cooling
Fan Fuse
Top View
Spare
Diode 1
7
13
19
Spare
20
14
8
Empty
21
9
ECM
3
Cooling Fan
16
10
4
Ignition
Lights
23
2
Brake/Horn
15
22
1
Diode 2
11
17
5
Key Switch
Accessory
24
12
18
6
BK
BK/O
Fuse Block
BK
Connector [11]
Connector [10]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-169. Cooling Fan Circuit
Table 4-53. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-169.
NO.
4-76
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[11]
ECM (gray)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[97]
cooling fan
2-place Multilock
behind rear cylinder
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
Code 36 Test (Part 1 of 2-fan runs continuously)
Does cooling fan run
continuously?
YES
NO
Disconnect gray connector
(11) at ECM. Turn IGN.
switch ON. Does fan run?
STOP
Go to Code 36 Test
(Part 2 of 2-fan does
not run).
NO
YES
Is engine hot?
Repair short to ground in BK/O
wire between ECM and fan.
7900
NOTE
Fan will be engaged when cylinder
head temperature exceeds 300°F
(149° C).
NO
YES
Allow engine to
cool. Go to BOLD
ASTERISK on this
page.
2
Turn IGN OFF. Connect Breakout
Box to ECM gray connector [11].
Turn IGN ON. Measure volts at pin 9
of Breakout Box. Is voltage greater
than 1.3 volts?
YES
NO
Turn IGN switch ON. Does
fan run continuously?
See 4.18 TROUBLE CODE
14 (engine temperature sensor).
At some point in the flow chart you
may be instructed to jump directly
to a the box with the bold asterisk.
Disregard the asterisk (but not the
instruction box) if your normal progression through the chart brings
you to this location.
YES
NO
Defective ECM or
ECM connection.
System ok.
7902
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-77
HOME
Code 36 Test (Part 2 of 2-fan does not run)
Continued from Code 36 Test (Part 1 of 2-fan
runs continuously). Check cooling fan fuse
(7.5 amp) at fuse panel. Is fuse ok?
NO
YES
Connect Breakout Box to ECM gray
connector (leave ECM disconnected). With key ON, check for voltage at pin 6 (gray) of Breakout Box.
Is battery voltage present?
Disconnect fan connector [97].
Remove cooling fan fuse.
Check for continuity to ground
between terminal 4 of fuse
block and chassis ground.
Continuity present?
2
YES
YES
NO
NO
With key ON, check for
battery voltage at Y/BN
side of fan connector. Is
battery voltage present?
Connect jumper wire
between pin 6 (gray) of
Breakout Box and
ground. Does fan run?
Repair short to
ground in Y/BN
wire.
Is there an obstruction
preventing fan from
rotating?
7889
YES
NO
Remove obstruction
preventing fan rotation.
YES
NO
NO
YES
Replace ECM.
7906
Check for continuity between
pin 6 (gray) of Breakout Box
and BK/O wire of fan connector
[97A]. Continuity present?
Repair open in circuit
between fan connector [97B]
Y/BR wire and fuse block.
7889
YES
Check for continuity
between Y/BN wire and
BK wire of fan connector
[97A] Continuity present?
NO
Repair open in circuit
between pin 6 of ECM
gray connector [11]
(gray) and BK/O wire of
fan connector [97B]
7901
YES
NO
Disconnect fan harness at
fan. Place a jumper wire
between fan Y/BN wire and
battery positive. Place a
jumper between fan BK
wire and ground. Does fan
run at full speed?
Replace fan.
YES
NO
System ok.
Replace fan.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
YES
NO
Reinstall cooling fan fuse.
Using connector kit (HD41404) and jumper wire,
connect Y/BN terminal to
battery positive. Connect
BK terminal to ground.
Does fan run?
Replace fan.
YES
NO
7879
7879
System ok.
Replace fan.
7879
7879
4-78
Disconnect fan harness at
fan. Use ohmeter to measure
resistance between Y/BN terminal and BK terminal of fan
connector [97A]. Resistance
greater than 1 ohm?
HOME
TROUBLE CODE 44
GENERAL
4.26
8428
NOTE
See Figure 4-171. When vehicle lean angle causes weighted
pendulum to enter shaded area for a period of greater than
one second, ECM shuts off ignition and fuel systems.
1
Bank Angle Sensor
2
See Figure 4-170. A Code 44 occurs when the bank angle
sensor (1) voltage is outside the normal operating range of
0.25-4.8 volts. This may be caused by:
●
Short to ground in harness between sensor and electronic control module.
●
Short to voltage in harness between sensor and electronic control module.
●
Failed sensor.
1.
2.
Bank angle sensor
Headlights
Figure 4-170. Bank Angle Sensor
If this code occurs, the engine may stop running. The engine
may still be restarted and ridden to the dealership for repair.
Disable Mode 2.8-4.8 volts
DIAGNOSTICS
Weighted pendulum
Diagnostic Notes
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Code 44 flow charts.
1.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), gray pin probes and patch cord.
2.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to ECM.
See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
Run Mode 0.25-2.7 volts
b1085x4x
Figure 4-171. Bank Angle Sensor Operation
Table 4-54. Bank Angle Sensor Voltage
MODE
VOLTS
Run mode
0.25-2.7 volts
Disable mode
2.8-4.8 volts
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-79
HOME
Bank Angle
Sensor
[134]
Cam Position
Sensor [14]
BK/W
R/W
GN/W
BK/W
A B C
BK/W
GN/W
V/Y
LTGN/GY
R/W
B C
V/Y
A
R/W
Throttle
Position
Sensor [88]
LTGN/GY
R/W = 5 Volt Reference
Lt.GN/GY = BAS Signal
BK/W = Sensor Ground
BK/W
R/W = 5 Volt Reference
V/Y = TP Sensor Signal
BK/W = Sensor Ground
R/W
b1112x4x
Connector [11]
Connector [10]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-172. Bank Angle Sensor Circuit
Table 4-55. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-172.
NO.
4-80
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[10]
ECM (black)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[11]
ECM (gray)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[14]
cam position sensor
3-place Deutsch
under sprocket cover
[88]
throttle position sensor
3-place Packard
right side of engine between cylinders
[134]
bank angle sensor
6-place Sumitomo
in fairing
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
Code 44 Test (Part 1 of 2)
Is bank angle
sensor connected?
1
YES
NO
Disconnect bank angle sensor
connector [134]. Measure voltage on [134]
between Socket 5 (Lt GY/GN) and
Socket 6 (BK/W). What is voltage?
Reconnect. Clear
codes and cycle
ignition key.
Recheck for codes.
7971
4.75-5.25 volts
11-13 volts
0 volts
Measure voltage between Socket
4 (R/W) and Socket 6 (BK/W). Is
voltage 4-6 volts?
Repair short to
voltage on
Lt GY/GN wire.
STOP
7972
Go to Code 44 Test
(Part 2 of 2).
YES
NO
Is bank
angle sensor
correctly installed?
Repair open in
R/W wire between
[134] and
harness.
7975
YES
NO
Are ferrous metals located within
0.25 in. (6.4 mm) of sides, face or
top of bank angle sensor?
Install properly. See 4.34 BANK
ANGLE SENSOR.
7976
YES
NO
Return to original
configuration.
Replace bank angle sensor. See 4.34
BANK ANGLE SENSOR.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-81
HOME
Code 44 Test (Part 2 of 2)
Continued from Code 44 Test (Part 1 of 2).
Disconnect connectors [10] (BK) and [11] (GY) from module
and plug into Breakout Box (HD-42682). Check continuity
between Socket 5 (Lt GN/GY) on connector [134] and
Breakout Box (BK) Pin 10. Is continuity present?
2
YES
NO
Check continuity to ground for
Socket 6 (BK/W) and connector [11] Pin 7.
Is continuity present?
Repair open in
Lt GN/GY wire.
7975
YES
NO
Check continuity to ground for
Socket 5 (Lt GN/GY) and connector [134].
Is continuity present?
Repair open in
ground wire.
7975
YES
NO
Repair short to ground
on Lt GN/GY wire.
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
7973
7974
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
4-82
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
TROUBLE CODES 52, 53, 54 AND 55
4.27
GENERAL
ECM Failure
All of the following codes indicate a failure which requires
replacement of the ECM. See 4.29 ELECTRONIC CONTROL
MODULE.
●
Code 52 - RAM failure.
●
Code 53 - ROM failure.
●
Code 54 - EE PROM failure.
●
Code 55 - Microprocessor failure.
NOTE
Dealership technicians filing warranty claims should use job/
time code 7913 for all Code 52, 53, 54 and 55 ECM replacements.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-83
HOME
TROUBLE CODE 56
4.28
GENERAL
Cam Sync Failure
This code occurs only when the engine is running if the electronic control module either receives an intermittent (extra or
missing) signal from the cam position sensor or receives an
unexpected signal. The motorcycle may continue to run, not
run normally or stop running altogether.
DIAGNOSTICS
3
Diagnostic Notes
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the Code 56 flow charts.
1.
Connect BREAKOUT BOX (Part No. HD-42682) to ECM.
See 4.6 BREAKOUT BOX.
2.
Use HARNESS CONNECTOR TEST KIT (Part No. HD41404), black pin probes and patch cord.
3.
See 4.30 CAM POSITION SENSOR AND ROTOR.
2
1
1.
2.
3.
Timer plate stud (2)
Sensor wiring
Cam position sensor
Figure 4-173. Cam Position Sensor
4-84
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
b0313a7x
HOME
Bank Angle
Sensor
[134]
GN/W
R/W
BK/W
A B C
BK/W
V/Y
GN/W
R/W
LTGN/GY
Cam Position
Sensor [14]
BK/W
B C
BK/W
A
R/W
Throttle
Position
Sensor [88]
LTGN/GY
R/W = 5 Volt Reference
Lt.GN/GY = BAS Signal
BK/W = Sensor Ground
V/Y
R/W = 5 Volt Reference
V/Y = TP Sensor Signal
BK/W = Sensor Ground
R/W
b1112x4x
Connector [11]
Connector [10]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-174. Cam Position Sensor Circuit
Table 4-56. Wire Harness Connectors in Figure 4-174.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
[10]
ECM (black)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[11]
ECM (gray)
12-place Deutsch
in fairing
[14]
cam position sensor
3-place Deutsch
under sprocket cover
[88]
throttle position sensor
3-place Packard
right side of engine between cylinders
[134]
bank angle sensor
6-place Sumitomo
in fairing
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-85
HOME
Code 56 (Part 1 of 2)
1
Attach Breakout Box (HD-42682). Disconnect cam position
sensor connector [14]. Turn ignition ON.
2
Connect voltmeter across Terminal A (R/W wire) and Terminal
C (BK/W wire) of connector [14]. Is voltage 4.75-5.25 VDC?
YES
NO
STOP
Measure the voltage between
Pin 1 and Pin 7 on [11] (GY) using Breakout
Box. Is voltage 4.75-5.25 VDC?
Go to Code 56
(Part 1 of 2).
2
YES
NO
Measure continuity between
Pin A on [14] and Pin 1 on [11].
Continuity present?
Disconnect harness side connector [11B]
(GY) from Breakout Box. Measure voltage
between Pin 1 and Pin 7 of
connector [11]. Voltage present?
YES.
NO.
YES.
5 volts.
YES.
12 volts
NO
Repair open in
BK/W wire between
connectors [11] and
[14].
Repair open in
R/W wire between
connectors [11] and
[14].
Locate and repair
R/W wire short
to ground.
Locate and repair
R/W wire short
to voltage.
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE.
7970
7945
7945
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
4-86
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
7955
7965
HOME
Code 56 (Part 2 of 2)
Continued from Code 56 (Part 1 of 2).
Reconnect cam position sensor connector [14]. Using Breakout
Box, measure voltage between Pin 3 and Pin 7 while cranking
the engine. Does voltage fluctuate between 0-5 volts?
YES
NO
Intermittent open in GN/W wire or
short in BK/W, W/BK or R/W.
Perform 4.7 WIGGLE TEST and
repair intermittent.
2
Check for continuity on GN/W wire
between Terminal B of connector [14]
and Terminal 3 of connector [11].
Continuity present?
7950
YES
NO
Remove timing cover and cam position
sensor. Observe rotor cup while cranking
engine. Does rotor turn?
Repair.
YES
NO
3
7950
Check rotor for damage.
Is rotor loose or damaged?
3
Is rotor attached
properly?
YES
NO
YES
NO
Replace rotor
and retest.
Replace cam position sensor
and clear code. Retest. Problem still exist?
Remove gearcase
cover and inspect
for damage.
Repair.
7940
7940
7951
YES
NO
Install original cam
position sensor.
Replace ECM. See
4.29 ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE.
System
OK.
7952
7960
Clear codes and confirm proper operation with no
check engine lamp. Codes can be cleared using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-87
HOME
NOTES
4-88
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
GENERAL
4.29
8428
1
The Electronic Control Module (ECM) is located inside the
fairing.
REMOVAL
2
1.
Remove front fairing. See 2.37 FRONT FAIRING, WINDSHIELD, AND MIRRORS.
2.
Remove Electronic Control Module (ECM). See 2.25
HEADLIGHT SUPPORT BRACKET but do not disconnect sensors.
3.
Disconnect ECM black connector [10] and gray connector [11].
INSTALLATION
1.
Attach ECM connectors [10] and [11].
2.
Locate ECM between fairing and headlight bracket.
3.
Install headlight bracket. See 2.25 HEADLIGHT SUPPORT BRACKET.
4.
Install front fairing. See 2.37 FRONT FAIRING, WINDSHIELD, AND MIRRORS.
5.
Recalibrate Throttle position sensor. Throttle position
sensor can only be calibrated using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
1.
2.
ECM
Headlights
Figure 4-175. ECM
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-89
HOME
b0650x4x
PK
R/W
BK
V/Y
Lt GN/GY
GN/W
—
V/GY
GN/GY
Y
BE/O
BK/O
Y/BE
BK/W
W/Y
W
BK/Y
PK/Y
BN/Y
Lt GN/Y
BK
Lt GN/R
GY
V/R
Connector [11]
Connector [10]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 4-176. ECM Wiring
Table 4-57. Pin Table for
ECM Connector [10] (Black)
PIN
4-90
FUNCTION
Table 4-58. Pin Table for
ECM Connector [11] (Gray)
PIN
FUNCTION
1
Switched ignition
1
5 volt sensor power
2
System ground A (module)
2
Throttle position sensor
3
Fuel pump
3
Camshaft position sensor
4
Check engine lamp
4
Oxygen sensor
5
Injector front
5
Memory
6
Front coil primary
6
Fan control
7
Rear coil primary
7
Sensor ground 1
8
Injector rear
8
Vehicle speed sensor
9
Unused
9
Engine temperature
10
Bank angle sensor input
10
Intake air temperature
11
System ground B (coil)
11
Serial data receive
12
Tachometer
12
Serial data transmit
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
CAM POSITION SENSOR AND ROTOR
REMOVAL
4.30
8749
1WARNING
To protect against accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
1.
Disconnect negative battery cable.
2.
Remove sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET COVER.
●
Make note of cable strap positions and wire routing during disassembly.
●
For more information about the wiring located underneath the sprocket cover see 7.24 SPROCKET COVER
WIRING.
3.
Cut cable straps holding cam position sensor wiring.
4.
See Figure 4-177. Disconnect cam position sensor wiring at connector [14].
5.
Note position of each cam position sensor wiring terminal in plug end of connector.
6.
See Figure 4-179. Remove connector terminal pins (7).
See B.2 DEUTSCH ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
under B.1 AMP MULTILOCK ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS.
7.
Remove timer cover.
NOTES
8.
9.
a.
Drill off heads of outer timer cover pop rivets (1)
using a 3/8 in. drill bit.
b.
Tap remaining rivet shafts inboard through holes in
timer cover (2) and inner cover (20).
c.
Remove timer cover. Remove inner cover screws (3)
and inner cover (20).
d.
Carefully remove any remaining pieces of rivets
from gearcase cover timer bore.
See Figure 4-178. To obtain approximate ignition timing
during installation, scribe alignment marks (4) across
cam position sensor (3) in two places.
Figure 4-177. Cam Position Sensor Connector [14] (stator
connector disconnected)
3
4
2
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
Timer plate stud (2)
Sensor wiring
Cam position sensor
Scribe mark
b0313a7x
Figure 4-178. Marking Ignition Timing
See Figure 4-179. Remove timer plate studs (4). Carefully remove cam position sensor. Remove bolt (18) and
trigger rotor (17).
10. Carefully remove camshaft oil seal (16) if damaged or if
there is any evidence of oil leakage past the seal.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-91
HOME
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Pop rivet (2)
Timer cover
Screw (2)
Timer plate stud (2)
Secondary lock
Cam position sensor connector [14]
Terminal pin
Electronic control module (ECM)
Spark plug (2)
Rear spark plug cable
Mounting fastener
Ignition coil
Front spark plug cable
Engine mount
Gearcase cover
Seal
Trigger rotor
Trigger rotor bolt
Cam position sensor
Inner cover
11
10
12
13
9
8
14
15
7
6
5
16
17
18
3
4
2
19
20
1
b0990x4x
Figure 4-179. Ignition Components
4-92
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
Diode #1
7.5A
7.5A
11
17
18
23
24
5
Cooling Fan
7.5A
Ignition
15A
Accessory
7.5A
ECM
7.5A
Lights
15A
Key Switch
15A
Brake/Horn
15A
Spare
7.5A
Diode #1
Diode #2
Spare
15A
6
15A
BLACK
15A
1
2
3
4
5
6
Y/BN
R/BK
Y/BE
DYNO LOOP
[134B]
R/W
LT.GN/GY
BK/W
R
R
R
R
Y
R
GY/O
TN/LTGN
TN/Y
TN/Y
[39A]
Unused
Battery
Neutral
Left Turn
Right Turn
High Beam
Check Engine
Oil Pressure
Unused
Unused
Unused
Ignition
Ground
Tach In
Low Fuel Warning
Vss In
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
#1 CYLINDER TRIGGER WIRE
1
2
3
4
5
6
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
[134A]
BANK
ANGLE
SENSOR
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
23
24
24
[61B]
TN/W
TN/LTGN
TN/LTGN
[10B]
LT.GN/GY
BK
[39B]
W
BK
BK/Y
R
TN/Y
[95B]
[22B]
[22A]
W/BK
GY/O
1
2
1
2
TN/LTGN
BK
[95A]
CLUTCH SWITCH
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
TO RH CONTROLS
W/BK
GY
[33A]
1
R
2
R/BK 3
4
R
[33B]
1 R
2
3 R/BK
4
R
5
A
O
4
14
1
3
9
11
13
19
15
R
WIRE COLOR
O
R/BK
[62A]
O
ON
OFF
B
6
TOP VIEW
D
R/GY
O
O
86
85
30
87A
87
7
86
85
30
87A
87
2
8
10
1
9
9
5
5
4
14
19
15
11
KEY SWITCH
IGNITION
R/BK
R/BK
BK
R
W/BK
TN/W
TN/W
GY/O
GY/O
GY
[84B]
AB
A B
START
[85B]
[85A]
[84A]
AB
A B
REAR INJECTOR
FRONT INJECTOR
[62B]
RELAY CENTER
R
O
C
IGNITION SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM
KEY POSITION
LOCK
IGNITION
PARK
1
2
3
4
[91A]
LT.GN/R
BK
V/R
GY
TO DATA LINK
BK
BK
[GRD3]
1
2
3
4
[38HA]
[38B]
Y
BK
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
[90B]
PK/Y
[38HB]
BK
Y
BK
1
COOLING FAN
[38LB]
Y/BN
BK
[97A]
1
2
HEADLIGHT
SUB-HARNESS
[38LA]
1
2
3
4
TO HEADLAMP
Y/BN
BK/O
[97B]
H3-55W
HI AND LO
BEAMS
Y
BK
[38A]
[GRD1]
[90A]
C
B
A
1
2
[83A]
V/GY
A
B
C
1
1
2
1
[88B]
OXYGEN
SENSOR
SPARK
PLUGS
IAT
CAM POSITION
SENSOR
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
LOW
FUEL
SENSOR
MTR
FUEL PUMP
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
[137A]
A
B
C
[89A]
LT.GN/Y
BK/W
SIDESTAND
SWITCH
1
2
[14A]
R/W
GN/W
BK/W
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
[133B]
IGNITION
COIL
[88A]
1
2
A
B
C
LT.GN/Y
BK/W
C
B
A
[89B]
GY
W
BK
TN/Y
[131A]
BK
BN/Y
GY
[86B]
[65A]
A
B
C
D
R/W
V/Y
BK/W
[137B]
C
B
A
BK
TN/W
HEAD TEMP SENSOR
1
Y/BE
GY
BE/O
[83B]
R/W
GN/W
BK/W
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
1
2
[14B]
A
B
C
TN/Y
[133A]
GY
W
BK/W
[65B]
[131B]
BK
BN/Y
GY
[86A]
[5A]
R/Y
R
30A MAIN FUSE
[GRD2]
BATTERY
1 2
12
10
16
22
4
2
3
8
9
14
15
21
1
7
20
13
TOP VIEW
19
Diode #2
IGNITION SWITCH
GY
[11B]
GY
BK
BN/Y
BK/Y
W/Y
Y/BE
BE/O
GN/GY
TO FUSE & DIODE ASSY
[10A]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Ignition
R/W
V/Y
GN/W
V/GY
Y
BK/O
BK/W
W
PK/Y
LT.GN/Y
LT.GN/R
V/R
W/Y
GRAY
GY
GN/GY
[11A]
Switched Ignition
System Ground A
Fuel Pump
Check Engine Lamp
Injector Front
Front Coil Primary
Rear Coil Primary
Injector Rear
Unused
Bank Angle Sensor Input
System Ground B
Tachometer
ECM
ECM
Cooling Fan
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Key Switch
bd0002xx
KEY SWITCH
5V Sensor Power
Throttle Position Sensor
Camshaft Position Sensor
Oxygen Sensor
Keep Alive
Fan Control
Sensor Ground
Vehicle Speed Sensor
Engine Temperature
Intake Air Temperature
Serial Data Receive
Serial Data Transmit
HOME
Figure 4-180. Ignition System Circuit
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-93
HOME
INSTALLATION
2.
See Figure 4-179. Coat lip of seal with a thin film of clean
engine oil. With the lipped side facing inboard, install
new camshaft oil seal (16) into gearcase cover (15), if
removed. Press seal into position until flush with surface
of timer bore.
Install trigger rotor (17).
a.
Apply LOCTITE THREADLOCKER 243 (blue) to
threads of bolt (18).
b.
Position trigger rotor (17) onto end of camshaft
aligning notch with camshaft slot.
c.
Install bolt to secure rotor. Tighten to 43-53 in-lbs
(5-6 Nm).
Cam
Position
Sensor
Throttle
Position
Sensor
[14]
R/W
[88]
BK/W
GN/W
C B A
A B C
R/W
V/Y
BK/W
1.
b0765x7x
A B C
R/W
BK/W
Install cam position sensor (19) and timer plate studs (4).
Rotate cam position sensor to its previously marked
position to obtain approximate ignition timing.
Route sensor wiring leads and install cable straps. See
7.24 SPROCKET COVER WIRING.
5.
See Figure 4-181. Install sensor wiring terminals into
correct positions in plug end of connector [14]. R/W, GN/
W and BK/W wires of plug end (from cam position sensor) must match same color wires in receptacle end of
connector (from ignition module wiring harness). Install
pin terminals. See B.2 DEUTSCH ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS under B.1 AMP MULTILOCK ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS.
6.
See Figure 4-179. Attach connector [14] (6).
7.
Check ignition timing. See 1.17 IGNITION TIMING.
8.
Tighten timer plate studs (4) to 15-30 in-lbs (2-3 Nm).
9.
Install inner cover (20) using screws (3). Tighten to 12-20
in-lbs (1-2 Nm).
CAUTION
Use only H-D Part No. 8699 rivets to secure outer timing
cover. These rivets are specially designed so that no
rivet end falls off into the timing compartment. Use of
regular rivets can damage ignition system components
and may allow water to enter the timing compartment.
10. Secure timer cover (2) to inner cover using new rivets
(1).
11. Connect negative battery cable.
4-94
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
BK/W
4.
GN/W
R/W
V/Y
GN/W
3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
ECM Connector [11]
Figure 4-181. Connecting Sensor Wires
HOME
IGNITION COIL
TROUBLESHOOTING
4.31
b0675x7x
Follow the troubleshooting procedures listed under 4.8 INITIAL DIAGNOSTIC CHECK if the engine will not start, is difficult to start or runs roughly. Also check condition of spark
plug cables. Insulation on cables may be cracked or damaged allowing high tension current to short to metal parts.
This problem is most noticeable when cables are wet.
1
If poor starting/running condition persists, check resistance of
ignition coil primary and secondary windings using an ohmmeter.
Terminal A
(rear coil)
2
2
1
Terminal B
+12 V
Terminal C
(front coil)
Ignition Coil Primary Circuit Test
1.
Remove ignition coil. See REMOVAL in this section.
2.
Set ohmmeter scale to RX1.
3.
See Figure 4-182. Place multimeter wires on primary coil
windings (1).
4.
Check for primary coil winding resistance.
a.
Normal resistance range is 0.5-0.7 ohms.
b.
See TEST RESULTS if resistance is not within normal operating range.
1
b0993x4x
2
Ignition Coil Secondary Circuit Test
1.
2.
Primary Resistance should be 0.5-0.7 ohms.
Secondary Resistance should be 5.5-7.5K ohms.
1.
Remove ignition coil. See 4.31 IGNITION COIL.
2.
Set ohmmeter scale to RX1K.
3.
See Figure 4-182. Place multimeter wires on secondary
coil windings (2).
Ignition Coil Substitution
4.
Check for secondary coil winding resistance.
If a coil tester is not available, use the following test.
a.
Normal resistance range is 5.5-7.5K ohms.
NOTE
Coil will function without being attached to frame.
b.
See TEST RESULTS if resistance is not within normal operating range.
1.
Substitute a new ignition coil by attaching it to any convenient point near the old coil. Transfer terminal wires to
new coil.
2.
Attach new spark plug cables to coil and plugs.
3.
Test system. If ignition trouble is eliminated by the temporary installation of a new coil, carefully inspect old coil
and cables for damage. The insulation on the cables may
be cracked or otherwise damaged allowing high tension
current to short to metal parts. This is most noticeable in
wet weather or after the motorcycle has been washed.
Test Results
1.
A low resistance value indicates a short in the coil winding. Replace coil.
2.
A high resistance value might indicate that there is some
corrosion/oxidation of the coil terminals. Clean the terminals and repeat resistance test. If resistance is still high
after cleaning terminals, replace coil.
3.
An infinite ohms (∞ or no continuity) resistance value
indicates an open circuit (a break in the coil winding).
Replace coil.
Figure 4-182. Ignition Coil Testing
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-95
HOME
REMOVAL
8843
1WARNING
3
1
4
To protect against accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
1.
Disconnect negative battery cable.
2.
Remove intake cover assembly. See 2.34 INTAKE
COVER ASSEMBLY.
3.
Remove airbox. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
4.
See Figure 4-183. Disconnect the spark plug cables from
the coil plug posts (1, 5).
5.
Detach connector (3) [83].
6.
Remove coil fasteners (2).
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Front cylinder post
Fasteners
Coil connector [83]
Coil
Rear cylinder post
Figure 4-183. Ignition Coil Location
INSTALLATION
NOTE
To ease installation, install spark plug cables to ignition coil
first.
1.
Connect spark plug cables to ignition coil.
2.
See Figure 4-183. Attach coil to frame with fasteners (2).
Tighten to 144-168 in-lbs (16.3-19.0 Nm).
3.
Attach front and rear spark plug cables to ignition coil
posts.
4.
Attach connector (3) [83].
5.
Install ram air scoop assembly. See 2.35 AIR SCOOPS.
6.
Install airbox. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
7.
Install intake cover assembly. See 2.34 INTAKE COVER
ASSEMBLY.
8.
Connect negative battery cable.
5
b0993x4x
2
3
4
5
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rear Cylinder Post
Coil Pin A (rear cylinder)
Coil Pin B (12 VDC)
Coil Pin C (front cylinder)
Front Cylinder Post
Figure 4-184. Ignition Coil
4-96
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
OXYGEN SENSOR
GENERAL
4.32
8467
The oxygen sensor (O2 Sensor), located in the rear header
pipe, monitors oxygen content in the exhaust gas and converts it to a voltage reading. This voltage reading is used by
the ECM to maintain the proper air/fuel ratio during closed
loop operation.
REMOVAL
1WARNING
To protect against accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
1.
Disconnect negative battery cable.
2.
Remove intake cover assembly. See 2.34 INTAKE
COVER ASSEMBLY.
3.
Remove airbox assembly. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
4.
Remove shock absorber. See 2.22 REAR SHOCK
ABSORBER.
5.
Remove cooling fan. See 4.37 COOLING FAN
6.
See Figure 4-186. Remove cable straps (2). Unplug 1place connector [137] (1).
7.
Remove oxygen sensor from exhaust header using
Snap-on Part No. YA8875.
INSTALLATION
1.
Apply LOCTITE ANTI-SEIZE LUBRICANT to threads of
sensor. Make sure anti-seize is marked as safe for use
with O2 sensors.
2.
See Figure 4-185. Thread sensor into exhaust header.
Tighten sensor to 40-45 ft-lbs (54-61 Nm).
3.
Install cooling fan. See 4.37 COOLING FAN.
4.
Install shock absorber. See 2.22 REAR SHOCK
ABSORBER.
5.
See Figure 4-186. Connect 1-place connector [137] (1)
to wiring harness.
6.
Install cable straps (2).
7.
Install airbox assembly. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
8.
Install intake cover assembly. See 2.34 INTAKE COVER
ASSEMBLY.
9.
Connect negative battery cable.
Figure 4-185. Installed Oxygen Sensor (shock absorber
removed)
8425a
2
1
1.
2.
Oxygen sensor connector [137]
Cable strap
Figure 4-186. Oxygen Sensor Connector [137]
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-97
HOME
ENGINE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
GENERAL
4.33
b0801x4x
The Engine Temperature Sensor (ET Sensor), located in the
rear cylinder head, monitors the engine temperature close to
the combustion chamber. In addition to aiding the ECM in
monitoring the operation of the engine, it is also used to warn
the operator of potentially damaging temperatures by causing
the CHECK ENGINE lamp to blink during operation.
REMOVAL
1WARNING
To protect against accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
1.
Disconnect negative battery cable.
2.
Remove intake cover assembly. See 2.34 INTAKE
COVER ASSEMBLY.
3.
Remove airbox. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
4.
See Figure 4-188. Remove right upper tie bar fastener
(2). Rotate tie bar to provide access to sensor.
Figure 4-187. Engine Temperature Sensor Location (rear
cylinder)
8425a
1
CAUTION
Do not pull on engine temperature sensor wiring. Excess
strain to sensor wiring will cause sensor damage.
5.
Unplug 1-place ET Sensor connector (1) [90] above rear
cylinder head.
6.
Slide rubber boot up ET sensor wire.
7.
Remove sensor from rear cylinder head using Snap-on
socket M3503B.
2
1.
2.
Engine temperature sensor connector [90]
(approximate location)
Upper tie bar fastener (right side)
Figure 4-188. Engine Temperature Sensor Connector
Approximate Location [90]
4-98
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Do not pull on engine temperature sensor wiring. Excess
strain to sensor wiring will cause sensor damage.
1.
See Figure 4-187. Screw sensor into rear cylinder head.
NOTE
In next step, make sure wire is in cutout portion (slot) of
socket to prevent damage.
2.
Secure sensor with Snap-on socket M3503B. Tighten ET
sensor to 10-14 ft-lbs (14-19 Nm).
NOTE
Orient the rubber boot so the flat on the boot is towards the
left side of the motorcycle.
3.
Push rubber boot down sensor wire towards cylinder
head until it seats in hole on top of ET sensor.
4.
See Figure 4-188. Connect ET sensor 1-place connector
[90] to wiring harness.
5.
Install right upper tie bar fastener (2). Tighten fastener to
25-27 ft-lbs (33.9-36.6 Nm).
6.
Install airbox. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
7.
Install intake cover assembly. See 2.34 INTAKE COVER
ASSEMBLY.
8.
Connect negative battery cable.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
4-99
HOME
BANK ANGLE SENSOR
GENERAL
4.34
8428
The Bank Angle Sensor (BAS), located inside the fairing on
the headlight bracket, provides input to the ECM on vehicle
lean angle. If vehicle lean angle exceeds predetermined bank
angle limit, the Bank Angle Sensor will shut off power to the
ignition and fuel pump.
1
REMOVAL
2
1WARNING
To protect against shock and accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in
death or serious injury.
1.
Disconnect negative battery cable.
2.
Remove front fairing. See 2.37 FRONT FAIRING, WINDSHIELD, AND MIRRORS.
3.
See Figure 4-189. Unplug bank angle sensor connector
[134].
4.
Remove screws and washers to detach sensor from
headlight bracket.
INSTALLATION
1.
Position bank angle sensor on headlight bracket. Make
sure locating post on sensor engages hole in mounting
tab.
2.
Install bank angle sensor to mounting tab with fasteners
and new locknuts. Tighten fastener to 12-36 in-lbs (1.44.1 Nm).
5.
See Figure 4-189. Install bank angle sensor connector
[134].
6.
Install front fairing. See 2.37 FRONT FAIRING, WINDSHIELD, AND MIRRORS.
7.
Connect negative battery cable.
4-100 2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
1.
2.
Bank angle sensor
Headlights
Figure 4-189. Bank Angle Sensor
HOME
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
GENERAL
4.35
8393
The intake air temperature sensor (IAT Sensor), located on
the airbox baseplate, measures the air temperature allowing
the ECM to calculate the density of the air entering the manifold. The IAT is a thermistor type sensor.
REMOVAL
1WARNING
To protect against shock and accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in
death or serious injury.
1.
Disconnect negative battery cable.
2.
See Figure 4-190. Remove airbox cover, filter. Remove
fasteners securing base. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
3.
Raise base and pull IAT sensor from sensor grommet.
4.
Disconnect connector [89] from intake air temperature
sensor.
5.
Inspect sensor grommet for damage and replace as
required.
Figure 4-190. Intake Air Temperature Sensor Installed
INSTALLATION
1.
Connect IAT sensor connector [89] to wiring harness.
2.
Install IAT sensor into grommet on air cleaner base from
underneath.
3.
Install airbox. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
4.
Install negative battery cable.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System 4-101
HOME
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
REMOVAL
1.
Remove airbox. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
2.
See Figure 4-191. Disconnect throttle position sensor
connector [88].
3.
See Figure 4-192. Remove two screws and washers to
detach TP sensor.
4.36
8753
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 4-192. Apply LOCTITE THREADLOCKER
222 (purple) to threads of fasteners.
2.
Install fastener into lower mounting hole of sensor prior
to installation.
3.
Attach TP sensor with both fasteners and washers.
Tighten to 16-20 in-lbs (1.8-2.3 Nm).
4.
See Figure 4-193. Attach throttle position sensor connector [88]. Slots on female connector [88B] must fully
engage tabs on male connector housing [88A].
NOTE
Throttle position sensor can only be calibrated using DIGITAL
TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
5.
Figure 4-191. Throttle Position Sensor Location
b0995x4x
Calibrate throttle position sensor.
Figure 4-192. Throttle Position Sensor
Tab
Tab
b0651x4x
Figure 4-193. Tabs on TP Sensor Connector [88A]
4-102 2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
COOLING FAN
4.37
GENERAL
1WARNING
The XB9R has a computer-controlled cooling fan to assist in
engine cooling during operation in high temperatures. Fan
actuation is controlled by the ECM. See Table 4-59. Cooling
Fan Specifications.
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
6.
Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
Table 4-59. Cooling Fan Specifications
FAN ON
FAN OFF
Key ON
220° C (428° F)
180° C (356° F)
Key OFF
170° C (338° F)
150° C (302° F)
8465
1
2
REMOVAL
1.
3
1
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
1
1WARNING
To protect against shock and accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in
death or serious injury.
2.
Disconnect negative battery cable.
3.
Remove shock absorber. See 2.22 REAR SHOCK
ABSORBER.
4.
See Figure 4-194. Remove cooling fan fasteners (1).
5.
Rotated fan clockwise (looking towards front of vehicle)
to remove.
6.
See Figure 4-195. Disconnect cooling fan connector [97].
1
1.
2.
3.
Cooling fan fasteners
Notch
Cooling fan
Figure 4-194. Cooling Fan
8466
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 4-195. Connect cooling fan connector [97].
NOTES
●
When installing cooling fan (3), be sure wiring, transmission vent hose and fuel line are routed through notch (2)
in fan body.
●
On California models, both fuel tank and canister vent
hoses are routed through notch in fan body.
2.
Install fan and rotate counter-clockwise into position.
3.
Install cooling fan fasteners. Tighten to 12-36 in-lbs (1.44.1 Nm).
4.
Install shock absorber. See 2.22 REAR SHOCK
ABSORBER.
5.
Connect negative battery cable.
Figure 4-195. Cooling Fan Connector [97]
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System 4-103
HOME
FUEL PUMP
GENERAL
4.38
8774
2
The fuel pump is located inside the left rear portion of the fuel
tank/frame.
DRAINING FUEL TANK
1
1WARNING
The gasoline in the fuel supply line downstream of the
fuel pump is under high pressure (49 psi [338 kPa]). To
avoid an uncontrolled discharge or spray of gasoline,
always purge the system of high pressure gas before
servicing fuel pump. Gasoline is extremely flammable
and highly explosive. Inadequate safety precautions
could result in death or serious injury.
1.
Purge the fuel supply line of high pressure gasoline.
a.
See Figure 4-196. Disconnect the 4-place fuel pump
connector (2) [86]. Connector is located inside the
left rear portion of the fuel tank/frame.
b.
With the motorcycle in neutral, start the engine and
allow vehicle to run.
c.
When the engine stalls, press the starter button for 3
seconds to remove any remaining fuel from fuel line.
1WARNING
An open flame or spark may cause a fuel tank explosion
if all traces of fuel are not purged from the tank. Use
extreme caution when servicing fuel tanks. Gasoline is
extremely flammable and highly explosive. Inadequate
safety precautions could result in death or serious injury.
2.
Remove drain plug (5) and drain fuel into appropriate
container. Discard plug.
3.
When fuel tank is empty, replace with new drain plug.
Tighten to 84-108 in-lbs (9.5-12.2 Nm).
4-104 2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
3
4
1
5
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1
Fuel pump fastener
Fuel pump connector [86]
Fuel supply stud
Fuel supply fitting
Drain plug 84-108 in-lbs (9.5-12.2 Nm)
Figure 4-196. Fuel Pump Location
HOME
REMOVAL
b0988x4x
1
PART NO.
B-45657
SPECIALTY TOOL
1.
Remove rider footpeg mounts. See 2.29 FOOTPEG,
HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT.
2.
Remove swingarm. See 2.19 SWINGARM AND BRACE.
3.
Drain fuel tank. See DRAINING FUEL TANK under 4.38
FUEL PUMP.
1WARNING
A small amount of gasoline will drain from the fuel supply fitting, fuel line and fuel pump when removed. Thoroughly wipe up any spilt fuel immediately. Dispose of
rags in a suitable manner. Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive. Inadequate safety precautions
could result in death or serious injury.
4.
See Figure 4-196. Remove fuel line from fuel supply fitting (4).
5.
Remove four fuel pump fasteners (1).
6.
3
Fuel pump puller
4
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
Main body
Washer
Nut
Bolt
Figure 4-197. Fuel Pump Puller
b0987x4x
See Figure 4-197. Assemble fuel pump puller.
a.
Thread nut (3) onto bolt (4).
b.
Slide washer (2) onto bolt.
c.
Insert bolt assembly into hole in main body (1).
7.
See Figure 4-198. Place the main body of the fuel pump
puller over the fuel pump assembly.
8.
Thread bolt into the threaded hole in the center of the
fuel pump assembly until snug.
9.
Thread the nut down the shaft of the bolt until it makes
contact with the main body of the fuel pump puller.
10. Place wrench onto nut and another wrench onto the bolt.
Hold the bolt stationary and turn nut clockwise until fuel
pump is pulled free from frame.
1
2
1.
2.
Turn clockwise
Hold stationary
Figure 4-198. Fuel Pump Removal
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System 4-105
HOME
REPAIR
8775
Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement
1.
Remove fuel pump assembly from tank. See REMOVAL
in this section.
2.
See Figure 4-199. Pry four tabs of clip holding fuel pressure regulator (8) in place. Detach regulator from regulator housing.
3.
Remove and discard O-rings from regulator.
4.
Install new O-rings on regulator. Press new regulator
into place.
5.
Install new regulator clip.
6.
Install fuel pump assembly. See INSTALLATION in this
section.
Low Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
1.
Remove fuel pump assembly from tank. See REMOVAL
in this section.
2.
See Figure 4-200. Disconnect low fuel level sensor connector (4).
3.
Remove clamp (5) securing low fuel level sensor (6) in
place.
4.
Install new sensor.
5.
Install new clamp over sensor.
6.
Attach wire connector.
7.
Install fuel pump assembly. See INSTALLATION in this
section.
7
3
8
6
5
2
11
4
10
9
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Fuel pump connector [86]
Fuel supply stud
Fuel pump assembly
O-rings
Fastener
Fuel screen
Fuel Pump
Fuel pressure regulator
Low fuel pressure regulator
Fuel pump connectors
Low fuel level sensor connector
Figure 4-199. Fuel Pump Assembly (left side)
2
3
4
5
6
Fuel Filter Replacement
1.
Remove fuel pump assembly from tank. See REMOVAL
in this section.
2.
See Figure 4-200. Remove fuel pump clamps (3, 7).
3.
See Figure 4-201. Remove fuel pump clips (1).
4.
Pull regulator housing (2) from fuel pump assembly.
5.
See Figure 4-202. Discard regulator housing o-rings (2).
6.
See Figure 4-200. Remove fuel filter hose from fitting (2)
and remove fuel filter (1).
7.
Install new clamps on fuel filter hose.
8.
Install new fuel filter hose with 90° bend towards fitting (2).
9.
See Figure 4-202. Install new regulator housing o-rings.
7
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8776
Filter
Fitting
Fuel filter clamp
Low fuel level sensor connector
Low fuel level sensor clamp
Low fuel level sensor
Fuel filter clamp
10. Install regulator housing onto fuel pump assembly.
11. See Figure 4-200. Tighten fuel filter clamps (3, 7).
12. See Figure 4-201. Install clips (1) into center grooves.
13. Install fuel pump assembly. See INSTALLATION in this
section.
4-106 2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
Figure 4-200. Fuel Pump Assembly (right side)
HOME
Fuel Screen Replacement
1.
Remove fuel pump assembly from tank. See REMOVAL
in this section.
2.
See Figure 4-200. Remove fuel filter clamp (3). Disconnect hose from fitting (2).
3.
See Figure 4-201. Remove clips (1).
4.
See Figure 4-199. Disconnect fuel pump connectors (10)
and low fuel level sensor connector (11).
5.
Slide fuel pump and fuel filter off of fuel pump assembly.
6.
Pry fuel screen (6) from fuel pump (7).
8777
1
2
NOTE
In next step, make sure that section of screen with most
material faces towards inside of fuel pump assembly.
7.
Install new fuel screen on fuel pump.
8.
Without damaging fuel screen, slide fuel pump onto fuel
pump assembly.
9.
See Figure 4-200. Attach fuel filter hose to fitting (2) with
clamp (3).
10. See Figure 4-201. Install clips (1) into middle grooves.
1
3
1.
2.
3.
11. See Figure 4-199. Connect low fuel level sensor wiring
(11).
Clips
Regulator housing
Regulator
Figure 4-201. Fuel Pump Clips
12. Connect fuel pump connectors (10). Connectors are two
different sizes.
13. Install fuel pump assembly. See INSTALLATION in this
section.
8778
1
Table 4-60. Fuel Pump
Specifications
SPECIFICATION
2
DATA
Pressure Setting
49 PSI
Operating Voltage
13.2 volts
Fuel Delivery
60 LPH @ 45 PSI [310 kPa]
Current Draw
6.0 amps
1
1.
2.
Clip grooves
O-rings
Figure 4-202. Regulator Housing O-rings
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System 4-107
HOME
Fuel Pump Wire Harness Replacement
1.
Remove fuel pump assembly from tank. See REMOVAL
in this section.
2.
See Figure 4-200. Remove fuel filter clamp (3). Disconnect hose from fitting (2).
3.
See Figure 4-201. Remove fuel pump clips (1).
4.
See Figure 4-199. Disconnect fuel pump connector (10)
and low fuel level sensor connector (11).
5.
Slide fuel pump and fuel filter off of fuel pump assembly.
6.
Remove terminals from fuel pump connector [86].
b1043x4x
2
3
NOTE
Note positions of wires in connector for correct assembly.
7.
1
Disassemble fuel pump connector [86].
a.
See Figure 4-203. Remove connector clips (3).
b.
Insert push pin/safety pin (1), into connector as
shown.
c.
Bend terminal tab towards connector pin and pull
wire from opposite side of connector.
d.
Repeat for all wires.
8.
See Figure 4-199. Remove screw (5).
9.
See Figure 4-204. From outer side of fuel pump assembly, push wire harness through assembly.
10. Lubricate new o-rings with clean engine oil. From inner
side of fuel pump assembly, push new wire harness into
assembly.
11. See Figure 4-199. Insert new fastener (5), through
ground wire terminal and secure to fuel pump assembly.
Tighten to 18-22 in-lbs (2.0-2.5 Nm).
NOTE
After installing terminals, pull slightly on wire to make sure it
is seated. If necessary, bend tab on terminal to aid in seating
wire.
12. Install terminals into proper locations of fuel pump connector [86]. Install connector clips.
13. Without pinching fuel screen, slide fuel pump onto fuel
pump assembly.
14. See Figure 4-200. Attach fuel filter hose to fitting (2) with
clamp (3).
15. See Figure 4-201. Install clips (1) into middle grooves.
16. See Figure 4-199. Connect low fuel level sensor connector (11)..
17. Connect fuel pump connectors (10). Connectors are two
different sizes.
18. Install fuel pump assembly. See INSTALLATION in this
section.
4-108 2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
1.
2.
3.
Safety pin
Fuel pump connector
Clips
Figure 4-203. Fuel Pump Connector Disassembly
HOME
INSTALLATION
8780
1.
See Figure 4-199. Replace o-rings (4). Lubricate new orings with clean engine oil.
2.
Install new o-rings on fuel supply stud (2). Larger o-ring
is located in groove closer to fuel pump.
3.
See Figure 4-205. Insert fuel pump into frame until resistance is felt.
4.
Insert four screws (1) through fuel pump and into frame.
CAUTION
Use all four screws to draw fuel pump into frame. Using
less than four screws will damage fuel pump o-rings.
5.
Figure 4-204. Wire Harness Removal Direction
Using crosswise pattern, draw fuel pump into frame by
tightening screws. Final tighten screws to 48-51 in-lbs
(5.4-5.8 Nm).
1WARNING
8774
2
Do NOT overtighten fuel fitting nuts. Overtightening fasteners may result in excessive compression of sealing
components and fuel leakage which could result in death
or serious injury.
6.
Install fuel supply line (3) banjo fitting over fuel supply
stud (4). Install new fastener. Tighten to 120-144 in-lbs
(13.6-16.3 Nm).
7.
Fill tank with a small amount of fuel. Check for leaks.
8.
Connect fuel pump connector [86] (2) and push cable
strap tab into hole in frame.
1
3
4
1
5
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1
Fuel pump fastener
Fuel pump connector [86]
Fuel supply line
Fuel supply stud
Drain plug 90-110 in lbs (10.2-12.4 Nm)
Figure 4-205. Fuel Pump Installation
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System 4-109
HOME
FUEL TANK VENT VALVE
GENERAL
4.39
8774
The vent valve opens to allow gas vapor to escape the fuel
tank and either vent to the atmosphere or to the charcoal
canister on California Models (EVAP-equipped) and closes to
prevent gasoline from leaking out of the fuel tank if the vehicle is tipped at an extreme angle.
1
NOTE
The fuel tank must be drained to perform this service.
2
REMOVAL
1.
Drain fuel tank. See DRAINING FUEL TANK under 4.38
FUEL PUMP.
2.
Remove fuel tank vent line from vent valve.
3.
See Figure 4-207. Remove vent valve fasteners (5).
4.
Remove bracket (4), vent valve (3) and o-ring (2) from
fuel tank/frame (1).
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 4-207. Install new vent valve o-ring (2).
2.
Install vent valve (3) into fuel tank/frame. Vent valve nozzle should be at approximately the 7:00 position.
3.
Install bracket over vent valve. Slot in bracket should line
up with notch in valve.
4.
Loosely install vent valve fasteners (5).
5.
Tighten fasteners to 39-41 in-lbs (4.4-4.6 Nm).
6.
Connect fuel tank vent line to vent valve.
7.
Install airbox. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
8.
Install intake cover assembly. See 2.34 INTAKE COVER
ASSEMBLY.
9.
Connect negative battery cable. Tighten battery terminal
hardware to 60-96 in-lbs (7-11 Nm).
1WARNING
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
10. Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
4-110 2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
1.
2.
Fuel pump connector [86]
Fuel pump drain plug
Figure 4-206. Fuel Pump Drain Screw (swingarm removed
for illustration)
b1000x4x
5
4
2
3
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fuel tank/frame
O-ring
Vent valve
Bracket
Fastener (2)
Figure 4-207. Fuel Tank Vent Valve
HOME
FUEL CAP RETAINING RING
REMOVAL
4.40
8774
NOTE
The fuel tank must be drained to perform this service.
1.
Drain fuel tank. See DRAINING FUEL TANK under 4.38
FUEL PUMP.
2.
Remove fuel filler cap.
3.
See Figure 4-209. Remove fasteners (4) securing fuel
cap retaining ring (3) to fuel filler neck (1).
4.
Remove fuel cap retaining ring and o-ring (2). Discard oring.
1
2
INSTALLATION
1.
Coat new o-ring (2) with thin film of clean engine oil.
2.
Place o-ring into groove in underside of fuel cap retaining
ring (3).
1.
2.
Fuel pump connector [86]
Fuel pump drain plug
Figure 4-208. Fuel Pump Drain Screw (swingarm removed
for illustration)
NOTE
Be sure o-ring remains in groove of fuel cap retaining ring
during installation.
3.
Insert fuel cap retaining ring into fuel filler neck.
4.
Install fasteners (4). Tighten to 17-70 in-lbs (1.9-7.9
Nm).
5.
Install fuel filler cap.
b1039x4x
4
3
2
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fuel filler neck
O-ring
Fuel cap retaining ring
Fastener (5)
Figure 4-209.
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System 4-111
HOME
THROTTLE BODY
GENERAL
4.41
8774
See Figure 4-211. The throttle body consists of the following
components:
●
Fuel supply fitting.
●
Idle speed adjustment screw.
●
Cable bracket.
●
Throttle position sensor.
●
Throttle lever.
Figure 4-210. Fuel Pump connector [86] (swingarm
removed for illustration)
REMOVAL
1WARNING
The gasoline in the fuel supply line downstream of the
fuel pump is under high pressure (49 psi [338 kPa]). To
avoid an uncontrolled discharge or spray of gasoline,
always purge the system of high pressure gas before
servicing throttle body. Gasoline is extremely flammable
and highly explosive. Inadequate safety precautions
could result in death or serious injury.
1.
Purge the fuel supply line of high pressure gasoline.
a.
See Figure 4-210. Disconnect the 4-place fuel pump
connector [86]. Connector is located on the left side,
above the fuel pump.
b.
With the motorcycle in neutral, start the engine and
allow vehicle to run.
c.
When the engine stalls, press the starter button for 3
seconds to remove any remaining fuel from fuel line.
d.
Reconnect fuel pump connector.
2.
Label and detach throttle cables. See 2.23 THROTTLE
CONTROL.
3.
See Figure 4-212. On California models, pull EVAP hose
from fitting (1).
4.
Rotate engine for service. See 3.3 ENGINE ROTATION
FOR SERVICE.
4-112 2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Front fuel injector
Rear fuel injector
Fuel rail fastener (2)
Fuel rail
Throttle position sensor
Throttle Position Sensor fastener (2)
Washer
Velocity stack
Throttle body
Velocity stack fastener (2)
Ring seal
Intake manifold
Intake flange fastener (2)
Intake flange (2)
Intake seal (2)
Intake flange fastener (2, socket)
b1034x4x
8
6
7
5
9
10
4
11
3
12
2
13
14
1
15
16
Figure 4-211. Throttle Body/Intake Manifold Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System 4-113
HOME
5.
Remove assembly from motorcycle.
8756
6.
a.
See Figure 4-213. On primary cover side, loosen but
do not remove the two front and rear intake flange
fasteners (2).
b.
Remove fastener (1) holding manifold to engine
mount.
c.
See Figure 4-214. On gearcase cover side, remove
both intake flange fasteners from cylinder heads.
d.
Slide the throttle body and manifold assembly
through top of bike frame.
2
5
1
3
6
4
See Figure 4-211. Remove intake flanges (14) from
manifold. Remove and discard seals (15).
7
REPAIR
Throttle Position Sensor
See 4.36 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR for removal,
installation and calibration information.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Intake Manifold
1.
See Figure 4-215. Remove upper fuel rail fastener (1).
2.
See Figure 4-211. Separate intake manifold (12) from
throttle body (9). Discard ring seal (11).
3.
Install new ring seal on intake manifold.
4.
Install intake manifold on throttle body.
5.
See Figure 4-215. Apply a drop of LOCTITE THREADLOCKER 222 (purple) to threads of fuel rail fastener (1).
6.
Install fastener. Tighten to 24-28 in-lbs (2.7-3.2 Nm).
EVAP hose fitting
Velocity stack bracket
Throttle control cable attachment
Idle control cable attachment
Throttle control cable slot
Idle control cable slot
Idle adjuster cable
Figure 4-212. Throttle Cable Bracket (Typical)
8750
1
2
Fuel Injectors
1.
Remove throttle body. See REMOVAL in this section.
2.
Separate fuel rail assembly from intake manifold.
3.
a.
See Figure 4-215. Remove both injector clips (4).
b.
Remove fuel rail fasteners (1, 6) that hold the fuel
rail to the throttle body and manifold.
c.
Separate fuel rail from injectors (2, 5) by gently rocking the fuel rail and pulling it away from the injectors.
Remove fuel injectors (2, 5) from manifold by gently rocking and pulling it away from the manifold.
4-114 2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
1.
2.
Manifold to engine mount fastener
Intake flange fastener (2)
Figure 4-213. Intake Manifold (primary side)
HOME
1WARNING
8752
Do not use any injector that has damaged or deformed
O-rings. Damaged O-rings may leak gasoline. Gasoline is
extremely flammable and highly explosive. Use of damaged O-rings could result in death or serious injury.
4.
Inspect all injector O-rings for cuts, tears or general deterioration. Replace injector if O-rings have been damaged
or have taken a definite set.
5.
Apply a thin coat of clean engine oil to top and bottom
injector O-rings.
6.
See Figure 4-215. Install fuel injectors.
a.
Install both injectors (2, 5) into intake manifold.
b.
Press the fuel rail assembly (3) onto the top of the
injectors.
c.
Apply a drop of LOCTITE THREADLOCKER 222
(purple) to threads of fuel rail fasteners (1, 6).
d.
Secure the fuel rail to the throttle body and manifold
with fasteners. Tighten to 24-28 in-lbs (2.7-3.2 Nm).
Figure 4-214. Intake Manifold fasteners (gearcase cover
side)
8758
7.
3
4
Snap the injector clips (4) over the flange on the fuel rail
outlet and into the top grove in the injector.
Testing
1.
Remove intake cover assembly. See 2.34 INTAKE
COVER ASSEMBLY.
2.
Remove airbox cover. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
3.
Conduct test.
a.
Turn key ON for two seconds.
b.
Turn key OFF for two seconds.
c.
Repeat Steps A and B five consecutive times.
d.
Open throttle, replace fuel injectors if there is any
evidence of raw fuel in throttle body manifold.
4.
Install airbox cover. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
5.
Install intake cover assembly. See 2.34 INTAKE COVER
ASSEMBLY.
2
5
1
6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Upper fuel rail fastener
Rear fuel injector
Fuel rail assembly
Clip (2)
Front fuel injector
Lower fuel rail fastener
Figure 4-215. Fuel Injectors
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System 4-115
HOME
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 4-216. Install front and rear intake flanges
onto manifold with the counterbore facing out. Each
intake flange is labeled and the pieces are not interchangeable.
2.
Place a new seal in each intake flange with the beveled
side against the counterbore.
3.
6954
1
2
Install throttle body/intake manifold assembly.
a.
See Figure 4-213. Slide the assembly toward
installed position. Manifold should slide over fasteners (2) on primary cover side of engine.
b.
Align holes in intake flanges with those in cylinder
heads and start screws.
c.
Make sure throttle body is centered between cylinders and tighten all intake flange screws to 6-10 ftlbs (8-14 Nm).
4.
Rotate engine into installed position. See 3.3 ENGINE
ROTATION FOR SERVICE.
5.
Attach throttle cables. See 2.23 THROTTLE CONTROL.
6.
Attach wiring.
a.
Injector cables are tagged F(ront) and R(ear) for
ease of assembly. Push connector halves together
until latches “click.” Grooves in female connector
must align with the tabs in male housing.
b.
Connect throttle position sensor by pushing the connector halves together. Slots on female connector
must fully engage tabs on male connector housing.
7.
Connect EVAP hose to port at bottom of throttle body
(California models only).
8.
Calibrate throttle position sensor if removed or replaced.
See 4.36 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR.
9.
Install airbox. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
10. Check throttle cable adjustment. See 2.23 THROTTLE
CONTROL.
4-116 2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
1.
2.
Label (F=front intake)
Counterbore
Figure 4-216. Intake Flanges
HOME
INTAKE LEAK TEST
GENERAL
4.42
9648
1DANGER
Propane is an extremely flammable liquid and vapor.
Vapor may cause flash fire. Keep away from heat, sparks
and flame. Keep container closed. Use only with adequate ventilation.
1WARNING
Read all directions and warnings on propane bottle. Failure to follow all directions and warnings on bottle could
result in death or serious injury.
●
To prevent false readings, keep airbox cover installed
when performing test.
●
Do not direct propane into air scoop, false readings will
result.
Figure 4-217. Nozzle
9649
1
LEAK TESTER
4
3
Parts List
●
Standard 14oz. propane cylinder.
●
SNAP-ON YA7148 Propane Enrichment Kit.
●
12 in. (304 mm) long-1/4 in. (6mm) diameter copper tubing.
5
2
6
Tester Assembly
1.
Cut rubber hose from kit to 18 in. (457 mm) in length.
2.
See Figure 4-217. Flatten one end of copper tube to form
a nozzle.
3.
Insert round side of copper tube into end of tubing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Nozzle
Copper Tube
Hose
Valve
Knob
Propane bottle
Figure 4-218. Leak Tester
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System 4-117
HOME
INTAKE LEAK TEST
1.
Start engine.
2.
Warm engine to operating temperature.
3.
See Figure 4-218. Turn knob (5) counterclockwise to
open propane bottle (6).
1DANGER
Propane is an extremely flammable liquid and vapor.
Vapor may cause flash fire. Keep away from heat, sparks
and flame. Keep container closed. Use only with adequate ventilation.
NOTE
Do not direct propane stream toward front of engine. If propane enters air scoop a false reading will be obtained.
4.
Aim nozzle toward possible sources of leak such as fuel
injectors and intake tract.
5.
Push valve (4) to release propane. Tone of engine will
change when propane enters source of leak.
4-118 2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
AIRBOX
4.43
REMOVAL
1.
Remove intake cover assembly. 2.34 INTAKE COVER
ASSEMBLY.
2.
See Figure 4-219. Remove fuel vent tube (3) from fuel
vapor valve (4) and groove on top of airbox cover (2).
3.
Unlatch six lock tabs (1) and remove airbox cover from
baseplate.
4.
Remove the filter element from baseplate. Inspect and
replace if necessary.
5.
See Figure 4-220. Remove air cleaner baseplate.
a.
Remove four fasteners (1) and raise baseplate (4).
b.
Disconnect longer breather hose from baseplate
(pull out from bottom).
c.
Disconnect shorter breather hose from PVC valve
located on top of rear cylinder.
d.
Remove IAT sensor (2) from grommet on bottom of
baseplate.
e.
Lift baseplate off of frame, carefully disengaging
baseplate from rubber sealing ring (8) on velocity
stack (7).
f.
Remove baseplate from motorcycle.
8372
2
3
4
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
Lock tab (6)
Airbox cover
Fuel vent tube
Fuel vent valve
Figure 4-219. Airbox Cover
8373
4
INSPECTION
1.
Inspect air cleaner. Check for dirt, torn filter material and
general condition. Replace if necessary.
2.
Inspect inside of backing plate and cover. Remove any
dirt or debris.
3.
Inspect condition of velocity stack and velocity stack
sealing ring, If torn or damaged, replace.
4.
Inspect IAT sensor and replace if faulty. See 4.35
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
5.
Inspect breather hoses, intake air temperature sensor
grommet and baseplate gasket (3). Replace as necessary.
5
3
1
6
7
2
8
1
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Fasteners
Intake air temperature sensor (IAT)
Gasket
Baseplate
Intake snorkel
Breather hoses
Velocity stack
Velocity stack sealing ring
Figure 4-220. baseplate
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System 4-119
HOME
INSTALLATION
baseplate. Baseplate should be sandwiched between
upper and lower rubber sealing rings.
1.
See Figure 4-221. Hold baseplate above mounting position.
2.
Insert IAT sensor into grommet on baseplate from underside.
NOTE
A small amount of soapy water applied to the inside diameter
of grommet will make breather hose installation easier.
6.
Install baseplate to frame with four fasteners and washers (5). Tighten fasteners to 84-120 in-lbs (9.5-13.6
Nm).
7.
Position air cleaner filter on baseplate.
8.
Install airbox to baseplate and latch six latches to secure.
9.
Route vent hose through groove on airbox to vent valve.
10. Install intake cover assembly. See 2.34 INTAKE COVER
ASSEMBLY.
CAUTION
In next step, be sure breather hoses do not extend past
Intake air temperature sensor tower. If hoses extend past
tower, damage to sensor may occur.
3.
Insert longer breather hose into right baseplate grommet
from underside.
4.
Attach shorter breather hose onto crankcase breather
located on top of rear cylinder.
5.
Carefully lower baseplate into mounting position. Ensure
rubber sealing ring on velocity stack completely engages
1WARNING
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
11. Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
b1030x4x
1
4
5
2
6
3
7
1.
2.
3.
Airbox cover
Air filter
Airbox seal
4.
5.
6.
Intake snorkel
Fasteners
Baseplate
Figure 4-221. Airbox
4-120 2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
7.
8.
8
Rear cylinder breather hose
Front cylinder breather hose
HOME
EVAPORATIVE EMISSIONS CONTROL-CA MODELS
GENERAL
4.44
8817a
1
Buell motorcycles sold in the state of California are equipped
with an evaporative (EVAP) emissions control system. The
EVAP system prevents fuel hydrocarbon vapors from escaping into the atmosphere and is designed to meet the California Air Resource Board (CARB) regulations in effect at the
time of manufacture.
2
3
The EVAP functions in the following manner:
●
●
Hydrocarbon vapors in the fuel tank are directed through
the vent valve and stored in the carbon canister. If the
vehicle is tipped at an abnormal angle, the vent valve
closes to prevent liquid gasoline from leaking out of the
fuel tank through the fuel tank vent hose.
When the engine is running, manifold venturi negative
pressure (vacuum) slowly draws off the hydrocarbon
vapors from the carbon canister through the canister
vent hose. These vapors pass through the throttle body
manifold and are burned as part of normal combustion in
the engine.
TROUBLESHOOTING
1WARNING
Verify that the evaporative emissions system hoses do
not contact hot exhaust or engine parts. The hoses contain flammable vapors that can be ignited if damaged,
which could result in death or serious injury.
The system has been designed to operate with a minimum of
maintenance. Check that all hoses are properly routed and
connected and are not pinched or kinked.
1.
2.
3.
Canister
Fuel tank vent hose (to fuel tank vent valve)
Canister vent hose (to intake manifold)
Figure 4-222. Carbon Canister Installation.
REMOVAL
Vent Valve
1.
Remove vent valve. See 4.39 FUEL TANK VENT VALVE.
2.
If necessary, label fuel tank vent hose at canister fitting
and remove.
Canister
1.
Remove upper tail body work. See 2.36 TAIL FRAME
AND BODY WORK.
2.
See Figure 4-222. The canister assembly mounts behind
the battery in the tail section.
3.
Label and disconnect the fuel tank vent hose (2) and
canister vent hose (3) from the canister.
4.
See Figure 4-224. Remove rear shock absorber reservoir fasteners (2). Move reservoir assembly away from
canister.
5.
Slide canister towards left side of vehicle to disengage
from mounting plate (1).
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System 4-121
HOME
INSTALLATION
8372
2
Vent Valve
3
1WARNING
4
Verify that the fuel tank vent hose does not contact hot
exhaust or engine parts. The hose contains flammable
vapors that can be ignited if damaged, which could result
in death or serious injury.
1.
Install vent valve. See 4.39 FUEL TANK VENT VALVE.
2.
See Figure 4-222. Attach fuel tank vent hose (2) to canister if disconnected.
Canister
NOTE
In next step, be sure canister hose barbs are facing left side
of vehicle and barb holes are facing toward front of vehicle.
1.
See Figure 4-224. Slide canister into position on canister
mounting plate (1).
2.
Place rear shock reservoir assembly (3) into position.
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
Figure 4-223. Airbox Cover
8824
2
NOTE
See Figure 4-225. To ensure proper reservoir mounting, temporarily place upper body work onto tail section and adjust
reservoir placement so adjuster screw (1) aligns with alignment hole (2).
3.
Lock tab (6)
Airbox cover
Fuel tank vent hose
Fuel vent valve
3
1
See Figure 4-224. Install reservoir mounting fasteners
(2). Tighten fasteners to 120-144 in-lbs (13.6-16.3 Nm).
4
1WARNING
Always make sure fuel hoses are seated against the
component they connect to and that hose clamps are
properly tightened and positioned on straight section of
fitting and not on the fitting barb. Failure to comply may
result in fuel leakage which could result in death or serious injury.
NOTE
The barb is the larger outside diameter portion (bump) on the
fuel fitting.
4.
See Figure 4-222. Connect two hoses to the canister.
Make sure to push hoses all the way on to carbon canister fittings.
5.
Install upper tail body work. See 2.36 TAIL FRAME AND
BODY WORK.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Mounting plate
Rear shock reservoir fasteners (2)
Rear shock reservoir
Battery
Figure 4-224. Carbon Canister Mounting
8354
2
1
1.
2.
Adjuster screw
Adjuster screw alignment hole
Figure 4-225. Adjuster Screw Alignment
4-122 2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
HOME
HOSE ROUTING
8756
Both fuel tank and canister vent hoses are routed through
notch in fan body.
NOTE
For information on vent hose routing, see D.1 HOSE AND
WIRE ROUTING.
1WARNING
Always make sure fuel hoses are seated against the
component they connect to and that hose clamps are
properly tightened and positioned on straight section of
fitting and not on the fitting barb. Failure to comply may
result in fuel leakage which could result in death or serious injury.
Figure 4-226. Emissions Hose Attachment, California
Modesl Only
2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System 4-123
HOME
NOTES
4-124 2003 Buell XB9R: Fuel System
Table Of Contents
SUBJECT
ELECTRIC STARTER
PAGE NO.
5.1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2 Electric Starter System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3 Starting System Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4 Starter Activation Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6 Starter System Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.8 Starter Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1
5-2
5-4
5-8
5-9
5-11
5-12
5-21
5
HOME
SPECIFICATIONS
5.1
Table 5-1. Starter Specifications
Table 5-2. Service Wear Specifications
STARTER
Free Speed
3000 RPM (min.) @ 11.5 V
Free Current
90 amp (max.) @ 11.5 V
Stall Current
400 amp (max.) @ 2.4 V
Stall Torque
8 ft-lbs (11 Nm) (min.) @ 2.4 V
SERVICE
WEAR LIMITS
IN.
MM
Brush Length (minimum)
0.433
11.0
Commutator Diameter
(minimum)
1.141
28.981
TORQUE VALUES
ITEM
TORQUE
NOTES
Starter battery positive cable
Nut
60-85 in-lbs
7-10 Nm
page 5-19
Starter mounting bolts
13-20 ft-lbs
18-27 Nm
page 5-19
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
5-1
HOME
ELECTRIC STARTER SYSTEM
5.2
GENERAL
OPERATION
The starter is made up of an armature, field winding assembly, solenoid, drive assembly, idler gear and drive housing.
See Figure 5-1. When the starter switch is pushed, the starter
relay is activated and battery current flows into the pull-in
winding (10) and the hold-in winding (11), to ground.
The starter motor torque is increased through gear reduction.
The gear reduction consists of the drive pinion on the armature, an idler gear and a clutch gear in the drive housing. The
idler gear is supported by rollers. The clutch gear is part of
the overrunning clutch/drive assembly.
The overrunning clutch is the part which engages and drives
the clutch ring gear. It also prevents the starter from overrunning. The field windings are connected in series with the
armature through brushes and commutator segments.
Wiring Diagrams
For additional information concerning the starting system circuit, see the wiring diagram at the end of Section 7, ELECTRICAL.
Starter Relay
The starter relay is not repairable. Replace the unit if it fails.
Starter Interlock
See 7.5 STARTER INTERLOCK for operation and troubleshooting information.
5-2
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
The magnetic forces of the pull-in and hold-in windings in the
solenoid push the plunger (7) causing it to shift to the left.
This action engages the pinion gear (1) with the clutch ring
gear (13). At the same time, the main solenoid contacts (8)
are closed, so battery current flows directly through the field
windings (3) to the armature (4) and to ground. Simultaneously, the pull-in winding (10) is shorted.
The current continues flowing through the hold-in winding
(11) keeping the main solenoid contacts (8) closed. At this
point, the starter begins to crank the engine.
After the engine has started, the pinion gear (1) turns freely
on the pinion shaft through the action of the overrunning
clutch (12). The overrunning clutch prevents the clutch ring
gear (13) (which is now rotating under power from the
engine) from turning the armature (4) too fast.
When the starter switch is released, the current of the hold-in
winding (11) is fed through the main solenoid contacts (8)
and the direction of the current in the pull-in winding (10) is
reversed. The solenoid plunger (7) is returned to its original
position by the return spring, which causes the pinion gear
(1) to disengage from the clutch ring gear (13).
HOME
4
b0164a5x
5
3
6
Starter at moment
starter switch is closed
2
1
7
8
11
10
12
13
9
Starting circuit-see
wiring diagram
4
5
3
6
Starter during
cranking
2
1
7
8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Pinion gear
Idler gear
Field winding
Armature
Brush
Ball bearing
Solenoid plunger
Main solenoid contacts
Battery
Pull-in winding
Hold-in winding
Overrunning clutch
Clutch ring gear
11
10
12
13
9
Starting circuit-see
wiring diagram
Figure 5-1. Starter Operation
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
5-3
HOME
STARTING SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS
DIAGNOSTICS
1.
2.
3.
5.3
Motor terminal
Battery terminal
Relay terminal
Diagnostic Notes
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers on the starter system flow charts.
1.
2.
3
See VOLTAGE DROPS under 5.5 DIAGNOSTICS/
TROUBLESHOOTING.
1
Remove starter motor and connect jumper wires as
described in FREE RUNNING CURRENT DRAW TEST
under 5.7 STARTER.
2
d0361x5x
3.
Take measurement with connector mated.
4.
See DIAGNOSTICS in 7.5 STARTER INTERLOCK.
5.
See STARTER CURRENT DRAW TEST under 5.6
STARTER SYSTEM TESTING.
6.
See FREE RUNNING CURRENT DRAW TEST.
Figure 5-2. Starter Terminals
Starter Test 1
Check battery using visual inspection,
voltage test and load test.
Check connections at battery and starter
components. Is system operational?
5822
YES
YES
YES
NO
STARTER
RUNS ON.
STARTER
SPINS, BUT
DOES NOT
ENGAGE.
STARTER
STALLS OR
SPINS TOO
SLOWLY.
Check for audible
clicking noise.
Disconnect solenoid relay terminal from solenoid. Is 12V
present on GN wire with starter
button not pressed?
See Starter Test 5: Starter
Spins, But Does Not Engage.
See Starter Test 6: Starter
Stalls or Spins Too Slowly.
Solenoid clicks. See Starter
Test 2: Solenoid Clicks.
YES
NO
Is 12V present on starter relay
Terminal 86 with starter button
not pressed?
Replace
solenoid.
OR
Relay clicks. See
Starter Test 3: Relay Clicks.
5845
OR
NO
YES
Replace
right handlebar
switchgear.
5818
5-4
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
Replace
starter relay.
5832
Nothing clicks. See Starter
Test 4: Nothing Clicks.
HOME
Starter Test 2: Solenoid Clicks
Perform voltage drop tests between
battery and relay terminal on solenoid.
Less than 1.0 volt?
YES
1
NO
Perform voltage drop tests from
battery positive to starter motor
terminal. Crank engine. Voltage
greater than 1 volt?
21
Backtrack to pinpoint poor
connections or relay contact
problems using voltage drop
tests.
5823
YES
1
NO
Perform voltage drop tests from
battery positive to starter battery
terminal. Crank engine. Voltage
greater than 1 volt?
Perform voltage drop tests
between battery negative and
starter studs or bolts. Voltage
greater than 1 volt?
1
STOP
NO
YES
NO
YES
Repair connection
between battery and
starter.
Repair or replace
solenoid (contacts).
Clean ground
connections.
5845
Go to Starter Test 3: Relay
Clicks. Begin with box
marked with bold asterisk.
5824
5824
Starter Test 3: Relay Clicks
Test for voltage at solenoid relay terminal
on starter. Is 12V present when
starter button is pressed?
YES
2
NO
Does starter motor
turn if jumped?
*
Test for voltage to relay. Is 12V
present on relay terminal 30?
YES
NO
YES
NO
Replace
solenoid.
Test starter motor for
opens, shorts or
grounds. Replace or
repair starter motor.
Test for voltage from relay.
Is 12V present on relay
Terminal 87 when starter
button is pressed?
Repair open on R/BK
wire feeding Terminal 30
on starter relay.
YES
NO
Repair open on
GN wire between relay
and solenoid.
Replace
starter relay.
5827
5860
5817
5832
5827
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
5-5
HOME
Starter Test 4: Nothing Clicks
Check for battery voltage at starter
relay Terminal 86 from starter button.
Battery voltage present?
YES
NO
Check for ground at
relay Terminal 85.
Ground present?
3
YES
YES
NO
Substitute
Substitute good
good
starter
relay orrelay
test or
relay.
test
relay.
5832
4
Inspect Starter
Interlock Circuit
or Correct
Relay Ground.
Check for battery voltage from
starter button (BK/R wire at
connector [22]). Battery voltage
present with starter button pressed?
NO
3
Repair wiring
from starter
button to relay.
Check for battery voltage to starter
button (W/BK wire at connector [22]).
Battery voltage present?
5831
5828
YES
NO
Replace right handlebar switchgear.
5816
5-6
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
Repair wiring to
starter button.
5831
HOME
Starter Test 5: Starter Spins, But Does Not Engage
Remove starter. Disassemble drive housing
assembly. Inspect for damage to armature
gear or idler gear. Damage present?
YES
NO
Replace damaged idler
gear and armature.
Starter clutch failure.
Replace starter clutch.
5825
5837
Starter Test 6: Starter Stalls or Spins Too Slowly
1
1
Perform voltage drop tests from battery
positive to starter motor terminal. Crank
engine. Voltage greater than 1 volt?
YES
NO
Perform voltage drop tests
between battery positive to
starter battery terminal.
Crank engine.
Voltage greater than 1 volt?
Perform voltage drop tests
between battery negative and
starter studs or bolts.
Voltage greater than 1 volt?
YES
NO
YES
NO
Repair connection
between battery and
starter.
Repair or replace
solenoid (contacts).
Clean ground
connections.
Perform starter motor current
draw test (on vehicle).
4
Perform starter motor free draw
bench test.
5
5835
5845
5824
Are test results within range?
YES
Remove spark plugs while in
5th gear. Rotate rear wheel.
Check for engine, primary
and/or crankshaft bind.
Use appropriate code
NO
Test starter motor for
opens, shorts or grounds.
Replace or repair starter
motor.
5817
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
5-7
HOME
STARTER ACTIVATION CIRCUITS
5.4
b0157a5x
0.1A
0.1A
5
4
ITEM A
0.1A
0.1A
6
0.1A
0.1A
0.1A
0.1A
5
7
9
4
0.1A
8
IDEAL CLOSED
CIRCUIT
6
7
0.1A
0.1A
20A
ITEM B
0.1A
0.1A
9
0.1A
8
20A
10
0.1A
10
0.1A
3
3
OV
20A
15A
20A
15A
VDC
2
1
11
150A
12
11
2
1
150A
150A
150A
ITEM C
0.1A
0.1A
5
4
0.1A
GROUND CIRCUIT
6
0.1A
3
8
4
0.1A
20A
0.1A
0.1A
12V
7
0.1A
0.1A
8
3
VDC
20A
10
OV
20A
150A
11
150A
6.
Battery
Main fuse (30 A)
Key switch fuse
Key switch
Run/Stop switch
7.
8.
9.
12
11
2
1
Ignition relay (used for junction
purposes only)
Ignition fuse
Key switch relay
Start switch
150A
10. Start relay
11. Solenoid
12. Starter
Figure 5-3. Typical Circuity. Refer to wiring diagrams for more information.
5-8
9
15A
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6
VDC
20A
15A
1
0.1A
5
9
10
0.1A
0.1A
0.1A
7
0.1A
ITEM D
OPEN CIRCUIT
0.1A
0.1A
12
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
150A
12
HOME
DIAGNOSTICS/TROUBLESHOOTING
GENERAL
5.5
6.
Typically, a good circuit will drop less than 1 volt.
7.
If the voltage drop is greater, back track through the connections until the source of the potential difference is
found. The benefit of doing it this way is speed.
Follow the 5.3 STARTING SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS diagram to
diagnose starting system problems. The VOLTAGE DROPS
procedure below will help you to locate poor connections or
components with excessive voltage drops.
a.
Readings aren’t as sensitive to real battery voltage.
b.
Readings show the actual voltage dropped, not just
the presence of voltage.
VOLTAGE DROPS
c.
Check the integrity of all wiring, switches, fuses and connectors between the source and destination.
This tests the system as it is actually being used. It
is more accurate and will display hard to find poor
connections.
d.
This approach can be used on lighting circuits, ignition circuits, etc. Start from most positive and go to
most negative (the destination or component).
The voltage drop test measures the difference in potential or
the actual voltage dropped between the source and destination.
1.
See ITEM A in Figure 5-3. Attach your red meter lead to
the most positive part of the circuit, which in this case
would be the positive post of the battery (1).
2.
See ITEM B in Figure 5-3. Attach the black meter lead to
the final destination or component in the circuit (solenoid
terminal from relay).
3.
Activate the starter and observe the meter reading. The
meter will read the voltage dropped or the difference in
potential between the source and destination.
4.
An ideal circuit’s voltage drop would be 0 volts or no voltage dropped, meaning no difference in potential.
5.
See ITEM C in Figure 5-3. An open circuit should read
12 volts, displaying all the voltage dropped, and the
entire difference in potential displayed on the meter.
8.
See ITEM D in Figure 5-3. The negative or ground circuit
can be checked as well.
a.
Place the negative lead on the most negative part of
the circuit (or the negative battery post). Remember,
there is nothing more negative than the negative
post of the battery.
b.
Place the positive lead to the ground you wish to
check.
c.
Activate the circuit. This will allow you to read the
potential difference or voltage dropped on the negative or ground circuit. This technique is very effective
for identifying poor grounds due to powdered paint.
Even the slightest connection may cause an ohmmeter to give a good reading. However, when sufficient current is passed through, the resistance
caused by the powdered paint will cause a voltage
drop or potential difference in the ground circuit.
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
5-9
11
18
24
Diode #2
Ignition
15A
Accessory
7.5A
Lights
15A
Cooling Fan
7.5A
Key Switch
15A
ECM
7.5A
Brake/Horn
15A
Spare
7.5A
Diode #1
6
5
4
Spare
15A
12
16
3
9
10
15
17
21
2
8
23
14
20
1
7
22
13
TOP VIEW
15A
Ignition
19
15A
Key Switch
HOME
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
23
24
24
[61B]
R
R
GY/O
TN/Y
TN/LT.GN
R/BK
TN/W
TN/LT.GN
TN/LT.GN
TO FUSE & DIODE ASSY
[95B]
1
2
1
2
TN/LTGN
BK
[95A]
CLUTCH SWITCH
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
[22A]
BK/R
W/BK
W/BK
GY/O
R
R
R/BK
R
4
14
15
5
7
2
8
10
6
R
WIRE COLOR
TOP VIEW
[33B]
1
2
3
4
11
13
19
1
2
3
4
1
3
9
[33A]
R/BK
R
O
ON
OFF
LOCK
R/BK
O
B
R
O
C
D
KEY SWITCH
IGNITION
R/GY
O
O
TOP VIEW
START
86
85
30
87A
87
86
85
30
87A
87
86
85
30
87A
87
14
11
11
19
15
R/BK
BK
R
R/BK
BK/R
TN/LT.GN
R/BK
GN
7
W/BK
W/BK
TN/W
TN/W
GY/O
GY/O
10
2
6
1
1
9
9
5
5
4
[62B]
RELAY CENTER
[62A]
Figure 5-4. Electric Starting System Circuit
TO RH CONTROLS
[22B]
BK/R
W/BK
W/BK
GY
IGNITION SWITCH
A
O
KEY POSITION
PARK
IGNITION SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM
IGNITION
START
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
KEY SWITCH
5-10
Diode #2
Diode #1
1
2
BK
STARTER
MOTOR
STARTER
SOLENOID
SIDESTAND
SWITCH
[133B]
1
2
[133A]
BK
TN/W
TN/Y
[131A]
[GRD2]
GROUND
TN/Y
[131B]
1
2
30A MAIN FUSE
[5A]
R/Y
R
BK
BATTERY
BATTERY CABLE
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
GN
[128B]
bd0005xx
HOME
STARTER SYSTEM TESTING
“ON-MOTORCYCLE” TESTS
5.6
b1088x5x
Starter Relay Test
Ignition
NOTE
Starter relay test also applies to ignition and key switch
relays.
86
85
1.
See Figure 5-5. Locate starter relay. The relay is
attached to the relay block left of instrument console.
Key Switch
2.
To test relay, proceed to Step 3. If installing a new starter
relay, remove old relay. Install new relay into relay block.
3.
4.
Start
85
87 30
30 87
86
86
87 30
85
See Figure 5-6. Obtain a 12 volt battery and a continuity
tester or ohmmeter.
a.
Pull relay from relay block.
b.
Connect positive battery lead to the 86 terminal.
c.
Connect negative battery lead to the 85 terminal to
energize relay.
d.
Check for continuity between the 30 and 87 terminals. A good relay shows continuity (continuity tester
lamp “on” or a zero ohm reading on the ohmmeter).
A malfunctioning relay will not show continuity and
must be replaced.
Figure 5-5. Relay Block (top view)
b0755x5x
Ohmmeter
If starter relay is functioning properly, proceed to
STARTER CURRENT DRAW TEST.
Starter Current Draw Test
●
NOTES
Engine temperature should be stable and at room temperature.
●
Battery should be fully charged.
Battery
Figure 5-6. Starter Relay Test
See Figure 5-7. Check starter current draw with an induction
ammeter before disconnecting battery. Proceed as follows:
1.
Verify that transmission is in neutral. Disconnect spark
plug wires from spark plug terminals.
2.
Clamp induction ammeter over positive battery cable
next to starter.
3.
With ignition key switch ON, turn engine over by pressing
starter switch while taking a reading on the ammeter.
b0160x5x
Induction
Ammeter
Disregard initial high current reading which is normal
when engine is first turned over.
a.
Typical starter current draw will range between 140180 amperes.
b.
If starter current draw exceeds 180 amperes, then
the problem may be in the starter or starter drive.
Remove starter for further tests. See 5.7 STARTER.
Battery
Figure 5-7. Starter Draw Test
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
5-11
HOME
STARTER
5.7
REMOVAL
1.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
2.
Remove primary cover. See PRIMARY COVER under
6.2 PRIMARY CHAIN.
3.
Remove sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET COVER.
1
b0312x5x
2
1
NOTE
A ball hex driver may be required to gain access to the starter
mounting bolts.
4.
See Figure 5-8. Remove two starter mounting bolts and
washers (1).
5.
See Figure 5-9. Remove fastener with washer (1) (metric).
6.
a.
Remove protective boot.
b.
Remove positive battery cable ring terminal (2).
c.
Detach solenoid wire (3).
1.
2.
Mounting bolts and washers
Starter
Figure 5-8. Starter Mounting
8742
Remove starter and gasket from the gearcase cover side.
2
3
1
1.
2.
3.
Fastener with washer (metric)
Positive battery cable ring terminal
Solenoid wire
Figure 5-9. Starter Wires (Protective Boot Not Shown)
5-12
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
HOME
TESTING ASSEMBLED STARTER
b0439x5x
2
Free Running Current Draw Test
1.
Place starter in vise, using a clean shop towel to prevent
scratches or other damage.
2.
See Figure 5-10. Attach one heavy jumper cable (6
gauge minimum).
3.
4.
5.
a.
To the starter mounting flange (1).
b.
To the negative (-) terminal of a fully charged battery.
Connect a second heavy jumper cable (6 gauge minimum).
a.
To the positive (+) terminal of the battery (2).
b.
To an inductive ammeter (3). Continue on to the battery terminal (4) on the starter solenoid.
5
1
3
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Mounting flange
Battery
Induction ammeter
Battery terminal
Relay terminal
Figure 5-10. Free Running Current Draw Test
Connect a smaller jumper cable (14 gauge minimum).
a.
To the positive (+) terminal of the battery (2).
b.
To the solenoid relay terminal (5).
Check ammeter reading.
a.
Ammeter should show 90 amps maximum.
b.
If reading is higher, disassemble starter for inspection. See 5.7 STARTER.
c.
If starter current draw on vehicle was over 200 amps
and this test was within specification, there may be a
problem with engine or primary drive.
Starter Solenoid
b0161a5x
Motor terminal
Relay terminal
Battery
NOTE
Do not disassemble solenoid. Before testing, disconnect field
wire from motor terminal as shown in Figure 5-11.
CAUTION
Figure 5-11. Pull-In Test
Each test should be performed for only 3-5 seconds to
prevent damage to solenoid.
NOTE
The solenoid Pull-in, Hold-in, and Return tests must be performed together in one continuous operation. Conduct all
three tests one after the other in the sequence given without
interruption.
Solenoid Pull-in Test
1.
2.
See Figure 5-11. Using a 12 volt battery, connect three
separate test leads as follows:
a.
Solenoid housing to negative battery post.
b.
Solenoid motor terminal to negative battery post.
c.
Solenoid relay terminal to positive battery post.
Observe starter pinion.
a.
If starter pinion pulls in strongly, solenoid is working
properly.
b.
If starter pinion does not pull in, replace the solenoid.
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
5-13
HOME
Solenoid Hold-in Test
1.
See Figure 5-12. With test leads still connected in the
manner specified in the previous SOLENOID PULL-IN
TEST, disconnect solenoid motor terminal/battery
negative test lead (B) at negative battery post only;
reconnect loose end of this test lead to positive battery post instead.
2.
b0162a5x
Motor terminal
Relay terminal
Observe starter pinion.
a.
If starter pinion remains in pull-in position, solenoid
is working properly.
b.
If starter pinion does not remain in pull-in position,
replace the solenoid.
Battery
Solenoid Return Test
1.
2.
See Figure 5-13. With test leads still connected in the
manner specified at the end of the previous SOLENOID
HOLD-IN TEST, disconnect solenoid relay terminal/
positive battery post test lead (C) at either end.
Observe starter pinion.
a.
If starter pinion returns to its original position, solenoid is working properly.
b.
If starter pinion does not return to its original position, replace the solenoid.
Figure 5-12. Hold-In Test
b0163a5x
Motor terminal
Relay terminal
Battery
Figure 5-13. Return Test
5-14
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
HOME
DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION AND
REPAIR
1.
See Figure 5-14. Lift rubber boot (1). Remove field wire
nut with washer (2) (metric) to detach field wire (3).
2.
See Figure 5-15. Remove both thru-bolts (1, 3).
3.
Remove both end cover screws with O-rings (2) and end
cover (4).
4.
See Figure 5-16. Use a wire hook to pull upward on
brush springs (3), and lift brushes out of holder (2).
Remove brush holder.
5.
Check brush length. Replace all four brushes if length of
any one brush is less than 0.433 in. (11.0 mm).
NOTE
Brushes not available separately. Purchase a new field frame
(1) and brush holder (2) to replace brushes.
6.
Remove armature (4) and field frame (1).
7.
Place armature in lathe or truing stand and check commutator runout and diameter.
a.
Commutators with more than 0.016 in. (0.406 mm)
of runout should be replaced or machined on a
lathe.
b.
Replace commutators when diameter is less than
1.141 in. (28.981 mm)
c.
Check armature bearings. Replace if necessary.
6007
1
3
2
1.
2.
3.
Rubber boot
Field wire nut with washer (metric)
Field wire
Figure 5-14. Field Wire
6009
3
2
4
1
CAUTION
Do not use sandpaper or emery cloth to remove burrs on
commutator. Otherwise, abrasive grit may remain on
commutator segments; this could lead to excessive
brush wear. Use only the recommended crocus cloth.
NOTE
See Figure 5-17. If an undercutting machine is not available,
undercutting can be done satisfactorily using a thin hacksaw
blade. After undercutting, lightly sand the commutator with
crocus cloth to remove any burrs.
8.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Lower thru-bolt
Screw with O-ring (2)
Upper thru-bolt
End cover
Figure 5-15. Removing the Thru-Bolts
6010
1
Check depth of mica on commutator. If undercut is less
than 0.008 in. (0.203 mm), use an undercutting machine
to undercut the mica to 1/32 in. (0.794 mm) deep. The
slots should then be cleaned to remove any dirt or copper dust.
2
3
5
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Field frame
Brush holder
Brush spring (4)
Armature
Solenoid housing
Figure 5-16. Starter Components
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
5-15
HOME
b0136x5x
Starting groove in mica
with 3 cornered file
Mica must not be left with a
thin edge next to segments
Segments
Mica
WRONG
WAY
Undercutting mica with
piece of hacksaw blade
Mica must be cut away
clean between segments
Segments
RIGHT WAY
Figure 5-17. Undercutting Mica Separators
5-16
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
Mica
HOME
9.
See Figure 5-18. Check for SHORTED ARMATURE with
a growler.
a.
Place armature on growler (1).
b.
Hold a thin steel strip (2) (hacksaw blade) against
armature core and slowly turn armature.
c.
A shorted armature will cause the steel strip to
vibrate and be attracted to the core. Replace
shorted armatures.
1782a
1
2
10. See Figure 5-19. Check for a GROUNDED ARMATURE
with an ohmmeter or continuity tester.
a.
Touch one probe to any commutator segment (1).
b.
Touch the other probe to the armature core (2).
c.
There should be no continuity (infinite ohms). If
there is continuity, then the armature is grounded.
Replace grounded armatures.
11. See Figure 5-20. Check for OPEN ARMATURE with an
ohmmeter or continuity tester.
a.
Check for continuity between all commutator segments (1).
b.
There should be continuity (0 ohms) at all test
points. No continuity at any test point indicates
armature is open and must be replaced.
Figure 5-18. Shorted Armature Test Using Growler
6011
2
1
Figure 5-19. Grounded Armature Test
6012a
1
Figure 5-20. Open Armature Test
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
5-17
HOME
12. See Figure 5-21. Check for GROUNDED FIELD COIL
with an ohmmeter or continuity tester.
a.
Touch one probe to the frame (1).
b.
Touch the other probe to each of the brushes (2)
attached to the field coil.
c.
There should be no continuity (infinite ohms). If
there is any continuity at either brush, then the field
coil(s) are grounded and the field frame must be
replaced.
6013a
2
13. See Figure 5-22. Check for OPEN FIELD COILS with an
ohmmeter or continuity tester.
a.
Touch one probe to the field wire (1).
b.
Touch the other probe to each of the brushes
attached to the field coil(s) (2).
c.
There should be continuity (0 ohms). If there is no
continuity at either brush, then the field coil(s) are
open and the field frame must be replaced.
14. See Figure 5-23. Test BRUSH HOLDER INSULATION
with an ohmmeter or continuity tester.
a.
Touch one probe to holder plate (1).
b.
Touch the other probe to each of the positive (insulated) brush holders (2).
c.
There should be no continuity (infinite ohms). If
there is continuity at either brush holder, replace the
brush holder assembly.
1
Figure 5-21. Grounded Field Test
6014a
2
1
15. See Figure 5-24. Remove two drive housing mounting
screws (6). Remove drive housing (5) from solenoid
housing.
16. Remove drive (1), idler gear (2), idler gear bearing (3),
and O-ring (4) from drive housing (O-ring is located in
drive housing groove).
Figure 5-22. Open Field Test
s0164x5x
2
2
1
Figure 5-23. Brush Holder Insulation Test
5-18
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
HOME
ASSEMBLY
6017
1.
See Figure 5-24. Clean, inspect and lubricate drive
assembly components. Lubricate parts with high temperature grease, such as LUBRIPLATE 110.
2.
See Figure 5-27. When installing drive assembly components, open end of idler bearing cage (15) faces toward
solenoid.
3.
Lubricate armature bearings (8) with high temperature
grease, such as LUBRIPLATE 110. Install armature (6)
and field frame (7) to solenoid housing (11).
5.
Install brushes and brush holder (4).
6.
Install O-rings (23). Attach end cover (3) with end cover
screws and O-rings (2).
7.
Install thru-bolts (1).
8.
Attach field wire (22) to solenoid housing (11) with field
wire nut and washer (24) (metric). Replace rubber boot.
INSTALLATION
2.
6
3
4
2
When installing drive housing (10) to solenoid housing
(11), use new O-ring (16). Be sure to install return spring
(17) and ball (18).
4.
1.
5
1
1.
2.
3.
Drive
Idler gear
Idler gear bearing
4.
5.
6.
O-Ring
Drive housing
Screws
Figure 5-24. Starter Drive Assembly
8742
Install starter and starter gasket from the gearcase cover
side.
See Figure 5-25. Connect wiring to starter.
a.
Connect solenoid wire (3).
b.
Attach positive battery cable ring terminal (2) to stud
with fastener and washer.
c.
Install nut and washer (1) (metric). Tighten nut to 6085 in-lbs (7-10 Nm).
d.
Replace protective boot.
3.
See Figure 5-26. Install both starter mounting bolts and
washers. Tighten to 13-20 ft-lbs (18-27 Nm).
4.
Install sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET COVER.
5.
Install primary cover. See PRIMARY COVER under 6.2
PRIMARY CHAIN.
3
2
1
1.
2.
3.
Fastener with washer (metric)
Positive battery cable ring terminal
Solenoid wire
Figure 5-25. Starter Wires (Protective Boot Not Shown)
1WARNING
1
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
6.
b0312x5x
2
1
Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
1.
2.
Mounting bolts and washers
Starter
Figure 5-26. Starter Mounting
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
5-19
HOME
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Thru-bolt (2)
End cover screw
and O-ring (2)
End cover
Brush holder
Brush spring (4)
Armature
Field frame
Armature bearing (2)
Drive housing
Mounting bolt
Drive housing
Solenoid housing
Drive assembly/
Overrunning clutch
Idler gear
Idler gear roller (5)
Idler gear
Bearing cage
O-ring
Return spring
Ball
Gasket
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
b0004a5x
Washer (2)
Mounting bolt (2)
Field wire
O-ring (2)
Field wire nut
with washer (metric)
2
3
5
23 4
7
1
24
8
23
22
14
13
17
15
6
11
8
18
12
16
9
10
21
19
20
Figure 5-27. Starter Assembly
5-20
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
HOME
STARTER SOLENOID
GENERAL
5.8
b0158x5x
1
CAUTION
2
See Figure 5-28. Do not tighten nut (7) without removing
items (1) through (5). Movement will cause damage to the
contact.
4
5
The starter solenoid is a switch that is designed to open and
close the starting circuit electromagnetically. The switch consists of contacts and a winding around a hollow cylinder containing a movable plunger.
3
7
6
DISASSEMBLY
1.
See Figure 5-28. Remove screws (1) and clip (2).
2.
Remove cover (3) and gasket (4). Discard gasket.
3.
Remove plunger (5) from solenoid housing (6).
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Screw (3)
Clip
Cover
Gasket
Plunger
Solenoid housing
Nut
Figure 5-28. Starter Solenoid
1.
See Figure 5-28. Replace wire connection hardware as
necessary.
2.
Install plunger (5) in solenoid housing (6).
3.
Install new gasket (4) onto cover (3).
4.
Position cover with gasket onto solenoid housing. Install
clip (2) and screws (1).
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
5-21
HOME
NOTES
5-22
2003 Buell XB9R: Starter
Table Of Contents
DRIVE/TRANSMISSION 6
SUBJECT
PAGE NO.
6.1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 Primary Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3 Clutch Release Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4 Primary Drive/Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6 Case Disassembly For Transmission Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7 Transmission Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.8 Transmission Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.9 Main Drive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.10 Transmission Right Case Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.11 Transmission Left Case Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.12 Transmission Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.13 Shifter Shaft Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.14 Transmission Sprocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
6-3
6-7
6-9
6-23
6-24
6-27
6-34
6-36
6-39
6-41
6-42
6-46
6-47
HOME
SPECIFICATIONS
6.1
NOTE
Service wear limits are given as a guideline for measuring
components that are not new. For measurement specifications not given under SERVICE WEAR LIMITS, see NEW
COMPONENTS.
Table 6-1. Primary Drive (Engine-to-transmission)
ITEM
NEW COMPONENTS
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
Engine sprocket – number of teeth
34
N/A
Clutch sprocket – number of teeth
57
N/A
1.60:1
N/A
Ratio*
Table 6-2. Final Drive (Transmission-to-rear Wheel)
ITEM
NEW COMPONENTS
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
Transmission sprocket – number of teeth
30
Inspect at 15,000 mi
Rear wheel sprocket – number of teeth
72
Inspect at 15,000 mi
Secondary drive belt – number of teeth
155
Replace at 15,000 mi
2.40:1
N/A
Ratio
Table 6-3. Transmission
ITEM
NEW COMPONENTS
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
32 fl. oz. (946 ml)
N/A
First gear (low)
12.74
N/A
Second gear
8.77
N/A
Third gear
6.79
N/A
Fourth gear
5.60
N/A
Fifth gear (high)
4.74
N/A
Primary drive / transmission lubricant capacity (approximately)
Overall gear ratios**
* Internal gear ratios indicate number of mainshaft revolutions required to drive output sprocket one revolution.
** Overall gear ratios indicate number of engine revolutions required to drive rear wheel one revolution.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-1
HOME
Table 6-4. Wet Clutch Multiple Disc-clutch Plate Thickness
ITEM
NEW COMPONENTS
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
Friction plate (fiber)
0.0866 + 0.0031 in. (2.200 + 0.079 mm)
N/A
Steel plate
0.0629 + 0.0020 in. (1.598 + 0.051 mm)
N/A
N/A
0.661 in. (16.789 mm) (minimum)
0.0866 + 0.0031
N/A
Clutch pack (in.)
Friction plate (fiber) (in.)
Table 6-5. Wet Clutch Multiple Disc-maximum Allowable Warpage
ITEM
NEW COMPONENTS
SERVICE WEAR LIMITS
Friction plate (fiber)
N/A
0.0059 in. (0.150 mm)
Steel plate
N/A
0.0059 in. (0.150 mm)
TORQUE VALUES
ITEM
TORQUE
NOTES
Clutch inspection cover fasteners
84-108 in-lbs
9.5-12.2 Nm
Tighten in a crosswise pattern, page 6-6
Clutch inspection cover screws
84-108 in-lbs
9.5-12.2 Nm
Tighten crosswise pattern, page 6-8
Clutch mainshaft nut
70-80 ft-lbs
94.9-108.5 Nm
Crankcase 5/16 in. fasteners
15-19 ft-lbs
20.3-25 Nm
LOCTITE 262 , left hand threads, page 6-21
LOCTITE 262 , page 6-45
Engine sprocket nut
190-210 ft-lbs
257.6-284.7 Nm page 6-20
Idler pulley fasteners
33-35 ft-lbs
44.74-47.45 Nm page 6-49
Negative battery cable at battery terminal
60-96 in-lbs
6.8-10.9 Nm
page 6-6
Primary cover bolts
80-110 in-lbs
9.0-12.4 Nm
Follow torque sequence, page 6- 6-6
Primary cover fasteners
80-110 in-lbs
9-12.4 Nm
page 6-6
Primary cover magnetic drain plug
14-30 ft-lbs
19-54 Nm
page 6-6
Rear axle pinch fastener
40-45 ft-lbs
54-61 Nm
page 6-49
Rear axle
48-52 ft-lbs
65-70 Nm
page 6-49
Retention collar screw
13-17 ft-lbs
18-23 Nm
LOCTITE 243 , page 6-46
Shift lever pinch screw
12-14 ft-lbs
16.3-19.0 Nm
Page 6-6
Transmission sprocket nut
See NOTES
See NOTES
LOCTITE 262, left hand threads, special
torque turn method, page 6-48
90-110 in-lbs
10.2-12.4 Nm
Transmission sprocket screws
6-2
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
Replace after 3 removals, page 6-49
HOME
PRIMARY CHAIN
6.2
GENERAL
Since the primary chain runs in lubricant, little service will be
required other than checking lubricant level and chain tension. If, through hard usage, the primary chain does become
worn, it must be replaced. Remove and install the chain following the procedure under 6.4 PRIMARY DRIVE/CLUTCH.
An opening between the primary drive and transmission compartments allows the same lubricant supply to lubricate moving parts in both areas.
b1050x6x
13
12
11
6
5
7
8
9
10
4
14
3
15
17
1
16
18
2
19
20
21
24
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Gasket, primary cover
Shifter bushing
Primary cover
Gasket, clutch cover
Cover, clutch
Screw, sems (5)
Gasket, inspection cover
Cover, inspection
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
23
22
Lever, engine
Screw, engine lever
Pad, rubber shift lever
Linkage assembly, shifter
Bolt, shifter linkage assembly
Bolt, flange head
Sleeve, shift/brake lever
Bearing, pedal (2)
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Bolt
Shifter lever
Oil seal, shifter shaft
Screw, sems (14)
Adjuster assembly
Nut, chain adjustment
O-ring
Drain plug
Figure 6-1. Primary Cover, Primary Chain Adjuster and Shifter Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-3
HOME
REMOVAL
8413
Primary Cover
1.
1
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
3
2
To protect against shock and accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in
death or serious injury.
2.
Disconnect negative battery cable from battery.
3.
Remove chin fairing. See 2.33 CHIN FAIRING.
1.
2.
3.
Outer ramp and hook
Coupling
Cable end
Figure 6-3. Clutch Release Mechanism
8806
2
10. See Figure 6-3. Remove the outer ramp and hook (1)
from the cable end (3) and coupling (2). Remove cable
end from slot in coupling. See 6.3 CLUTCH RELEASE
MECHANISM
3
1
11. Remove screws which secure primary cover. Remove
cover and gasket.
12. Discard gasket.
13. Remove and discard shifter lever oil seal.
14. Clean all parts in a non-volatile cleaning solution or solvent.
6
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
4
Shifter linkage
Primary cover
Clutch inspection cover
Drain plug
Chain adjuster screw
Locknut
Figure 6-2. Removing Primary Cover
4.
See Figure 6-2. Place a drain pan under the engine/primary area. Remove drain plug (4) and drain lubricant
from primary drive.
5.
Remove shifter lever assembly and rubber washer. Do
not scratch primary cover.
NOTE
It is recommended that the shifter shaft seal be replaced
whenever the primary cover is removed.
6.
Add freeplay to clutch cable. See ADJUSTMENT under
1.8 CLUTCH.
7.
See Figure 6-2. Loosen locknut (6). Turn chain adjuster
screw (5) counterclockwise to remove tension on primary
chain.
8.
Remove three TORX screws with washers and clutch
inspection cover.
9.
See Figure 6-2. Remove clutch inspection cover (3).
6-4
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Low pressure compressed air can blow debris into your
face and eyes. Always wear eye protection or a face shield
when using pressurized air. Failure to take adequate
safety precautions could result in death or serious injury.
15. Blow parts dry with low pressure compressed air.
HOME
Primary Chain Adjuster Inspection &
Replacement
NOTE
The primary chain adjuster shoe should be inspected and
measured for wear every 10,000 miles (16,000 km).
NOTE
See Figure 6-5. When measuring the shoe for wear it is necessary to measure from the top surface of the shoe to the
bottom of the chain groove. If the measurement in any one of
the four locations exceeds the listed specifications, the shoe
should be replaced.
b1054x6x
8800
1
2
3
b1051x6x
1
1
2
3
4
.040
.0625
.0625
.040
2
b1052x6x
3
Figure 6-5. Measuring Chain Adjuster Shoe
1.
2.
3.
Shoe, chain adjuster
Chain limiting screw
Chain adjusting nut
Figure 6-4. Primary Chain Adjuster
1.
See Figure 6-4. Remove chain adjusting nut from the
chain limiting screw.
2.
Turn the chain limiting screw clockwise until it can be
removed from the inside of the primary cover along with
the chain adjuster shoe.
3.
See Figure 6-4. Thread chain limiting screw (2), counterclockwise, down through the bottom of the outer primary
cover, on the inside, until it bottoms out.
4.
Install the chain adjusting nut (3) but do not lock down.
5.
Install primary cover. See Primary Cover in 6.2 PRIMARY CHAIN.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-5
HOME
INSTALLATION
9.
Primary Cover
10. Fill transmission to proper level with fresh lubricant. See
PRIMARY DRIVE/ TRANSMISSION FLUID under section 1.5 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM.
1.
Remove foreign material from magnetic drain plug.
Install plug and tighten to 14-30 ft-lbs (19-54 Nm).
2.
Wipe gasket surface clean. Install new gasket on primary cover.
3.
Install primary cover and gasket onto left crankcase half
using mounting bolts.
Adjust primary chain tension. See 6.2 PRIMARY CHAIN.
8806
2
3
1
4
8801
8
7
1
6
9
5
10
4
3
12
13
11
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
Primary cover
Lever, engine
Engine lever pinch screw
Clutch inspection cover
Figure 6-8. Installing Primary Cover
Figure 6-6. Primary Cover Tightening Sequence
4.
See Figure 6-6. Tighten bolts to 80-110 in-lbs (9-12.4
Nm) in sequence shown.
5.
See Figure 6-1. Install new shifter lever oil seal.
11. See Figure 6-8. Install clutch inspection cover (4) with
new gasket and three TORX screws with washers.
Tighten screws in a crosswise pattern to 84-108 in-lbs
(9.5-12.2 Nm).
12. Install rubber washer and shifter lever assembly (2).
13. Tighten engine lever pinch screw (3) to 12-14 ft-lbs 16.319.0 Nm)
b1055x6x
14. Install left footpeg support bracket. See 2.29 FOOTPEG,
HEEL GUARD AND MOUNT.
1
15. Install chin fairing. See 2.33 CHIN FAIRING.
2
11
1WARNING
WARNING
4
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3
Cable end
Coupling
Outer ramp and hook
Lockplate
Spring
Figure 6-7. Clutch Release Mechanism
6.
See Figure 6-7. Fit coupling (2) over cable end (1) with
rounded side inboard and the ramp connector button outboard. With retaining ring side of ramp assembly facing
inward, place hook of ramp (3) around coupling button
and rotate assembly counterclockwise until tang on inner
ramp fits in slot of primary cover.
7.
Thread nut on adjustment screw until slot of screw is
accessible with a screwdriver. Fit nut hex into recess of
outer ramp and turn adjustment screw counterclockwise.
8.
Adjust clutch. See ADJUSTMENT under 1.8 CLUTCH.
6-6
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
Always connect positive battery cable first. If the positive
cable should contact ground with the negative cable
installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
16. Connect negative battery cable to battery terminal.
Tighten fastener to 60-96 in-lbs (6.8-10.9 Nm).
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Pull up on seat to verify that it is properly secured, front
and rear. A loose seat may shift during vehicle operation
and startle the rider, possibly causing loss of vehicle
control resulting in death or serious injury.
17. Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
HOME
CLUTCH RELEASE MECHANISM
6.3
DISASSEMBLY
6.
NOTE
For clutch adjustment procedure, See 1.8 CLUTCH.
Turn adjusting screw clockwise to release ramp and coupling mechanism (7). As the adjusting screw is turned,
ramp assembly moves forward. Unscrew nut (6) from
end of adjusting screw.
7.
Remove hook of ramp from cable end coupling (10).
Remove cable end from slot in coupling.
8.
Remove and discard retaining ring from ramp assembly
to separate inner and outer halves. Remove three balls
from ramp sockets.
1.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
To protect against shock and accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in
death or serious injury.
2.
Disconnect negative battery cable.
3.
Slide rubber boot on clutch cable adjuster upward to
expose adjuster mechanism. Loosen jam nut from
adjuster. Turn adjuster to shorten cable housing until
there is a large amount of freeplay at clutch hand lever.
See 1.8 CLUTCH.
4.
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
See Figure 6-9. Remove three TORX screws with washers and clutch inspection cover.
5.
1.
Thoroughly clean all parts in cleaning solvent.
2.
See Figure 6-9. Inspect three balls of release mechanism and ball socket surfaces of inner and outer ramps
for wear, pitting, surface breakdown and other damage.
Replace parts as necessary.
3.
Check hub fit of inner and outer ramps. Replace ramps if
excessively worn.
4.
Check clutch cable for frayed or worn ends. Replace
cable if damaged or worn.
5.
Change or add transmission fluid if necessary. See 1.8
CLUTCH.
Slide spring (4) with attached screw lockplate (5) from
flats of adjusting screw.
b1057x6x
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
11
10
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
TORX screw with washers (3)
Clutch inspection cover
Clutch cover gasket
Spring
Lockplate
Nut
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Ramp assembly
Adjusting screw assembly
Primary cover
Coupling
Drain plug and o-ring
Figure 6-9. Clutch Release Mechanism
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-7
HOME
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
See Figure 6-10. Assemble inner and outer ramps.
a.
Apply multi-purpose grease to balls and ramps.
b.
Insert balls in sockets of outer ramp.
c.
Install inner ramp on hub of outer ramp with tang
180° from hook of outer ramp.
d.
Install new retaining ring in groove of outer ramp
hub.
a0112x6x
3
2
1
See Figure 6-11. Install ramp assembly.
a.
Fit coupling over cable end with rounded side
inboard, the ramp connector button outboard.
b.
With retaining ring side of ramp assembly facing
inward, place hook of ramp around coupling button.
c.
Rotate assembly counterclockwise until tang on
inner ramp fits in slot of primary cover.
4
5
6
Secure assembly in place.
a.
Thread nut on adjusting screw until slot of screw is
accessible with a screwdriver.
b.
Turn adjusting screw counterclockwise until resistance is felt.
c.
Adjust clutch release mechanism. See 6.3 CLUTCH
RELEASE MECHANISM.
d.
Fit nut hex into recess of outer ramp.
e.
Install clutch adjusting lockplate and spring.
4.
Install clutch inspection cover and new gasket with three
TORX screws with washers. Tighten in a crosswise pattern to 84-108 in-lbs (9.5-12.2 Nm).
5.
Adjust clutch cable. See 1.8 CLUTCH.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Outer ramp
Balls (3)
Tang
Inner ramp
Retaining ring
Hook
Figure 6-10. Inner and Outer Ramp
8413
1
11
1WARNING
WARNING
6
Always connect positive battery cable first. If the positive
cable should contact ground with the negative cable
installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
6.
Connect negative battery cable to battery terminal.
Tighten fastener to 60-96 in-lbs (6.8-10.9 Nm).
7.
Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
5
2
4
3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Outer ramp
Adjusting screw
Coupling
Cable end
Lockplate
Slot in primary cover
Figure 6-11. Nut and Outer Ramp
6-8
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
HOME
PRIMARY DRIVE/CLUTCH
GENERAL
The purpose of the clutch is to smoothly disengage and
engage the engine from the rear wheel for starting, stopping
and shifting gears.
See Figure 6-12. The clutch is a wet, multiple-disc clutch with
steel plates and fiber (friction) plates stacked alternately in
the clutch shell. The pack consists of seven fiber plates,
seven steel plates, one narrow fiber plate, one damper spring
and one damper spring seat. The fiber plates (clutch driving
plates) are keyed to the clutch shell, which is driven by the
engine through the primary chain. The steel plates (clutch
driven plates) are keyed to the clutch hub, which drives the
rear wheel through the transmission and secondary drive
belt.
When the clutch is engaged (clutch lever released), the diaphragm spring applies strong inward force against the pressure plate. The pressure plate then presses the clutch plates
together, allowing no slippage between the plates and caus-
6.4
ing the plates to turn as a single unit. The result is that the
rotational force of the clutch shell is fully transmitted through
the “locked” clutch plates to the clutch hub. As long as the
transmission is set in a forward gear, power from the engine
will be transmitted to the rear wheel.
When the clutch is disengaged (clutch lever pulled to left handlebar grip), the pressure plate is pulled outward (by clutch
cable action) against the diaphragm spring, thereby compressing the diaphragm spring. With the pressure plate
retracted, strong inward force no longer squeezes the clutch
plates together. The fiber plates are now free to rotate at a different relative speed than that of the steel and spring plates
(i.e. – Slippage between the clutch plates occurs). The result
is that the rotational force of the clutch shell is no longer fully
transmitted through the “unlocked” clutch plates to the clutch
hub. The engine is free to rotate at a different speed than the
rear wheel.
Table 6-6. Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
CAUSE (CHECK IN FOLLOWING ORDER)
REMEDY
Clutch slips.
Incorrect clutch release adjustment.
Worn clutch plates.
Check and adjust clutch release mechanism.
Check service wear limits. Replace plates.
Clutch drags.
Incorrect clutch release adjustment.
Worn clutch release ramps or balls.
Warped clutch steel plates.
Blade worn or damaged clutch gear splines.
Overfilled primary.
Check and adjust clutch release mechanism.
Replace release ramps and/or balls.
Replace clutch steel plates.
Replace clutch gear or hub as required.
Drain lubricant to correct level.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-9
HOME
b1058x6x
30
29
28
27
25
26
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
14
15
13
12
11
10
9
6
8
7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Spring
Lockplate
Nut
Outer ramp
Coupling
Ball (3)
Inner ramp
Retaining ring
Retaining ring
Spring seat
Diaphragm spring
Retaining ring
Release plate
Retaining ring
Bearing
5
3
2
1
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
Adjusting screw
Pressure plate
Friction plate, paper (7)
Steel plate (7)
Friction plate, narrow
Spring, damper
Seat, damper spring
Mainshaft nut
Washer
Clutch hub
Figure 6-12. Clutch Assembly
6-10
4
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Thrust washer, inner
Inner race, needle bearing
Needle bearing
Clutch shell and sprocket
Thrust washer, outer
HOME
REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY
CAUTION
See Figure 6-14. Turn compressing tool handle only the
amount required to release spring seat and remove snap
ring. Excessive compression of diaphragm spring could
damage clutch pressure plate.
Clutch Pack
11
1WARNING
WARNING
To protect against shock and accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in
death or serious injury.
1.
6250
1
2
Remove primary cover. See 6.2 PRIMARY CHAIN.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
4
Do not attempt to disassemble the clutch without
SPRING COMPRESSING TOOL (Part No. HD-38515-A),
CLUTCH SPRING FORCING SCREW (Part No. HD-3851591) and proper eye protection. Otherwise, the highly
compressed diaphragm spring could fly out with great
force which could result in death or serious injury.
5
8
5
1
6
4
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Tool handle
Washer
Bearing
Bridge
Forcing screw
Diaphragm spring
Snap ring
Pressure plate
Spring seat
Figure 6-14. Pressure Plate Assembly
3
Tool handle
Bridge
Diaphragm spring
Clutch spring forcing screw
Bearing
Washer
3.
Figure 6-13. Compressing Clutch Diagram Spring
2.
6
7
8807
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3
9
See Figure 6-13. Attach tools to compress clutch diaphragm spring.
a.
Thread the CLUTCH SPRING FORCING SCREW
(Part No. HD-38515-91) onto the clutch adjusting
screw.
b.
Place the bridge of SPRING COMPRESSING TOOL
(Part No. HD-38515-A) against diaphragm spring.
c.
Install bearing and washer.
d.
Thread the tool handle onto end of forcing screw.
4.
See Figure 6-14. Remove pressure plate assembly.
a.
Place a wrench on the clutch spring forcing screw
flats to prevent the forcing screw from turning.
b.
Turn compressing tool handle clockwise until tool
relieves pressure on retaining ring and spring seat.
Remove and discard retaining ring.
c.
Unseat spring seat from the groove in clutch hub
prongs.
d.
Remove pressure plate assembly.
See Figure 6-12. Remove the clutch pack from the hub/
shell assembly. The pack consists of seven fiber plates,
seven steel plates, one narrow fiber plate, one damper
spring and one damper spring seat.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-11
HOME
Primary Chain/Drive
CAUTION
11
1WARNING
WARNING
To protect against shock and accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in
death or serious injury.
1.
Remove negative battery cable from battery.
2.
Remove primary cover. See 6.2 PRIMARY CHAIN.
See Figure 6-12. Mainshaft nut has left-hand threads. To
prevent damage, turn nut clockwise to loosen and
remove from mainshaft.
b1060x6x
3
2
8808
Figure 6-15. Sprocket Locking Link Tool
(Part No. HD-38362)
3.
1.
2.
3.
Loosen engine sprocket.
Mainshaft nut
Washer
Clutch hub
a.
See Figure 6-15. Install SPROCKET LOCKING
LINK (Part No. HD-38362).
b.
Remove the engine sprocket nut.
5.
See Figure 6-17. Remove mainshaft nut and washer.
c.
Loosen but do not remove engine sprocket. If necessary, use the slotted portion of TWO CLAW PULLER
(Part No. HD-97292-61) and two bolts to loosen the
engine sprocket.
6.
Remove the clutch assembly, primary chain and engine
sprocket as a unit.
7.
Inspect primary chain and sprockets for damage or
excessive wear.
8.
Inspect stator and rotor. See 7.7 ALTERNATOR.
9.
Replace damaged parts as necessary.
6251
1
3
1.
2.
3.
4.
2
4
Retaining ring
Bearing and release plate
Retaining ring
Adjusting screw
Figure 6-16. Adjusting Screw Assembly
4.
1
See Figure 6-16. Remove adjusting screw assembly.
6-12
a.
Remove large retaining ring.
b.
Remove adjusting screw assembly from pressure
plate.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
Figure 6-17. Mainshaft Nut and Washer
HOME
6250
6141
1
1
2
2
3
9
4
5
8
6
3
7
1.
2.
3.
Recess in pressure plate
Tab on release plate
Adjusting screw assembly
Figure 6-18. Aligning Tabs
5.
Install adjusting screw assembly into pressure plate.
a.
b.
6.
7.
See Figure 6-18. Align two tabs on perimeter of
release plate with corresponding recesses in pressure plate.
See Figure 6-16. Secure the adjusting screw
assembly with large retaining ring.
Attach tools to compress clutch diaphragm spring. See
Step 2 of CLUTCH PACK under 6.4 PRIMARY DRIVE/
CLUTCH.
Remove pressure plate assembly.
CAUTION
The clutch hub and clutch shell are no longer pressed
together. There are no retaining rings securing the clutch
hub to the clutch shell. Once the pressure plate assembly has been removed the clutch hub will slide out of the
clutch shell.
8.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Tool handle
Washer
Bearing
Bridge
Forcing screw
Diaphragm spring
Snap ring
Pressure plate
Spring seat
Figure 6-19. Pressure Plate Assembly
9.
See Figure 6-19. Disassemble pressure plate.
a.
Place a wrench on the clutch spring forcing screw
flats to prevent the forcing screw from turning.
b.
Turn the compressing tool handle counterclockwise
until the handle spins off.
c.
Remove washer, bearing and bridge.
d.
Remove clutch spring forcing screw from clutch
adjusting screw.
e.
Remove spring seat and diaphragm spring from
pressure plate.
Remove clutch pack components. See Steps 3-4 of
CLUTCH PACK under 6.4 PRIMARY DRIVE/CLUTCH.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-13
HOME
b1062x6x
8
NOTE
See Figure 6-21. The clutch shell incorporates a compensating spring set and new style needle bearing.
7
6
5
4
3
8802
2
9
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
11. Remove clutch hub from clutch shell for inspection.
1
Retaining ring
Spring seat
Diaphragm Spring
Retaining ring
Release plate
Retaining ring
Bearing
Adjusting screw
Pressure plate
Figure 6-20. Adjusting Screw Assembly
10. See Figure 6-20. Remove and disassemble adjusting
screw assembly.
a.
Remove large retaining ring.
b.
Remove adjusting screw assembly from pressure
plate.
c.
If necessary, disassemble adjusting screw assembly. Remove and discard small retaining ring (6) and
then separate the adjusting screw (8) from the bearing (7) and release plate (5). Remove bearing (7)
from release plate (5).
6-14
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
Figure 6-21. Compensating Spring Set
HOME
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
6252
3
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Low pressure compressed air can blow debris into your
face and eyes. Always wear eye protection or a face shield
when using pressurized air. Failure to take adequate
safety precautions could result in death or serious injury.
1.
2.
2
4
Wash all parts, except fiber (friction) plates and bearing,
in cleaning solvent. Blow dry with compressed air. Examine the clutch components as follows:
a.
Check all clutch plates for wear and discoloration.
b.
Inspect each steel (drive) plate for grooves.
c.
Place each steel plate on a flat surface. Using a
feeler gauge, check for flatness in several places.
Replace any plates that are damaged or are warped
more than 0.006 in. (0.152 mm).
Inspect the damper spring for cracks or distortion. Install
a new spring if either condition exists.
7738
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
Primary chain sprocket
Starter ring gear
Slots on clutch hub
Slots on clutch shell
Figure 6-23. Checking Clutch Shell
4.
See Figure 6-23. Inspect primary chain sprocket and the
starter ring gear on the clutch shell. If either sprocket or
ring gear are badly worn or damaged, replace the clutch
shell.
5.
Inspect slots that mate with the clutch plates on both
clutch shell and hub. If slots are worn or damaged,
replace shell and/or hub.
Figure 6-22. Measuring Friction Plates
3.
See Figure 6-22. Check fiber plates for thickness.
a.
Wipe the lubricant from the eight fiber plates (7 regular and 1 narrow) and stack them on top of each
other.
b.
Measure the thickness of the eight stacked fiber
plates with a dial caliper or micrometer. The minimum thickness must be 0.661 in. (16.789 mm).
c.
If the thickness is less than specified, discard the
fiber plates and steel plates. Install a new set of both
friction and steel plates.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-15
HOME
8804
8803
Figure 6-24. New Needle Bearing in Clutch Shell
6.
See Figure 6-24. Inspect clutch shell needle bearing for
smoothness. Rotate the clutch shell while holding the
clutch hub. If bearing is rough or binds, it must be
replaced. See Replacing Clutch Shell Bearing.
6-16
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
Figure 6-25. Clutch Hub Bearing Race
7.
See Figure 6-25. Inspect clutch shell bearing inner race
on the back side of the clutch hub for pitting and wear. If
the inner race shows any of these signs the complete
hub assembly must be replaced.
HOME
Replacing Clutch Shell Bearing
Installation
Removal
8814
The XB9R clutch shell uses a caged needle bearing that corresponds to an inner race installed on the clutch hub.
1
8813
2
1
3
2
1.
2.
Place needle bearing on tool in this location
Bearing guide
Figure 6-28. Bearing Installer
1.
2.
3.
Removal end of bearing tool
Installation end of bearing tool
Bearing guide, installer
Figure 6-26. Clutch Shell Bearing Remover/Installer
B-45926
1.
See Figure 6-28. Remove bearing guide from end of
CLUTCH SHELL BEARING REMOVER/INSTALLER
(Part No. B-45926).
2.
Place new needle bearing onto installer end of tool and
insert the bearing guide to prevent the bearing from falling off during installation and to align bearing with clutch
shell.
8812
8811
Needle bearing
Figure 6-27. Removing Clutch Shell Needle Bearing
1.
Figure 6-29. Installing Clutch Shell Needle Bearing
Clutch Shell Bearing Remover/Installer B-45926
See Figure 6-27. Place clutch shell on support blocks
with sprocket side facing up.
NOTE
The CLUTCH SHELL BEARING REMOVER/INSTALLER
(Part No. B-45926) is clearly marked for removal and installation purposes.
2.
See Figure 6-27. Insert removal end of tool into bearing
assembly and remove bearing from clutch shell.
3.
Continue with CLEANING AND INSPECTION.
3.
See Figure 6-29. Place clutch shell on support blocks
with sprocket side facing up.
4.
Press bearing into clutch shell until tool bottoms on the
shell. This will be the correct installed height.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-17
HOME
ASSEMBLY
b1059x6x
Clutch Pack
1.
1
6
2
Submerge and soak all friction and steel plates in
SPORT-TRANS FLUID for at least five minutes.
3
b1061x6x
4
3
5
2
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
See Figure 6-30. Assemble clutch hub and shell by sliding inboard end of clutch hub into shell bearing by hand.
No tools are required for this operation.
b1063x6x
Narrow Plate
Regular Plate
Figure 6-31. Friction Plates
2.
See Figure 6-31. Install the narrow friction plate on the
clutch hub engaging tabs on plate with slots in clutch
shell.
6-18
Damper spring
Clutch hub
Steel plate
Narrow friction plate
Damper spring seat
Clutch shell
Figure 6-32. Clutch Pack Stack-Up (Cut-Away View)
Clutch hub
Needle bearing
Clutch shell
Thrust washer, outer
Figure 6-30. Clutch Hub and Shell Assembly
1.
4
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
3.
See Figure 6-32. Install damper spring seat (5) on clutch
hub so that it seats inboard of narrow friction plate (4).
4.
Install damper spring (1) on clutch hub with the concave
side up (facing opposite damper spring seat).
5.
Install a steel plate and then a friction plate on the clutch
hub. Install six remaining sets in the same manner, alternating between steel plates and friction plates.
HOME
6253
4
6250
1
1
2
3
9
4
5
3
5
8
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Diaphragm spring (pressure plate below)
Prongs on clutch hub
Retaining ring
Adjusting screw assembly
Spring seat
Figure 6-33. Spring Seat Installation
6.
Place pressure plate, diaphragm spring, adjusting screw
assembly with new retaining ring and spring seat onto
clutch pack.
a.
See Figure 6-33. Align square openings of pressure
plate and diaphragm spring so that the assembly
can be installed over prongs on clutch hub.
b.
Position spring seat with its larger outer diameter
side toward diaphragm spring.
CAUTION
See Figure 6-14. Turn compressing tool handle only the
amount required to install spring seat and snap ring.
Excessive compression of diaphragm spring could damage clutch pressure plate.
6
7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Tool handle
Washer
Bearing
Bridge
Forcing screw
Diaphragm spring
Snap ring
Pressure plate
Spring seat
Figure 6-34. Pressure Plate Assembly
c.
See Figure 6-34. Install compressing tool onto
clutch hub against diaphragm spring.
d.
Place a wrench on the clutch spring forcing screw
flats to prevent the forcing screw from turning.
e.
Turn compressing tool handle clockwise until diaphragm spring compresses just enough to install
new retaining ring into the groove in clutch hub
prongs.
f.
With retaining ring fully seated in groove of clutch
hub, carefully loosen and remove compression tool.
NOTE
When the compressing tool is removed, the diaphragm spring
will move outward forcing the spring seat up into the inside of
the retaining ring. The spring seat provides an operating surface for the diaphragm spring at the same time preventing the
retaining ring from coming out during operation.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-19
HOME
INSTALLATION
8810
NOTE
If clutch pack replacement was the only service work performed, start with Step 5.
2
3
1
8816
1.
2.
3.
Torque wrench
Engine sprocket
Sprocket locking link (Part No. HD-38362)
Figure 6-36. Sprocket Locking Link
3.
Figure 6-35. Adjusting Screw Assembly Aligning Tabs
See Figure 6-36. Install the engine sprocket nut.
a.
Install SPROCKET LOCKING LINK (Part No. HD38362).
1.
See Figure 6-35. Remove adjusting screw assembly in
order to install mainshaft nut and washer.
b.
Apply two or three drops of LOCTITE 262 (red) onto
threads of sprocket shaft.
2.
Install the engine sprocket, clutch assembly and primary
chain as a unit into primary chaincase.
c.
Install engine sprocket nut. Tighten to 190-210 ft-lbs
(257.6-284.7 Nm).
NOTE
Prior to installing engine sprocket nut and the clutch hub nut,
the threads on the sprocket shaft, sprocket nut, mainshaft
and clutch hub nut must be thoroughly cleaned to remove any
oil that might contaminate and interfere with the locking
agent.
6-20
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
HOME
CAUTION
8815
See Figure 6-37. Washer must be installed with the word
“out” facing the mainshaft nut or transmission may be
damaged.
1
b1060x6x
3
2
1
2
1.
2.
3.
Mainshaft nut
Washer
Clutch hub
Figure 6-37. Mainshaft Nut and Washer
4.
5.
1.
2.
Figure 6-38. Clutch Adjusting Screw Assembly and
Retaining Ring
6.
See Figure 6-37. Install mainshaft nut and washer.
a.
Apply two or three drops of LOCTITE 262 (red) onto
threads on end of mainshaft.
b.
Place washer on mainshaft with the word “out” facing away from clutch hub.
c.
Install nut (left-hand threads). Tighten to 70-80 ftlbs (94.9-108.5 Nm).
Adjusting screw assembly
Retaining ring
Install adjusting screw assembly into pressure plate.
a.
See Figure 6-38. Align two tabs on perimeter of
release plate with corresponding recesses in pressure plate.
b.
Secure the adjusting screw assembly with new
retaining ring.
7.
Install primary cover. See 6.2 PRIMARY CHAIN.
8.
Add SPORT-TRANS FLUID. See 1.8 CLUTCH.
Remove SPROCKET LOCKING LINK.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always connect positive battery cable first. If the positive
cable should contact ground with the negative cable
installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
9.
Connect negative battery cable to battery terminal.
Tighten fastener to 60-96 in-lbs (6.8-10.9 Nm).
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Pull up on seat to verify that it is properly secured, front
and rear. A loose seat may shift during vehicle operation
and startle the rider, possibly causing loss of vehicle
control resulting in death or serious injury.
10. Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-21
HOME
NOTES
6-22
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
HOME
TRANSMISSION
6.5
GENERAL
See Figure 6-39. The XB9R transmission is a five-speed constant-mesh type housed in an extension of the crankcase.
b1068x6x
Neutral
1st Gear
Mainshaft
Mainshaft
Countershaft
4
1
3
Countershaft
4
1 3
Out
2 5
2 5In
3rd Gear
2nd Gear
Mainshaft
Mainshaft
4
1
3
Countershaft
4
2 5
In
In
1
3
Countershaft
Out
4th Gear
5th Gear
Mainshaft
Mainshaft
In
4
2 5
Out
1
Countershaft
3
Out
2 5
4
1
In
3
2 5
Countershaft
– Sliding member
– Power flow
Figure 6-39. Transmission Power Flow
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-23
HOME
CASE DISASSEMBLY FOR TRANSMISSION REMOVAL
6.6
GENERAL
8618
The rear compartment of the left and right crankcase halves
form the transmission case. Servicing of transmission components requires removing the engine and disassembling
(splitting) the crankcase.
RIGHT CRANKCASE REMOVAL
1.
Remove transmission sprocket. See 6.14 TRANSMISSION SPROCKET.
2.
Remove engine from chassis. See 3.4 STRIPPING
MOTORCYCLE FOR ENGINE SERVICE.
3.
Support engine using ENGINE SUPPORT STAND (Part
No. HD-42310/HD-43646 or HD-43682).
4.
Disassemble top end. See 3.6 CYLINDER HEAD.
5.
Disassemble gearcase. See 3.16 GEARCASE COVER
AND CAM GEARS.
6.
Remove primary cover. See 6.2 PRIMARY CHAIN.
7.
Remove clutch assembly, primary chain and engine
sprocket. See 6.4 PRIMARY DRIVE/CLUTCH.
Figure 6-41. Shifter Drum Neutral Detent
8615
3
1
2
1.
2.
3.
TORX screw
Retention collar
Shifter lever assembly
Figure 6-40. Countershaft Retainer
8.
See Figure 6-40. Place transmission in 1st gear. Remove
countershaft TORX screw (1) and retention collar (2).
6-24
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
9.
See Figure 6-41. Place transmission in neutral. Remove
neutral switch to ensure shifter drum detent is visible
indicating transmission is in correct location.
HOME
8617
8620
Figure 6-42. Removing Shifter Shaft Assembly
10. See Figure 6-43. Remove shifter shaft assembly.
8626
1
Figure 6-45. Scribed Line on Shifter Drum at 12 o’clock
(Transmission in Neutral)
3
14. See Figure 6-45. Scribe a line on the end of the shifter
drum at the 12 o’clock position for later reference.
2
8619
1.
2.
3.
Shifter shaft
Ratchet arms
Return spring
Figure 6-43. Shifter Shaft Assembly
11. See Figure 6-42. Depress ratchet arms in order to clear
the shifter drum and remove shifter shaft assembly from
left crankcase half.
12. Remove starter. See 5.7 STARTER.
8723
Figure 6-46. Scribed Line on Shifter Drum at 6 O’clock
(Transmission in 4th Gear)
15. See Figure 6-46. Place transmission in 4th gear. The
scribed line should now be at the 6 o’clock position.
NOTE
Transmission can be easily shifted by rotating the mainshaft
and shifter drum at the same time by hand.
Figure 6-44. Rear Isolator Assembly
13. See Figure 6-44. Remove rear isolator assembly by
removing the forward two fasteners first and then the two
rear fasteners (re-install with new fasteners).
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-25
HOME
b1016x3x
D
One Behind Shifter Mechanism
Indicates Bolt Pattern Location (14 fasteners)
Figure 6-47. Crankcase Fasteners
16. See Figure 6-47. Remove crankcase bolt set (14 fasteners).
NOTE
Flywheel assembly slides out of the left main bearing by
hand. No tools are required for this operation.
8621
8636
Figure 6-48. Separating Crankcase Halves
17. See Figure 6-48. Separate crankcase halves.
Figure 6-49. Removing Flywheels from Left Case Half
18. See Figure 6-49. Remove the flywheel assembly from
left crankcase half.
6-26
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
HOME
TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL FROM
LEFT CRANKCASE
6.7
8616
3-5
NOTE
See Figure 6-52. Shifter design allows for one common part
number for all three shifter forks. As the transmission runs,
each shifter fork develops a certain wear pattern with its mating parts. For this reason, it is important that each shifter fork
be reinstalled in its original location.
4
Mainshaft
8624
Left
Right
1
1.
Slots for removing the shifter fork shafts
Figure 6-50. Removing Shifter Fork Shafts
1.
1-2
See Figure 6-50. Remove shifter fork shafts.
NOTE
Carefully tap on alternate sides of the shaft using the provided slots.
Countershaft
Figure 6-52. Shifter Forks, Drum and Shafts
8628a
Figure 6-51. Transmission Assembly
2.
See Figure 6-51. Remove shifter drum and shifter forks.
3.
Remove mainshaft 2nd gear from mainshaft.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-27
HOME
b1015x6x
23
22
15
21
14
12
20
13
19
11
10
18
16
17
9
7
4
8
6
5
3
2
1
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Spring, detent
Detent spring sleeve assembly
Screw, detent assembly
Shaft, shifter forks (2)
Fork assembly, shifter (1st-2nd)
Shifter cam assembly
Retaining ring
Fork assembly, shifter (3rd-5th)
Fork assembly, shifter (4th)
Pin, shifter stop
Spring, shifter return
Spring, extension
Shifter lever assembly
Lever, engine
Bolt, engine lever
Bearing, shift lever assembly (2)
Shift lever
Bolt, linkage assembly
Sleeve, shift/brake lever
Bolt, shift lever
Pad, rubber, shift lever
Linkage assembly, shifter
Bolt, linkage assembly
Figure 6-53. Shifter Mechanism
6-28
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
16
HOME
8629
1
2
3
4
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Arbor press
Transmission remover (Part No. B-43985-1)
Crankcase
Transmission assembly
Parallel Supports
Figure 6-54. Removing Transmission Assembly from Left
Case Half
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always wear proper eye protection when installing retaining rings. Use the correct retaining ring pliers. Verify
that the tips of the pliers are not damaged or excessively
worn. Slippage may propel the ring with enough force to
cause eye injury.
4.
See Figure 6-54. Remove left crankcase half and transmission assembly (4) from engine stand.
a.
Place crankcase half (3) and transmission assembly
(4) on arbor press (1) and support transmission
assembly on parallel supports (5).
b.
Press transmission assembly using TRANSMISSION REMOVER (2) (Part No. B-43895-1) to
remove transmission assembly from crankcase half.
c.
Remove crankcase from press.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-29
HOME
MAINSHAFT/COUNTERSHAFT
b0948x6x
NOTE
As the transmission runs, each part develops a certain
wear pattern and a kind of “set” with its mating parts. For
this reason, it is important that each component be reinstalled in its original location and facing its original direction.
●
See Figure 6-55. As each component is removed, place
it on a clean surface in the exact order of removal.
●
Figure 6-55. Transmission Parts Identification
b1013x6x
10
9
8
7
6
12
5
11
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Bearing (Inner)
Fifth gear mainshaft
Bearing (Outer)
Oil seal
Right crankcase half
Ball bearing
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
2
Retaining ring
Quad seal
Spacer
Oil seal
Bearing (closed end) shifter drum
Bearing (closed end) countershaft
Figure 6-56. Transmission Assembly-Right Crankcase Half
6-30
3
1
HOME
b1014x6x
12
9
8
11
6
8
9
10
9
9
19
18
8
7
6
5
6
4
8
9
17
14
16
13
9
8
15
6
3
8
9
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Retaining ring
Bearing
Left crankcase half
Mainshaft
Spacer
Bearing (4)
Fourth gear mainshaft
Thrust washer (6)
Retaining ring (7)
First gear mainshaft
Third gear mainshaft
Second gear mainshaft
Spacer
Fourth gear countershaft
First gear countershaft
Countershaft
Third gear countershaft
Second gear countershaft
Fifth gear countershaft
Bearing
Retaining ring
Countershaft retainer
Screw
20
1
21
22
23
Figure 6-57. Transmission Assembly-Left Crankcase Half
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-31
HOME
MAINSHAFT DISASSEMBLY
11
1WARNING
WARNING
NOTE
●
Once the transmission assembly has been pressed out
of the left crankcase half, the mainshaft and countershaft
assemblies can be serviced separately.
●
All thrust washers are one common part number. There
is no shimming required with this transmission.
Always wear proper eye protection when removing retaining rings. Use the correct retaining ring pliers. Verify
that the tips of the pliers are not damaged or excessively
worn. Slippage could propel the ring with enough force
to cause death or serious injury.
b1019x6x
Left Crankcase
13
12
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
11
10
9
8
Spacer
Split bearing
Mainshaft 4th
Thrust washer
Retaining ring
7
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
6
5
4
3
2
1
11. Thrust washer
12. Retaining ring
13. Mainshaft
Mainshaft 1st
Retaining ring
Thrust washer
Split bearing
Mainshaft 3rd
Figure 6-58. Transmission Mainshaft Assembly Once Removed from Left Crankcase/Disassembly
1.
See Figure 6-58. Remove spacer (1), mainshaft 4th gear
(3), split bearing (2) and thrust washer (4) from the
threaded end of the mainshaft.
2.
On the mainshaft, between mainshaft 1st gear (6) and
mainshaft 3rd gear (10), use RETAINING RING PLIERS
(Part No. J-5586) to expand retaining ring (7) and move
next to mainshaft 1st gear along with thrust washer (8).
a.
Move mainshaft 3rd gear (10) as far as possible
toward mainshaft 1st gear (6).
b.
Expand retaining ring (12) at opposite side of main
shaft 3rd gear (10) and slide off end of mainshaft
with thrust washer (11).
c.
Remove mainshaft 3rd gear (10) and its split bearing (9).
3.
Slide thrust washer (8) off end of mainshaft.
4.
Expand retaining ring (7), which is next to mainshaft 1st
gear (6), and slide off end of shaft.
5.
Remove mainshaft 1st gear (6).
6.
Expand retaining ring (5) and remove.
6-32
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
Cleaning And Inspection
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Never use compressed air to “spin-dry” bearings. Spinning bearings with compressed air can also cause a
bearing to fly apart, which could result in death or serious injury.
1.
Clean all parts (except bearings) in cleaning solvent and
blow dry with compressed air.
2.
Check gear teeth for damage. If gears are pitted, scored,
rounded, cracked or chipped, they should be replaced.
3.
Inspect the engaging dogs on the gears. Replace the
gears if dogs are rounded, cracked, battered, chipped or
dimpled.
7.
Discard all retaining rings that were removed.
HOME
COUNTERSHAFT DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
●
Once the transmission assembly has been pressed out
of the left crankcase half, the mainshaft and countershaft
assemblies can be serviced separately.
●
All thrust washers are one common part number. There
is no shimming required with this transmission.
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always wear proper eye protection when removing retaining rings. Use the correct retaining ring pliers. Verify
that the tips of the pliers are not damaged or excessively
worn. Slippage could propel the ring with enough force
to cause death or serious injury.
b1020x6x
Left Crankcase
16
3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
4
5
6
7
Spacer
Countershaft 4th
Retaining ring
Countershaft 5th
Countershaft 2nd
Split bearing
8
9
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
15
Thrust washer
Retaining ring
Countershaft 3rd
Retaining ring
Thrust washer
Split bearing
14
13
13.
14.
15.
16.
12
11
10
2
1
Countershaft 1st
Thrust washer
Retaining ring
Countershaft
Figure 6-59. Transmission Countershaft Assembly Once Removed from Left Crankcase/Disassembly
1.
See Figure 6-59. Remove spacer (1) and countershaft
4th gear (2) from the end of the of the countershaft with
internal threads.
2.
Using RETAINING RING PLIERS (Part No. J-5586),
remove and discard retaining ring (3) next to countershaft 5th gear (4).
3.
4.
Cleaning And Inspection
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Never use compressed air to “spin-dry” bearings. Spinning bearings with compressed air can also cause a
bearing to fly apart, which could result in death or serious injury.
a.
Slide countershaft 5th (4), and countershaft 2nd (5)
off end of countershaft.
b.
Remove split bearing (6) that was under countershaft 2nd gear (5) and thrust washer (7).
1.
c.
Remove retaining ring (8) on the countershaft and
slide countershaft 3rd gear (9) off free end of countershaft.
Clean all parts (except bearings) in cleaning solvent and
blow dry with compressed air.
2.
Check gear teeth for damage. If gears are pitted, scored,
rounded, cracked or chipped, they should be replaced.
3.
Inspect the engaging dogs on the gears. Replace the
gears if dogs are rounded, cracked, battered, chipped or
dimpled.
4.
Discard all retaining rings that were removed.
Expand retaining ring (10) located next to countershaft
1st gear (11). Remove retaining ring (10) and thrust
washer (11).
a.
Slide countershaft 1st gear (13) off end of shaft.
b.
Remove split bearing (12).
Remove thrust washer (14). Expand remaining retaining
ring (15) and slide off countershaft.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-33
HOME
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
6.8
MAINSHAFT ASSEMBLY
8757
11
1WARNING
WARNING
Always wear proper eye protection when removing retaining rings. Use the correct retaining ring pliers. Verify
that the tips of the pliers are not damaged or excessively
worn. Slippage could propel the ring with enough force
to cause death or serious injury.
CAUTION
During assembly, the split bearings and the internal
bores of the gears must be lubricated with SPORTTRANS FLUID prior to assembly. Leaving these parts dry
could accelerate wear at start-up.
1.
See Figure 6-61. Install new retaining ring (1) onto mainshaft in the first ring groove from the threaded end of the
mainshaft.
2.
Slide mainshaft 1st gear (2), identified by two grooves in
gear teeth, onto mainshaft with the fork groove facing
mainshaft 4th gear (10).
NOTE
See Figure 6-60. The shifting fork groove on mainshaft 1st
gear has been made 0.020 wider than existing mainshaft first
gear (Part No. 35762-89A) to accommodate the new style
shifting fork and has a new part number.
3.
Figure 6-60. New Mainshaft 1st Gear
with Identification Grooves
4.
Install thrust washer (7) and new retaining ring (8) next
to mainshaft 3rd gear (6).
5.
Install thrust washer (9) on threaded end of mainshaft
next to retaining ring (1).
6.
Install split bearing (10) onto mainshaft next to thrust
washer (9).
7.
Install mainshaft 4th gear (11), which can be identified by
the two radial grooves on one side, onto mainshaft over
split bearing (10) and against thrust washer (9).
8.
Install spacer (12) onto end of mainshaft.
See Figure 6-61. Install new retaining ring (3).
a.
Install thrust washer (4) onto mainshaft.
b.
Install split bearing (5) onto mainshaft.
c.
Install mainshaft 3rd gear (6) onto shaft over bearing
(5). 3rd gear is installed with shifting lugs away from
1st gear mainshaft.
b1019x6x
Left Crankcase
13
8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
7
6
Retaining ring
Mainshaft 1st
Retaining ring
Thrust washer
Split bearing
5
4
3
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
2
Mainshaft 3rd
Thrust washer
Retaining ring
Thrust washer
Split bearing
1
9
11. Mainshaft 4th
12. Spacer
13. Mainshaft
Figure 6-61. Transmission Mainshaft Assembly/Reassembly
6-34
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
11
10
12
HOME
COUNTERSHAFT ASSEMBLY
4.
Install thrust washer (5) and new retaining ring (6) next
to countershaft 1st gear (3).
5.
Install countershaft 3rd gear (7) on countershaft with fork
groove facing away from countershaft 1st gear (3).
Always wear proper eye protection when removing retaining rings. Use the correct retaining ring pliers. Verify
that the tips of the pliers are not damaged or excessively
worn. Slippage could propel the ring with enough force
to cause death or serious injury.
6.
Install new retaining ring (8) on countershaft. Position
new retaining ring in the second ring groove from the
end. Install thrust washer (9) next to retaining ring (8).
Install split bearing (10) in seat next to washer (9).
5.
Install countershaft 2nd gear (11) with the locking dogs
facing countershaft 3rd gear (7).
CAUTION
6.
Install countershaft 5th gear (12) on countershaft.
During assembly, the split bearings and the internal
bores of the gears must be lubricated with SPORTTRANS FLUID prior to assembly. Leaving these parts dry
could accelerate wear at start-up.
7.
Install new retaining ring (13) on countershaft.
8.
Locate countershaft 4th gear (14). This flat, shoulder
less gear is splined and has a single radial groove at one
side. Position gear next to retaining ring (6) on countershaft. Place beveled spacer (15) over end of shaft with
beveled side away from countershaft 4th gear (14).
11
1WARNING
WARNING
1.
See Figure 6-62. Install new retaining ring (1) and thrust
washer (2) onto countershaft in the second ring groove
from the end with internal threads.
2.
Install split bearing (4) onto countershaft.
3.
Locate countershaft 1st gear (3), identified by one radial
groove at one side, and slide gear onto shaft. Position
gear over bearing (4).
NOTE
At this point both mainshaft and countershaft sub-assemblies
are ready to be pressed into the left crankcase half.
b1020x6x
Left Crankcase
16
13
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
12
11
Retaining ring
Thrust washer
Countershaft 1st
Split bearing
Thrust washer
Retaining ring
10
9
8
7
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
1
Countershaft 3rd
Retaining ring
Thrust washer
Split bearing
Countershaft 2nd
Countershaft 5th
2
3
13.
14.
15.
16.
4
5
6
14
15
Retaining ring
Countershaft 4th
Beveled spacer
Countershaft
Figure 6-62. Transmission Countershaft Assembly/Reassembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-35
HOME
MAIN DRIVE GEAR
6.9
REMOVAL
a0121x6x
1.
Split crankcases in half. See 6.6 CASE DISASSEMBLY
FOR TRANSMISSION REMOVAL.
2.
Remove transmission as an assembly. See 6.7 TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY.
b1069x6x
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Cross plate
Bolt
5th gear
Driver
Thrust washer
Nut
Figure 6-65. Removing Main Drive Gear
5.
See Figure 6-65. Assemble MAIN DRIVE GEAR
REMOVER AND INSTALLER (Part No. HD-35316A) with
CROSS PLATE (Part No. B-45847).
6.
Insert bolt (2) through cross plate (1) and 5th gear (3).
3
1
1.
2.
3.
Main drive gear
Needle bearing (2)
Seal
Figure 6-63. Main Drive Gear Assembly
3.
See Figure 6-63. From inside case tap out seal at end of
mainshaft 5th gear. Discard seal.
8681
Figure 6-64. Bearing Remover Cross Plate Mounting
(Part No. B-45847)
4.
See Figure 6-64. Place cross plate on crankcase as
shown.
6-36
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
CAUTION
When removing the main drive gear, the gear is pressed
out against the resistance of the bearing inner race.
Without any support at the inner race, the bearing is
destroyed. Whenever the main drive gear is removed the
main drive gear bearing will also have to be replaced.
7.
At outside of case, place driver (4) and thrust washer (5)
over end of bolt (2). Install and tighten nut (6) until 5th
gear (3) is free.
HOME
DISASSEMBLY
INSTALLATION
Drive out needle bearings from inside bore of main drive
gear. Do not reuse bearings after removal.
1.
a0122xSx
ASSEMBLY
1.
Replace main drive gear bearing.
See Figure 6-66. Use INNER/OUTER MAIN DRIVE
GEAR NEEDLE BEARING INSTALLATION TOOL (Part
No. HD-37842-A) for assembly. Select which end of tool
to use.
a.
The end stamped 0.080 in. (2.032 mm) is for driving
the bearing into the inner end.
b.
The end stamped 0.315 in. (8.001 mm) is for the
outer end bearing.
3554
1
1.
2.
3.
2
Thrust washer
Bolt
Installer cup
4.
5.
6.
Main drive gear
Washer
Nut
Figure 6-67. Main Drive Gear Installation
3
1.
2.
3.
Ram on end of press
Needle bearing installation tool
Main drive gear
2.
See Figure 6-67. Use MAIN DRIVE GEAR REMOVER
AND INSTALLER (Part No. HD-35316-A) for assembly.
a.
Take bolt (2) and place washer (5) followed by main
drive gear (4) over end of bolt.
b.
From inside of case insert bolt and main drive gear
through inner race of ball bearing.
c.
Insert threaded end of bolt (2) through installer cup
(3) and thrust washer (1).
d.
Thread nut (6) onto end of bolt (2). Tighten nut (6)
until shoulder on gear (4) bottoms against inner race
of bearing.
Figure 6-66. Needle Bearing Installation Tool
2.
Assemble parts. The installation tool will automatically
bottom on the gear when the correct depth is reached.
a.
Place main drive gear on a press.
b.
Press in the outer bearing to a depth of 0.315-0.285
in. (8.001-7.239 mm).
c.
Press in the inner bearing to a depth of 0.080 in.
(2.032 mm).
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-37
HOME
3.
See Figure 6-68. Tap in new seal (3) at threaded end of
5th gear to a depth of 0.060-0.030 in. (1.524-0.762 mm).
4.
See Figure 6-69. Place new quad ring over threaded end
of fifth gear, and position next to the gear taper. Install
spacer over threaded end of fifth gear with chamfered
end toward quad ring. Slide spacer up against bearing.
5.
b1069x6x
2
Install large seal.
a.
Coat lips of seal with SPORT-TRANS FLUID.
b.
Position seal over spacer with lips of seal toward
case.
c.
Use MAIN DRIVE GEAR SEAL INSTALLER (Part
No. HD-41496) to gently tap seal into bore of case
until the outside of seal is flush with outer edge of
bore.
3
NOTE
1
It is acceptable to recess seal to about 0.030 in. (0.762 mm)
below outer edge of bore. Seal will be controlled by tool.
1.
2.
3.
Main drive gear
Needle bearing (2)
Seal
Figure 6-68. Main Drive Gear Assembly
b1013x6x
10
9
8
7
6
12
5
11
4
3
2
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Bearing (Inner)
Fifth gear mainshaft
Bearing (outer)
Oil seal
Right crankcase half
Ball bearing
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Retaining ring
Quad seal
Spacer
Oil seal
Bushing, shifter drum
Bearing (closed end), countershaft
Figure 6-69. Transmission Assembly Right Crankcase Half
6-38
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
HOME
TRANSMISSION RIGHT CASE BEARINGS
REMOVAL
6.
NOTE
See Figure 6-69. Refer to Transmission assembly right crankcase half, for location of items discussed on this page.
1. Remove transmission assembly. See 6.7 TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY.
2.
See Figure 6-69. Remove main drive 5th gear. Use MAIN
DRIVE GEAR REMOVER AND INSTALLER (Part No.
HD-35316A). See 6.9 MAIN DRIVE GEAR.
3.
At outside of case remove seal next to 5th gear bearing
retainer. Remove retaining ring.
4.
From inside transmission case drive bearings (5th gear,
countershaft or shifter shaft) out of bores. Carefully tap
bearings free by working around bearing diameter to
keep bearing from skewing.
INSTALLATION
6.10
To install new bushing, use SNAP-ON BUSHING
DRIVER SET (Part No. A-157C) with a 1/2 inch adapter
(Part No. A157-8).
Lubricate bushing with SPORT-TRANS FLUID.
7.
8681
Figure 6-70. Bearing Remover Cross Plate Mounting
(Part No. B-45847)
Mainshaft 5th Gear Ball Bearing
1.
See Figure 6-70. Locate MAIN DRIVE GEAR REMOVER
AND INSTALLER (Part No. HD-35316-A). Place crossplate pins in appropriate holes in transmission case.
2.
See Figure 6-71. Insert bolt (2) through cross plate (1),
new bearing (3), driver (4) and thrust bearing (5). Thread
nut (6) on end of bolt. Tighten nut carefully until bearing
is started in bore squarely. Tighten nut (6) until bearing is
seated against shoulder in bore.
3.
At outside of case install beveled retaining ring in groove
inside bearing bore with beveled side facing outside of
case.
4.
Lubricate bearing with SPORT-TRANS FLUID.
a0125xSX
Countershaft Needle Bearing
1.
Find a suitable bearing driver 1-1/4 in. (31.75 mm) in
diameter.
2.
See Figure 6-69. From the outside of the case place the
needle bearing open end first next to the bearing bore.
Hold the driver squarely against the closed end of the
bearing and tap the bearing into place. The bearing is
properly positioned when it is driven inward flush or
0.030 in. (0.762 mm) below the outside surface of the
case.
3.
1.
2.
3.
Cross Plate
Bolt
Bearing
4.
5.
6.
Driver
Thrust bearing
Nut
Figure 6-71. Installing Mainshaft Ball Bearing
Lubricate bearing with SPORT-TRANS FLUID.
Shifter Drum Bushing
4.
See Figure 6-69. The shifter drum bushing (11) is a
press fit in the right crankcase half. Inspect the bushing
against the corresponding end of the shifter drum for
proper fit and wear.
5.
If bushing is to be replaced, use a BUSHING AND
BEARING PULLER (Part No. HD-95760-69A) with a 1/2
in. collet (Part No. HD-95765-69A) to remove bushing
from right crankcase half.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-39
HOME
b1014x6x
12
9
8
11
6
8
9
10
9
9
19
18
8
7
6
5
6
4
8
9
17
14
16
13
9
8
15
6
3
8
9
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Retaining ring
Bearing
Left crankcase half
Mainshaft
Spacer
Bearing (4)
Fourth gear mainshaft
Thrust washer (6)
Retaining ring (7)
First gear mainshaft
Third gear mainshaft
Second gear mainshaft
Spacer
Fourth gear countershaft
First gear countershaft
Countershaft
Third gear countershaft
Second gear countershaft
Fifth gear countershaft
Bearing
Retaining ring
Countershaft retainer
Screw
Figure 6-72. Transmission Assembly Left Crankcase Half
6-40
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
20
21
22
23
1
HOME
TRANSMISSION LEFT CASE BEARINGS
REMOVAL
6.11
a0123xSx
NOTE
1
3
2
4
See Figure 6-72. Refer to Transmission assembly left crankcase half, for location of items discussed on this page.
Mainshaft and Countershaft Bearings
1.
Split crankcases in half. See 6.6 CASE DISASSEMBLY
FOR TRANSMISSION REMOVAL.
2.
Remove shifter forks and drum. See 6.8 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY under 6.7 TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY.
3.
Remove countershaft and mainshaft. See 6.7 TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY.
4.
Inspect the mainshaft and countershaft ball bearings for
pitting, scoring, discoloration or other damage.
5.
See Figure 6-73. If bearing replacement is required,
remove retaining rings (1, 2) using snap ring pliers (Snap
-On Part No. PR-36). Press out bearings (3, 4) from the
inside of the crankcase.
1.
2.
Retaining ring
Retaining ring
3.
4.
Bearing, mainshaft
Bearing, countershaft
Figure 6-73. Ball Bearing Assembly
Shift Drum Bushing
b1035x6x
Inspect the shifter drum bushing for pitting, scoring, discoloration or excessive wear. If bushing requires replacement
press bushing out of crankcase from either side.
Press bushing to
contact shoulder in
crankcase half.
INSTALLATION
Mainshaft and Countershaft Bearings
1.
Place crankcase on press with inside surface of crankcase downward.
2.
Lay bearing squarely over bore with printed side of bearing upward. Place a pressing tool (slightly smaller than
outside diameter of bearing) against outer race. Press
bearing into bore until bearing bottoms against shoulder.
3.
Install new retaining ring with beveled side facing away
from bearing.
Shift Drum Bushing
1.
Place crankcase on press with outside surface of crankcase downward.
2.
See Figure 6-74. Lay bushing squarely over bore. Using
a pressing tool larger than diameter of bushing, press
bushing into bore until bushing contacts shoulder in left
crankcase half. If using a pressing tool larger than diameter of bushing, the pressing tool will bottom against
crankcase when bushing is flush with top surface.
Shift drum
bushing
Outside
crankcase
Figure 6-74. Shift Drum Bushing Assembly
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-41
HOME
TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION
6.12
INSTALLATION
8630
NOTE
After re-installing the transmission assembly, verify that all
parts have been properly installed. See Figure 6-72.
●
6.9 MAIN DRIVE GEAR
●
6.8 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
●
6.11 TRANSMISSION LEFT CASE BEARINGS
●
6.10 TRANSMISSION RIGHT CASE BEARINGS
1
2
3
8627
4
2
1
3
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
Arbor press
Transmission Installer (Part No. B-43985-3)
Transmission assembly
Left case half
Figure 6-76. Installing Transmission in Left Case Half
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.
Arbor press
Guide tool (Part No. B-43985-4)
Transmission assembly
Transmission Remover/Installer fixture
(Part No. B-43985-2)
See Figure 6-76. Place left case half over transmission
assembly and install TRANSMISSION INSTALLER
(Part No. B-43985-3) into crankcase.
4.
See Figure 6-76. Press crankcase onto transmission
assembly into until it bottoms out.
5.
Remove COUNTERSHAFT GUIDE ADAPTER
(Part No. B-43985-4).
Figure 6-75. Transmission Assembly in Fixture
6.
Remove transmission assembly and left crankcase half
from fixture.
7.
Re-install transmission assembly and left crankcase half
in engine stand.
8.
Install mainshaft 2nd gear with shifter fork groove
towards mainshaft 3rd gear.
9.
Install shifter forks, shafts and shifter drum.
See 6.8 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY.
1.
See Figure 6-75. Place transmission assembly onto
TRANSMISSION REMOVER/INSTALLER FIXTURE
(Part No. B-43985-2) on arbor press.
2.
Install COUNTERSHAFT GUIDE ADAPTER
(Part No. B-43985-4).
6-42
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
HOME
SHIFTER FORKS AND DRUM
ASSEMBLY
●
●
NOTES
See Figure 6-77. Shifter fork design allows for one common part number for all three shifter forks. As the transmission runs, each shifter fork develops a certain wear
pattern with its mating parts. For this reason, it is important that each shifter fork be reinstalled in its original
location.
Always lubricate the shaft bore in each shifting fork with
Sport Transmission Lube before assembly.
1.
Place the 4th gear shifter fork on the appropriate mainshaft sliding gear.
2.
Install the shifter drum into the left case half with the previously scribed line at the 6 o’clock position. This will
place the shifter drum in the 4th gear position.
3.
See Figure 6-78. Place the 3rd and 5th gear shifter fork
on the appropriate mainshaft sliding gear and install the
shifter fork shaft through the two installed shifter forks
and into the left case half.
4.
Install the 1st and 2nd gear shifter fork on the appropriate countershaft sliding gear and install the remaining
shifter fork shaft through the last installed shifter fork and
into the left case half.
8623
8616
3-5
4
Mainshaft
Left
Right
Figure 6-78. Installing Shift Fork Shafts
NOTE
See Figure 6-78. Install shifter fork shafts in the left case half
by lightly tapping on the end with a brass hammer until
seated in bore.
1-2
Countershaft
Figure 6-77. Shifter Forks, Drum and Shafts
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-43
HOME
b1016x3x
D
One Behind Shifter Mechanism
Indicates Bolt Pattern Location
Figure 6-79. Crankcase Fasteners
6-44
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
HOME
INSTALLING RIGHT CRANKCASE
1.
8619
See Figure 6-80. Install the flywheel assembly into the
left crankcase half using CRANKSHAFT GUIDE TOOL
Part No. HD-42326.
8622
Figure 6-82. Scribed Line on Shifter Drum at 6 O’clock
(Transmission in 4th Gear)
Figure 6-80. Installing Flywheel Assembly Using Crankshaft Guide Tool (Part No. HD-42326)
3.
NOTE
The Gear Detent Assembly Aid is used to move the gear
detent lever clear of the shifter drum for assembly purposes.
See Figure 6-82. Place Transmission in the 4th gear
position. The scribed line on the shifting drum should be
at 6 o’clock.
8621
b1067x6x
Detent Assembly
Figure 6-83. Crankcase Halves
Tool
4.
Figure 6-81. Gear Detent Assembly Aid
(Part No. B-45520)
2.
See Figure 6-81. Retract detent assembly in right case
half and install GEAR DETENT ASSEMBLY AID (Part
No. B-45520) until it has bottomed in right case half.
See Figure 6-83. Assemble crankcase halves together.
a.
Apply a thin coat of DOW CORNING SILASTIC
#732 clear sealant to crankcase joint faces
b.
Apply several drops of LOCTITE 262 (red) to last
few threads.
c.
See Figure 6-79. Tighten 5/16-in. fasteners to 15-19
ft-lbs (20.3-25 Nm).
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-45
HOME
SHIFTER SHAFT INSTALLATION
6.13
INSTALLATION
1.
8617
See Figure 6-84. Correctly install shifter return spring
onto the reverse side of the shifter shaft assembly before
placing shaft in left crankcase half.
Figure 6-86. Installing Shifter Shaft Assembly
2.
See Figure 6-86. Depress ratchet arms and insert shaft
assembly into the bushing in the left case half and
release. Ratchet arms should now be inside the end
plate of the shifter drum contacting the shifter drum pins.
b0950x6x
Figure 6-84. Shifter Shaft Return Spring
(Correctly Installed)
8615
CAUTION
See Figure 6-85. The shifter shaft return spring can be
installed incorrectly and then assembled in the left
crankcase half. Failure to install the spring properly will
result in improper shifting.
1
2
1.
2.
TORX screw
Retention collar
Figure 6-87. Countershaft Retainer
3.
b0951x6x
Figure 6-85. Shifter Shaft Return Spring
(Incorrectly Installed)
6-46
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
See Figure 6-87. Position retention collar (2) next to end
of countershaft with beveled side facing outward.
a.
Apply several drops of LOCTITE 243 (blue) to last
few threads.
b.
Insert screw (1) through retention collar (2) and
thread into end of shaft.
c.
Place transmission in gear and tighten TORX screw
(1) to 13-17 ft-lbs (18-23 Nm).
HOME
TRANSMISSION SPROCKET
6.14
REMOVAL
d0117x6x
4
5
PART NO.
SPECIALTY TOOL
B-45659
Transmission sprocket locking tool
HD-94660-37B
Mainshaft locknut wrench
1.
Loosen rear axle pinch fastener. See IDLER PULLEY
REMOVAL in 1.9 DRIVE BELT SYSTEM.
2.
Unthread axle approximately 15 threads to release tension from drive belt.
3.
Remove front sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET
COVER.
b1106x6x
3
2
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Socket head screw (2)
Lockplate
Transmission sprocket nut (left-hand threads)
Transmission sprocket
Main drive gear
Figure 6-89. Transmission Sprocket
8.
1
2
CAUTION
3
Transmission sprocket nut has left-hand threads. Turn
nut clockwise to loosen and remove from main drive
gear shaft.
9.
4
6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
See Figure 6-89. Place transmission in first gear.
Remove two socket head screws (1) and lockplate (2).
5
Wheel
Wheel nut
Stud (2)
Idler pulley bracket
Idler pulley bracket nut with washer (2)
Wheel fastener
Remove transmission sprocket nut (3) from main drive
gear (5) using MAINSHAFT LOCKNUT WRENCH (Part
No. HD-94660-37B). Use an air impact wrench for best
results.
10. Remove secondary drive belt from transmission
sprocket. Remove transmission sprocket (4) from main
drive gear (5).
Figure 6-88. Idler Pulley Assembly
4.
See Figure 6-88. Remove both bracket nuts with washers (5) attaching idler pulley (4) to studs (3).
5.
Slide idler pulley assembly off studs.
6.
Inspect pulley by spinning wheel (1) and checking for
excessive wheel bearing wear.
7.
If pulley wheel needs replacement, remove fastener (6)
and nut (3) from idler pulley bracket (2) and discard.
Replace with new pulley wheel (1).
NOTE
The pulley wheel bearings can not be replaced separately. A
new pulley wheel must be installed.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-47
HOME
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 6-89. Install transmission sprocket (4) with
secondary drive belt onto main drive gear (5).
2.
Place transmission in neutral.
3.
Apply a few drops of LOCTITE 262 (red) to the left-hand
threads of transmission sprocket nut (3) and lightly coat
the washer-faced side with clean H-D 20W50 engine oil.
Wipe off any excess oil.
4.
Position nut with washer-faced side facing transmission
sprocket. Turn the nut counterclockwise to install it onto
main drive gear.
8632
1
1.
2.
2
Sprocket holding tool (Part No. B-45659)
Mainshaft locknut wrench
(Part No. HD-94660-37B)
Figure 6-90. Transmission Sprocket Tightening
5.
See Figure 6-90. Install SPROCKET HOLDING TOOL
(Part No. B-45659) as shown.
6.
Using MAINSHAFT LOCKNUT WRENCH (Part No. HD94660-37B) and a torque wrench, tighten sprocket nut to
50 ft-lbs (67.8 Nm) INITIAL TORQUE ONLY.
6-48
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
HOME
NOTE
a0163x6x
1
The original equipment socket head screws (1) have threadlocking compound applied to them. Since this compound
remains effective for about three removal/installation cycles,
the original screws may be reused up to three times. After the
third removal/installation cycle, replace both screws with new
screws identical to the original.
2
45°
30°
11. See Figure 6-88. Slide idler pulley assembly on to studs
(4), install nuts and washers (5) and tighten to 33-35 ftlbs (44.74-47.45 Nm).
12. Install front sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET
COVER.
3
CAUTION
Never remove rear axle with swingarm brace removed.
1.
2.
3.
Transmission sprocket nut
Transmission sprocket
Line scribed on nut and sprocket
8420
Figure 6-91. Aligning Transmission Sprocket
7.
See Figure 6-91. Scribe a line on the transmission
sprocket nut and continue the line on the transmission
sprocket as shown.
8.
Tighten the transmission sprocket nut an additional 30°40°.
9.
See Figure 6-89. Install lockplate over nut so that two of
lockplate’s four drilled holes (diagonally opposite) align
with sprocket’s two tapped holes.
NOTE
The lockplate has four screw holes and can be turned to
either side, so you should be able to find a position without
having to additionally tighten the nut. If you cannot align the
screw holes properly, the nut may be additionally TIGHTENED until the screw holes line up, but do not exceed 45°.
NEVER LOOSEN nut to align the screw holes.
CAUTION
Maximum allowable tightening of sprocket nut is 45° of
counterclockwise rotation, after initially tightening to 50
ft-lbs. Do not loosen sprocket nut while attempting to
align the screw holes. If you cannot align lockplate and
sprocket screw holes, nut may be additionally tightened
45° as specified above. Tightening too much or too little
may cause the nut to come loose during vehicle operation.If you cannot align lockplate and sprocket screw
holes, nut may be additionally tightened until screw
holes align.
10. See Figure 6-89. Install two socket head screws through
aligned holes of lockplate and into tapped holes of
sprocket. Tighten to 90-110 in-lbs (10.2-12.4 Nm).
1
2
1.
2.
Axle
Pinch bolt fastener
Figure 6-92. Rear Wheel Mounting, Right Side
13. See Figure 6-92. Tighten rear axle (1) to 48-52 ft-lbs (6570 Nm).
14. Tighten rear axle pinch fastener (2) to 40-45 ft-lbs (5461 Nm).
15. Install clutch assembly, primary chain and engine
sprocket. See 6.4 PRIMARY DRIVE/CLUTCH.
16. Install primary cover. See 6.2 PRIMARY CHAIN.
17. Assemble gearcase. See 3.16 GEARCASE COVER
AND CAM GEARS.
18. Assemble top end. See 3.6 CYLINDER HEAD.
19. Remove engine from ENGINE SUPPORT STAND (Part
No. HD-42310/HD-43646 or HD-43682).
20. Install engine in chassis. See 3.4 STRIPPING MOTORCYCLE FOR ENGINE SERVICE.
21. Fill transmission and engine to proper level with fresh
lubricant. See 1.2 FLUID REQUIREMENTS.
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
6-49
HOME
NOTES
6-50
2003 Buell XB9R: Drive/Transmission
Table Of Contents
SUBJECT
PAGE NO.
7.1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2 Ignition System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3 Ignition/Headlight Key Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.4 Spark Plug Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.5 Starter Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7 Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.8 Voltage Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.9 Battery Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.10 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.11 Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.12 Tail Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.13 Turn Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.14 Turn Signal Flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.15 Handlebar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.16 Speedometer Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.17 Instrument Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.18 Speedometer Performance Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.19 Tachometer Performance Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.20 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.21 Neutral Indicator Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.22 Main Fuse and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.23 Main Wire Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.24 Sprocket Cover Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1
7-3
7-5
7-9
7-11
7-19
7-26
7-28
7-29
7-31
7-37
7-39
7-40
7-43
7-44
7-46
7-47
7-48
7-53
7-55
7-57
7-58
7-59
7-64
ELECTRICAL
7
HOME
SPECIFICATIONS
7.1
Table 7-1. Battery Specifications
Table 7-4. Regulator Specifications
BATTERY
REGULATOR
Size
12 VDC/12 AH/200CCA
Type
Sealed, AGM
Voltage Output @ 3600 RPM
14.3-14.7 [email protected] 75° F
(24° C)
Amperes @ 3600 RPM
Table 7-2. Spark Plug Specifications
34-38 Amps
Table 7-5. Ignition Coil Specifications
SPARK PLUGS
Size
12 mm
Type
10R12A
Gap
Torque
IGNITION COIL RESISTANCE
Primary Winding
0.035 in.
0.9mm
11-18 ft-lbs
15-24 Nm
0.5-0.7 ohms
Secondary Winding
5500-7500 ohms
Table 7-6. Electrical System Specifications
Cable Resistance
(front and rear)
1,430-3,360 ohms
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Main Main fuse
30
Ignition fuse
15
Light fuse
15
16-20 VAC per 1000 engine RPM
Accessory fuse
7.5
0.1-0.3 Ohms
Brake/Horn fuse
15
ECM fuse
7.5
Key switch fuse
15
Cooling fan fuse
7.5
Table 7-3. Alternator Specifications
ALTERNATOR
AC Voltage Output
AMPERES
Stator Coil Resistance
Table 7-7. Specifications
BULBS
REQUIRED
WATTS
AMPS
PART
NUMBER
Bulb (H3)
2
55
4.58
68918-98
Position Lamp
(European models only)
1
4
0.33
Y0026.02A8
Tail/Stop Lamp
1
5/21
0.42/1.75
Y0401B.2U
Turn Signal Lamp (front and rear
(1 bulb each)
4
10.0
0.84
Y0042.K
BULB CHART
Headlights
Marker Lamps
Indicator Lamps,
Speedometer and Indicator, Speedometer and Tachometer LED’s are part of the instrument module and are not replaceable.
Entire assembly must be replaced if LED fails.
Tachometer
Illumination
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-1
HOME
TORQUE VALUES
ITEM
TORQUE
NOTES
Battery (+) to starter fastener
60-85 in-lbs
7-10 Nm
page 7-30
Battery terminal fastener
72-96 in-lbs
8-11 Nm
page 7-29, page 7-35, page 7-62
Fork clamp, upper
17-19 ft-lbs
23-26 Nm
LOCTITE 272, page 7-8
Fuse block mounting fasteners
72-96 in-lbs
8.1-10.8 Nm
page 7-61
Handlebar control
screws (left side)
housing
25-33 in-lbs
3-4 Nm
page 7-45
Handlebar control
screws (right side)
housing
25-33 in-lbs
3-4 Nm
longer screw on bottom, page 7-45
Horn fastener
72-96 in-lbs
8.1-10.8 Nm
page 7-55
Ignition switch body fastener
12-36 in-lbs
1.4-4.0 Nm
page 7-7
Ignition switch fastener
18-20 ft-lbs
24.4-27.1 Nm
Intrument module fastener
12-36 in-lbs
1.4-4.0 Nm
page 7-47
Main battery ground
48-72 in-lbs
5.4-8.1 Nm
page 7-30, page 7-62
Neutral indicator switch
36-60 in-lbs
4-6.8 Nm
Relay block mounting fasteners
72-96 in-lbs
8.1-10.8 Nm
Rotor mounting fasteners
90-110 in-lbs
10-12 Nm
LOCTITE THREADLOCKER 243 (blue), page 7-27
Spark plugs
11-18 ft-lbs
15-24 Nm
page 7-1
Stator TORX mounting screws
30-40 in-lbs
3-4 Nm
Steering head wiring clamp
16-18 ft-lbs
21.7-24.4 Nm
page 7-61
Steering stem cap
38-42 ft-lbs
52-57 Nm
page 7-8
Steering stem pinch fastener
17-19 ft-lbs
23-26 Nm
LOCTITE 272, page 7-8
Turn signal fastener (rear)
25-28 in-lbs
2.8-3.2 Nm
page 7-42
Turn signal fasteners (front)
25-28 in-lbs
2.8-3.2 Nm
page 7-42
Turn signal flasher fastener
30-40 in-lbs
3.4-4.5 Nm
page 7-43
Voltage regulator
fasteners
36-60 in-lbs
4.0-6.8 Nm
use new fasteners, page 7-28
7-2
mounting
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
LOCTITE THREADLOCKER 272, page 7-8
LOCTITE THREADLOCKER 243 (blue), page 7-57
page 7-61
T-27 TORX with retaining compound, replace with new
after each removal, page 7-27
HOME
IGNITION SYSTEM
GENERAL
The vehicle uses a breakerless inductive-discharge ignition
system. The system has both a primary and secondary circuit. The primary circuit consists of the battery, main fuse,
ignition switch, primary coil windings, computerized ignition
timer and associated wiring. The secondary circuit consists of
the secondary coil, spark plugs and associated wiring. See
Figure 7-1.
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750) can access the
information received by and stored in the electronic control
module.
The electronic control module (ECM) is located in the fairing.
The module has three primary functions. First, it computes
the spark advance for proper ignition timing based on sensor
input. Second, it controls the independent, primary windings
of the spark coil and is thus able to provide sequential and
independent firing of the spark plugs (non waste spark).
Third, it calculates the correct air/fuel ratio based on input
from the sensors.
The electronic control module contains all the solid-state
components used in the ignition system. The dwell time for
the ignition coil is also calculated by the ECM microprocessor
and is dependent upon battery voltage. The programmed
dwell is an added feature to keep battery drain to a minimum
and to adequately charge the coil at all speeds. The ECM has
added protection against transient voltages, continuous
reverse voltage protection and damage due to jump starts.
The ECM is fully enclosed to protect it from vibration, dust,
water and oil. The module is not repairable. Replace the unit if
it fails.
The ECM uses six different sensors to monitor rider demands
and changing engine conditions. These sensors are:
●
●
●
●
●
●
Throttle Position (TP) Sensor
Cam Position (CMP) Sensor
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
Engine Temperature (ET) Sensor
Oxygen (O2) Sensor
Bank Angle Sensor (BAS)
The ECM uses the information provided by the throttle position and cam position sensors to calculate how much air is
entering the engine.The throttle position sensor monitors the
amount of air entering the engine by how far the throttle is
open, whether it is opening or closing and how fast it is opening or closing. The IAT sensor measures the temperature of
the air entering the engine, providing the rest of the information necessary to determine the density of the air entering the
engine. The ECM also monitors the cam position sensor to
determine the exact position of both cylinders in the combustion cycle and the engine speed.
The ET sensor provides the ECM the current engine temperature. Proper fuel and spark delivery are dependent on the
temperature of the engine. The ECM will provide a richer fuel
mixture on start up and a higher degree of spark advance. As
the vehicle warms up to operating temperature the fuel mixture will lean and the spark advance will decrease.
7.2
Cooling fan actuation is controlled by the ECM. With key ON,
fan turns on when engine cylinder head temperature reaches
220° C (428° F) and shuts off when temperature reaches
180° C (356° F). With key OFF, fan turns on when engine
temperature reaches 170° C (338° F) and shuts off when
temperature reaches 150° C (302° F).
The information provided by the O2 sensor allows the ECM to
ensure a proper air/fuel mixture by monitoring the final combustion efficiency in the exhaust system. This ensures optimum engine performance at any altitude or barometric
pressure. The O2 sensor input to the ECM is required to
ensure a stoichiometric (14.7:1) air/fuel ratio during closed
loop operation.
The Bank Angle Sensor (BAS) provides input to the ECM on
whether the vehicle lean is greater than predetermined bank
angle limit. As long as lean angle does not exceed limit, fuel
supply and ignition operation are unaffected. If the vehicle
exceeds the predetermined bank angle limit, the BAS will
interrupt the operation of the ignition system and fuel supply.
To reset system, return vehicle to the upright position and
switch key OFF.
The ECM-controlled ignition coil fires each spark plug independently on the compression stroke of each cylinder (no
waste spark). The spark plug in the front cylinder fires at the
end of that cylinder’s compression stroke, thereby igniting the
air/fuel mixture. The same sequence occurs at the end of the
rear cylinder’s compression stroke (thereby igniting the air/
fuel mixture in the rear cylinder).
The rotor and cam position sensor are located in the gearcase cover on the right side of the motorcycle. The Cam position sensor consists of a Hall-effect device, magnet and plate.
The plate is mounted over a rotating cup (“rotor cup”). The
rotor cup is mounted on the camshaft and operates at onehalf crankshaft speed. As the rotor cup turns inside the gearcase, six asymmetrical teeth on the rotor cup sequentially
break the magnetic field between the magnet and the Halleffect device. The edges of these teeth are cut to correspond
to specific positions of the camshaft during the engine cycle
such as TDC for the front cylinder. The output of the cam
position sensor is used by the ECM to not only determine
engine position, but also to calculate engine speed. This
method of measuring camshaft position provides accurate
information on engine position down to zero engine speed.
For more information on the sensors used in conjunction with
the ECM see Section 4 Fuel System.
See the wiring diagrams in the Appendix for additional information on ignition system circuits.
TROUBLESHOOTING
See Section 4 Fuel System for troubleshooting information.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-3
HOME
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Pop rivet (2)
Timer cover
Screw (2)
Timer plate stud (2)
Secondary lock
Cam position sensor connector [14]
Terminal pin
Electronic control module (ECM)
Spark plug (2)
Rear spark plug cable
Fastener (2)
Ignition coil
Front spark plug cable
Engine mount
Gearcase cover
Seal
Trigger rotor
Trigger rotor bolt
Cam position sensor
Inner cover
11
10
12
13
9
8
14
15
7
6
5
16
17
18
3
4
2
19
20
1
b0990x4x
Figure 7-1. Ignition System Components
7-4
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
HOME
IGNITION/HEADLIGHT KEY SWITCH
GENERAL
7.3
Table 7-8. Ignition Key Switch Positions
LABEL
1WARNING
DO NOT modify the ignition/headlight switch wiring to
circumvent the automatic-on headlight feature. Visibility
is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have
proper headlight operation could result in death or serious injury.
IGN.
REMOVE
KEY
LAMPS
OFF
off
off
yes
P
off
ON
on
See note
Table 7-9.
LOCK
off
&
yes
no
off
yes
Switch positions are explained in Table 7-8.
CAUTION
When turning off the ignition, verify that the key is
removed in the OFF position and that the lights are not
left on. If the rider stops the engine and inadvertently
removes the key in the P position, the battery will be
drained of its charge if the vehicle is left standing too
long.
NOTE
The key locks the ignition system and is removable in both
the LOCK and P positions. The P position is located counterclockwise from the LOCK position and allows the rider to
remove the key while leaving the lights on. When the key is
placed in the P position, several indicator markers are or can
be activated. See Table 7-9.
Table 7-9. Indicator Markers
ITEM
P
ON
on
on
off
can be
activated
Headlight low beam
off
on*
Instrument module illumination
lamps
on
on
Headlight position marker
(European models only)
Headlight high beam
Stop lamp
can be
activated
Front and rear turn signals
Horn
8345
can be activated
cannot be
activated
can be
activated
* Run switch must be on.
2
1
3
4
6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
5
ON position
OFF position
PUSH DETENT
LOCK position
PARKING LIGHT position
Upper triple clamp
Figure 7-2. Ignition/Headlight Key Switch
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-5
HOME
REMOVAL
1.
8454
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
1WARNING
To protect against accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
2.
Disconnect negative battery cable.
3.
See Figure 7-6. Cut cable strap (2) holding ignition
switch, fuse block and right handlebar switch wires.
4.
Disconnect ignition switch connector [33] (3).
5.
See Figure 7-3. Remove cable straps attached to the
upper fork clamp.
6.
Remove airbox cover. See 2.34 INTAKE COVER
ASSEMBLY.
7.
See Figure 7-4. Remove steering stem pinch fastener
(2).
8.
Remove upper fork clamp pinch fasteners (1).
9.
See Figure 7-4. Hold or brace the lower fork clamp and
remove steering stem cap (3).
Figure 7-3. Cable Straps On Upper Fork Clamp
b1109x7x
2
3
1
10. Remove the upper fork clamp (4) from forks.
1
11. See Figure 7-5. Use Snap-on Tamper-Resistant T45 Torx
driver, Part No FTXR45E to remove ignition switch fasteners (3) securing ignition switch (4) to upper fork
clamp. Slide ignition switch out of upper fork clamp.
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
Upper fork clamp pinch fastener (2)
Stem pinch fastener
Stem cap fastener
Upper fork clamp
Figure 7-4. Upper Fork Clamp
7-6
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
HOME
DISASSEMBLY
b1108x7x
1.
See Figure 7-5. Remove ignition switch housing (5) from
ignition switch (4) by prying tabs on side of housing
2.
Remove ignition switch body fasteners (1). Separate ignition switch body (2) from ignition switch (4).
5
ASSEMBLY
4
NOTE
See Figure 7-5. In next step, be sure wide slot in ignition
switch housing (5) is installed over wide boss on ignition
switch (4).
1.
6
3
Push ignition switch housing (5) on to ignition switch (4).
NOTE
In next step, do not force ignition switch (4) into ignition switch
body (2). If ignition switch does not easily slide into ignition
switch body, rotate slot in ignition switch body with screwdriver until proper installation can be achieved.
2.
Mate ignition switch to ignition switch body.
3.
Install ignition switch body fasteners (1). Tighten to 12-36
in-lbs (1.4-4.0 Nm).
2
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Ignition switch body fastener (2)
Ignition switch body
Ignition switch fastener (2)
Ignition switch
Ignition switch housing
Ignition switch connector [33]
Figure 7-5. Ignition Switch Assembly
2
3
1
1.
2.
3.
b1023b8x
Headlights (2)
Cable strap
Ignition switch connector [33]
Figure 7-6. Ignition Switch Connector (viewed from underneath fairing)
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-7
HOME
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 7-4. From underneath upper triple clamp (4),
insert ignition switch assembly into hole. The word “OFF”
stamped on the switch housing should face front of vehicle.
2.
See Figure 7-5. Attach ignition switch assembly to upper
triple clamp using ignition switch fasteners (3). USE
LOCTITE THREADLOCKER 272 on fasteners. Tighten
to 18-20 ft-lbs (24.4-27.1 Nm).
3.
See Figure 7-4. Install steering stem cap (3). Tighten but
do not torque.
4.
Install upper clamp on fork assembly.
a.
b.
Apply LOCTITE 272 to upper fork clamp pinch fasteners (1).
Tighten but do not torque upper fork clamp pinch
fasteners.
c.
Tighten steering stem cap to 38-42 ft-lbs (52-57
Nm).
d.
Install steering stem pinch fastener (2) applying
LOCTITE 272 and tightening to 17-19 ft-lbs (23-26
Nm).
e.
Tighten upper fork clamp fasteners to 17-19 ft-lbs
(23-26 Nm).
f.
Repeat torque sequence in steps d and e.
5.
See Figure 7-6. Connect ignition key switch connector
(3) to wiring harness. Install cable strap (2) around ignition switch, fuse block and right handlebar switch wires.
6.
Install airbox assembly. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
7.
8.
See Figure 7-3. Attach cable straps to upper fork clamp.
a.
Install cable strap to the right of ignition switch
securing right hand switch and brake line wires to
upper fork clamp.
b.
Install cable strap to the left of ignition switch securing left hand switch and clutch cable wires to upper
fork clamp.
Install negative battery cable.
1WARNING
Check for proper headlight operation before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have proper headlight operation could
result in death or serious injury.
9.
Check ignition key switch for proper operation. If operation fails, reread procedure and verify that all steps were
performed.
1WARNING
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
10. Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
7-8
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
b1110x7x
Ignition Key Switch
Ignition Key Switch
Connector [33]
R
R/GY
R/BK
R
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
R
R/GY
R/BK
R
Figure 7-7. Ignition Key Switch Wiring
HOME
SPARK PLUG CABLES
GENERAL
7.4
8843
Resistor-type high-tension spark plug cables have a carbonimpregnated fabric core, instead of solid wire, for radio noise
suppression and improved reliability of electronic components. Use the exact replacement cable for best results.
2
1
REMOVAL
1WARNING
Never disconnect a spark plug cable with the engine running. If you disconnect a spark plug cable with the
engine running, you may receive a potentially fatal electric shock from the ignition system which could result in
death or serious injury.
1.
2.
Front spark plug cable
Rear spark plug cable
Figure 7-8. Spark Plug Cable Location
CAUTION
When disconnecting each spark plug cable from its
spark plug terminal, always grasp and pull on the rubber
boot at the end of the cable assembly (as close as possible to the spark plug terminal). Do not pull on the cable
portion itself. Pulling on the cable will damage the
cable’s carbon core.
1.
Remove airbox assembly. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
2.
See Figure 7-8. Disconnect spark plug cables from ignition coil and spark plug terminals. Inspect cables for
damage.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-9
HOME
INSPECTION
1.
2.
7117
a.
Check for cracks or loose terminals.
b.
Check for loose fit on ignition coil and spark plugs.
4
1
Inspect spark plug cables. Replace cables that are worn
or damaged.
3
2
Check cable boots/caps for cracks or tears. Replace
boots/caps that are worn or damaged.
NOTE
Both cables are the same length.
3.
See Figure 7-9. Check spark plug cable resistance with
an ohmmeter. Replace cables not meeting resistance
specifications.
Table 7-10. Spark Plug Cables
SPECIFICATION
FRONT & REAR
5.75
(146)
Length-in. (mm)
Resistance - ohms
1,430-3,360
INSTALLATION
NOTES
●
To ease installation, install spark plug cables to ignition
coil first.
●
See 1.14 SPARK PLUGS for spark plug information.
1.
Connect spark plug cables to ignition coil and spark
plugs. Fasten boots/caps securely. Tight connections
provide the necessary moisture-proof environment for
the ignition coil and spark plug terminals.
2.
Install airbox assembly. See 4.43 AIRBOX.
7-10
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
1.
2.
3.
4.
Ohmmeter positive lead
Ohmmeter negative lead
Spark plug cable (typical)
Ohmmeter
Figure 7-9. Testing Resistance
HOME
STARTER INTERLOCK
7.5
GENERAL
Ignition Circuit
The starter interlock system is designed to prevent unintended start-up and/or forward motion of the motorcycle with
the vehicle’s sidestand not retracted.
The ignition circuit prevents the motorcycle from operating
unless a ground is established at the ignition relay. If this
ground is not established, the ignition system will be not
turned on and the motorcycle will not run. Grounds may be
established three ways.
Two circuits make up the starter interlock system.
Starter Circuit
The starter circuit prevents the motorcycle from being started
unless a ground has been established at the starter relay.
This ground may come from one of two sources.
●
By placing the motorcycle in neutral and grounding
through the neutral switch.
●
By disengaging the clutch and grounding through the
clutch lever switch.
Once the starter circuit is grounded and the starter button
pushed, the starter relay can be energized. The energized
relay then permits the starter motor to crank the engine.
●
By retracting the sidestand and grounding through the
sidestand switch.
●
By placing the motorcycle in neutral and grounding
through the neutral switch.
●
By disengaging the clutch and grounding through the
clutch lever switch.
Note that the ignition circuit allows operation in gear with the
sidestand extended if the clutch is disengaged. However, if
the motorcycle is in gear with the sidestand extended, and
the clutch is released, the ignition ground is lost and the ignition system is turned off. This system will prevent vehicle
operation if forward motion is attempted with the sidestand
down.
Table 7-11. Starter Interlock Troubleshooting
PROBLEM
Electric starter will not crank.
CHECK FOR
CORRECTION
Battery problems.
See 7.10 BATTERY.
Inappropriate gear selected.
Place vehicle in neutral.
Clutch lever not disengaged.
Pull in clutch lever.
Starter relay problems.
Listen for starter relay “click”. If click is not heard,
perform starter relay tests.
Follow starter troubleshooting in Section 5.
Electric starter cranks, but vehicle
will not start.
Sidestand not retracted.
Retract sidestand.
Motorcycle will not start with sidestand retracted.
Clutch lever not disengaged.
Pull in clutch lever.
Motorcycle will not start with sidestand retracted or clutch disengaged.
Ignition relay problems.
Listen for relay “click”. If click is not heard, perform
ignition system tests.
Motorcycle will not start after starter
relay tests.
No spark at spark plug.
Check for 12 VDC at coil W/BK wire.
Follow ignition system troubleshooting.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-11
HOME
DIAGNOSTICS
b0643x4x
The reference numbers below correlate with the circled numbers in the 7.5 STARTER INTERLOCK flow charts.
1.
Check diode with an ohmmeter as shown in Figure 7-11.
2.
Check diode polarity as shown in Figure 7-10.
b0644x4x
TN/LTGN
TN/W
Diode 1 Polarity
TN/LTGN
TN/Y
Continuity
Diode 2 Polarity
Infinite
ohms
Figure 7-11. Ohmmeter Diode Test
Figure 7-10. Diode Polarity
b1107x7x
TN/W
1
2
TN/LTGN
BK
TN/LTGN
Clutch
Switch
[95]
TN/LTGN
TN/Y
Relay
Center
Top View
Key Switch
19 13 11
Neutral
Switch
[131]
14
9
3
1
4
15
BK
Ignition
5
TN/W
1 2
6
7
Sidestand
Switch [60]
10 8
Start
2
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1
TN/W
TN/W
Figure 7-12. Diode Wiring
7-12
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
9
9
5
5
4
Diode 1
Diode 2
Fuse Block
Top View
Spare
19
13
Spare
20
14
Empty
21
15
ECM
22
16
Lights
23
17
Key Switch
24
86
85
30
87A
87
18
Diode 1
7
1
Diode 2
8
2
Brake/Horn
9
3
Cooling Fan
10
4
Ignition
11
5
Accessory
12
6
Ignition
Relay
HOME
Ignition Test
CONDITION: Sidestand up and key ON, transmission in neutral and clutch engaged
Check for ground on TN/W wire
of sidestand connector [133].
Ground present?
YES
NO
Repair open on TN/W
wire between ignition
relay and connector
Check for ground on BK
wire of connector [133].
Ground present?
5053
YES
NO
Replace sidestand
switch.
Repair open BK wire
between connector [133]
and ground.
5054
5055
Starter Test (Part 1 of 2)
CONDITION: Sidestand down, key ON, transmission in neutral and clutch engaged
Check for ground on TN/Lt.GN wire of Diode 2.
Ground present?
YES
NO
Repair open on TN/Lt.GN
wire between diode 2 and
start relay.
Check for ground at TN/Y
wire on Diode 2. Ground
present?
5060
YES
1
2
NO
Check Diode 2 with
ohmmeter. Diode OK?
Remove sprocket cover.
Check for ground at
neutral switch terminal.
Ground present?
YES
NO
YES
NO
Diode installed backwards.
Reverse polarity.
Replace
diode.
Repair open on TN/Y
wire between neutral
switch and Diode 2.
Replace neutral
switch.
5061
5064
5062
5063
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-13
HOME
Starter Test (Part 2 of 2)
CONDITION: Sidestand down, key ON, transmission in gear and clutch disengaged
Check for ground on TN/W wire
of Diode 1. Ground present?
YES
NO
Repair open on TN/W
wire between Diode 1
and ignition relay.
Check for ground on
TN/GN wire of Diode 1.
Ground present?
5070
1
2
YES
NO
Check Diode 1 with
ohmmeter. Diode OK?
Check for ground on
TN/GN wire of clutch
switch connector [95].
Ground present?
YES
NO
YES
NO
Diode installed
backwards.
Reverse polarity.
Replace
diode.
Repair open on TN/
GN wire between
connector [95] and
Diode 1.
Check for ground on BK
wire of connector [95].
Ground present?
5072
5071
5073
YES
NO
Replace clutch
switch.
Repair open on
BK wire between
connector [95] and
ground.
5074
5075
7-14
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
HOME
b1077a4x
1
Relay
Center
Ignition
Switch
[33]
3
Top View
9
2
4
6
5
Ignition
7
8
Start
10
11
1
2
3
4
BK
13
R
Fuse Block
Top View
14 15
19 Key Switch
R/BK
TN/Y
Main Fuse
[5A]
To Battery
TN/LTGN
Sidestand
Switch [60]
R/BK
Neutral
Switch
[131]
TN/LTGN
TN/Y
BK/R
GY/O
W/BK
GY/O
Right Handlebar
Switch [22]
R
TN/W
TN/LTGN
1
2
BK
Clutch
Switch
[95]
W/BK
TN/W
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1
GY
9
9
5
5
4
BK/R
10
GY/O
2
GY
To Starter
Solenoid
R/BK
6
GN
7
R/BK
BK
R
BK
R/BK
Connector [10]
Spare
20
14
Diode 2
2
8
Empty
Brake/Horn
3
9
21
15
Cooling Fan
ECM
16
Key Switch
TN/W
W/BK
GY
Diode 1
1
7
Lights
23
17
R/Y
R
1 2
1
2
3
4
Spare
13
22
R
TN/W
19
Connector [11]
11
19
15
14
24
18
10
4
Ignition
11
5
Accessory
6
12
Diode 2
Diode 1
Ignition
Fuse
Key Switch
Fuse
86
85
30
87A
87
86
85
30
87A
87
86
85
30
87A
87
Ignition
Relay
Start Relay
Key Switch
Relay
*ECM [10] Pin 1 also provides
power to fuel pump, both fuel injectors and coil.
Electronic Control Module (ECM)
Figure 7-13. Interlock Circuit
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-15
HOME
TESTING/REPLACEMENT
8403a
Sidestand Switch
See Figure 7-14. The sidestand switch is a rotary type switch.
The switch completes a path to ground for the ignition relay
when the sidestand is in the retracted position. Test the
switch as follows:
1.
Remove heat shrink tubing from sidestand.
2.
Unplug the 2-place sidestand switch connector [60].
3.
Test the switch using an ohmmeter.
a.
With sidestand down (switch open), the switch
should show ∞ ohms (infinite ohms).
b.
With sidestand up (switch closed), the switch should
show 0 ohms or little resistance.
4.
Replace the assembly with a new switch if necessary.
See 2.40 SIDESTAND.
5.
Replace heat shrink tubing.
Figure 7-14. Sidestand Switch
b0393x7x
Clutch Switch
See Figure 7-15. The clutch switch attaches to the clutch control lever bracket. The switch completes a path to ground for
the ignition relay and the starter relay when the clutch is disengaged. Test the switch as follows:
1.
Unplug the 2-place clutch switch connector [95].
2.
Test the switch using an ohmmeter.
3.
a.
With clutch engaged (1) (switch open), the switch
should show ∞ ohms (infinite ohms).
b.
With clutch disengaged (2) (switch closed), the
switch should show 0 ohms or little resistance.
Replace the assembly with a new switch if necessary.
See 2.24 CLUTCH HAND LEVER.
1
2
3
1.
2.
3.
Clutch engaged (switch open)
Clutch disengaged (switch closed)
Connector [95]
Figure 7-15. Clutch Switch
7-16
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
Trigger
Button
HOME
Ignition Relay
8379
The ignition relay is located on the left side of the vehicle
behind the fairing. Test the relay as follows:
1.
See Figure 7-16. Locate ignition relay (2) within relay
block.
2.
To test relay, proceed to Step 3. If installing a new starter
relay, remove old relay. Install new relay into relay block.
3.
See Figure 7-17. Obtain a 12 volt battery and a continuity tester or ohmmeter.
4.
a.
Pull relay from relay block.
b.
Connect positive battery lead to the 86 terminal.
c.
Connect negative battery lead to the 85 terminal to
energize relay.
d.
Check for continuity between the 30 and 87 terminals. A good relay shows continuity (continuity tester
lamp “on” or a zero ohm reading on the ohmmeter).
A malfunctioning relay will not show continuity and
must be replaced.
2
1
3
1.
2.
3.
Key switch relay
Ignition relay
Start relay
Figure 7-16. Relay Block
Replace the relay with a new relay if necessary.
Key Switch Relay
b0755x5x
Ohmmeter
See Figure 7-16. The key switch relay (1) is located on the left
side of the vehicle behind the fairing. See Ignition Relay
under 7.5 STARTER INTERLOCK for testing proceedure.
Main Fuse
Battery
A 30 Amp main fuse links the ignition key switch and the battery. The 30A main fuse is located under the rider’s seat. See
7.22 MAIN FUSE AND FUSES for more information.
Figure 7-17. Starter Relay Test
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-17
HOME
Diodes
8378
See Figure 7-18. The diodes are located on the right side of
the vehicle behind the fairing.
1.
See Figure 7-19. Locate diodes within fuse block.
2.
Test diodes using Starter Test flow charts under DIAGNOSTICS.
3.
Identify the diode which must be replaced. Replace both
diodes if necessary.
4.
Replace the diodes by pulling them straight out. The
spare diode may be used in either circuit as long as it is
installed in the correct direction.
Figure 7-18. Fuse Block (contains diodes)
b1003x4x
15
Spare
Diode 1
7.5
Spare
Diode 2
15
Empty
7.5
ECM
15
Lights
15
Key Switch
Brake/Horn
7.5
Cooling Fan
15
Ignition
7.5
Accessory
Figure 7-19. Fuses and Diodes
7-18
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
HOME
CHARGING SYSTEM
GENERAL
7.6
8740
The charging system consists of the alternator and regulator.
Charging system circuits are shown in Figure 7-22.
CAUTION
Never install accessory wiring between battery post and
battery cable. Installing wire between battery post and
battery cable could cause damage to electrical system.
When installing electrical accessories, install longer battery
post fasteners. Install wiring between battery cable and fastener.
Alternator
The alternator consists of two main components:
●
The rotor which mounts to the engine sprocket shaft.
●
The stator which bolts to the engine crankcase.
Figure 7-20. Voltage Regulator
Voltage Regulator
8748a
See Figure 7-20. The voltage regulator is a series regulator
with shunt control. The voltage regulator combines the functions of rectifying (converting AC voltage to DC) and regulating (controlling voltage output).
TROUBLESHOOTING
When the charging system fails to charge or does not charge
at a satisfactory rate, check the following:
Battery
Check for a weak or dead battery. See 7.10 BATTERY. Battery must be fully charged in order to perform any electrical
tests.
Figure 7-21. Stator Connector [46]
Wiring
Check for corroded or loose connections in the charging circuit. See Figure 7-22.
Voltage Regulator Inspection
See Figure 7-21. The plug connector to stator must be clean
and tight.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-19
HOME
Test 7.6 (Part 1 of 2)
SYMPTOM: BATTERY BECOMES DISCHARGED
Test battery.
Charge or replace as required.
See 7.10 BATTERY.
Inspect regulator.
See
See REGULATOR
Voltage Regulator
INSPECTION.
Inspection.
PASS
FAIL
Test voltage regulator. See
Voltage Regulator Bleed Test.
Correct as
required.
5306
PASS
FAIL
Perform Milliampere Draw
Test (If applicable).
Replace regulator.
5316
FAIL
PASS
Perform Total Current Draw
Test. Record measurement.
Isolate damaged
component or wiring.
5308
FAIL
PASS
STOP
Isolate damaged wiring or
excessive accessories.
5310
Go to Test 7.6
(Part 2 of 2).
NOTE
Whenever a charging system component fails a test and
is replaced, re-test the system to be sure the problem
has been corrected.
7-20
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
HOME
Test 7.6 (Part 2 of 2)
SYMPTOM: BATTERY BECOMES DISCHARGED
From Test 7.6 (Part 1 of 2).
Perform Current and Voltage Output Test. Record
measurement and compare with Total Current Draw
Test before proceeding.
PASS
FAIL
Perform Voltage Output Test.
Perform Stator Check.
PASS
FAIL
PASS
FAIL
System tests good up to this point. Suspect:
Replace
regulator.
Perform AC Output
Check.
Replace
stator.
Accessories on for long periods when vehicle is
parked and not running.
5316
5312
Accessories on when vehicle is ridden very slowly for
long periods.
Battery self-discharge and/or accessory draw
because vehicle was not operated for a long period.
PASS
FAIL
Replace regulator.
Perform Current and
Voltage Output Test.
Inspect rotor.
5315
PASS
FAIL
PASS
FAIL
System
OK.
Damaged or
slipping rotor.
Replace
stator.
Replace
rotor.
5319
5314
5319
NOTE
Whenever a charging system component fails a test and
is replaced, re-test the system to be sure the problem
has been corrected.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-21
HOME
b1091x7x
BK
BK
Starter
BK
Battery
[5]
R/Y
1
2
R
Main Fuse
[77]
1
2
1
2
BK
BK
Voltage
Regulator
BK
BK
BK
[46]
Stator
Figure 7-22. Charging System Circuit
7-22
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
HOME
TESTING
b0325x7x
1.0 milliamperes
maximum
Voltage Regulator Bleed Test
NOTE
Stator connector [46] and regulator connector [77] are
located under sprocket cover. for more information see 7.24
SPROCKET COVER WIRING.
1.
Battery negative
cable
Be sure regulator is connected to battery.
a.
Check that voltage regulator connector [77] halves
are engaged.
b.
Check that main fuse is not blown.
2.
Locate and disconnect stator connector [46].
3.
Check regulator connector using a trouble light.
a.
Touch one probe to a suitable ground.
b.
Touch the other to the regulator pins, one at a time.
c.
If light glows, replace regulator.
12 VDC
Battery
Figure 7-23. Milliampere Draw Test
b1093x7x
Load tester
Milliampere Draw Test
VOLTS
AMPS
NOTE
Be sure accessories are not wired so they stay on at all
times. This condition could drain battery completely if vehicle
is parked for a long time. Check for this by connecting ammeter between negative battery terminal and battery.
1.
See Figure 7-23. Connect ammeter between negative
battery terminal and battery. With this arrangement, you
will also pick up any regulator drain.
2.
With ignition key switch turned to OFF and all lights and
accessories off, observe amperage reading.
a.
Maximum reading should be 1.0 milliamperes.
b.
A higher reading indicates excessive current draw.
Any accessories must be considered and checked
for excessive drain.
Ignition turned
to OFF
NOTE
A battery with a surface discharge condition could suffer a
static drain. Correct by cleaning battery case.
12 VDC
Battery
Total Current Draw Test
If battery runs down during use, the current draw of the
motorcycle components and accessories may exceed output
of the charging system.
Figure 7-24. Check Current Draw (Ignition Switch On)
4.
Compare this reading to the reading obtained after performing the CURRENT AND VOLTAGE OUTPUT TEST.
1WARNING
a.
The current output should exceed current draw by
3.5 amps minimum.
Always turn the battery load tester OFF before connecting tester cables to the battery terminals. Connecting
tester cables with the load tester ON could cause a spark
resulting in a battery explosion which could result in
death or serious injury.
b.
If output does not meet specifications, there may be
too many accessories for the charging system to
handle.
1.
See Figure 7-24. To check for this condition, place load
tester induction pickup or current probe pickup over battery negative cable.
2.
Disconnect stator wiring from voltage regulator wiring at
the connector [46] under front sprocket cover See 7.24
SPROCKET COVER WIRING. Start the motorcycle and
run the engine at 2000 RPM.
3.
With ignition and all continuously running lights and
accessories turned on (headlight on high beam), read
the total current draw.
5.
Reconnect regulator after testing.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-23
HOME
Current and Voltage Output Test
1.
8748b
Connect load tester.
a.
Connect negative and positive leads to battery terminals.
b.
See Figure 7-25. Place load tester induction pickup
over positive regulator cable.
CAUTION
Do not leave any load switch turned on for more than 20
seconds or overheating and tester damage are possible.
2.
Run the engine at 3000 RPM. Increase the load as
required to obtain a constant 13.0 VDC.
3.
The current output should be 34-38 amps. Make note of
measurement for use in TOTAL CURRENT DRAW
TEST.
Figure 7-25. Positive Regulator Cable (red wire)
NOTE
Rider’s habits may require output test at lower RPM.
Voltage Output Test
1.
See Figure 7-25. After removing the load, read the load
tester voltage meter.
a.
If voltage to the battery is not more than 15 VDC,
voltage output is within specifications. Investigate
other possible problems. See TROUBLESHOOTING in this section.
b.
If voltage is higher, regulator is not functioning properly or connections are loose or dirty.
Stator Check
1.
Turn ignition key switch to OFF.
2.
See Figure 7-26. Connect an ohmmeter.
a.
3.
Locate voltage regulator connector [46] under
sprocket cover. See 7.24 SPROCKET COVER WIRING. Disconnect from alternator stator wiring.
b.
Insert one ohmmeter lead into a stator socket.
c.
Attach the other lead to a suitable ground.
Test for continuity with ohmmeter set on the RX1 scale.
a.
A good stator will show no continuity (∞ ohms)
across all stator sockets and ground.
b.
Any other reading indicates a grounded stator which
must be replaced.
4.
See Figure 7-27. Remove ground lead. Check resistance
across stator sockets 1-2, 2-3 and 3-1.
5.
Test for resistance with ohmmeter set on the RX1 scale.
a.
Resistance across the stator sockets should be 0.10.3 ohms.
b.
If the resistance is lower, the stator is damaged and
must be replaced.
NOTE
Verify that meter reads 0 ohms when probes are shorted
together. If not, subtract lowest value to resistance value of
stator.
7-24
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
b0996x7x
Figure 7-26. Test for Grounded Stator
HOME
AC Output Check
1.
2.
3.
See Figure 7-28. Test AC output.
a.
Locate voltage regulator connector [46] under
sprocket cover. See 7.24 SPROCKET COVER WIRING. Disconnect from alternator stator wiring.
b.
Connect an AC voltmeter across stator sockets 1-2.
c.
Run the engine at 2000 RPM. The AC output should
be 32-40 volts AC. (approximately 16-20 volts per
1000 RPM).
d.
Repeat test across stator sockets 2-3 and 1-3.
Compare test results to specifications.
a.
If the output is below specifications, charging problem could be a faulty rotor or stator.
b.
If output is good, charging problem might be faulty
regulator/rectifier. Replace as required.
Check the output again as described under CURRENT
AND VOLTAGE OUTPUT TEST on page 7-24.
b0997x7x
Figure 7-27. Check for Stator Resistance
b0998x7x
Figure 7-28. Check Stator AC Voltage Output
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-25
HOME
ALTERNATOR
REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY
7.7
8739
1WARNING
To protect against accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
1.
Disconnect negative battery cable.
2.
Remove primary cover. See 6.2 PRIMARY CHAIN.
3.
Remove clutch assembly, primary chain and engine
sprocket/rotor assembly as a unit. See 6.4 PRIMARY
DRIVE/CLUTCH.
4.
Remove/disassemble rotor and/or stator, as required.
Refer to the following procedures.
Figure 7-29. Rotor Assembly
8610
Rotor
1.
See Figure 7-29. Remove the eight fasteners which
secure alternator rotor to engine sprocket.
2.
See Figure 7-30. Position blocking under rotor. Press
sprocket free of rotor.
NOTE
Resistance to sprocket/rotor disassembly is due in part to the
magnetic force of the permanent rotor magnets.
Stator
1.
See Figure 7-31. Disconnect stator wiring (4) from voltage regulator wiring at connector (5) [46] under sprocket
cover. See 7.24 SPROCKET COVER WIRING.
2.
Remove cable straps holding stator wire to wire harness.
Figure 7-30. Removing Rotor From Sprocket
b1094x7x
2
23
CAUTION
Stator TORX screws contain a thread locking compound.
Do not reuse existing screws. Always use new screws
with the proper thread locking compound. Loss of torque
on TORX fasteners could result in alternator damage.
3.
Remove and discard the four TORX screws (1) which
secure stator (2) to left crankcase half.
4.
Remove stator wiring grommet (3) from left crankcase
half.
5.
Withdraw stator wiring (4) from grommet hole in left
crankcase half. Remove stator.
1
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Stator fastener (4)
Stator
Grommet
Stator wiring
Connector [46]
Figure 7-31. Stator Assembly
7-26
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
4
HOME
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
3560
3
2
CAUTION
Do not strike or drop alternator rotor or damage to magnet adhesive may occur. Magnet adhesive damage can
result in rotor failure.
1.
Clean rotor with a petroleum-base solvent. Remove all
foreign material from rotor magnets. Replace rotor if
rotor magnets are cracked or loose.
2.
Clean stator by wiping with a clean cloth.
3.
Examine stator leads for cracked or damaged insulation.
NOTE
The rotor and stator can be replaced individually if either is
damaged.
1
1.
2.
3.
ASSEMBLY/INSTALLATION
Depending on whether the rotor, the stator, or both the rotor
and stator were removed/disassembled, perform the applicable procedures which follow:
1.
2.
Sprocket
Pipe section
Rotor
Figure 7-32. Pressing Rotor onto Sprocket
5.
See Figure 7-31. Feed stator wiring (4) with attached
grommet (3) into open grommet hole in left crankcase
half.
Apply a light coating of clean engine oil or chaincase
lubricant to grommet. Install grommet into hole in left
crankcase half.
CAUTION
6.
See Figure 7-32. Attach rotor to sprocket.
a.
Position rotor (3) on sprocket (1). Align holes in
sprocket with holes in rotor.
b.
Insert the new eight mounting fasteners through
rotor and start fasteners into tapped holes in
sprocket.
c.
Position a section of pipe (2) with an inside diameter
larger than the sprocket mounting hub over center of
rotor. Press rotor onto sprocket. Tighten fasteners to
90-110 in-lbs (10-12 Nm).
Install clutch assembly, primary chain and engine
sprocket/rotor assembly as a unit. See 6.4 PRIMARY
DRIVE/CLUTCH.
Stator TORX screws contain a thread locking compound.
Do not reuse existing screws. Always use new screws
with the proper thread locking compound. Loss of torque
on TORX fasteners could result in alternator damage.
7.
Install primary cover. See 6.2 PRIMARY CHAIN.
3.
8.
Connect negative battery cable.
9.
Test charging system. See 7.6 CHARGING SYSTEM.
4.
Position stator (2) on left crankcase half. Secure stator
using four new TORX screws (1). Tighten TORX screws
to 30-40 in-lbs (3-4 Nm).
Route stator wiring (4) behind rear cylinder and in front
of transmission breather hose. See 7.24 SPROCKET
COVER WIRING for remaining wire routing information.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-27
HOME
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
GENERAL
7.8
b1095x7x
1
2
R
The voltage regulator is mounted to the front of the crankcase. The voltage regulator is not repairable. Replace the unit
if it fails.
BK
[77]
REMOVAL
1.
Main Fuse
1
2
1
2
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
1WARNING
To protect against shock and accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in
death or serious injury.
2.
Disconnect negative battery cable from battery.
CAUTION
When disconnecting the alternator stator wiring, pull
apart the connector by firmly grasping both connector
halves. Do not pull on leads or damage to the wires and/
or terminals may result.
3.
4.
See Figure 7-34. Disconnect stator connector [46] (1)
and voltage regulator connector [77] (2) located under
sprocket cover. See 7.24 SPROCKET COVER WIRING.
[46]
Voltage
Regulator
Stator
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Figure 7-33. Voltage Regulator Connector [77]
b1004x7x
Remove fasteners (5) and voltage regulator (4) from
bracket (3).
3
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 7-34. Attach new voltage regulator (4) to
bracket (3). Tighten new fasteners (5) to 48-60 in-lbs
(5.4-6.8 Nm).
2.
Connect stator connector [46] (1) and voltage regulator
connector [77] (2) located under sprocket cover. See
7.24 SPROCKET COVER WIRING.
3.
4
1
2
Connect negative battery cable to battery terminal.
5
1WARNING
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
4.
Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
5.
Test charging system. See 7.6 CHARGING SYSTEM.
7-28
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Stator connector [46]
Voltage regulator connector [77]
Voltage regulator mount bracket
Voltage regulator
Fastener (3)
Figure 7-34. Voltage Regulator
HOME
BATTERY CABLES
7.9
REMOVAL
b1005x7x
6
1WARNING
7
5
To protect against shock and accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in
death or serious injury.
4
(-)
1WARNING
(+)
3
Always disconnect the negative battery cable first. If the
positive cable should contact ground with the negative
cable installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery
explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
1.
See Figure 7-35. Disconnect negative and positive
cables from battery, negative cable first.
a.
Remove fastener holding negative cable to negative
terminal.
b.
Remove fastener holding positive cable to positive
battery terminal.
2.
See Figure 7-36. Remove fastener to detach negative
battery cable from frame.
3.
See Figure 7-37. Remove protective rubber boot from
starter fastener. Remove fastener with washer to detach
positive battery cable from starter.
INSTALLATION
1.
8
Clean cable connectors and battery terminals using a
wire brush or sandpaper to remove any oxidation.
2
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Battery strap bracket
Battery pad (4)
Battery
Battery boot
Positive cable
Battery strap
Negative cable
To frame
To starter
Figure 7-35. Battery
1WARNING
Always connect positive battery cable first. If the positive
cable should contact ground with the negative cable
installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
9
2
8442
CAUTION
Connect cables to correct terminals of battery or serious
damage to motorcycle electrical system will occur.
2.
Connect cables to battery.
a.
See Figure 7-35. Positive battery cable runs from
starter to positive battery terminal.
b.
Connect positive cable to positive (+) battery terminal using fastener.
c.
Connect negative cable to negative (-) battery terminal using fastener.
d.
Tighten terminal fasteners to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11
Nm).
Figure 7-36. Negative Battery Cable
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-29
HOME
3.
4.
Connect cables to frame and starter.
a.
See Figure 7-37. First, connect positive cable to
starter using fastener with washer. Tighten fastener
to 60-85 in-lbs (7-10 Nm).
b.
See Figure 7-36. Attach negative cable to frame.
Tighten to 48-72 in-lbs (5.4-8.1 Nm).
8742
2
Apply light coat of petroleum jelly or corrosion-retardant
material to both battery terminals.
1
1.
2.
Fastener with washer
Positive battery cable
Figure 7-37. Positive Battery Cable
(Protective Boot Not Shown)
7-30
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
HOME
BATTERY
7.10
GENERAL
f1730x8x
Warning
Label
9
DE
OC NO
8
7
SE
AU
6
5
4
JY
U S
A
MA AP MY JU
I N
3
to
ba
T hi und ship se or purc monthe ged d on
,
if fokman rcha nterthe 12 se char ba se
ou
ha r
wor cle puhe-c ithin rc hasershiprn
pu
vehi er-t but wnter purc ne retu of able
ov
e
s
of ths, -cou d th of owe ofonth sfer
d
an ,
mon -the ed an rio the timof m t tr tors
er
pe
r no
ov replacthe ice at mbe y is juvena e.
us
be forlar pr e nu ra nt of re ab
ly r th ar e t or
on regu ve s w e us ec
gl
N1
the atedy. T hiby the, ne
SO20
prorra nt ided trolyt
3
war is vo elec
VIDI 5
d
an oper -DA W .A.
pr
im
EYEE, U.S
FE
M A
D E
RLUKE IN
HAWMAAD
JA
All batteries contain electrolyte. Electrolyte is a sulfuric
acid solution that is highly corrosive and can cause
severe chemical burns. Avoid contact with skin, eyes,
and clothing. Avoid spillage. Always wear protective face
shield, rubberized gloves and protective clothing when
working with batteries. A warning label is attached to the
top of the battery. See Figure 7-38. Never remove warning label from battery. Failure to read and understand all
precautions contained in warning label before performing any service on batteries could result in death or serious injury.
2
ge
ar
LICY ch
T POthout
i
MEN w or
ST ed ls
JU ac eriate of
pl at
D AD re m da date
AN be e in om
TY wi l ctiv s fr s fromr 6 e ill
RANtte ry defe onth onth . Afte of th ry w
WARs ba be 12 m 6 m hase ths tte
1
1WARNING
0
All Buell batteries are permanently sealed, maintenance-free,
valve-regulated, lead/calcium and sulfuric acid batteries. The
batteries are shipped pre-charged and ready to be put into
service. Do not attempt to open these batteries for any
reason.
IL
M
T
.
NO
R
PA
Figure 7-38. Maintenance-Free Battery (Typical)
Table 7-12. Battery Electrolyte Antidotes
CONTACT
SOLUTION
External
Flush with water.
Internal
Drink large quantities of milk or water,
followed by milk of magnesia, vegetable oil
or beaten eggs. Call doctor immediately.
Eyes
Flush with water, get immediate medical
attention.
b1096x7x
Contents
are Corrosive.
Wear
Safety Glasses.
Contents
are Explosive.
Keep
Flames Away.
Read
Instructions.
Keep Away
From Children.
Figure 7-39. Battery Warning Label
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-31
HOME
BATTERY TESTING
Load
Tester
VOLTS
Voltmeter Test
AMPS
See Table 7-13. The voltmeter test provides a general
indicator of battery condition. Check the voltage of the battery
to verify that it is in a 100% fully charged condition. If the
open circuit (disconnected) voltage reading is below 12.6V,
charge the battery and then recheck the voltage after the
battery has set for one to two hours. If the voltage reading is
12.8V or above, perform the load test.
Induction
Pickup
Table 7-13. Voltmeter Test
BATTERY CHARGE CONDITIONS
12.8
100%
12.6
75%
12.3
50%
12.0
25%
11.8
0%
12 VDC
Battery
Load Test
b1098x7x
The load test measures battery performance under full
current load and is the best indicator of battery condition. To
load test the battery, proceed as follows:
Figure 7-40. Load Test
CAUTION
CAUTION
Load testing a discharged battery can result in permanent battery damage.
1.
Always fully charge the battery before testing or test
readings will be incorrect. See BATTERY INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION. Load testing a discharged
battery can also result in permanent battery damage.
2.
After charging, allow battery to stand for at least one
hour before testing.
To avoid load tester and/or battery damage, do not leave
the load tester switch turned ON for more than 20 seconds.
4.
Table 7-14. Battery Load Test
1WARNING
Always turn the battery load tester OFF before connecting the tester cables to the battery terminals. Connecting
tester cables with the load tester ON could cause a spark
resulting in a battery explosion which could result in
death or serious injury.
3.
Connect tester leads to battery posts and place induction
pickup over negative (black) cable. See Figure 7-41.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
COLD CRANKING
AMPERAGE (CCA)
100%
50%
XB9R
200
100
1WARNING
Always turn the battery load tester OFF before disconnecting the tester cables from the battery terminals. Disconnecting tester cables with the load tester ON could
cause a spark resulting in a battery explosion which
could result in death or serious injury.
5.
7-32
See Table 7-14. Load battery at 50% of CCA rating using
the load tester. Voltage reading after 15 seconds should
be 9.6V or more at 70° F. (21° C).
Install the battery on the motorcycle. See BATTERY
INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION.
HOME
DISCONNECTION AND REMOVAL
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
1.
1.
Battery top must be clean and dry. Dirt and electrolyte on
top of the battery can cause battery to self-discharge.
Clean battery top with a solution of baking soda (sodium
bicarbonate) and water (5 teaspoons baking soda per
quart or liter of water). When the solution stops bubbling,
rinse off the battery with clean water.
2.
Clean cable connectors and battery terminals using a
wire brush or sandpaper. Remove any oxidation.
1WARNING
3.
Inspect the battery screws and cables for breakage,
loose connections and corrosion. Clean clamps.
Always disconnect the negative battery cable first. If the
positive battery cable should contact ground with the
negative cable installed, the resulting sparks may cause
a battery explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
4.
Check the battery posts for melting or damage caused
by overtightening.
5.
Inspect the battery for discoloration, raised top or a
warped or distorted case, which might indicate that the
battery has been frozen, overheated or overcharged.
6.
Inspect the battery case for cracks or leaks.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
1WARNING
To protect against accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
2.
Unthread fastener and remove battery negative cable
(black) from battery negative (-) terminal.
3.
Unthread fastener and remove battery positive cable
(red) from battery positive (+) terminal.
4.
Unhook battery strap from frame.
5.
Remove battery.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-33
HOME
BATTERY CHARGING
Safety Precautions
Never charge a battery without first reviewing the instructions for the charger being used. In addition to the
manufacturer’s instructions, follow these general safety
precautions:
●
Always wear proper eye, face and hand protection.
●
Always charge batteries in a well-ventilated area.
●
Turn the charger “OFF” before connecting the leads
to the battery to avoid dangerous sparks.
●
Never try to charge a visibly damaged or frozen battery.
●
Connect the charger leads to the battery; red positive (+) lead to the positive (+) terminal and black
negative (–) lead to the negative (–) terminal. If the
battery is still in the vehicle, connect the negative
lead to the chassis ground. Be sure that the ignition
and all electrical accessories are turned off.
●
Make sure that the charger leads to the battery are
not broken, frayed or loose.
●
If the battery becomes hot, or if violent gassing or
spewing of electrolyte occurs, reduce the charging
rate or turn off the charger temporarily.
●
Always turn the charger “OFF” before removing
charger leads from the battery to avoid dangerous
sparks.
CAUTION
Always remove the battery from the motorcycle before
charging. Accidental electrolyte leakage will damage
motorcycle parts.
2.
1WARNING
Always unplug or turn OFF the battery charger before
connecting the charger clamps to the battery. Connecting clamps with the charger ON could cause a spark
resulting in a battery explosion which could result in
death or serious injury.
CAUTION
Do not reverse the charger connections described in the
following steps or the charging system of the motorcycle
could be damaged.
3.
Connect the red battery charger lead to the positive (+)
terminal of the battery.
4.
Connect the black battery charger lead to negative (-)
terminal of the battery.
NOTE
If the battery is still in the vehicle, connect the negative lead
to the chassis ground. Be sure that the ignition and all electrical accessories are turned off.
5.
Charging Battery
Vehicle lights appear dim.
●
Electric starter sounds weak.
●
Battery has not been used for an extended period of
time.
1WARNING
Charge the battery in a well ventilated area. Explosive
hydrogen gas escapes from the battery during charging.
Keep open flames, electrical sparks and smoking materials away from the battery at all times. Inadequate safety
precautions could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
If the battery releases an excessive amount of gas during
charging, decrease the charging rate. If the battery gets
hotter than 110˚F. (43˚C) during charging, discontinue
charging and allow the battery to cool. Overheating may
result in plate distortion, internal shorting, dryout or
other damage.
1.
Perform a voltmeter test to determine the state of
charge. See BATTERY TESTING. If battery needs to be
charged, proceed to step 2.
7-34
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
Step away from the battery and turn on the charger. See
the charging instructions in Table 7-15.
1WARNING
Charge the battery if any of the following conditions exist:
●
Remove the battery from the motorcycle. See DISCONNECTION AND REMOVAL. Place the battery on a level
surface.
Always unplug or turn OFF the battery charger before
disconnecting the charger clamps from the battery. Disconnecting clamps with the charger ON could cause a
spark resulting in a battery explosion which could result
in death or serious injury.
6.
After the battery is fully charged, disconnect the black
battery charger lead to the negative (–) terminal of the
battery.
7.
Disconnect the red battery charger lead to the positive
(+) terminal of the battery.
8.
Mark the charging date on the battery.
9.
Perform a load test to determine the condition of the battery. See BATTERY TESTING.
HOME
Table 7-15. Battery Charging Rates/Times
Battery
Amp-Hour
State of Charge
Voltage Reading
% of Charge
3
Amp Charger
6
Amp Charger
10
Amp Charger
20
Amp Charger
12.8 V
100%
-
-
-
-
12.6 V
75%
1 hour
20 minutes
40 minutes
25 minutes
12 minutes
12.3 V
50%
2 hours
40 minutes
1 hour
20 minutes
40 minutes
25 minutes
12.0 V
25%
4 hours
2 hours
1 hour
10 minutes
40 minutes
11.8 V
0%
5 hours,
20 minutes
2 hours,
40 minutes
1 hour
40 minutes
50 minutes
12
The figures listed above assume that the battery is charging at room temperature. If warmer than room temperature, use a slightly shorter
charging time. If colder, use a slightly longer charging time.
The use of constant current chargers to charge sealed maintenance-free batteries is not recommended. Any overcharge will cause dryout and premature battery failure. If a constant current charger is the only type available, do not exceed the charge times listed above and
do not continue charging the battery if it gets hot. When charging, never exceed 15 volts for more than 30 minutes.
BATTERY CABLE ROUTING
8442
Positive battery cable runs from starter post to positive battery terminal. Negative battery cable runs from frame to negative battery terminal. See Figure 7-41.
BATTERY INSTALLATION AND
CONNECTION
1.
Place the fully charged battery into the battery box, terminal side up.
Figure 7-41. Negative Battery Cable
CAUTION
Connect the cables to the correct battery terminals or
damage to the motorcycle electrical system will occur.
4.
Apply a light coat of petroleum jelly or corrosion retardant material to both battery terminals.
1WARNING
5.
Install battery strap.
Always connect the positive battery cable first. If the
positive cable should contact ground with the negative
cable installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery
explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
Overtightening fasteners can damage battery terminals.
2.
Insert fastener through battery positive cable (red) into
threaded hole of battery positive (+) terminal. Tighten
fastener to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
3.
Insert fastener through battery negative cable (black)
into threaded hole of battery negative (-) terminal.
Tighten fastener to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
1WARNING
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
6.
Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-35
HOME
STORAGE
NOTE
1WARNING
Always store batteries where they cannot be reached by
children. Contact with the battery’s sulfuric acid could
result in death or serious injury.
The H-D Battery Tender Automatic Battery Charger (P/N
99863-93TA) may be used to maintain battery charge for
extended periods of time without risk of overcharging or boiling.
When returning a battery to service after storage, refer to the
instructions under BATTERY CHARGING.
CAUTION
The electrolyte in a discharged battery will freeze if
exposed to freezing temperatures. Freezing may crack
the battery case and buckle battery plates.
If the motorcycle will not be operated for several months,
such as during the winter season, remove the battery from
the motorcycle and fully charge. See BATTERY CHARGING.
Self-discharge is a normal condition and occurs continuously
at a rate that depends on the ambient temperature and the
battery’s state of charge. Batteries discharge at a faster rate
at higher ambient temperatures. To reduce the self-discharge
rate, store battery in a cool (not freezing), dry place. See Figure 7-42.
Charge the battery every month if stored at temperatures
below 60˚ F. (16˚ C). Charge the battery more frequently if
stored in a warm area above 60˚ F. (16˚ C).
7-36
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
Effect of Temperature on
Battery Self-Discharge Rate
f1372x8x
100 %
75 %
50 %
C
A
P
A
C
I
T
Y
at 77°F
at 105°F
M O N T H S O F S TA N D
0
3
6
9
12
Figure 7-42. Battery Self-Discharge Rate
15
HOME
HEADLIGHT
GENERAL
7.11
8743
4
The XB9R uses dual headlights with replaceable bulbs. High
beam headlight is located on the right side of vehicle.
●
High beam headlight turns on and off with headlight
switch.
●
Low beam headlight is located on the left side of vehicle.
RUN switch must be on for low beam to be on.
●
Adjustment of individual headlight projection is accomplished by adjusting two screws located in the headlight
support.
5
3
2
For information on headlight housing and bracket disassembly/assembly see 2.25 HEADLIGHT SUPPORT BRACKET.
HEADLIGHT BULBS
1
Removal
1WARNING
To protect against accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in death or serious
injury.
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Headlight connection
Ground connection
Headlight bulb
Headlight
Wire retaining latch
Figure 7-43. Headlight Bulb
Disconnect negative battery cable.
1CAUTION
The bulb contains Halogen gas under pressure. Handle
bulb carefully and wear eye protection. Failure to follow
adequate safety precautions could result in minor or
moderate injury.
CAUTION
Never touch the bulb with your fingers. Fingerprints will
etch the glass and cause the bulb to fail. Always wrap the
bulb in paper or a clean, dry cloth during handling.
2.
See Figure 7-43. Disconnect headlight connection (1).
3.
Release wire retaining latch (5) from headlight housing
clips.
4.
Pull bulb housing from headlight housing.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-37
HOME
Installation
NOTE
Not using the specified bulb may cause charging system problems.
8370
1
2
1CAUTION
The bulb contains Halogen gas under pressure. Handle
bulb carefully and wear eye protection. Failure to follow
adequate safety precautions could result in minor or
moderate injury.
3
CAUTION
Never touch the bulb with your fingers. Fingerprints will
etch the glass and cause the bulb to fail. Always wrap the
bulb in paper or a clean, dry cloth during handling.
1.
See Figure 7-43. Align tabs on bulb (3) with tabs on
headlight (4). Insert bulb.
2.
Close the wire retaining latch (5).
3.
Connect the headlight bulb connector.
4.
Connect negative battery cable.
1WARNING
Check for proper headlight operation before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have proper headlight operation could
result in death or serious injury.
7.
8.
Check headlight for proper operation. If operation fails,
reread procedure and verify that all steps were performed.
a.
Turn ignition key switch to ON. Set engine stop
switch to RUN.
b.
See Figure 7-44. Check headlight LOW (3) and
HIGH beam (2) settings.
c.
Set headlight to LOW beam. Press passing lamp
switch (1). Headlight should flash HIGH beam for as
long as the switch is pressed.
d.
Turn ignition key switch to OFF.
Align headlight. See 1.18 HEADLIGHTS.
7-38
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
1.
2.
3.
Passing lamp switch
HIGH beam
LOW beam (always on when bike is running)
Figure 7-44. Headlight Controls
HOME
TAIL LAMP
7.12
REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY
1.
b1006a7x
See Figure 7-45. Remove two screws (3) to detach tail
light lens (4) and tail light (5). If replacing bulb (2), turn
counterclockwise and remove.
2.
Remove pillion seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
3.
Disconnect two connectors [93] from tail lamp harness
(6).
6
4
5
3
ASSEMBLY/INSTALLATION
2
1.
2.
See Figure 7-45. Attach the two tail light harness connectors [93] (6).
a.
Single wire connector connects to single spade of
tail lamp.
b.
Dual wire connector connects to dual spades of tail
lamp with red wire facing left side of vehicle.
If removed, install tail lamp bulb (2).
a.
Turn bulb clockwise to install.
b.
Install tail light lens (4) and tail light (5) with two fasteners (3).
1WARNING
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Tail section
Tail lamp bulb
Fastener (2)
Tail light lens
Tail light
Tail light harness
Figure 7-45. Tail Lamp Assembly
Check for proper tail lamp operation before riding motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have proper tail lamp operation could result in
death or serious injury.
3.
Check tail lamp for proper operation. If operation fails,
reread procedure and verify that all steps were performed.
a.
Turn ignition key switch to ON.
b.
Check for tail lamp illumination.
c.
Squeeze front brake hand lever. Check for brake
lamp illumination. Release front brake hand lever.
d.
Press rear brake pedal. Check for brake lamp illumination. Release rear brake pedal.
e.
Turn ignition key switch to OFF.
1WARNING
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
4.
Install pillion seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-39
HOME
TURN SIGNALS
REMOVAL
7.13
b1100x7x
NOTE
To ensure correct installation, make note of wire routing and
cable strap locations before removing turn signals.
Left Turn
Signal
Bulbs
BE
1
1
V
BK
2
2
BK
[31B]
[31A]
Remove screw on back of housing to access turn signal
bulbs.
Right Turn
Signal
Front
1.
2.
3.
See Figure 7-46. Disconnect bullet connectors on turn
signal wires.
See Figure 7-47. Remove fastener (3) and lockwasher
(2) from fairing support bracket (4).
BK
2
2
BK
BE
1
1
BN
[31B]
[31A]
Pull bullet connectors and wiring through hole in fairing
support bracket (4) and fairing (5).
Figure 7-46. Front Turn Signal Connections
Rear
b1007x7x
1.
Remove seat See 2.38 SEAT.
2.
Remove tail frame upper body work. See 2.36 TAIL
FRAME AND BODY WORK.
3.
See Figure 7-49. Disconnect bullet connectors on turn
signal wires.
4.
See Figure 7-48. Remove fastener (6) and lockwasher
(5).
4
NOTE
In next step, reflector bracket (3) will be removed with turn
signal (1).
5.
5
3
2
Remove turn signal from tail section (7) and license plate
bracket (4).
1
6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn signal (2)
Lockwasher (2)
Fastener (2)
Fairing support bracket
Fairing
Bulb
Figure 7-47. Front Turn Signals
7-40
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
HOME
b1008a7x
7
6
5
4
2
3
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Turn signal
Turn signal bulb
Reflector bracket
License plate bracket
Washer (2)
Fastener (2)
Tail section
Figure 7-48. Rear Turn Signals
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-41
HOME
INSTALLATION
b1099x7x
Right turn signal
Front
1.
2.
3.
See Figure 7-47. Insert bullet connectors and wiring
through hole in fairing (5) and fairing support bracket (4).
[19A]
Install turn signal (1) using lockwasher (2) and fastener
(3). Tighten fastener to 25-28 in-lbs (2.8-3.2 Nm).
[93A]
Attach bullet connectors on turn signal wires as shown in
Figure 7-46.
Tail lamp
1WARNING
Turn ignition key switch to ON.
b.
Activate left turn signals using switch on left handlebar. Front and rear left turn signals must flash.
c.
Activate right turn signals using switch on left handlebar. Front and rear right turn signals must flash.
d.
Turn ignition key switch to OFF.
1.
2.
V
2
2
BK
1
2
1
2
O/W
R/Y
1
1
BK
[19B]
[93B]
[93B]
[93A]
Tail lamp ground
[18A]
1
[18A]
BN
[18A]
2
Right turn signal
2
BK
Figure 7-49. Rear Turn Signal Connections
1WARNING
Check for proper turn signal operation before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have proper turn signal operation could
result in death or serious injury.
5.
Rear
1
1
Check turn signals for proper operation. If operation fails,
reread procedure and verify that all steps were performed.
a.
[19B]
1
[18A]
Check for proper turn signal operation before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have proper turn signal operation could
result in death or serious injury.
4.
[19A]
See Figure 7-49. Insert bullet connectors through license
plate bracket (4) and tail section (7).
Install reflector bracket (3).
Check turn signals for proper operation. If operation fails,
reread procedure and verify that all steps were performed.
a.
Turn ignition key switch to ON.
b.
Activate left turn signals using switch on left handlebar. Front and rear left turn signals must flash.
a.
Place license plate bracket into position over
threads on turn signal (1).
c.
Activate right turn signals using switch on left handlebar. Front and rear right turn signals must flash.
b.
Be sure tab on turn signal fits into hole in reflector
bracket and tab on reflector bracket fits into hole in
license plate bracket.
d.
Turn ignition key switch to OFF.
3.
Attach turn signal using lockwasher (5) and fastener
(6).Tighten fastener to 25-28 in-lbs (2.8-3.2 Nm).
4.
Attach bullet connectors on turn signal wires as shown in
Figure 7-49.
1WARNING
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
6.
7-42
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
HOME
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
REMOVAL
7.14
8428
NOTE
The turn signal flasher is not repairable. Replace flasher
upon failure.
1.
Remove front fairing. See 2.37 FRONT FAIRING, WINDSHIELD, AND MIRRORS.
2.
Remove fastener securing turn signal flasher to headlight support bracket.
3.
Detach 3-place connector [30] from flasher body.
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 7-50. Attach 3-place connector [30] to
flasher.
2.
Install turn signal to headlight support bracket. Tighten
fastener to 30-40 in-lbs (3.4-4.5 Nm).
3.
Install front fairing. See 2.37 FRONT FAIRING, WINDSHIELD, AND MIRRORS.
Figure 7-50. Turn Signal Flasher
8370
2
1WARNING
1
Check for proper turn signal operation before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Failure to have proper turn signal operation could
result in death or serious injury.
4.
Check turn signals for proper operation. If operation fails,
reread procedure and verify that all steps were performed.
a.
Turn ignition key switch to IGN.
b.
See Figure 7-51. Activate left turn signals using
switch on left handlebar. Front and rear left turn signals must flash.
c.
Activate right turn signals using switch on left handlebar. Front and rear right turn signals must flash.
d.
Turn ignition key switch to OFF.
1.
2.
Left turn signal
Right turn signal
Figure 7-51. Turn Signal Controls
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-43
HOME
HANDLEBAR SWITCHES
7.15
REMOVAL
b1101x7x
NOTE
The individual handlebar switches are not repairable.
Replace switch assembly upon switch failure.
Right Side
1.
Remove throttle cables. See 2.23 THROTTLE CONTROL.
2.
Access right handlebar switch connector [22] under fairing. Remove cable straps. Detach connector [22] from
wiring harness.
3.
Detach brake switch connector [121].
Left Side
1.
Remove left switch housing mounting fasteners.
2.
Unplug the clutch switch [95].
3.
Access left handlebar switch connector [24] under fairing. Remove cable straps. Detach connector [24] from
wiring harness.
Right Handlebar
Switch [22]
To Ign. relay
GY
W/BK
W/BK
4
From Ign. relay
From Ign. relay
2
W/BK
To starter relay
BK/R
1
BK/R
Accessory power
O
1
O
To stoplight
R/Y
2
R/Y
3
GY/O
W/BK
Brake Switch [121]
Figure 7-52. Right Handlebar Switch Connection
7-44
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
HOME
INSTALLATION
Right Side
1.
Attach throttle cables to hand control. See 2.23 THROTTLE CONTROL.
2.
Install right switch housing.
a.
b.
Position housing on right handlebar by engaging
alignment pin on front housing with hole in handlebar.
Attach switch housing with two mounting fasteners
and tighten to 25-33 in-lbs (3-4 Nm).
3.
Attach brake switch connector [121].
4.
Attach right handlebar switch connector [22] to wire harness. See D.1 HOSE AND WIRE ROUTING for wire
routing information.
b1103x7x
Left Handlebar Switch [24]
Low/Unused
—
Y
1
Light power
BE
BE
2
High beam
W
W
3
Horn
Y/BK
Y/BK
4
From flasher
BE/W
V/BN
5
Left turn
V
6
V
Right turn
BN
BN
7
Horn power
O
8
O
To interlock circuit
To ground
1
2
TN/LTGN
BK
Clutch Switch [95]
1WARNING
Check all handlebar switch operations before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Handlebar switches not operating properly could
result in death or serious injury.
5.
Check handlebar switch for proper operation. If operation
fails, reread procedure and verify that all steps were performed.
a.
Turn ignition key switch to IGN.
b.
Start motorcycle.
c.
Turn ignition key switch to OFF.
Figure 7-53. Left Handlebar Switch Connection
Left Side
1.
Install left switch housing.
a.
Position housing on left handlebar by engaging
alignment pin on front housing with hole in handlebar.
b.
Attach switch housing with three mounting fasteners
and tighten to 25-33 in-lbs (3-4 Nm).
2.
Connect clutch switch [95].
3.
Attach right handlebar switch connector [24] to wire harness. See D.1 HOSE AND WIRE ROUTING for wire
routing information.
1WARNING
Check all handlebar switch operations before riding
motorcycle. Visibility is a major concern for motorcyclists. Handlebar switches not operating properly could
result in death or serious injury.
4.
5.
Check handlebar switch for proper operation. If operation
fails, reread procedure and verify that all steps were performed.
a.
Turn ignition key switch to ON.
b.
Check headlight LOW and HIGH beam settings.
c.
Set headlight to LOW beam. Press passing lamp
switch. Headlight should flash HIGH beam for as
long as the switch is pressed.
d.
Check left and right turn signals.
e.
Activate horn by pressing horn switch.
Turn ignition key switch to OFF.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-45
HOME
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
7.16
REMOVAL
8741a
1.
See Figure 7-54. Remove fastener (1) to detach vehicle
speed sensor (2) from crankcase.
2.
Remove cable strap (4).
3.
Disconnect 3-place Deutsch connector [65] under
sprocket cover. See 7.24 SPROCKET COVER WIRING.
3
2
1
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 7-54. Install fastener (1) to attach vehicle
speed sensor (2) to crankcase.
2.
Connect vehicle speed sensor connector [65] to wiring
harness. See 7.24 SPROCKET COVER WIRING.
3.
Install cable strap (4).
1.
2.
3.
4.
4
Fastener
Vehicle speed sensor
Starter
Cable strap
Figure 7-54. Speedometer Sensor
b1104x7x
R
R/Y
Main Fuse
[5A]
To battery
Ignition
Switch [33]
O/W
R
R/GY
R
1
2
3
4
R
R
R/GY
R
R
R
Fuse Block
Accessory
Fuse
Key Switch
Fuse
13
7
1
20
14
8
2
21
15
9
3
22
16
10
4
23
17
11
5
24
18
12
6
O/W
BK
Vehicle Speed Sensor
Connector [65]
W
W
W
BK
BK
Connector [10]
BK/W
Instrument Module
[39]
Connector [11]
Electronic Control Module
(ECM)
Figure 7-55. Vehicle Speed Sensor Wiring
7-46
19
Top View
GY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
A
B
C
A
B
C
GY
W
BK/W
Vehicle Speed
Sensor
HOME
INSTRUMENT MODULE
GENERAL
7.17
8444
Replace the instrument module if the unit is not working properly or if a lamp is inoperative. The module is not repairable.
However, before replacing a component, check that the problem is not caused by a loose wire connection.
REMOVAL
1WARNING
To protect against shock and accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in
death or serious injury.
1.
Disconnect negative battery cable.
2.
Remove headlight support bracket. See 2.25 HEADLIGHT SUPPORT BRACKET.
3.
See Figure 7-57. Disconnect instrument module connector [39].
4.
See Figure 7-58. Remove fasteners (5) and washers (4).
5.
Pull instrument module (2) from headlight support
bracket (1).
Figure 7-56. Instrument Module
8426
INSTALLATION
Figure 7-57. Instrument Module Connector [39]
1.
See Figure 7-58. Place instrument module (2) into position in headlight support bracket (1).
2.
Install washers (4) and fasteners (5). Tighten fasteners to
12-36 in-lbs (1.4-4.0 Nm).
3.
See Figure 7-57. Connect instrument module connector
[39].
4.
Install headlight support bracket. See 2.25 HEADLIGHT
SUPPORT BRACKET.
5.
Install negative battery cable.
b1009x7x
2
3
4
5
1
6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Headlight support bracket
Instrument module
Grommet (3)
Washer (3)
Fastener (3)
Instrument module connector [39]
Figure 7-58. Instrument Module
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-47
HOME
SPEEDOMETER PERFORMANCE CHECK
GENERAL
7.18
HD41354
See Figure 7-59. Use the SPEEDOMETER TESTER (Part
No. HD-41354) for speedometer diagnostics. These diagnostics may include:
●
Checking speedometer operation.
●
Testing speedometer needle sweeping action.
The tester generates a simulated speedometer sensor signal.
This signal aids in determining whether speedometer
replacement is necessary. It can also be used to simulate
running engine conditions for ignition system troubleshooting.
●
NOTES
Use the following procedures in conjunction with the
manual supplied with the speedometer tester.
●
Test results may be inaccurate if tester battery is low.
Figure 7-59. Speedometer Tester (Part No. HD-41354)
8749
TESTING
NOTE
The SPEEDOMETER TESTER (Part No. HD-41354) cannot
be used to verify the calibration of a speedometer and it will
not verify the speedometer’s function to support legal proceedings. It’s purpose is to verify speedometer function when
performing service diagnosis or repair. It can also assist in
determining if speedometer replacement is necessary.
Speedometer Operation Test
NOTE
For information on the correct routing of vehicle speed sensor
wiring see 7.24 SPROCKET COVER WIRING.
1.
2.
Figure 7-60. Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector [65]
See Figure 7-60. Locate the 3-place vehicle speed sensor connector [65] under the sprocket cover. See 2.30
SPROCKET COVER.
Table 7-16. Speedometer Test
Frequency in Hertz (Hz)
Place speedometer tester power switch in the ON position. Place signal switch in the OUT position.
3.
Turn vehicle ignition switch ON.
4.
Begin test.
a.
Press ENTER on the tester keypad.
b.
Enter a frequency from Table 7-16. Note that different markets use different frequencies.
c.
Verify that speedometer display reads the corresponding speed. To change the test frequency,
press CLEAR to cancel and enter the new frequency. Press ENTER to begin and reverify.
MARKET
The tester’s sweep function moves the speedometer needle
through the full range of movement. This allows for testing the
smoothness of operation and checking for hesitancy or a
stuck needle.
7-48
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
FREQUENCY
20 MPH
461
40 MPH
923
60 MPH
1365
80 MPH
1847
40 KPH
577
60 KPH
865
80 KPH
1154
100 KPH
1443
USA
ENG, AUS, EUR,
CAN, JPN
NOTE
The speedometer should be accurate within 0-5 MPH (0-8
KPH).
Speedometer Needle Sweep Test
SPEED
1.
See Figure 7-60. Disconnect vehicle speed sensor connector [65]. Attach speedometer tester connector to
vehicle speed sensor connector.
2.
Place speedometer tester power switch in the ON position. Place signal switch in the OUT position.
HOME
3.
Turn vehicle ignition switch ON.
4.
Begin test by pressing 0 on the tester keypad, then
pressing ENTER. The tester will scan for two seconds,
then the tester will put out a 1 Hz signal.
5.
Select a test range.
6.
a.
Press 2 to select LO range (1-20 Hz).
b.
Press 5 to select CEN range (21-999 Hz).
c.
Press 8 to select HI range (1000-20,000 Hz).
After selecting a range, use the corresponding arrow
keys to accelerate through the range. As you move
through the speed range, check for smooth needle
movement.
a.
If testing LO range, press 1 or 3.
b.
If testing CEN range, press 4 or 6.
c.
If testing HI range, press 7 or 9.
1.
2.
Deutsch socket housing (2)
Deutsch pin housing
2
1
1
b0779x7x
Figure 7-61. Test Harness
Speedometer Sensor Test
If the speedometer is inoperative, but backlighting and odometer work, the speedometer sensor may not be working.
See Figure 7-61. Fabricate a test harness using the following
parts. This harness can also be used to test the tachometer.
●
Two Deutsch 3-place socket housings (Part No. 7211394BK) and six socket terminals (Part No. 72191-94).
●
Deutsch 3-place pin housing (Part No. 72103-94BK) and
three pin terminals (Part No. 72080-99Y).
●
Six lengths of 18 gauge wire, each 6.0 in. (15 cm) long.
●
Test for voltage to sensor by checking for 8-12 VDC on
red wire in connector [65].
●
Then check for continuity to ground on black wire in connector [65].
1.
Install the test harness between the vehicle speed sensor connector halves [65].
2.
Raise rear wheel off floor using REAR WHEEL SUPPORT STAND (Part No. B-41174).
3.
Place speedometer tester power switch in the ON position. Place signal switch in the IN position.
4.
Plug the speedometer tester into the test harness. Turn
vehicle ignition switch ON.
5.
Press ENTER on the tester keypad.
6.
Rotate the motorcycle’s rear wheel.
a.
If reading on speedometer tester changes as wheel
is rotated, speedometer sensor is OK.
b.
If reading does not change, vehicle speed sensor is
suspect. Install a known, good vehicle speed sensor
and test again.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-49
HOME
Speedometer Test: Chart 1
ODOMETER, TRIP ODOMETER AND RESET SWITCH TESTING
Turn ignition ON. Does odometer display
consist of correct numbers?
YES
NO
Press trip reset switch.
Does display toggle
between trip and
odometer modes?
Replace instrument
module.
YES
Verify trip display
consists of correct
numbers. Are correct
numbers displayed?
YES
Press reset for 5 seconds. Does trip odometer reset to zero?
6020
NO
Replace instrument
module.
6020
NO
Replace instrument
module.
6020
NO
STOP
Replace instrument
module.
Go to
Speedometer Test:
Chart 2A.
7-50
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
6020
HOME
Speedometer Test: Chart 2A
INOPERATIVE, INACCURATE OR ERRATIC SPEEDOMETER
Problem #2: Speedometer inoperative, reading high/low,
or needle sticking/intermittent/erratic.
Check Accessory Fuse. Fuse OK? No, replace Fuse (code 6032).
Yes, Turn ignition ON. Is speedometer backlighting on?
YES
NO
Hook up speedometer tester.
See TESTING. Verify that
tester battery is OK.
If speedometer backlighting is
not on, check for 9-12 VDC
on O/W wire at terminal on
back of speedometer.
Voltage present?
Perform speed sweep function and specified
inputs with tester and observe output speed
and odometer/trip odometer change on
speedometer.
Does speedometer appear to function
normally and follow sweeping
frequency input?
YES
NO
Program steady input
frequency on tester and
observe output speed on
speedometer while
moving/shaking vehicle
harness connections.
Output erratic?
Check 3-pin vehicle speed sensor connector and wires for
damage. Connector or wire
damage found?
YES
YES
NO
Bad connection
found. Repair connector or harness.
Repair as
necessary.
Replace
instrument module.
6004
YES
NO
Check for continuity to
ground on BK wire at terminal
on back of instrument module.
Continuity present?
Locate and repair
open in O/W wire.
YES
NO
Replace
instrument module.
Locate and repair
open in O/W wire.
6006
6008
6008
6006
6008
NO
●
STOP
Go to
Speedometer Test:
Chart 2B.
●
DIAGNOSTIC NOTES
Low battery voltage on speedometer tester
may cause inaccurate test results. Make
sure speedometer tester battery is fully
charged.
If necessary, remove vehicle speed sensor
and check for accumulation of debris. If
debris is not present, replace sensor. If
debris is present, clean sensor and repeat
test. Replace if necessary.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-51
HOME
Speedometer Test: Chart 2B
INOPERATIVE, INACCURATE OR ERRATIC SPEEDOMETER
Continued from Speedometer Test: Chart 2A.
Check for 11-13 VDC on GY wire in vehicle speed sensor
connector [65B]. Voltage present?
YES
NO
Check for continuity to ground
on BK wire in connector [65B].
Continuity present?
Check for open/
grounded wires.
Wires OK?
YES
Check for voltage on W wire
in connector [65B]. While
connected, meter should read
4-6 VDC when gear tooth
absent and 0-1 VDC when gear
tooth present. Does it?
NO
YES
NO
Check for open
wires. Wires OK?
Replace
instrument module.
Repair
wires.
6022
YES
NO
Replace
instrument module.
Repair
wires.
6022
6013
6013
YES
NO
NO
Check instrument module power
(O/W wire) and ground terminal (BK
wire) voltage at back of instrument
module. Test voltage while shaking
harness. Does voltage fluctuate?
4-6 VDC is
not present.
4-6 VDC is present,
but no flunctuation
to 0-1 VDC.
Replace
instrument module
Replace vehicle speed
sensor.
6022
6010
YES
NO
Repair as necessary.
6008
Check for spark plug wire terminals properly
seated onto spark plugs and secondary coil
terminals. Check for wear points on spark
plug wires where insulation may be
damaged. Does damage exist?
YES
NO
Repair as necessary.
6016
YES
Check speedometer speed
sensor. Clean or replace sensor as required. Retest.
Problem solved?
NO
System OK.
Replace
instrument module.
6029
6024
7-52
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
HOME
TACHOMETER PERFORMANCE CHECK
GENERAL
7.19
8749
NOTE
Tachometer performance check can also be performed using
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN (Part No. HD-44750).
See Figure 7-59. Use the SPEEDOMETER TESTER (Part
No. HD-41354) for tachometer diagnostics. These diagnostics may include:
●
Checking tachometer operation.
●
Testing tachometer needle sweeping action.
The tester can be connected to the vehicle’s cam position
sensor connector. This connection introduces a signal to the
ignition module that simulates the signal from the cam position sensor. The ignition module will use this simulated signal
to open and close circuits to fire the spark plugs. This allows
you to simulate the engine running and therefore generate
tachometer readings.
TESTING
Operation Test
NOTE
For information on the correct routing of speedometer sensor
wiring see 7.24 SPROCKET COVER WIRING.
1.
See Figure 7-62. Locate the 3-place cam position connector [14] under the sprocket cover. See 2.30
SPROCKET COVER.
2.
See Figure 7-63. Connect the speedometer tester to the
cam position sensor Deutsch socket housing using test
harness. See Speedometer Sensor Test under 7.18
SPEEDOMETER PERFORMANCE CHECK for more
information on test harness.
3.
Convert the desired test RPM to a tester frequency in
Hertz. Several conversions are listed in Table 7-16.
a.
Select a desired tachometer reading for testing. This
example will use 2000 RPM.
b.
Divide the desired tachometer reading by 60. For
example, 2000/60=33.3.
Figure 7-62. Cam Position Sensor Connector
Table 7-17. Tachometer Accuracy
Tolerances and Conversions
2000
RPM
4000
RPM
6000
RPM
7500
RPM
Tolerance
(+/- RPM)
100
120
210
320
Conversion
factor
33.3
66.7
100
125
READING
NOTE
All tachometer accuracy tolerances were taken at 68 °-77 ° F
(20-25 ° C).
4.
Enter the result (33.3 for 2000 RPM) into the speedometer tester.
a.
The tachometer should respond by moving its needle to the desired RPM.
b.
Test the tachometer at several different RPM readings to verify proper operation.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-53
HOME
Sweep Test
1.
See Figure 7-63. Connect the speedometer tester to the
cam position sensor Deutsch socket housing using test
harness. See Speedometer Sensor Test under 7.18
SPEEDOMETER PERFORMANCE CHECK for more
information on test harness.
2.
Place speedometer tester power switch in the ON position. Place signal switch in the OUT position.
3.
Turn vehicle ignition switch ON.
4.
Begin test by pressing 0 on the tester keypad, then
pressing ENTER. The tester will scan for two seconds,
then the tester will put out a 1 Hz signal.
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Deutsch socket housing test connector
Deutsch socket housing
Deutsch pin housing
Cam position sensor
4
R/W
A B C
1
2
A B C
Select a test range.
a.
Press 2 to select LO range.
b.
Press 5 to select CEN range.
c.
Press 8 to select HI range.
3
After selecting a range, use the corresponding arrow
keys to accelerate through the range. As you move
through the speed range, check for smooth needle
movement.
a.
If testing LO range, press 1 or 3.
b.
If testing CEN range, press 4 or 6.
c.
If testing HI range, press 7 or 9.
A B C
b0592x7x
Wires continue to
Electronic Control
Module
Figure 7-63. Testing Tachometer
7-54
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
BK/W
GN/W
HOME
HORN
7.20
GENERAL
8459
The horn is located inside fairing.
3
2
REMOVAL
2
4
1
1.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
1WARNING
To protect against shock and accidental start-up of vehicle, disconnect the negative battery cable before proceeding. Inadequate safety precautions could result in
death or serious injury.
2.
Disconnect negative battery cable.
3.
Remove headlight support bracket. See 2.25 HEADLIGHT SUPPORT BRACKET.
4.
See Figure 7-64. Remove fastener (3).
5.
Remove horn (1) from fairing support bracket (4).
6.
See Figure 7-65. Detach Y/BK power wire and BK
ground wire from terminal clips on horn.
INSTALLATION
1.
See Figure 7-65. Connect Y/BK power wire and BK
ground wire to terminal clips on horn.
2.
See Figure 7-64. Attach horn (1) to fairing support
bracket (4) using fastener (3). Tighten to 72-96 in-lbs
(8.1-10.8 Nm).
3.
Check horn operation. If horn does not sound or fails to
function satisfactorily, see TROUBLESHOOTING.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Horn
Horn connectors [122 A & B]
Horn fastener
Fairing support bracket
Figure 7-64. Horn Assembly
b1105x7x
Low/Unused
Light power
High beam
Horn
From flasher
Left turn
Right turn
Horn power
Left Handlebar Switch [24]
—
Y
1
BE
BE
2
W
W
3
Y/BK
Y/BK
4
BE/W
V/BN
5
V
V
6
BN
7
BN
8
O
O
To interlock circuit
To ground
1
2
TN/LTGN
BK
Clutch Switch [95]
a.
Turn ignition key switch ON.
b.
Press horn switch to activate horn.
c.
Turn ignition key switch OFF.
1
2
Horn [122]
4.
Install negative battery cable.
Left Handlebar Switch
1WARNING
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
5.
Figure 7-65. Horn Wiring
Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-55
HOME
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.
2.
3.
8370
If the horn does not sound or fails to function satisfactorily, check for the following conditions:
a.
Discharged battery.
b.
Loose, frayed or damaged wiring leading to horn terminal.
If battery has a satisfactory charge and wiring appears to
be in good condition, test horn grounds and switch using
voltmeter.
a.
See Figure 7-65. Remove Y/BK power and BK
ground wires from terminal clips.
b.
Connect voltmeter positive (+) lead to Y/BK wire.
c.
Connect voltmeter negative (–) lead to ground.
d.
Turn ignition key switch ON.
See Figure 7-66. Depress horn switch and observe voltmeter reading.
a.
If battery voltage is present, horn or horn grounding
is faulty. If horn is faulty, replace unit as an assembly. The horn is not repairable.
b.
If battery voltage is not present, either horn switch or
wiring to horn is faulty. If horn switch is faulty,
replace left handlebar switch. See 7.15 HANDLEBAR SWITCHES.
7-56
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
Figure 7-66. Horn Switch
HOME
NEUTRAL INDICATOR SWITCH
GENERAL
7.21
8748a
1
See Figure 7-67. The neutral indicator switch (2) is threaded
into the transmission portion of the right crankcase half. It is
immediately forward of the transmission sprocket (1). The
sprocket cover must be removed to test the switch.
2
A pin on the shifter drum contacts the neutral indicator switch
plunger, completing the neutral indicator circuit. The switch is
not repairable. Replace the switch if it malfunctions.
TESTING
1.
Remove sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET COVER.
2.
See Figure 7-67. Disconnect wire lead from neutral indicator switch (2).
3.
4.
1.
2.
Transmission sprocket
Neutral indicator switch
Figure 7-67. Neutral Indicator Switch Location
Turn ignition key switch to ON. Touch the neutral indicator wire lead to a suitable ground.
a.
If indicator lamp lights, then problem is at indicator
switch. Replace switch.
b.
If indicator lamp does not light, then problem is elsewhere in circuit. Check for loose connections,
burned out indicator lamps or faulty wiring.
c.
After testing and repair, connect wire lead to indicator switch.
b1029x8x
3
Install sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET COVER.
1
2
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1.
Verify that the ignition key switch is turned to OFF.
2.
Remove sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET COVER.
NOTE
If replacing neutral indicator switch wiring, see 7.24
SPROCKET COVER WIRING for correct wire routing.
3.
See Figure 7-68. Remove wire lead (1) from neutral indicator switch (2).
4.
Remove neutral indicator switch and washer (3).
5.
Install new neutral indicator switch.
6.
a.
Apply a light coating of LOCTITE THREADLOCKER
243 (blue) to new neutral indicator switch (1)
threads.
b.
Install washer (3) over neutral indicator switch (2)
threads.
c.
Install switch in crankcase. Tighten switch to 36-60
in-lbs (4-6.8 Nm).
d.
Connect wire lead (1) to switch.
1.
2.
3.
Neutral indicator switch wire lead
Neutral indicator switch
Washer
Figure 7-68. Neutral Indicator Switch
Install sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET COVER.
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-57
HOME
MAIN FUSE AND FUSES
GENERAL
7.22
8378
Buell motorcycles feature two components which protect the
electrical system.
Fuses
See Figure 7-69.The covered fuse block is behind the fairing
on the right hand side of the motorcycle.
See Figure 7-70. The lights, key switch, brake/horn and ignition fuses are rated at 15 amps. The ECM, cooling fan and
accessory fuses are rated at 7.5 amps.
Figure 7-69. Fuse Block
Always investigate the cause of blown fuses before replacing
them.
Main Fuse
b1003x4x
15
See Figure 7-71. The 30 amp main fuse is located under the
seat.
Spare
To disable the motorcycle’s ignition system, pull the main fuse
up and out of the main fuse holder.
7.5
Diode 1
Spare
Diode 2
15
Brake/Horn
Empty
7.5
7.5
Cooling Fan
ECM
15
15
Ignition
Lights
15
7.5
Key Switch
Accessory
Figure 7-70. Fuses and Diodes
8464
1
2
3
1.
2.
3.
Negative battery cable
Main fuse holder
Rear brake fluid reservoir
Figure 7-71. 30 A Main Fuse Location
7-58
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
HOME
MAIN WIRE HARNESS
GENERAL
7.23
8463
3
2
The main wire harness runs from the front of the motorcycle
to the tail section where it connects to the tail section miniharness.
1
Always replace plastic tree fasteners when replacing main
wire harness. Remove tree fasteners carefully. do not leave
any of fastener in frame.
REMOVAL
●
NOTES
To ensure correct installation, make note of wire routing
and cable strap locations before removing main wire harness.
●
Main wire harness is removed from front of vehicle in
between fork tube and frame.
1.
Remove seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
1.
2.
3.
Main wire harness
Cable strap
Tail harness connector [7]
Figure 7-72. Tail Harness Connector
8478
1WARNING
Always disconnect the negative battery cable first. If the
positive cable should contact ground with the negative
cable installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery
explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
2.
1
Unthread fastener and remove battery negative cable
(black) from battery negative (-) terminal.
3.
Pull back terminal cover boot.
4.
Unthread fastener and remove battery positive cable
(red) from battery positive (+) terminal.
5.
Disconnect positive battery cable from starter.
6.
Remove tail frame upper body work. 2.36 TAIL FRAME
AND BODY WORK.
7.
See Figure 7-72. Disconnect tail harness connector [7]
(3).
8.
See Figure 7-73. Remove wire harness ground (2).
9.
Remove main fuse case (3).
2
3
4
10. Disconnect foot brake light switch connector [121] (5).
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Main battery ground
Wire harness ground
Main fuse case
Cable strap
Foot brake light switch connector [121]
Figure 7-73. Battery Tray Wiring
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-59
HOME
11. Disconnect wiring located under sprocket cover. See
7.24 SPROCKET COVER WIRING.
8403a
12. See Figure 7-74. Remove heat shrink tubing and disconnect sidestand switch [133] (1).
2
13. Remove connector from oil pressure switch [120]. Oil
pressure switch is located on front of engine.
14. Rotate engine. See 3.3 ENGINE ROTATION FOR SERVICE.
15. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor [89].
1
16. Disconnect throttle position sensor [88].
17. Remove fan connector [97]. Fan connector is located
behind rear cylinder.
18. Remove upper fork clamp. 2.17 FORK CLAMPS,
UPPER AND LOWER.
1.
19. Remove fairing. See 2.37 FRONT FAIRING, WINDSHIELD, AND MIRRORS.
2.
20. Disconnect:
a.
Flasher connector [30].
b.
Bank angle sensor connector [134].
c.
Electronic control module (ECM). 4.29 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE.
d.
Instrument module connector [39].
e.
Horn connectors [122].
f.
Ground terminals on front of steering head.
g.
Left switch housing connector [24] and right switch
housing connector [22].
h.
Clutch switch [95] from left switch housing.
i.
Front brake switch [121] from right switch housing.
j.
headlight connector. [38].
21. Remove fuse block and relay block by removing fasteners securing them to fairing support bracket.
22. Remove fuse and relay bundle clamps.
23. Remove fuse block and relay block from their brackets.
24. Remove any remaining cable straps and clamps securing wire harness and remove harness from front of vehicle.
7-60
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
Sidestand switch connector [133] (inside heat
shrink tubing)
Cable strap
Figure 7-74. Sidestand Switch Connector [133]
HOME
INSTALLATION
8837
NOTE
For more information on wire harness and hose routing, see
D.1 HOSE AND WIRE ROUTING.
1.
Feed rear portion of new harness between left front fork
and frame.
2.
Continue to feed rear and center portion of harness
between left side of engine and frame.
3.
Place connectors in general location of installation.
4.
Secure plastic harness holder to left inside portion of
frame using plastic tree fasteners.
NOTE
Fuel line is installed under engine connector portion of wire
harness.
5.
See Figure 7-75. Install clamp over portion of harness
that leads to engine connectors. Install clamp as shown
using new plastic tree fastener.
6.
See Figure 7-76. Route portion of main wire harness that
contains the positive battery cable (3), sprocket cover
wiring (4) and transmission vent hose (2) through corner
mounting tab (1) at rear of frame. Install new plastic tree
fasteners.
7.
Connect fan connector [97].
8.
Connect throttle position sensor [88].
9.
Rotate motor into position. See REASSEMBLY under
3.3 ENGINE ROTATION FOR SERVICE.
Figure 7-75. Wire Harness Clip
8838
3
10. Install sprocket cover wiring. See 7.24 SPROCKET
COVER WIRING.
4
2
11. See Figure 7-74. Connect sidestand switch connector
[133] (1). Install heat shrink tubing. Install cable strap (2)
securing sidestand switch wiring to sidestand switch
bracket.
12. Install oil pressure switch connector to oil pressure
switch.
13. See Figure 7-77. Install cable straps:
a.
Front cable strap (3) secures voltage regulator and
oil pressure switch wiring.
b.
Middle cable strap (2) secures voltage regulator, oil
pressure switch and cam position sensor wiring.
c.
Rear cable strap (1) secures conduit to voltage regulator wiring.
NOTE
Snap fuse and relay blocks into mounting brackets before
installing blocks to fairing mounting bracket.
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
Mounting tab
Transmission vent hose
Positive battery cable
Sprocket cover wiring
Figure 7-76. Corner Mounting Tab
14. Place clamp (2) around fuse block wiring. Mount fuse
block (1) and clamp to fairing support bracket using top
fastener (4) and bottom fastener (3). Tighten fasteners to
72-96 in-lbs (8.1-10.8 Nm).
15. Repeat previous steps for relay block.
16. Install steering head clamp around wire harness and
secure clamp to fairing support bracket with loop facing
vehicle. Tighten fastener to 16-18 ft-lbs (21.7-24.4 Nm).
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-61
HOME
17. Install upper fork clamp. See INSTALLATION under 2.17
FORK CLAMPS, UPPER AND LOWER.
8828
3
18. Connect:
a.
headlight connector [38].
b.
Front brake switch [121] to right switch housing.
c.
Clutch switch [95] to left switch housing.
d.
Left switch housing connector [24] and right switch
housing connector [22].
e.
Ignition switch [33]
f.
Ground terminals on front of steering head.
g.
Horn connectors [122].
h.
Instrument module connector [39].
i.
Install electronic control module. See INSTALLATION under 4.29 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE.
j.
Bank angle sensor connector [134].
k.
Flasher connector [30].
1
1.
2.
3.
2
Rear cable strap
Middle cable strap
Front cable strap
Figure 7-77. Cable Straps
8829
19. See Figure 7-79. Verify proper fairing wire routing and
cable strap locations.
1
20. Verify that front forks can be turned from full left to full
right lock without wire harness binding or pinching.
4
21. Install fairing. See INSTALLATION under 2.37 FRONT
FAIRING, WINDSHIELD, AND MIRRORS.
3
22. See Figure 7-73. Connect foot brake light switch connector [121] (5). Install cable strap (4).
2
23. Install main fuse case (3).
24. Install main battery ground (1) and wire harness ground
(2). Tighten fastener to 48-72 in-lbs (5.4-8.1 Nm).
25. See Figure 7-72. Connect tail harness connector (3).
Attach cable strap (2).
26. Install starter side of positive battery cable to starter.
1WARNING
Always connect the positive battery cable first. If the
positive cable should contact ground with the negative
cable installed, the resulting sparks may cause a battery
explosion which could result in death or serious injury.
27. Install positive battery cable (red) to positive terminal of
battery. Tighten to 72-96 in-lbs (8-11 Nm).
28. Connect negative battery cable. Tighten to 72-96 in-lbs
(8-11 Nm).
29. Install tail frame upper body work. See 2.36 TAIL FRAME
AND BODY WORK.
1WARNING
After installing seat, pull upward on front of seat to be
sure it is locked in position. If seat is loose, it could shift
during vehicle operation and startle the rider, causing
loss of control which could result in death or serious
injury.
30. Install seat. See 2.38 SEAT.
7-62
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fuse block
Clamp
Bottom fuse block fastener
Top fuse block fastener
Figure 7-78. Fuse Block
HOME
5
11
4
10
9
8
7
3
2
1
6
b1023b8x
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Cable strap
Left turn signal connectors
Data link [91]
Left switch housing connector [24]
Cable strap
Headlight connector [38]
Right turn signal connectors
Cable strap
Right switch housing connector [22]
Ignition switch connector [33]
Cable strap
Figure 7-79. Fairing Wiring (viewed from underneath fairing)
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-63
HOME
SPROCKET COVER WIRING
7.24
GENERAL
5
Connectors for the stator [46], voltage regulator [77], vehicle
speed sensor [65], cam position sensor [14] and neutral
switch [131] are located under the sprocket cover.
8748b
6
5
4
7
REMOVAL
1.
Remove sprocket cover. See 2.30 SPROCKET COVER.
2.
See Figure 7-80. Disconnect appropriate connector(s).
9
INSTALLATION
NOTE
See Figure 7-80. All wiring under sprocket cover that gets
routed from sprocket area towards front of vehicle is routed
behind cam cover breather hose (8).
1.
Route oil pressure switch wiring (10) from main harness
(6), behind cam cover breather hose (8) to oil pressure
switch located on front of engine.
2.
Route sidestand switch wiring (not shown) from main
harness, underneath engine and to sidestand switch
[133].
NOTE
Stator connector wiring is installed over oil pressure and sidestand switch wiring.
3.
Connect stator connector (9).
4.
See Figure 7-81. Connect cam position sensor [14] (1).
Form a loop (2) as shown using wiring leading to cam
position sensor.
5.
See Figure 7-82. Connect neutral switch connector.
6.
See Figure 7-83. Form a loop (6) as shown using neutral
switch wiring.
8
3
5
2
10
1
1.
2.
3.
Voltage regulator connector [77]
Cam position sensor connector [14]
Neutral switch connector [131]
(approximate location)
4. Neutral switch location
5. Cable strap
6. Main harness
7. Vehicle speed sensor connector [65]
8. Cam cover breather hose
9. Stator connector [46]
10. Oil pressure switch wiring
Figure 7-80. Sprocket Cover Wiring
8745
3
2
4
5
6
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Cam position sensor [14]
Loop in voltage regulator wiring
Neutral switch location
Cam cover breather hose
Stator connector [46]
Oil pressure switch wiring
Figure 7-81. Cam Position Sensor Wiring
7-64
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
HOME
NOTE
In next step, be sure loops in cam position sensor and neutral
switch wiring are intact.
7.
Use cable strap (5) to secure cam position sensor (1),
cam position sensor wiring (3), neutral switch connector
(4) and neutral switch connector wiring (6).
8.
See Figure 7-84. Connect vehicle speed sensor connector.
8749
NOTE
See Figure 7-85. In next step, be sure main harness (4) is
routed around sprocket cover boss (2).
9.
See Figure 7-85. Connect voltage regulator connector
[77] (1). Be sure connector latch faces inward and voltage regulator wires are positioned behind other wires in
harness at sprocket cover boss (2).
10. Install cable strap (3) securing vehicle speed sensor wiring to starter connector [128] wiring.
Figure 7-84. Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector [65]
11. Install cable strap (5) securing main harness wiring.
12. Install cable strap (6) securing stator, cam position sensor and oil pressure switch wiring.
8748b
13. Add cable strap (7) to secure cam position sensor and
voltage regulator wiring.
3
4
5
8746
2
7
6
1
Figure 7-82. Neutral Switch Connector [131]
8747
3
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Voltage regulator connector [77]
Sprocket cover boss
Cable strap
Main harness
Cable strap
Cable strap
Cable strap
Figure 7-85. Assembled Wiring
4
1
5
6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Cam position sensor connector [14]
Neutral switch location
Cam position sensor wiring
Neutral switch connector [131]
Cable strap
Loop in neutral switch wiring
Figure 7-83. Neutral Switch Wiring
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
7-65
HOME
NOTES
7-66
2003 Buell XB9R: Electrical
Table Of Contents
SUBJECT
PAGE NO.
Appendix A-Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix B-Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix C-Metric Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix D-Wiring and Hose Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-1
B-1
C-1
D-1
APPENDICES
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement